LI  B  RAHY 

OF   THE 

UN  IVLRSITY 

Of    ILLINOIS 

C 
A436WW©  H 

1^04/05" 
1310/  II 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 
in  2013 


http://archive.org/details/annualannouncem0411stat 


SSACHUSE 


1^11111 


Eggs 


miiiiPBI 

hHt 


-•'■■■■'■'    v  ■  "■ : 

SBHBHp 


CATALOGUE  AND  CIRCULAR  OF  INFORMATION 

MASSACHUSETTS  \ 

STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL 

WESTFIELD 


With  Compliments  of 


CLARENCE  A.    BRODEUR, 

PRINCIPAL. 


1904-1905 


BOSTON   .  •  .  WRIGHT    AND    POTTER    PRINTING    COMPANY   .  ■  .   STATE   PRINTERS 
EIGHTEEN    POST    OFFICE    SQUARE NINETEEN    HUNDRED    FIVE 


.-,-.■<■  .--V  ....  ■■ 

pi  H § 

BhShL 

Hi 


:•/•       :'\ 


BHhHHh 


■'..;■ 


H 


*t<p 


*??93L 


■ 


m^M 


*4* 


Sal 


;w 


1 


■ 


CATALOGUE  AND  CIRCULAR  OF  INFORMATION 

MASSACHUSETTS  \ 

STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL 

WESTFIELD 


ESTABLISHED      18  3  9 


904-1905 


BOSTON  .      .  WRIGHT    AND    POTTER   PRINTING    COMPANY   .  ■  .   STATE  PRINTERS 
EIGHTEEN    POST   OFFICE   SQUARE NINETEEN    HUNDRED    FIVE 


Approved  by 
The  State  Board  of  Publication. 


STATE  BOARD  OF  EDUCATION, 

Established  1837. 


His  Excellency  WILLIAM  L.  DOUGLAS. 
His  Honor  CURTIS  GUILD,  Jr. 


Clinton  Q.  Richmond,  A.B.,    . 
George  I.  Aldrich,  A.M., 
Elmer  II.  Capen,  D.D.,  LL.D.,. 
Albert  E.  Winsiiip,  Litt.D.,     . 
Geokge  H.  Conley,  A.M., 
Caroline  Hazard,  A  M.,  Litt.D. 
Joel  D.  Miller,  A.M., 
Kate  Gannett  Wells,     . 


North  Adams, 
Brookline,    . 
Tufts  College, 
Somerville, 
Boston, 
Wellesley, 
Leominster, 
Boston, 


TERM    EXPIRES 

May  25,  1905. 
May  25,  1906. 
May  25,  1907. 
May  25,  1908. 
May  25,  1909. 
May  25,  1910. 
May  25,  1911. 
May  25,  1912. 


OFFICERS  OF  THE  BOARD  OF  EDUCATION. 


George  H.  Martin,  A.M.,  Secretary, 

Caleb  B.  Tillingiiast,  A.M.,  Clerk  and  Treasurer 

G renville  T.  Fletcher,  A.M.,  Agent,  . 

James  W.  MacDonald,  A.M.,  Agent, 

John  T.  Prince,  Ph.D.,  Agent, 

Walter  Sargent,  Agent,       .... 


Lynn. 

Boston. 

Northampton. 

Stoneham. 

Newtonville. 

Boston. 


BOARD  OF  VISITORS. 
Albert  E.  Winship,  Litt.D.  Clinton  Q.  Richmond,  A.B. 


FACULTY. 


NORMAL  SCHOOL. 
Clarence  A.  Brodeur,  Principal. 


Pedagogy,  School  Law 

Louis  B.  Allyn,  .... 
Edith  L.  Cummings,  . 
Frederic  Goodwin, 
Mrs.  Adeline  A.  Knight,    . 
Will  S.  Monroe, 

George  T.  Sperry, 
Charles  B.  Wilson,    . 


,  School  Management, 

Mathematics,  Chemistry,  Physics. 
Gymnastics,  Manual  Training. 
Vocal  Music. 

English,  Literature,  History. 
Psychology,  History  of  Education, 

Geography. 
Drawing. 
Natural  Science. 


TRAINING  SCHOOLS. 


Geor 
Annette  M.  Fox, 
Alice  M.  Winslow, 
Anna  M.  Downey, 
Metta  D.  Bradstreet 
Lucia  A.  Coleman, 
Ella  J.  Downey, 
Frances  L.  Parsons, 
Edith  M.  Robbins, 
E.  Abbe  Clark, 
Eliza  Converse, 
Frances  L.  Foster, 
Florence  P.  Axtellc, 
Eunice  M.  Beebe, 
Emma  L.  Hammond, 


ge  W.  Winslow,  Pr 


ncipal. 


Eighth  grade. 
Eighth  grade. 
Seventh  grade. 
Seventh  grade. 
Sixth  grade. 
Sixth  grade. 
Fifth  grade. 
Fifth  grade. 
Fifth  grade. 
Fourth  grade. 
Third  grade. 
Second  grade. 
First  grade. 
Kindergarten. 


STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,    WE8TFIELD. 


ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION  OF  THE  WESTFIELD  NORMAL 
SCHOOL. 

PRESIDENT. 

Postmaster-General  George  B.  Cortelyou,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Class  of  1882  (January). 

VICE    PRESIDENT. 
Mrs.  Esther  J.  Morgan,  Springfield,  Mass. 

Class  of  1862. 


SECRETARY   AND    TREASURER. 

Mrs.  Harry  M.  Gowdy,  West  field,  Mass. 

Class  of  1894. 


EXECUTIVE    COMMITTEE. 
Principal  Clarence  A.  Brodeur,  Westfield,  Mass. 
Mrs.  Edwin  B.  Hedges,  Westfield,  Mass. 

Class  of  1888. 


Mrs.  Russell  L.  Scott,  Chicopee,  Mass. 

Class  of  1884. 


COMMITTEE    ON   NECROLOGY. 

Mr.  Thomas  K.  McAllister,  Newton,  Mass. 

Class  of  1889. 

Mrs.  Joseph  G.  Robbins,  Westfield,  Mass 

Class  of  1868. 

Mrs.  Edwin  Spencer,  Warren,  Mass. 

Class  of  1881. 

Mr.  George  B.  Woodward,  Cambridge,  Mass. 

Class  of  1897. 


STATE   WORMAL   SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD. 


CALENDAR  FOR   1905-1906. 


SPRING  RECESS. 

From  12  M.  on  Friday,  March  17,  1905,  to  Tuesday,  March   28,  1905, 

at  9  a.m. 

SPRING  TERM. 
March  28,  1905,  to  Saturday,  June  24,  1905,  at  12.10  p.m. 

CLASS  DAY. 

Monday,  June  26,  1905. 

GRADUATION. 

Tuesday,  Jane  27,  1905,  at  2  p.m. 

FIRST  ENTRANCE  EXAMINATION. 

Thursday  and  Friday,  June  29  and  30,  1905,  at  9  a.m. 

SECOND  ENTRANCE  EXAMINATION. 

Tuesday  and  Wednesday,  Sept.  12  and  13,  1905,  at  9  a.m. 

BEGINNING  OF  SCHOOL  YEAR.* 

Thursday,  Sept.  14,  1905,  at  9  a.m. 

FIRST  SCHOOL  TERM. 

From  Thursday,  Sept.  14,  1905,  at  9  a.m.  until  Saturday,  Dec.  2,  1905. 

THANKSGIVING  RECESS. 

From  Wednesday,  12  m.,  preceding  Thanksgiving  Day,  to  the  following 
Tuesday  at  9  am. 


*  Those  seniors  who  are  assigned  to  the  training  school  for  the  fall  term  will 
begin  their  school  year  Monday,  Sept.  11,  1905. 


STATE  NORMAL   SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD. 


SECOND  SCHOOL  TERM. 
From  Monday,  Dec.  4,  1905,  until  Friday,  March  15, 1906,  at  12.10  p.m. 

CHRISTMAS  RECESS. 
From  Friday,  4  p.m.  Dec.  15,  1905,  to  Tuesday,  Jan.  2,  1906,  at  9  a.m. 

SPRING  RECESS. 

From   12  m.  on  Friday,  March  15,  1906,  to  Tuesday,  March  27,  1906, 

at  9  a.m. 

GRADUATION. 

Tuesday,  June  26,  1906,  at  2  p.m. 


Entrance  examinations  on  the  dates  given  above  begin  at 
9  a.m.,  in  the  assembly  hall.  Candidates  are  to  be  present 
at  the  opening  on  the  first  day.  They  should  come  prepared 
to  stay  in  September.  If  pupils  are  obliged  to  stay  over 
night  during  the  June  examinations  accommodations  may  be 
had  at  Dickinson  Hall. 

The  school  is  in  session  every  week  day  except  Monday  ; 
on  Saturdays,  school  closes  at  noon. 


Westfield  Normal  School. 


HISTORICAL  SKETCH. 

With  the  single   exception   of  the   Framingham   Normal 

School,  which  was  first  opened  at  Lexington  July  3,    1839, 

the  Westfield  Normal  School  is  the  oldest  in  America.     It 

was  established  at  Barre,  Sept.  4,  1839,  and  was  transferred 

to  Westfield  in  1844.     The  total  number  of  pupils  admitted 

to  this  school  is  4,637,  of  svhom  498  have  been  men.      Since 

is;)."),  the  date  of  the  first  formal  graduation,  1,856  students 

have  received  diplomas  on  the  completion  of  the  prescribed 

course  of  stud  v. 

LOCATION. 

Westfield,  a  beautiful  town  of  more  than  12,000  inhabit- 
ants, is  located  on  the  main  line  of  the  Boston  &  Albany 
Railroad,  and  on  the  Northampton  division  of  the  New  York, 
New  Haven  &  Hartford  Railroad.  Springfield  is  distant  but 
nine  miles,  Holyoke  ten,  Chicopee  twelve,  and  Northampton 
sixteen.  Electrics  run  from  the  railroad  stations  past  the 
school,  and  connect  Westfield  with  Springfield  and  Holyoke. 
The  service  is  excellent,  and  the  program  of  recitations  is  ' 
bo  arranged  that  most  pupils  residing  in  adjoining  cities  and 
towns  can  live  at  home. 

Westfield  is  noted  for  its  fine  streets,  overarched  by  stately 
elms,  and  for  the  beauty  of  the  surrounding  country.  Facili- 
ties for  healthful  exercise,  as  well  as  for  the  out-door  study 
of  geography  and  natural  science,  are  abundant. 

BUILDINGS  AND  GROUNDS. 
The  normal  school  building  was  occupied  for  the  first  time 
April  18,  1*92.     It  is  a  beautiful  and  commodious  structure 
of  red  brick,  with  trimmings  of  brown   stone  and  Roman- 


10  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD. 

esque  portals,  is  140  feet  long  and  118  feet  deep,  and  con- 
tains accommodations  for  175  normal  students,  as  well  as  for 
120  pupils  of  the  training  schools. 

The  entire  building  is  finished  in  the  best  selected  quar- 
tered oak.  The  chemical,  physical,  geological  and  mineral- 
ogical,  and  biological  laboratories  are  liberally  supplied  with 
the  best  of  modern  apparatus  and  appliances  and  with  an 
abundance  of  specimens  for  study. 

The  art  room  affords  excellent  opportunities  for  training 
in  drawing.  In  addition,  several  well-lighted  studios,  plen- 
tifully supplied  with  casts,  models,  and  copies,  are  available 
for  individual  work. 

Adjoining  the  main  assembly  hall  is  a  convenient  library 
of  well-selected  books  for  use  in  all  departments  of  the  work 
of  the  school. 

The  sloyd  room  is  equipped  with  nineteen  benches,  and 
with  all  tools  and  material  necessary  for  instructing  normal 
students  in  a  most  comprehensive  course  of  manual  training 
for  elementary  schools. 

The  gymnasium  is  large  and  well  lighted,  and  is  provided 
with  all  apparatus  for  class  work  as  well  as  for  individual 
exercise. 

In  a  word,  no  school  building  in  the  State  has  a  more  com- 
plete equipment  for  preparing  teachers  to  fill  positions  in  the 
best  of  modern  schools. 

The  ample  grounds  adjoining  the  school  afford  opportunity 
for  lawn  tennis,  basket-ball,  and  for  general  exercise. 

Dickinson  Hall  is  a  pleasant  and  comfortable  dormitory 
and  boarding  hall,  located  adjacent  to  the  school  building, 
and  containing:  accommodations  for  70  students.  A  fuller 
description  may  be  found  on  page  45  under  the  caption 
"  Dickinson  Hall." 


STATE    .Vo/M/.l/,    SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD.  11 


TRAINING  SCHOOLS. 

In  the  normal  school  building  are  four  rooms,  accommo- 
dating 120  pupils  of  the  kindergarten  and  primary  grades 
of  the  public  schools. 

The  State  has  erected  a  new  training  school  building,  at  a 
cost  of  $45,000,  on  the  site  of  the  old  normal  school  on 
Washington  Street,  within  a  stone's  throw  of  Dickinson  Hall. 
This  building  contains  ten  class-rooms,  with  ample  accom- 
modations for  450  children  from  grades  four  to  nine  inclusive, 
a  large  library,  principal's  office,  teachers' room,  an  assembly 
hall  with  seats  for  500,  play-rooms,  bicycle  room,  and  is 
furnished  with  an  electric  time  service  and  a  liberal  equip- 
ment for  the  teaching  of  all  school  subjects. 

There  are  available  for  training  purposes  in  both  build- 
ings fourteen  rooms,  containing  more  than  550  pupils. 

The  pupils  of  the  senior  class  of  the  normal  school  are 
divided  into  three  sections,  each  section  devoting  the  entire 
time  of  one  term  of  thirteen  weeks  to  observation  and  teach- 
ing in  the  training  schools  under  expert  supervision.  No 
ampler  provision  for  training  teachers  for  the  actual  work  of 
their  profession  has  been  made  by  any  normal  school  Jn  the 
country. 

GENERAL  AIM  OF  THE  SCHOOL, 

The  Board  of  Education,  by  a  vote  passed  May  6,  1880, 
stated  the  design  of  the  school  and  the  course  of  studies  for 
the  State  normal  schools,  as  follows  :  — 

The  design  of  the  normal  school  is  strictly  professional ;  that  is, 
to  prepare  in  the  best  possible  manner  the  pupils  for  the  work  of 
organizing,  governing,  and  teaching  the  public  schools  of  the  Com- 
monwealth. 

To  this  end  there  must  be  the  most  thorough  knowledge,  first, 
of  the  branches  of  learning  required  to  be  taught  in  the  schools ; 
second,  of  the  best  methods  of  teaching  these  branches  ;  and  third, 
of  right  mental  training. 


12  STATE  NORMAL   SCHOOL,   WESTFIEL1J. 


REQUIREMENTS  FOR  ADMISSION. 
Candidates  for  admission  to  any  one  of  the  normal  schools 
must,  if  young  women,  have  attained  the  age  of  sixteen 
years,  and  if  young  men,  the  age  of  seventeen  years,  and 
be  graduates  of  an  approved  high  school  (or  must  have 
received  the  equivalent  of  a  good  high  school  education). 
Their  fitness  for  admission  will  be  determined  by :  — 

1.  Their  standing  in  a  physical  examination. 

2.  Their  moral  character. 

3.  Their  high  school  record. 

4.  A  written  examination. 

5.  An  oral  examination. 

PHYSICIANS'   CERTIFICATES  AND  PHYSICAL 
EXAMINATIONS. 

Every  candidate  is  required  to  present  a  certificate  from  a 
reliable  physician,  stating  that  he  or  she  is  physically  fitted 
to  undertake  the  contemplated  course  of  study,  and  giving 
information  as  to  any  physical  weakness  the  candidate  may 
have. 

The  State  Board  of  Education  adopted  the  following  vote 
March  7,  1901:  — 

That  the  visitors  of  the  several  normal  schools  be  authorized 
and  directed  to  provide  for  a  physical  examination  of  candidates 
for  admission  to  the  normal  schools,  in  order  to  determine  whether 
they  are  free  from  any  disease  or  infirmity  which  would  unfit  them 
for  the  oflice  of  teacher,  and  also  to  examine  any  student  at  any 
time  in  the  course,  to  determine  whether  his  physical  condition  is 
such  as  to  warrant  his  continuance  in  the  school. 

MORAL  CHARACTER. 
Candidates  must  present  certificates  of  good  moral  char- 
acter.    In  deciding  whether  they  shall  prepare  themselves  to 
become   teachers,    candidates  should  note  that  the  vocation 


STATE   FORMAL   SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD.  13 


requires  more  than  mere  freedom  from  disqualifying  defects  ; 
it  demands  virtues  of  a  positive  sort,  that  shall  make  their 
impress  for  good  upon  those  who  are  taught. 

HIGH  SCHOOL  RECORD. 

It  may  be  said,  in  general,  that  if  the  ordinary  work  of  a 
^ood  statutory  high  school  is  well  done,  candidates  should 
have  no  difficulty  in  meeting  the  academic  tests  to  which  they 
may  be  subjected.  They  cannot  be  too  earnestly  urged, 
however,  to  avail  themselves  of  the  best  high  school  facilities 
attainable  in  a  four  years'  course,  even  though  they  should, 
pursue  studies  to  an  extent  not  insisted  on,  or  take  studies 
not  prescribed  in  the  admission  requirements. 

The  importance  of  a  good  record  in  the  high  school  cannot 
be  overestimated.  Principals  are  requested  to  furnish  the 
normal  schools  with  records  of  the  high  school  standing  of 
candidates.  The  stronger  the  evidence  of  character,  scholar- 
ship and  promise,  of  whatever  kind,  candidates  bring,  espe- 
cially from  schools  of  high  reputation  and  from  teachers  of 
good  judgment  and  fearless  expression,  the  greater  con- 
fidence they  may  have  in  guarding  themselves  against  the 
contingencies  of  an  examination  and  of  satisfying  the  exam- 
iners as  to  their  fitness. 

WRITTEN  EXAMINATIONS. 
The  examinations  will  embrace  papers  on  the  following 
groups  of  subjects,  a  single  paper  with  a  maximum  time 
allowance  of  two  hours  to  cover  each  of  groups  I.,  II.,  and 
IV.,  and  a  single  paper  with  a  maximum  time  allowance  of 
one  hour  to  cover  each  of  groups  III.  and  V.  (five  papers 
with  a  maximum  time  allowance  of  eight  hours)  :  — 

I.  Language. —  (a)  English,  with  its  grammar  and  litera- 
ture and  (b)  either  Latin  or  French. 

II.  Mathematics (a)    The    elements    of    algebra    and 

(b)  the  elements  of  plane  geometry. 

III.  United  States  History.  — The  history  and  civil  gov- 


14  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD. 

eminent  of  Massachusetts  and  the  United  States,  with  related 
geography  and  so  much  of  English  history  as  is  directly 
contributory  to  a  knowledge  of  United  States  history. 

IV.  Science.  —  (a)  Physiology  and  hygiene  and  (b  and  c) 
any  two  of  the  following:  physics,  chemistry,  physical  geog- 
raphy, and  botany,  provided  one  of  the  two  selected  is  either 
physics  or  chemistry. 

V.  Drawing  and  Music.  —  (a)  Elementary  mechanical 
and  freehand  drawing,  with  any  one  of  the  topics,  —  form, 
color,  and  arrangement,  and  (b)  music. 

ORAL  EXAMINATION. 
Each  candidate  may  be  required  to  read  aloud  in  the  pres- 
ence of  the  examiners.  He  may  also  be  questioned  orally 
either  upon  some  of  the  foregoing  subjects  or  upon  other 
matter  within  his  experience,  in  order  that  the  examiners 
may  gain  some  impression  about  his  personal  characteristics 
and  his  use  of  language,  as  well  as  give  him  an  opportunity 
to  furnish  any  evidences  of  qualification  that  might  not  other- 
wise become  known  to  them. 

GENERAL  REQUIREMENT  IN  ENGLISH  FOR  ALL 
EXAMINATIONS. 
No  candidates  will  be  accepted  whose  written  English  is 
notably  deficient  in  clear  and  accurate  expression,  spelling, 
punctuation,  idiom,  or  division  of  paragraphs,  or  whose 
spoken  English  exhibits  faults  so  serious  as  to  make  it  inex- 
pedient for  the  normal  school  to  attempt  their  correction. 
The  candidate's  English,  therefore,  in  all  oral  and  written 
examinations  will  be  subject  to  the  requirements  implied  in 
the  statement  here  made,  and  marked  accordingly. 


STATE   NORMAL   SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD.  15 


SPECIAL    DIRECTIONS    FOR    THE    WRITTEN 

EXAMINATIONS. 

I.     LANGUAGE. 

(a)  English.  —  The  subjects  for  the  examination  in  Eng- 
lish will  be  the  same  as  those  agreed  upon  by  the  colleges 
and  high  technical  schools  of  New  England  and  now  quite 
generally  adopted  throughout  the  United  States. 

1.  Reading  and  Practice.  —  A  limited  number  of  books 
will  be  set  for  reading.  The  candidate  will  be  required  to 
present  evidence  of  a  general  knowledge  of  the  subject- 
matter  and  spirit  of  the  books,  and  to  answer  simple  ques- 
tions on  the  lives  of  the  authors.  The  form  of  examination 
will  usually  be  the  writing  of  a  paragraph  or  two  on  each  of 
a  few  topics  to  be  chosen  by  the  candidate  from  a  consider- 
able Dumber  set  before  him  in  the  examination  paper.  In 
place  of  a  part  or  the  whole  of  this  test,  the  candidate  may 
present  an  exercise  book  properly  certified  by  his  instructor, 
containing  compositions  or  other  written  work  done  in  con- 
nection with  the  reading  of  the  books. 

The  books  set  for  this  part  of  the  examination  are  :  — 
1905.  —  Shakespeare's  The  Merchant  of  Venice  and  Julius 
Csesar;  The  Sir  Roger  de  Coverley  Papers  in  the  Spectator; 
Goldsmith's  The  Vicar  of  Wakefield ;  Coleridge's  The  Ancient 
Mariner;  Scott's  Ivanhoe;  Tennyson's  The  Princess ;  Lowell's 
The  Vision  of  Sir  Launfal;  George  Eliot's,  Silas  Marner; 
Carlyle's  Essay  on  Burns. 

1906—1908. — Shakespeare's  Macbeth  and  The  Merchant 
of  Venice ;  The  Sir  Roger  de  Coverley  Papers  in  the  Spec- 
tator: livings  Life  of  Goldsmith;  Coleridge's  The  Ancient 
Mariner;  Scott's  Ivanhoe  and  The  Lady  of  the  Lake;  Ten- 
nyson's Gareth  and  Lynette,  Lancelot  and  Elaine,  and  The 
Passing  of  Arthur;  Lowell's  The  Vision  of  Sir  Launfal; 
George  Eliot's  Silas  Marner. 

2.  Study  and  Practice.  —  This    part  of   the    examination 


16  STATE  NORMAL   SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD. 

presupposes  a  more  careful  study  of  each  of  the  works 
named  below.  The  examination  will  be  upon  subject-mat- 
ter, form,  and  structure. 

In  addition,  the  candidate  may  be  required  to  answer 
questions  involving  the  essentials  of  English  grammar  and 
questions  on  the  leading  facts  in  those  periods  of  English 
literary  history  to  which  the  prescribed  works  belong.  The 
books  set  for  this  part  of  the  examination  will  be  :  — 

1905.  —  Shakespeare's  Macbeth,  Milton's  Lycidas,  Comus, 
L'Allegro  and  IlPenseroso;  Burke's  Speech  on  Conciliation 
with  America ;  Macaulay's  Essays  on  Milton  and  Addison. 

1906-1908.  —  Shakespeare's  Julius  Caesar ;  Milton's  L'Al- 
legro, II  Penseroso,  Comus  and  Lycidas;  Burke's  Speech  on 
Conciliation  with  America ;  Macaulay's  Essay  on  Addison  and 
Life  of  Johnson. 

(b)  Either  Latin  or  French.  —  The  translation  at  sight  of 
simple  prose  or  verse,  with  questions  on  the  usual  forms  and 
ordinary  constructions,  and  the  writing  of  simple  prose 
based  in  part  or  in  full  on  the  passage  selected. 

II.     MATHEMATICS. 

(a)  The  elements  of  algebra  through  affected  quadratic 
equations. 

(b)  The  elements  of  plane  geometry. 

While  there  is  no  formal  examination  in  arithmetic,  the 
importance  of  a  practical  working  acquaintance  with  its  prin- 
ciples and  processes  cannot  be  too  strongly  emphasized.  The 
candidate's  proficiency  in  this  subject  will  be  incidentally 
tested  in  its  applications  to  other  subjects. 

III.     UNITED    STATES   HISTORY. 

Any  school  text-book  on  United  States  history  will  enable 
candidates  to  meet  this  requirement,  provided  they  study 
enough  of  geography  to  illumine  the  history  and  make  them- 
selves familiar  with  the  grander  features  of  government  in 


STATE    NORMAL   SCHOOL,    WESTFIELD. 


Massachusetts  and  the  Tinted  States.  Collateral  reading;  in 
United  States  history  is  strongly  advised,  also  in  English 
history,  so  far  as  this  history  hears  conspicuously  on  that  of 
the  United  States. 

IV.     SCIENCE. 

(a)  Physiology  and  Hygiene.  —  The  chief  elementary  facts 
of  anatomy,  the  general  functions  of  the  various  organs,  the 
more  obvious  rules  of  health,  and  the  more  striking  effects 
of  alcoholic  drinks,  narcotics,  and  stimulants  upon  those  ad- 
dicted to  their  use. 

(b  and  c)  Any  two  of  the  following  sciences,  — physics, 
chemistry,  botany,  physical  geography,  provided  one  of  the 
two  is  either  physics  or  chemistry.  —  The  chief  elementary 
facts  of  the  subject  selected,  so  far  as  they  may  be  presented 
in  the  courses  usually  devoted  to  them  in  good  high  schools. 
It  will  be  a  distinct  advantage  to  the  candidate  if  his  prepa- 
ration includes  a  certain  amount  of  individual  laboratory 
work. 

V.     DRAWING   AND   MUSIC. 

(a)  Drawing.  —  Mechanical  and  freehand  drawing,  — 
enough  to  enable  the  candidate  to  draw  a  simple  object,  like 
a  box  or  a  pyramid  or  a  cylinder,  with  plan  and  elevation  to 
scale,  and  to  make  a  freehand  sketch  of  the  same  in  perspec- 
tive. Also  any  one  of  the  three  topics,  —  form,  color,  and 
arrangement. 

(b)  Music.  —  Such  elementary  facts  as  an  instructor  should 
know  in  teaching  singing  in  the  schools,  including  major  and 
minor  keys,  simple  two,  three,  four,  and  six  part  measures, 
the  fractional  divisions  of  the  pulse  or  beat,  the  chromatic 
scale,  the  right  use  of  the  foregoing  elements  in  practice, 
and  the  translation  into  musical  notation  of  simple  melodies 
or  of  time  phrases  sung  or  played. 


18  STATE  NORMAL   SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD. 


IMPORTANCE  OF  ADEQUATE  PREPARATION. 

Candidates  should  measure  their  duty  of  making  adequate 
preparation  not  wholly  by  the  subjects  selected  and  the 
papers  set  for  the  admission  examinations,  but  by  the  larger 
demands  their  chosen  vocation  is  sure  to  make  upon  them. 
The  more  generous  and  thorough,  therefore,  the  preparation 
of  the  candidate,  the  greater  the  likelihood  of  profiting  by 
the  normal  school,  of  completing  the  elementary  course  on 
time,  of  securing  employment  after  graduation,  and  of  doing 
creditable  work  as  a  teacher. 

The  candidate  is  advised,  therefore,  to  utilize  all  feasible 
opportunities  offered  by  the  regular  high  school  course  for 
promoting  this  breadth  of  preparation,  and  the  high  school 
should  aim  to  hold  the  candidate  up  to  the  higher  ideals  of 
such  preparation . 

EQUIVALENTS. 

Special  cases  that  raise  questions  of  equivalents  will  be 
considered  on  their  merits. 

DIVISION  OF  THE  EXAMINATIONS. 
Candidates  may  be  admitted  to  preliminary  examinations 
a  year  in  advance  of  their  final  examinations,  provided  they 
offer  themselves  in  one  or  more  of  the  following  groups,  each 
group  to  be  presented  in  full :  — 

II.     Mathematics. 

III.  United  States  history. 

IV.  Science. 

V.      Drawing  and  music. 

Preliminary  examinations  can  be  taken  in  June  only. 

Every  candidate  for  a  preliminary  examination  must  pre- 
Benl  a  certificate  of  preparation  in  the  group  or  groups 
chosen,  or  in  the  subjects  thereof,  the-  form  of  certificate  to 
be  substantially  as  follows:  — 


STATE   NORMAL   SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD.  19 


has    been  a  pupil    in   the 

School  for years,  and  is,  in  my  judg- 
ment, prepared  to  pass  the  normal  school  preliminary  examination 
in  the  following  group  or  groups  of    subjects  and  the  divisions 

thereof  :  — 


Signature  of  principal  or  teacher, . 
Address,. 


The  group  known  as  I.  Language  must  be  reserved  for 
the  final  examinations.  It  will  doubtless  be  found  generally 
advisable  in  practice  that  the  group  known  as  IV.  Science 
should  also  be  so  reserved. 

While  division  of  the  final  or  complete  examinations  be- 
tween June  and  September  is  permissible,  it  is  important 
both  for  the  normal  school  and  for  the  candidate  that  the 
work  laid  out  for  the  September  examinations,  which  so 
closely  precede  the  opening  of  the  normal  schools,  shall  be 
kept  down  to  a  minimum.  Candidates  for  the  final  or  com- 
plete examinations  are  earnestly  advised,  therefore,  to  pre- 
sent themselves  in  June. 

EXAMINATION  DATES. 

The  admission  examinations  are  held  at  the  several  nor- 
mal school  buildings  in  accordance  with  the  following  sched- 
ule :  — 

1905.  — Thursday  and  Friday,  June  29  and  30  ;  Tuesday 
and  Wednesday,  September  12  and  13. 

1006.  —Thursday  and  Friday,  June  28  and  29  ;  Tuesday 
and  Wednesday,  September  11  and  12. 

TIMES  OF  ADMISSION. 
New  classes   will   be    admitted  only  at  the  beginning  of 
the  fall  term,  and,  as  the  studies  of  the  course  are  arranged 
progressively  from  that  time,  it  is  important  that  students 


20  STATE  NORMAL   SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD. 

shall  present  themselves  then  for  duty.  In  individual  cases 
and  for  strong  reasons  exceptions  to  this  requirement  are 
permissible,  but  only  after  due  examination,  and  upon  the 
understanding  that  the  admission  shall  be  at  a  time  conven- 
ient to  the  school,  and  to  such  classes  only  as  the  candidate 
is  qualified  to  join. 

COURSES  OF  STUDY. 

This  school  offers  (1)  a  general  two  years'  course,  (2)  a 
three  years'  course,  (3)  a  kindergarten  course,  (4)  a  special 
course  for  teachers,  and  (5)  a  special  course  of  one  year  for 
college  graduates. 

I.  GENERAL  TWO  YEARS'  COURSE. 

The  general  course  of  study  for  two  years  comprises  the 
following  subjects  :  — 

1.  Psychology,  history  of  education,  principles  of  teach- 
ing, methods  of  instruction  and  discipline,  school  organiza- 
tion, school  laws  of  Massachusetts. 

2.  Methods  of  teaching  the  following  subjects  :  — 

(a)  English,  — reading,  language,  composition,  literature, 
history. 

(b)  Mathematics,  —  arithmetic,  bookkeeping,  elementary 
algebra  and  geometry. 

(c)  Science,  —  elementary  physics  and  chemistry,  geog- 
raphy, physiology  and  hygiene,  study  of  minerals,  plants, 
and  animals. 

(d)  Drawing,  vocal  music,  physical  training,  manual 
training. 

o.  Observation  and  practice  in  the  training  school,  and 
observation  in  other  public  schools. 

The  amount  of  work  in  this  course  is  so  great  that  only 
those  who  enter  upon  it  most  thoroughly  prepared  can 
hope  to  complete  it,  with  the  required  practice,  in  the 
time  assigned  to  it.  Others  need  not  expect  to  finish  it 
in  two  years. 

For  :i  more  detailed  account  of  this  course,  see  pages  22-36. 


stats:  \<>i;ual  school,  westfield.  21 


II.     THREE   YEARS'    COURSE. 

The  Board  of  Visitors  and  the  principal  of  any  normal 
school  may  arrange  for  a  third  year  of  study  and  practice  in 
teaching  under  supervision  for  its  graduates,  whenever  in 
their  judgment  such  action  is  desirable.  The  object  of  this 
course  shall  be  a  more  complete  mastery  of  the  topics  ar- 
ranged for  the  regular  two  years'  course  and  further  work  in 
the  training  schools  ;  this  work  in  the  training  schools  shall 
bo  under  the  direct  supervision  of  a  teacher  of  the  normal 
school  or  of  a  teacher  specially  approved  for  that  purpose. 

III.     KINDERGARTEN   COURSE. 

The  kindergarten  course  requires  two  years  for  its  com- 
pletion. The  first  year's  work  is  the  same  as  that  of  the 
general  two  years'  course,  except  that  child  study  and  his- 
tory are  substituted  for  English  grammar  and  geography. 
During  the  second  year  the  pupil  spends  all  her  mornings  in 
the  practical  work  of  the  kindergarten,  and  her  afternoons 
in  the  study  of  the  theory  and  the  history  of  the  kindergarten. 

Every  candidate  for  this  course  should  have  not  only  the 
qualifications  required  for  admission  to  the  general  two  years' 
course,  but  should  in  addition  have  some  facility  in  playing 
the  piano  and  in  singing. 

Students  pay  the  cost  of  materials  used  by  them,  but  this 
expense  does  not  exceed  ten  dollars  for  the  course. 

IV.     SPECIAL    COURSE   FOR   TEACHERS. 

Teachers  of  three  years'  experience  in  teaching,  who  give 
evidence  of  maturity,  good  scholarship,  and  of  aptness  to 
teach,  may,  with  the  consent  of  the  principal  and  of  the 
Board  of  Visitors,  select  a  course  which  may  be  completed  in 
one  year;  and  when  such  course  is  successfully  completed, 
they  shall  receive  a  certificate  for  the  same. 


22  STATE  NORMAL   SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD. 


V.     SPECIAL  COURSE  FOR  COLLEGE  GRADUATES. 

Graduates  of  colleges  and  universities,  with  the  consent 
of  the  Board  of  Visitors  and  the  principal  of  the  school,  may 
take  a  special  course  of  one  year,  which  shall  include  two 
terms  of  study  and  one  term  in  the  practice  school. 

Experienced  observers  of  public-school  problems  are 
agreed  that  the  high  schools  can  no  longer  furnish  employ- 
ment for  all  college  graduates  who  wish  to  teach.  An  in- 
creasing number  of  such  graduates  must  hereafter  find,  their 
work  in  the  grammar  schools.  It  is  for  this  class  especially 
that  Course  V.  has  been  planned. 

For  a  more  detailed  account  of  this  course  see  pages  38-42, 

GENERAL  PLAN  OF  TWO  YEARS'  COURSE. 

In  connection  with  all  subjects  that  the  graduate  is  ex- 
pected to  teach,  tentative  courses  of  study  for  lower  schools 
and  lists  of  helpful  text-books  and  of  collateral  reading  are 
furnished  to  each  pupil. 

No  mere  outline  can  accurately  represent  the  spirit  and 
method  of  a  school.  The  following  topical  arrangement 
should  be  understood  as  only  suggestive  :  — 

PSYCHOLOGY. 

(a)  Elementary  Psychology.  —  The  course  in  elementary 
psychology  includes  (1)  a  study  of  the  physiology  of  the 
brain  and  central  nervous  system,  and  the  relation  of  the 
same  to  mental  development:  special  attention  is  given  to 
the  nature  and  training  of  the  senses  of  sight,  hearing,  and 
touch;  (2)  study  of  the  less  complex  phases  of  perception, 
memory,  imagination,  thought,  the  emotions  and  move- 
ments, and  their  development  during  the  elementary  school 
period;  (3)  study  of  the  personal  reminiscences  of  the 
childhood  of  the  students,  to  give  them  practice  in  the  study 
of  subjective  mental  phenomena,  and  to  deepen  and  broaden 
their  concepts  of  the  subjective  states  of  childhood  ;  (4)  care- 


STATE    NORMAL   SCHOOL,    WESTFIELD.  23 

fill  reading  and  review  of  a  standard  reminiscent  study  of 
childhood,  such  as  Pierre  Loti's  Story  of  a  Child,  Tolstoi's 
Childhood,  Boyhood,  and  Youth,  John  Stuart  Mill's  Auto- 
biography, etc.  ;  (5)  study  of  an  individual  child.  Ilal- 
leck's  Psychology  and  Psychic  Culture,  James's  Psychology 
(briefer  course),  Kirkpatrick's  Inductive  Psychology,  and 
Hooper's  Study  in  Apperception  are  used  as  texts  (junior 
year:    first  and  second  terms,  two  hours  a  week). 

(b)  Physiological  Psychology. — More  detailed  study  of 
the  growth  and  functions  of  the  brain  and  central  nervous 
system;  relation  of  the  same  to  education;  sense  defects 
and  school  work;  factors  conditioning  growth  of  children; 
relation  of  exercise,  sleep,  and  nutrition  to  growth  and 
mental  development..  Donaldson's  Growth  of  the  Brain, 
Carpenter's  Mental  Physiology,  Ziehen's  Physiological  Psy- 
chology, M'Kendrick  and  Snodgrass's  Physiology  of  the 
Senses,  James's  Principles  of  Psychology,  Titchener's  Out- 
lines of  Psychology,  as  well  as  the  works  of  Kiilpe,  Wundt, 
Sully,  Thorndike,  Baldwin,  Ladd,  Calkins,  Bain,  Spencer, 
Kihot,  and  Sanford,  are  used  as  reference  guides  (junior 
year:   third  term,  two  hours  a  week). 

(c)  Genetic  Psychology.  —  Studies  in  the  physical,  in- 
tellectual, and  moral  development  of  young  children;  fac- 
tors conditioning  mental  development,  as  heredity  and 
environment;  mental  fatigue  and  its  relation  to  mental 
work  ;  development  of  motor  ability  ;  comparative  studies 
of  the  minds  of  the  lower  animals  and  of  savages  with  those 
ot  defective  and  delinquent  children  ;  observations  and  tests 
of  senses,  memory,  attention,  motor  power,  fatigue,  etc.,  of 
individual  children,  and  the  collation  and  discussion  of  such 
data.  The  course  in  genetic  psychology  is  designed  to  pre- 
sent the  facts,  so  far  as  they  have  been  scientifically  deter- 
mined, concerning  the  nature  and  development  of  the  mind 
during  childhood  and  adolescence,  and  to  provide  the  pro- 
jective teacher  with  sound  criteria  for  estimating  theories 
about  the  child's  mind,  as  well  as  to  give  adequate  training 


24  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,  WESTFIELD. 

in  the  concrete  study  of  child  life.  The  texts  used  are 
Prevers  Development  of  the  Intellect  and  Senses  and  Will, 
Tracy's  Psychology  of  Childhood,  Kirkpatrick's  Fundamen- 
tals of  Child  Study,  Barnes's  Studies  in  Education,  Eowe's 
Physical  Nature  of  the  Child,  Sully's  Studies  of  Childhood, 
Hall's  Adolescence,  together  with  the  writings  of  Warner, 
Chamberlain,  Oppenheim,  Miss  Shinm,  Mrs.  Moore,  Rus- 
sell, Compayre,  Perez,  and  Baldwin  (senior  year:  two 
terms,  two  hours  a  week). 

HISTOBY   OF   EDUCATION. 

(a)  History  of  European  Education.  —  Study  of  the  de- 
velopment of  educational  theories  in  the  educational  systems 
of  Europe,  including  Greek  education,  origin  of  the  univer- 
sities and  rise  of  higher  education,  humanism  and  the  renais- 
sance, realism  and  scientific  education,  naturalism  and  the 
activity  of  the  child.  Provision  is  made  for  the  critical 
study  of  portions  of  such  educational  classics  as  Plato's 
Republic,  Montaigne's  Education  of  Children,  Mulcaster's 
Positions,  Comenius's  School  of  Infancy  and  Great  Didactic, 
Locke's  Thoughts  Concerning  Education,  Rousseau's  Emile, 
Pestalozzi's  Leonard  and  Gertrude,  Froebel's  Education  of 
Man,  Herbart's  Science  of  Education,  and  Herbert  Spencer's 
Education.  The  course  is  given  in  lectures,  discussions,  and 
readings.  Compayre's  History  of  Pedagogy  is  in  the  hands 
of  the  students,  but  outside  study  is  based  chiefly  on  the 
books  by  Quick,  Williams,  J.  P.  Munroe,  Davidson,  Paul 
Monroe,  Laurie,  Woodward,  W.  S.  Monroe,  Barnard,  Rash- 
dall,  I)e  Garmo,  Hughes,  Kriisi  and  Bowen  (junior  year: 
first  ;iikI  second  terms,  one  hour  a  week). 

(b)  History  of  American  Education. — The  course  traces 
the  successive  ideals  of  the  different  streams  of  early  Amcri- 
<  .in  civilization,  as  the  English  Puritans  in  New  England, 
the  English  Quakers  in  Pennsylvania,  the  English  cava- 
liers in  Virginia,  the  Dutch  in  New  York,  the  Swedes 
in   Delaware,  the   French   Huguenots  and  the  Scotch-Irish. 


STATE    FORMAL   SCHOOL,    WESTFIELD.  25 

Special  attention  is  given  to  the  growth  of  the  Massachu- 
setts school  system,  the  origin  of  American  normal  schools, 
and  the  history  of  educational  associations  in  the  United 
States.  Brief  study  is  made  of  some  of  the  earlier  Ameri- 
can contributions  to  the  literature  of  education,  including 
the  writings  of  Joseph  Neef,  Samuel  R.  Hall,  David  P. 
Page,  Horace  Mann,  Henry  Barnard,  and  William  T.  Harris. 
Boone's  History  of  Education  in  the  United  States  and  Mar- 
tin's Evolution  of  the  Massachusetts  School  System  are  used 
as  texts,  with  required  readings  from  the  works  by  Barnard, 
Wickersham,  Adams,  Winship,  Hinsdale,  Dexter,  and 
Monroe   (junior  year:   third  term,   one  hour  a  week). 

PEDAGOGY,  SCHOOL  LAW,  AND  SCHOOL  MANAGEMENT. 

The  application  to  teaching  of  the  principles  developed  in 
the  course  in  psychology  and  the  history  of  education  out- 
lined above;  a  study  of  methodology;  a  systematic  and 
critical  examination  of  the  opinions  of  leading  educators  on 
school  organization  and  economy ;  a  study  of  the  principles 
and  art  of  school  government,  both  from  the  stand-point  of 
the  adult  and  of  child  study,  with  special  reference  also  to 
the  use  of  school  discipline  as  an  agency  in  the  moral  culture 
of  the  child ;  a  discussion  of  the  curriculum  of  elementary 
schools  ;  the  preparation  on  pedagogical  and  hygienic  prin- 
ciples of  programs  for  graded  and  ungraded  schools  ;  lectures 
on  such  portions  of  the  school  laws  of  Massachusetts  as  are 
needed  to  enable  the  teacher  to  know  the  rights  and  the 
duties  of  her  profession  ;  the  theory  of  the  proper  heating, 
ventilating,  and  lighting  of  school  rooms,  with  practical 
suggestions  for  the  same ;  frequent  conferences  with  pupils 
teaching  in  the  training  schools. 

NATURAL    SCIENCE. 

In  all  science  teaching  of  this  school  a  constant  effort  is 
made  along  three  essential  lines  :  — 

First,  a  clear  presentation  of  the  truths   and   principles 


26  STATE  NORMAL   SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD. 

underlying  the  science.  These  are  learned  as  far  as  possible 
at  first  hand  in  the  field  or  the  laboratory,  and  care  is  taken 
that  they  are  rightly  comprehended. 

Second,  individual  instruction  and  practice  in  the  inter- 
pretation of  these  truths  and  in  logical  modes  of  reasoning 
based  upon  them. 

Lastly  and  chiefly,  a  thorough  drill  in  the  best  pedagog- 
ical methods  of  presenting  such  truths  and  interpretations  in 
elementary  instruction.  The  first  two  are  always  subordi- 
nate, being  used  as  a  necessary  means  to  secure  success  in 
the  third. 

As  a  further  help  toward  the  same  end,  large  additions 
have  been  made  to  the  apparatus  and  the  reference  libraries, 
until  it  may  be  fairly  said  that  the  school  is  unsurpassed  in 
point  of  equipment  by  any  other  of  like  rank. 

The  geological  and  mineralogical  laboratory  is  equipped 
with  a  complete  working  collection  of  minerals,  rocks,  and 
fossils,  and  the  necessary  apparatus  for  studying  them.  A 
valuable  cabinet  collection  is  in  constant  use  for  reference 
and  comparison.  It  is  believed  that  an  actual  acquaintance 
with  rocks,  minerals,  and  organic  forms  is  of  greater  value 
than  much  abstract  knowledge. 

The  biological  and  physiological  laboratory  is  furnished 
with  excellent  cabinets  of  preserved  material,  to  which  con- 
stant additions  arc  being  made,  and  which  are  amply  suffi- 
cient lor  individual  use.  It  possesses,  in  addition,  a  series 
of  chaits,  casts,  and  models  illustrating  human  anatomy;  a 
full  set  of  histological  preparations,  showing  the  structure 
and  tissues  of  the  human  body;  and  a  fine  herbarium  of 
local  plants.  Living  material  is  used  as  far  as  possible,  and 
sufficient  apparatus  has  been  purchased  to  enable  the  stu- 
dents to  prepare  what  is  required  for  their  own  use,  and 
thus  to  gain  practical  experience  in  the  collecting,  preserv- 
ing, and  arranging  of  such  material. 

Zoology.  —  Genera]  characteristics  of  animals;  a  study  of 
typical  animals,  considerable  attention  being  paid  to  their 


STATE   NORMAL   school,   WESTFIELD.  27 


habits,  modes  of  life,  and  their  uses;  these  types  are  selected 
from  the  fauna  of  the  vicinity,  and  as  far  as  possible  the 
home  of  the  animal  is  reproduced  in  the  laboratory,  and  the 

pupil  is  required  to  become  acquainted  with  its  habits  and 
daily  life,  as  well  as  its  structure,  from  actual  observation  ; 
a  special  study  of  insects  and  birds,  with  reference  to  their 
economic  relations;  the  principles  of  classification.  The 
more  common  species  are  chosen,  in  consequence  of  their 
adaptation  to  elementary  instruction,  and  the  pupils  practise 
the  best  methods  of  presenting  such  nature  work. 

Physiology.  —  A  general  outline  of  the  subject,  including 
the  anatomy,  physiology,  and  hygiene  of  the  different  organs 
and  parts  of  the  body.  Special  attention  is  given  to  a  thor- 
ough understanding  of  the  nervous  system  as  a  physiological 
basis  for  the  study  of  psychology.  The  brain  of  the  sheep, 
the  spinal  cord  of  the  rabbit  and  pigeon,  and  the  nerves  of 
the  frog,  suitably  preserved,  are  dissected  by  the  students 
individually,  and  carefully  compared  with  those  of  the  human 
body  in  structure  and  function,  while  physiology  is  taught 
by  means  of  simple  experiments.  All  the  anatomy  is  illus- 
trated by  preparations  of  the  organs  of  the  human  body, 
and  by  a  dissection  of  similar  organs  in  other  animals,  while 
microscopical  structure  is  demonstrated  by  means  of  sections 
which  are  prepared  in  the  laboratory.  The  pupils  assist  in 
the  work,  and  thus  learn  how  to  properly  prepare  and  pre- 
serve physiological  material,  and  how  to  use  it  for  illustrat- 
ing the  subject  in  connection  with  models  and  simple  experi- 
ments. Drawings  and  descriptions  are  required  of  essential 
structures. 

Mineralogy  and  Geology.  —  The  properties,  varieties,  and 
uses  of  the  more  important  minerals,  and  their  composition  ; 
rocks  as  composed  of  minerals  ;  ores  of  the  common  metals  : 
a  study  of  the  more  useful  industries  connected  with  certain 
minerals,  e.g.,  the  mining  of  coal,  the  manufacture  of  coal 
gas,  of  plaster  of  Paris,  of  salt,  of  glass,  the  smelting  of 
iron,  etc.     The  inorganic  agencies   now  in  operation   upon 


28  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD. 

the  earth,  and  their  influence  upon  its  structure  and  on  the 
present  contour  of  the  surface  ;  a  general  study  of  the  sur- 
rounding region  ;  the  kinds  of  rock  found,  their  origin  and 
mode^of  formation;  structural  geology,  —  treating  of  the 
kinds,  structure,  arrangement,  and  composition  of  rocks ; 
their  importance  and  economic  value ;  the  influence  of  dif- 
ferent organic  agencies  ;  geological  formations  ;  the  geologic 
history  of  New  England,  with  special  reference  to  Massa- 
chusetts. In  this  historical  portion,. as  the  Mesozoic  strata 
are  well  represented  in  the  vicinity,  that  period  will  be  a 
subject  for  special  study.  The  field  work  consists  of  excur- 
sions to  available  points  of  geological  interest,  and  the  col- 
lection and  identification  of  at  least  twenty-five  specimens 
of  rocks  and  minerals  of  the  region,  instruction  bein^  oiven 
in  their  classification  and  arrangement.  Special  effort  is 
made  to  correlate  this  work  with  physical  geography,  physics, 
and  chemistry. 

Botany.  —  The  seed  and  germi nation  ;  the  organs  of  the 
plant,  root,  stem,  buds,  leaves;  the  tissues ;  the  plant  cell, 
protoplasm  and  its  properties ;  inflorescence ;  a  study  of 
typical  flowers,  with  reference  to  their  plan  and  structure ; 
fertilization  and  conditions  of  growth ;  fruits ;  a  few  types 
of  flowerless  plants.  Westfield  is  particularly  rich  in  its 
flora,  and  much  field  work  will  be  done,  the  pupils  being 
required  to  collect,  analyze,  prepare,  and  mount  their  own 
specimens.  They  will  also  be  led  to  interpret  the  form, 
structure,  and  habits  of  plants  in  their  habitats,  and  to  illus- 
trate their  work  by  the  drawings  of  parts  and  tissues.  A 
course  of  nature  study  for  elementary  schools  is  outlined. 

OTHER   SCIENCES. 

Physics.  —  Physics  is  presented  with  a  two-fold  aim.  Its 
culture  value  is  beyond  question;  its  practicability  appears 
on  every  hand.  From  the  culture  side  the  student  becomes 
familial-  through  actual  experience  with  the  leading  physical 
discoveries  of  the  day.     The  laboratory  is  well  supplied  with 


STATE    NORMAL   school,    WESTFIELD.  29 

a  large  amount  of  apparatus  for  demonstrating  theories  of 
sound,    tight,   and   many  applications  of  electricity,   among 

which  may  be  mentioned  the  X-rays  and  wireless  telegraphy 
according  to  the  Marconi  system. 

Through  much  laboratory  work,  the  student  becomes  famil- 
iar with  the  construction,  manipulation,  and  use  of  physical 
apparatus.  Exercises  which  have  a  direct  bearing  upon 
e very-day  lite  are  given.  The  practical  idea  is  made  clear. 
The  pupil  discovers  for  herself  the  principles  and  facts  relat- 
ing to  the  special  phase  of  the  subject  under  consideration. 
Opportunity  to  make  original  investigations  is  given  to 
students  especially  interested  in  science. 

In  addition  to  the  benefit  to  the  teacher  herself,  she  learns 
to  present  clearly  to  her  pupils  such  parts  of  the  subject  as 
seem  desirable. 

CHEMISTRY. 

The  work  in  this  department  is  treated  under  three  gen- 
eral divisions,  —  historical,  academic,  and  applied  chemistry. 
Of  these,  the  last-mentioned  receives  by  far  the  greatest 
attention.  No  text-book  is  used,  but  a  large  amount  of 
reference  matter  is  available.  Facts  are  gained  by  actual 
work. 

The  laboratory  is  equipped  with  a  generous  supply  of  the 
latest  apparatus,  and  all  conveniences  are  at  the  students' 
disposal. 

From  the  days  of  the  earliest  alchemists  (or  practitioners 
of  the  black  art),  the  development  of  the  science  is  traced 
step  by  step  to  the  founder  of  modern  chemistry,  Lavoisier. 

The  academic  work  includes  type  experiments  with  the 
gases,  oxygen,  hydrogen,  nitrogen,  carbon-dioxid,  chlorine, 
and  such  of  the  hydro-carbons  as  time  will  allow,  and  in 
addition  to  these,  analysis  and  synthesis  of  the  acids,  hydro- 
chloric, nitric,  sulfuric,  acetic,  etc.,  together  with  the  rational 
use  of  chemical  symbols  and  formulae. 

The  applied  or  practical  work  includes,  among  other  ex- 
ercises of  an  interesting  character,  the  qualitative  analysis  of 


30  STATE  NORMAL   SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD. 

water,  samples  of  which  pupils  procure  from  different  parts 
of  the  town,  and  a  thorough  analysis  of  which  they  perform  in 
the  laboratory  by  the  most  approved  methods.  Many  bring 
samples  of  water  from  their  homes  and  analyze  them  for  the 
benefit  of  their  parents  and  friends. 

The  removal  of  stains  of  various  kinds,  fruit,  ink,  grease, 
iron  rust,  paint,  etc.,  furnishes  an  excellent  opportunity  for 
applying  principles  of  bleaching  and  action  of  acids  and 
alkalis  upon  different  kinds  of  fabrics.  Before  finishing  the 
course  every  pupil  is  expected  to  be  able  to  remove  stains 
of  the  above-mentioned  types. 

Work  in  dyeing  is  treated  from  an  entirely  original  stand- 
point. Each  pupil  at  first  dyes  different  fabrics  with  colors 
extracted  from  many  common  sources,  such  as  bright-colored 
flowers,  leaves,  berries,  and  fruits ;  later,  work  in  anilin 
dyes  affords  opportunity  for  each  student  to  learn  something 
of  this  useful  art,  and  at  the  same  time  to  apply  some  of  the 
oft-neglected  principles  of  chemistry. 

Actual  work  in  the  extraction  of  flavors  and  perfumes  is 
performed  by  the  student,  and  samples  of  orange,  lemon, 
vanilla,  etc.,  are  the  criteria  of  her  skill. 

Experiments  are  given  by  which  the  determination  of 
alcohol  in  cider,  patent  medicines,  wines,  and  "  soft  drinks" 
is  made  simple. 

Every  teacher  who  expects  to  do  effective  service  in  the 
public  schools  should  have  at  her  disposal  some  method  of 
remedying,  if  not  of  eradicating,  the  cigarette  evil.  Two 
exercises  are  given,  in  which  the  analysis  of  the  cigarette  is 
made  easily  possible.  The  person  who  conscientiously  per- 
forms this  work  will  have  a  deeper  antipathy  to  this  "  white 
horror,"  and  be  better  prepared  to  fight  it  in  a  rational 
manner. 

The  average  teacher  is  little  aware  of  the  enormous  amount 
of  foreign  and  oft-times  injurious  material  consumed  under 
the  name  of  candy  and  gum.  Simple  analyses  of  these 
substances  throw  much  light  Upon  a  heretofore  obscure  sub- 


, 


STATE   NORMAL   school,   WESTFIELD.  :il 

ject.  Canned  goods,  such  as  corn,  tomatoes,  peas,  etc., 
furnish  a  scries  of  intensely  interesting  experiments,  since 
only  the  few  know  of  what  they  are  eating.  Students  are 
not  encouraged  in  any  sense  to  become  "food  faddists,"  but 
rather  to  apply  chemical  principles  in  a  way  most  interest- 
ing and  helpful  to  themselves. 

The  course  is  not  presented  with  the  object  of  making 
chemistry  teachers  of  the  pupils,  but  rather  to  furnish  the 
thoughtful,  painstaking  student  with  valuable  information, 
by  which  she  can  keep  both  mind  and  body  in  a  normal, 
healthy  condition. 

GEOGRAPHY. 

The  study  of  geography  covers  two  terms,  and  includes  :  — 

1.  A  study  of  the  structure  of  the  world  ridge,  and  a  de- 
tailed study  of  the  structure  of  each  of  the  continents, 
including  the  mountain  ranges  and  peaks,  river  systems,  and 
lakes.  These  are  drawn  in  outline  and  modeled  in  relief  as 
studied. 

2.  A  study  of  geographic  forces,  including  the  movements 
of  the  earth,  seasons,  temperature,  winds,  and  rainfall,  with 
special  reference  to  the  climate  of  the  United  States. 

3.  The  geographic  distribution  and  economic  uses  of  min- 
erals, plants  and  animals. 

4.  The  study  of  peoples, — their  mental  and  physical 
characteristics,  languages,  religions,  governments,  indus- 
tries, and  habitations. 

">.  The  study  of  commerce,  its  origin,  mediums  of  ex- 
change, means  of  transport,  commercial  routes,  aids  to 
commerce,  and  the  leading  commercial  nations,  —  their  com- 
mercial advantages,  commodities,  and  commercial  centres. 

In  addition  the  classes  are  given  problems  touching  the 
adaptation  of  the  subject-matter  of  geography  to  the  capacity 
of  children  in  the  different  school  years,  the  correlation  of 
geographic  readings,  the  use  of  geographic  pictures,  maps, 
globes,  and  other  teaching  aids. 


32  STATE  NORMAL   SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD. 


THE   LANGUAGE   ARTS. 

Reading.  —  Study  of  the  dictionary  ;  diacritical  marks  and 
pronunciation  ;  study  of  phonetics  for  teaching  purposes ; 
methods  of  teaching  reading  in  elementary  schools,  and 
frequent  practice  with  classes  of  children  from  the  model 
schools.     Preparation  of  reading  material  for  school  use. 

Grammar.  —  Classification  of  the  parts  of  speech,  phrases, 
clauses,  and  sentences  by  the  laboratory  method  ;  analysis  of 
sentences  in  a  simple  way.  The  natural  method  of  teaching 
language  in  elementary  schools  is  used,  and  the  pupils  them- 
selves are  required  to  give  lessons. 

English  Composition.  —  It  is  chiefly  as  a  practical  art  that 
the  subject  is  presented  in  this  school.  Description,  narra- 
tion, exposition,  and  argument  are  taught  from  daily  practice 
in  writing,  followed  by  the  teacher's  criticism.  Much  atten- 
tion is  paid  to  the  external  form  of  the  paragraph.  A  com- 
position is  regarded  as  a  living  product  of  an  active  mind ; 
therefore,  there  is  constant  and  careful  study  of  the  way  in 
which  paragraphs  grow,  of  the  order  in  which  to  say  things, 
and  of  what  not  to  say.  Pupils  are  trained  to  intelligent 
criticism  of  language  work. 

English  and  American  Literature.  —  A  study  of  some  of 
the  literature  of  the  eighteenth  and  nineteenth  centuries, 
the  purpose  being  to  help  the  pupil  to  appreciate  the  best. 
The  history  of  literature  is  taught  in  a  subordinate  way  only, 
to  enable  the  pupil  to  understand  the  setting  of  an  author's 
work;  correlation  of  myths  with  nature  study;  courses  of 
literature  for  elementary  schools  are  developed.  There  are 
some  variations  from  term  to  term. 

HISTORY. 

United  States  History  and  Civics.  —  A  rapid  review  by 
Ihe  laboratory  method  of  the  history  of  our  country  from 
I  he  early  discoveries  to  the  present,  and  of  the  framework 
of  national,  State,  and  municipal  government.      Instruction 


STATE   NORMAL   SCHOOL,   WESTFIELB.  33 


in  the  proper  use  of  pictures  and  maps  as  aids  in  teaching 
history  ;  correlation  with  literature,  a  thorough  drill  in  a 
good  pedagogical  method  of  presenting  the  subject.  Stories 
of  the  explorers  and  the  biographies  of  eminent  Americans 
are  recast  in  the  vocabulary  of  childhood  for  use  in  primary 
grades. 

General  History.  —  Ancient  Nations.  —  Peoples  and  migra- 
tions  ;  geographical  position  and  consequences  ;  inheritances  ; 
social,  political,  intellectual,  aesthetic,  moral,  religious,  and 
industrial  development;  characteristic  institutions  ;  legacies. 

Mediaeval  and  Modern  History.  —  Instruction  and  train- 
ing are  given  in  the  inductive  method  as  applied  to  history, 
with  a  view  to  the  development  of  the  "  historical  spirit." 
The  method  is  illustrated  by  a  careful  study  of  a  few  coun- 
tries, with  special  attention  to  the  main  forces  at  work,  the 
growth  of  nationality  and  constitutional  government,  and 
the  relation  of  Europe  to  America. 

MATHEMATICS. 

Arithmetic.  —  Failure  on  the  part  of  the  teacher  to  recog- 
nize and  to  apply  the  fundamental  principles  of  number 
according  to  well-established  psychic  lawrs  invariably  results 
in  failure  on  the  part  of  the  pupil  to  understand  and  to 
intelligently  use  the  simple  processes  of  arithmetic. 

No  text-book  is  placed  in  the  hands  of  the  student ;  all 
processes  and  methods  are  developed.  The  importance  of 
the  reason  for  performing  the  various  arithmetical  operations 
i<  duly  emphasized. 

The  modern  teacher  should  fully  appreciate  the  fact  that 
the  day  of  set  rules  and  inflexible  formulae  is  past.  The 
child  is  no  longer  told  to  "  invert  the  divisor  and  proceed  as 
in  multiplication."  By  far  the  greatest  value  of  any  mathe- 
matical rule  lies  in  its  discovery.  Students  are  trained  to 
discover;   having  discovered,  to  apply. 

Recognizing  in  the  Grube  method  a  line  of  thought  incom- 
patible with  true  mathematical  concepts,  the  pupil   is  thor- 


34  STATE  tfO&MAL  school,  wkstfieLD. 

oughly  drilled  in  the  movable  or  flexible  unit  system,  which 
is  so  ably  treated  in  Dewey  and  McLellan's  Psychology  of 
Number. 

The  student  becomes  familiar  with  our  leading  arithmetics, 
from  which  many  characteristic  problems  are  selected.  She 
is  required  to  solve  a  problem  intelligently,  whether  she  sup- 
plies the  essential  data  or  takes  it  as  presented  by  some 
second  person. 

The  course  continues  throughout  the  junior  year  and  in- 
cludes one  hundred  fourteen  recitation  periods.  The  work 
is  taken  by  grades,  and  comprises  exercises  in  sense  training 
and  in  relative  magnitude,  discovery  of  the  primary  prin- 
ciples of  number,  the  history  of  its  decimal  system,  and  the 
applications  of  number  as  a  means  of  measurement. 

The  aim  of  the  course  is  to  <*ive  the  teachers  a  logical 
method  of  presenting  arithmetic,  free  from  fads  and  reason- 
destroying  practices  ;  to  teach  them  to  be  self-reliant,  effi- 
cient, accurate,  quick  to  appreciate  and  to  apply.  All  of 
this  tends  strongly  towards  the  betterment  of  our  public 
schools. 

Algebra.  —  The  relation  of  algebra  and  arithmetic  is  always 
kept  before  the  pupil.  Methods  of  developing  the  algebraic 
processes  are  carefully  examined.  Students  are  encouraged 
to  find  methods  of  their  own  for  presenting  special  phases 
of  the  subject. 

Objects  and  diagrams  are  used  whenever  clearness  can  be 
gained  thereby.  The  equation  is  treated  from  an  original 
stand-point,  and  is  shown  in  its  true  character.  All  opera- 
tions and  many'of  the  problems  given  in  Milne's  grammar 
school  algebra  are  fully  treated. 

In  order  to  get  the  greatest  good  from  this  course,  the 
pupil  should  be  well  prepared  in  algebra  through  quadratic 
equations. 

Geometry The  history  of  the  subject,  both  ancient  and 

modern,  is  presented.  The  student,  becomes  familiar  with 
some  of  the  world's  greatest  mathematicians   and  the   infill- 


ROOM    FOR    DRAWING 


'RAWING    DEPARTMENT  — ONE    OF    THE    STUD 


STATE  \<>i;u.\L  school,  ii  r.siri /■;/./>. 


ence  of  their  work.  She  has  at  1km-  disposal  a  large  amount 
o\'  unusual  but  extremely  valuable  material,  in  the  form  of 
ancient  theorems  and  their  uses,  calculated  to  interest  the 
most  indifferent  pupil. 

The  subject  is  treated  in  its  two-fold  aspeet,  —  first,  as 
applied  to  the  measurement  of  lines,  surfaees,  and  solids,  in 
which  the  use  of  simple  measuring  instruments  is  taught, 
and  secondly  as  related  to  reason  and  logic.  The  student 
should  become  a  clear,  fearless,  original  thinker,  who  dares 
attempt  the  solution  of  a  theorem  by  other  than  set  text- 
book methods. 

OTHER   SUBJECTS. 

Art  and  Drawing.  —  This  course  treats  the  subject  from 
two  points  of  view  :  — 

The  objective  side  aims  to  give  the  pupils  a  knowledge  of 
the  principles  of  representation  in  outline,  light  and  dark, 
and  in  color. 

Historic  art  in  architecture,  sculpture,  and  painting  is 
studied  with  reference  to  its  bearing  upon  our  present  social 
problems,  and  as  a  source  of  motifs  for  applied  work  in 
design. 

The  principles  of  beauty  in  color  and  form  are  taught  as  a 
basis  for  the  subjective  work  in  picture-study  and  design. 

The  subjective  or  creative  side  is  emphasized,  in  the  belief 
that  in  the  field  of  design  lies  the  greatest  number  of  human 
interests.  Applications  of  the  principles  of  beauty  are  made 
in  all  phases  of  school  work  and  social  life,  and  to  different 
branches  of  the  local  trades. 

The  subject-matter  is  analyzed  and  arranged  for  the  grades 
<>f  elementary  and  high  schools,  and  outlines,  lesson  plans, 
and  practice  teaching  are  required  of  all  students  in  this 
department. 

Vocal  Music,  —  Musical  History.  —  A  rapid  review  of 
ancient  history,  including  the  music  of  the  Chinese,  the 
Egyptians,  and  the  Hindoos;  the  influence  of  the  Israelites 
and  the  Grecians  ;  the  Roman  Empire  ;  the  part  taken  by  the 


36  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD. 

early  church  in  fostering  the  "Divine  .Art,"  the  advent  of 
the  Paris  school  of  music  (the  first  national  school  of  music), 
the  Gallo-Belgic  and  the  Netherland  schools  ;  the  rise  and 
decline  of  Italy's  musical  prestige,  and  the  birth  of  our 
modern  music ;  the  classical  school  and  its  masters ;  the  in- 
fluence of  the  Germans  ;  the  romantic  school ;  and  the  growth 
of  musical  interests  in  America. 

Harmony,  the  Grammar  of  Music.  —  Intervals,  scales, 
triads,  inversion  of  triads,  chords,  inversion  of  chords,  har- 
monizing basses,  chords  of  the  dominant  seventh,  preparation 
and  resolution,  cadences  and  suspensions. 

Musical  Notation.  —  No  effort  will  be  made  to  follow  any 
published  system  of  school  music,  but  the  rudiments  will  be 
studied  with  especial  regard  to  the  needs  of  public  school 
music,  and  the  pupils  will  have  practical  drill  in  doing  (sing- 
ing) throughout  the  course.  Special  attention  will  be  given 
to  individual  drill,  and  those  who  think  they  cannot  sing  will 
be  given  the  most  careful  training,  by  which  they  will  be 
convinced  that  they  can  learn  to  sing,  and  their  value  in  the 
public  school  room  will  thus  be  enhanced. 

Chorus  Classes.  —  In  chorus  classes  pains  will  be  taken 
to  acquaint  the  pupils  with  the  best  that  the  musical  world 
offers . 

Manual  Training. — This  course  will  include  paper  fold- 
ing, paper  cutting,  basketry,  compressing  raffia  and  reed, 
and  woodwork,  including  whittling  and  bench  work.  The 
raffia  used  is  dyed  by  the  students  as  a  part  of  the  course  in 
chemistry  ;  the  models  used  in  the  bench  work  are  designed 
by  the  students  as  an  application  of  the  work  in  drawing. 

Physical  Training.  —  Physical  training  on  the  basis  of  the 
Ling  system  of  gymnastics. 

Study  of  the  principles  of  educational  gymnastics,  and 
their  application  in  the,  Ling  system. 

Practical  work  in  the  gymnasium,  gymnastic  games,  squad 
:iihI  class  drills  conducted  by  the  students. 


ROOM   FOR   HISTORY  AND   LITERATURE. 


LIBRARY. 


STATE    NORMAL   SCHOOL,    WESTFIELD. 


:)7 


10  "*  ■*  CO  01  —  "M  01  Ol     1    CO 

1    01 

1  * 

H 

'— 

y. 

a    .    .    . 

o 

i 

'S 

sd 

g    .its. 7.  '      b&2 

Z  >.  -  -  -  .-<    .oo 

5  a'~  H  a  fa  u  &*W 

G    O   h    a    >.•-    =   «   rfl 

<-2-;-:r^_^ 

1    <M 

* 



<-. 

— 

'■ 

o 

> 

- 

=  -=H-r  rfSJlS 

~  -  =7  ■  —  >»  >,  >, 

<jPoajS(2pH(5a, 

CO  "*  -r  Ol  *■*  0-1  Ol  -*  i— i    1   CO 

1    Ol 

* 

OS 

K 

Eh 

►J 

' 

.  fl   .   .   .   . 

— 

•(-       o 

S3    s? 

a      a 

o  •  £  8  t  ■  b  ■  . 

illicit! 

<ftaowS^NpH 

l     1  rt  (M  h  ■*  •*  - i-f-roi 

|H 

01  CO 

School  management,  A,  B,  and  C, 

A, 

B 

Section  C  in  training  school, 
Kindergartners  in  kindergarten, 
Chemistry,  A,  . 
Child  study,  A  and  B,    . 
Composition,  A,  B,  and  C,    . 
General  History,  A  and  B,    . 
History  of  United  States,  B, 
Literature,  A,  B,  and  C, 
Manual  training,  A  and  B,    . 
Mathematics,  A  and  B,  . 
Music,  A,  B,  and  C, 

1       1    CIH^COIO^  HT)f*(NH 

OJCN 

Section  B  in  training  school,     . 
Kindergartners  in  kindergarten, 
Child  study,  A  and  C, 
Composition,  A,  B,  and  C, 
General  History,  C,     . 
Geography,!         . 
Geology  and  mineralogy,  A,     . 
History  of  United  States,  A  and  C, 
Literature,  A,  B,  and  C,     . 
Manual  training,  A  and  C, 
Mathematics,  C,    . 
Music,  A,  B,  and  C,     . 
School  management,  A,  B,  and  C, 

A 

C 

1       1    CO  Ol  —  CI  UO  — i  ~t  Ol  H 

Ol  01 

Section  A  in  training  school, 

Kindergartners  in  kindergarten, 

Chemistry,  B  and  C, 

Child  study,  B  and  C,     . 

Composition,  A,  B,  and  C,    . 

Geography,  B  and  C,t    • 

Geology  and  mineralogy,  B  and  C, 

Literature,  A,  B,  and  C, 

Manual  training,  B  and  C,     . 

Music,  A,  B,  and  C, 

school  management,  A,  B,  and  C, 

«b" 

It 


o  g 


38  STATE  NORMAL   SCHOOL,   WESTFIELJ). 


ONE  YEAR'S  COURSE  FOR  COLLEGE  GRADUATES. 
This  course  has  been  made  especially  for  those  college 
graduates  who  wish  to  prepare  themselves  for  teaching  in 
the  public  schools  ;  it  is  a  practical  course,  consisting  of  two 
terms  of  study  and  one  term  in  the  training  school.  Every 
student  will  be  required  to  prepare  the  equivalent  of  twenty- 
two  periods  per  week  for  two  terms,  one-half  of  which  will 
be  elective,  as  is  indicated  below. 

REQUIRED    SUBJECTS. 

Historical  Development  of  Educational  Theory.  —  One 
recitation  per  week,  with  credit  for  two  periods. 

Educational  Psychology.  —  First  term  only,  one  period 
per  wTeek  counting  as  two. 

Comparative  Study  of  School  Systems.  —  Second  term 
only,  one  period  per  week  counting  as  two. 

History  of  Education.  —  One  period  per  week  for  three 
terms. 

Art  and  Drawing.  —  Four  periods  per  week.  A  study  of 
the  principles  of  drawing  and  their  application  to  school- 
room instruction.     Four  periods  per  week  for  two  terms. 

Music.  —  Two  periods  per  week.  A  thorough  discussion 
of  and  training  in  school  music  as  exemplified  in  the  AVeaver 
system. 

ELECTIVE    SUBJECTS. 

Every  student  will  make  choice  of  work,  covering  eleven 
periods  per  week,  from  the  following  elective  courses  :  — 

Arithmetic.  —  Two  recitations  per  week  for  one  term, 
with  credit  for  throe  periods. 

Biology.  —  Three  periods  per  week  for  two  terms. 

Chemistry.  —  Two  periods  per  week  for  two  terms. 

Child  Study.  —  Two  periods  per  week  for  two  terms. 

Geology  and  Mineralogy.  —  Three  periods  per  week  for 
two  terms. 

Grammar.  —  Four  periods  per  week  during  first  term. 


STATE    NORMAL   school,    WESTFIELD.  39 

History  of  the  United  States.  —  Four  periods  per  week 
during  second  term. 

Manual  Training.  —  Four  periods  per  week  for  two  terms. 

School  Management.  —  One  period  per  week. 

The  work  of  this  course  will  be  carried  on  for  the  most 
pari  in  separate  classes,  so  that  such  students  as  may  be 
eligible  may  have  every  opportunity  to  make  rapid  progress. 
For  statements  of  the  work  in  history  of  education,  child 
study,  grammar,  history  of  the  United  States,  and  manual 
training,  see  outlines  already  given  under  ''General  Plan 
of  Two  Years'  Course."  The  details  of  the  other  subjects 
in  the  course  are  given  below. 

Historical  Development  of  Educational  Theory.  — Histor- 
ical and  critical  study  of  the  development  of  educational 
ideals  from  earliest  times  to  our  own  day,  through  a  study 
of  such  educational  classics  as  Plato's  Republic,  Aristotle's 
Politics,  Montaigne's  Education  of  Children,  Mulcaster's 
Positions,  Locke's  Thoughts  Concerning  Education,  Corne- 
ll ius's  Great  Didactic,  Rousseau's  Emile,  Fenelon's  Education 
of  Girls,  lvichter's  Levana,  Pestalozzi's  Leonard  and  Ger- 
trude, Froebel's  Education  of  Man,  Herbart's  Science  of 
Education,  and  Herbert  Spencer's  Education. 

Educational  Psychology.  —  Applications  of  the  laws  of  the 
psychic  life  to  the  work  of  school  training,  with  special 
reference  to  the  psychological  basis  of  the  studies  in  the 
elementary  and  secondary  schools,  and  questions  touching 
educational  values.  To  take  up  this  work  to  the  best  ad- 
vantage, students  should  have  had  at  least  an  elementary 
bourse  in  psychology.  Bain's  Education  as  a  Science, 
()  Shea's  Education  as  Adjustment,  Compay re's  Lectures  on 
Pedagogy,  and  similar  works  will  be  supplemented  with 
lectures,  conferences,  and  discussions. 

Comparative  Study  of  School  Systems.  —  A  comparative 
study  of  the  organization  and  management  of  the  school 
systems  in  Germany,  France,  and  England,  with  a  view  to 
determining  the  influences —  political,  social,  and  pedagogical 


40  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD. 

— that  affect  the  origin,  growth,  and  efficiency  of  elementary 
and  secondary  education.  Hughes's  Making  of  Citizens, — 
a  Study  in  Comparative  Education,  will  be  the  basis  of  the 
course.  Open  only  to  advanced  students.  Lectures,  con- 
ferences, and  discussions. 

Arithmetic.  —  The  work  in  this  course  is  largely  of  a  com- 
parative nature,  and  in  addition  covers  the  salient  features 
of  the  regular  course. 

The  following  points  will  be  considered :  — 

The  origin  of  number  and  the  application  of  the  develop- 
ment of  mathematics  in  the  school  room. 

A  further  investigation  of  the  group  idea  or  the  flexible 
unit  standard. 

A  consideration  of  number  as  a  means  of  measurement 
and  the  factors  of  numerical  ideas. 

Educational  applications  of  the  above. 

Arithmetical  operations  with  logical  means  of  teaching. 

A  comparative  study  of  the  principal  arithmetics  now  in 
use,  to  the  end  of  determining  their  method,  their  strong 
features,  and  their  limitations. 

The  satisfactory  completion  of  the  outlined  work  will  ena- 
ble the  student  to  give  a  fair  estimate  of  the  various  methods 
of  mathematical  presentation,  and  to  select,  invent,  or  mod- 
ify one  to  suit  individual  preference  of  approach. 

Biology.  —  This  course  endeavors  to  put  such  knowledge 
as  the  college  graduate  has  already  acquired  into  actual  use 
for  teaching  in  our  public  schools. 

The  subjects  suitable  for  the  several  grades  are  thoroughly 
discussed,  and  the  most  approved  methods  of  presenting 
them.  The  practical  rather  than  the  theoretical  is  the  con- 
8 1 ant  aim,  and  this  is  realized  by  each  student  through  actual 
work.  A  rational  conception  of  the  great  principles  which 
underlie;  organic  life  is  also  necessary  at  the  present  day 
for  every  teacher  who  aims  to  be  successful.  To  meet  this 
demand,  some  of  the  most  important  truths  connected  with 


STATE   NORMAL  SCHOOL,    WESTFIELD.  41 

evolution,  heredity,  adaptation,  parasitisms,  mimicry,  cross- 
pollination  and  development  will  be  presented  and  dis- 
cussed. 

This  part  of  the  work  is  confined  to  indisputable  facts, 
and  an  earnest  effort  is  made  to  encourage  original  thinking, 
so  that  the  teacher  may  become  able  to  discriminate  between 
facts  and  theories  or  inferences. 

Chemistry.  —  The  chemistry  of  the  grocery  store  :  The 
student  will  become  familiar  with  methods  of  analysis  for 
the  detection  and  isolation  of  the  various  adulterants  of 
canned  goods,  jams,  jellies,  and  pickles  ;  an  investigation 
of  breakfast  foods  and  cereals,  the  so-called  grain  coffees, 
spices,  and  confectionery. 

The  chemistry  of  the  market :  The  subject  of  meat  pre- 
servatives and  milk  adulteration  will  be  considered,  with 
samples  procured  in  the  open  market. 

The  chemistry  of  the  drug  store  :  This  includes  an  in- 
vestigation of  various  toilet  preparations,  headache  pow- 
der-, patent  medicines,  and  soft  drinks. 

Quantitative  determination  is  introduced  wherever  it  will 
render  the  work  of  greater  value.  The  scope  of  the  work 
is  purely  educational,  and  its  practical  value  is  obvious. 
Students  are  encouraged  to  make  original  researches  and 
discoveries.     Samples  are  provided  free  of  charge. 

Geology.  —  A  brief  review  of  the  common  minerals  and 
rocks  which  go  to  make  up  the  earth's  crust,  and  the  in- 
organic agencies  now  in  operation  upon  them.  Particular 
attention  is  given  to  the  glacial  period,  and  the  influence  of 
the  ancient  ice  sheet  upon  our  New  England  climate,  the 
contours  of  our  landscapes,  and  the  character  and  fertility 
of  our  soil. 

This  course  also  is  chiefly  concerned  with  the  actual  pres- 
entation of  the  subject  in  our  common  schools;  the  mate- 
rial most  suitable  for  the  several  grades,  how  and  where  it 
is  to  be  obtained  and  used ;  the  progress  of  organic  life  in 


42  STATE  NORMAL   SCHOOL,    WESTFIELD. 

North  America,  with  special  reference  to  the  Mesozoic  era, 
which  is  so  well  represented  in  the  Connecticut  valley ; 
man's  first  appearance  upon  this  continent,  and  the  extinct 
animals  which  have  been  associated  with  him  ;  the  different 
civilizations  which  have  appeared  within  the  boundaries  of 
the  United  States,  the  characteristics  of  each  as  revealed  in 
their  remains,  and  their  influence  upon  subsequent  periods. 

LECTURES  AND  CONCERTS, 
An  eflbrt  is  made  every  year  to  bring  students  in  contact 
with  people  of  reputation.     During  the  present  year  the  fol- 
lowing list  of  lectures  and  concerts  has  been  given  :  — 

Mr.  Frank  A.  Parsons,  Teachers'  College,  N.  Y. 
Art  in  Personal  Attire. 
Art  in  Relation  to  Manual  Expression. 
Dr.  Albert  E.  Winship,  Member  State  Board  of  Education. 

New  England. 
Prof.  Herman  H.  Home,  Dartmouth  College. 

The  Education  of  the  Will. 
Walter  Sargent,  Boston,  Agent  State  Board  of  Education. 

Primary  Drawing. 
Mrs.  Kate  Gannett  Wells,  Member  State  Board  of  Education. 

The  Personality  of  the  Teacher. 
Mr.  Frederic  Goodwin,  State  Normal  School,  Westfield,  assisted 
by  Mr.  Willis  E.  Burnett,  pianist. 
An  Interpretation  of  the  Works  of  Chopin. 
Prin.  C.  A.  Brodeur,  State  Normal  School,  Westfield,  assisted  by 
the  Mendelssohn  Male  Quartet  and  others. 
An  Evening  with  Tennyson. 
Longfellow,  the  Poet  of  the  Home.* 
Schumann-Schubert  Recital,  —  Members  of  the  senior  class,  under 
the  direction  of  Mr.    Frederic   Goodwin,   State   Normal 
School,  Westfield,  and  assisted   by  Mrs.  H.  A.  Shaffer, 
soprano,  Springfield. 
Prof.  G-eorge  E.  Vincent,  University  of  Chicago. 
Children  versus  Grown-ups. 

*  To  bo  given. 


PHYSICAL    LABORATORY. 


.ECTURE    ROOM  — PHYSICAL    SCIENCE. 


I    d 


STATE   NORMAL  SCHOOL,    WESTFIELD.  43 

Mr.  Henry  T.  Bailey,  Editor  of  School  Arts  Book. 

The  Home  Beautiful. 
Rev.  R.  S.  MacArthur,  D.U.,  LL.D. 

Graduation  address,  —  Elements  of  Success  in  Life.* 

GRADUATION,  DIPLOMAS,  AND  CERTIFICATES. 
The  satisfactory  completion  of  any  one  of  the  five  courses 
previously  described  entitles  the  pupil  to  receive  a  diploma 
or  certificate  of  graduation.  Those  who  for  any  reason  are 
unable  to  do  all  the  work  of  a  course  will,  on  application, 
receive  a  certificate  stating  the  axact  amount  of  work  done. 
Those  who  complete  Course  fM.  or  Course  V.  receive  cer- 
tificates, not  diplomas. 

DISCIPLINE. 

Whoever  aspires  to  the  responsible  office  of  teacher  should 
habitually  practise  self-control.  This  doctrine  furnishes  the 
key  to  the  disciplinary  policy  of  this  school.  Pupils  are 
treated  with  confidence,  and  to  a  large  extent  the  govern- 
ment of  the  school  is  left  in  their  hands.  Almost  no  rules 
are  made,  but  it  is  the  constant  effort  to  create  such  an 
atmosphere  that  to  follow  the  best  ideals  shall  be  easy  and 
natural. 

Regular  attendance,  good  behavior,  and  loyalty  to  the  best 
interests  of  the  school,  are  necessary  to  successful  work  and 
are  expected  of  all. 

The  power  of  suspension  for  misconduct  and  of  removal 
from  school  for  failure  to  do  properly  the  work  of  the  school 
is  lodged  in  the  principal,  with  an  appeal  to  the  Board  of 
Visitors. 

TUITION  AND  EXPENSES. 

Tuition,  text-books,  and  supplies  are  free  to  residents  of 
Massachusetts. 

Pupils  from  other  States  than  Massachusetts,  attending 
normal  schools  supported  by  this  State,  are  required  to  pay 

*  To  be  given. 


44  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD. 

at  the  beginning  of  each  half-year  session  the  sum  of  $25  to 
the  principal  of  the  school  attended  for  tuition,  except  that 
in  the  Normal  Art  School  the  sum  paid  to  the  principal  at 
the  beginning  of  the  session  by  each  pupil  from  another 
State  will  be  $50  for  each  half-year. 

For  cost  of  board,  see  "  Dickinson  Hall,"  page  45. 

STATE  AID. 

To  assist  those  students  who  find  it  difficult  to  meet  the 
expense  of  the  course,  pecuniary  aid  is  furnished  by  the 
State  in  varying  sums,  though  never  exceeding  $1.50  per 
week. 

Aid  is  not  furnished  during  the  first  half-year  of  attend- 
ance, nor  to  students  whose  scholarship  is  unsatisfactory. 
Applications  for  this  aid  are  to  be  made  to  the  principal 
in  writing,  and  must  be  accompanied  by  a  certificate  from  a 
person  competent  to  testify,  stating  that  the  applicant  needs 
the  aid. 

NORMAL  SCHOOL  SCHOLARSHIPS  AT  HARVARD 
UNIVERSITY. 

There  are  eight  scholarships  in  the  scientific  school  at 
Harvard  University  for  the  benefit  of  graduates  of  normal 
schools.  The  annual  value  of  each  of  these  scholarships  is 
$150,  which  is  the  price  of  tuition,  so  that  the  holder  of  the 
scholarship  gets  his  tuition  free. 

The  incumbents  are  originally  appointed  for  one  year,  on 
the  recommendation  of  the  principals  of  the  schools  from 
which  they  have  been  severally  graduated.  These  appoint- 
ments may  be  annually  renewed,  on  the  recommendation  of 
the  faculty  of  the  scientific  school. 

DICKINSON  HALL. 

MRS.    CHARLES    B.    WILSON,    MATRON. 

Dickinson  Hall  is  the  name  given  the  new  normal  dormi- 
tory, which  was  u^va\  for  the  first  time  in  September,  11)03. 
]t  is  in  charge  of  the  principal,  and  is  a  commodious,  well- 


1=  kd       " 

■—         -T.    fill    T        ■ 

|     .STOTV          *X.    i                                 | 

U; 

L   jp 

n   _4 

o 

1     CwxHt 

1  £~ 

r  "^ 

Lr    H 

2    o 

L  j- 

n  _fl 

= 

3    J 

Cosei- 

-    "U 

POB.        '      *•            — Q 

c    <+■    [ 

3    =f 

-  -H 

p            j 

3      <*       h 

-  i_ 

-.  "°    n 
o    ?!    u 

-*■  Hi 

tJ  Hq^STTT 


tr 


Pl_Ars  OF   3ECO/1D    Fl£>OR_ 


nr  I  nr  i  nn 


TI 


DICKINSON    HALL. 


"Pl-AM  op  Fle^t  Floor.. 


5c  ALE 


Third  floo 


is  like  second,  except  that  space  southeast   of 
contains  gymnasium  and  rooms  for  servants.) 


STATE   NORMAL   SCHOOL,    WESTFIELD.  45 

lighted  school  home,  with  accommodations  for  70  students. 
Floor  plans  and  an  accurate  description  of  this  building  are 
given  in  the  cuts  facing  this  page.  Rooms  will  be  assigned 
once  each  year  by  lot ,  two  students  occupying  a  suite  of  three 
rooms.  Whenever  possible,  students  should  indicate  their 
choice  of  room-mate.  In  all  cases  those  desiring  rooms 
should  notify  the  matron  as  soon  as  possible  after,  their  ad- 
mission to  the  school. 

The  price  of  board  in  the  boarding  halls  connected  with 
the  normal  schools  of  the  State  is  $160  for  the  school  year, 
payable  in  advance  as  follows:  $40  at  the  beginning  of  the 
school  year  in  September;  $40  on  November  15;  $40  on 
February  1  ;   and  $40  on  April  15. 

This  rate  includes  board,  furnished  room  (except  as  below) , 
steam  heat,  gas,  and  laundry,  for  such  time  as  the  school  is 
in  session  and  for  the  Thanksgiving  recess,  but  for  no  other 
recess  or  vacation.  Pupils  whose  homes  are  at  a  distance 
may,  on  permission  of  the  principal,  remain  at  the  hall  dur- 
ing any  vacation,  except  the  long  one  in  the  summer,  on 
payment  of  the  additional  sum  of  $4  per  week  during  such 
vacation.     The  hall  is  closed  during  the  summer. 

When  pupils  leave  the  school  before  the  expiration  of  a 
term,  money  paid  in  advance  will  be  refunded  pro  rata,  but 
no  deduction  will  be  allowed  for  the  first  week  of  absence. 

Each  boarder  is  required  to  bring  towels,  napkins,  a  nap- 
kin-ring, two  clothes-bags,  and  blankets.  The  school  does 
not  provide  curtains,  bureau  or  commode  covers.  Coverlets 
and  art  squares  are  furnished  by  the  school. 

All  articles  sent  to  the  laundry  must  be  distinctly  marked 
with  the   owner's  name  in  indelible  ink.     Initials   will  no 
answer. 

Visitors  can  have  good  accommodations  at  $1  per  day  or 
|5  per  week;  dinner,  35  cents;  supper  or  breakfast,  25 
cents  ;   lodging,  50  cents. 

In  Dickinson  Hall  the  State  has  tried  to  provide  for  the 
comfort  and  convenience  of  its  pupils.  In  the  basement 
-pace  has  been  set  aside  for  a  laundry,  which  shall  be  exclur- 


46  STATE  NORMAL   SCHOOL,    WESTFIELD. 

sively  for  students'  use  ;  set  tubs,  wringers,  ironing  boards, 
etc.,  are  furnished.  On  the  second  floor  a  room  equipped 
with  sewing  machines  gives  an  opportunity  to  economize  in 
the  making  of  the  simpler  articles  of  feminine  apparel  to 
such  as  may  care  to  use  it.  On  the  third  floor  a  gymnasium 
has  been  provided ;  school  work  in  gymnastics  is  given  in 
this  room  ;  the  gymnasium  is  also  the  general  meeting  place 
of  the  students,  where  evening  entertainments  may  be  held. 
A  commodious  library  and  reading  room,  the  reception  room 
and  parlors,  hospital,  and  dining  room  are  situated  on  the 
first  floor. 

The  building  is  substantially  made  of  buff  brick ;  the  in- 
terior finish  is  of  ash  in  the  natural  wood,  and  the  floors  are 
of  maple.  The  hall  is  heated  by  steam  and  lighted  by  elec- 
tricity, and  every  possible  precaution  is  taken  to  secure  it 
from  danger  by  fire.  A  private  fire  alarm  box  connects  it 
with  the  central  fire  station  of  the  town,  which  is  situated 
near  by ;  extinguishers  and  grenades  are  provided  on  every 
floor  ;  electric  gongs  for  alarming  pupils  have  been  installed  ; 
and  a  watchman  patrols  every  part  of  the  building  once  every 
hour  during  the  nistfit. 

Pupils  who  do  not  live  in  Westfield  and  who  do  not  return 
to  their  homes  daily  are  expected  to  board  at  Dickinson  Hall. 
All  other  students  who  wish  to  board  with  relatives  or  to 
work  for  their  board  in  private  families  must  first  secure 
permission  from  the  principal. 

EMPLOYMENT  OF  GRADUATES. 

The  demand  for  graduates  of  this  school  is  greater  than 
the  supply.  During  the  past  year  the  principal  has  received 
many  requests  for  teachers  to  which  he  has  been  unable  to 
respond. 

In  the  interest  of  graduates  of  this  school  who  desire  to 
secure  better  positions,  and  of  school  committees  and  super- 
intendents who  are  seeking  teachers,  the  principal  requests 
that  former  pupils  will  keep  him  informed  of  their  addresses 
and  of  their  wishes  for  future  work.     He  will   keep  at  his 


STATE   NORMAL   school,    WESTFIELD.  47 

office  as  complete  a  directory  of  graduates  as  possible,  and 
hopes  to  be  serviceable  alike  to  employers  and  employed. 
[f  alumnae  sending  their  addresses  will  also  forward  testimo- 
nials of  success,  the  principal  can  act  for  them  more  intelli- 
gently. 

It  should  be  distinctly  understood  that  the  principal  guar- 
antees no  positions,  and  declines  to  recommend  any  teacher 
whom  he  does  not  personally  know  to  be  successful.  In 
all  cases,  however,  he  will  gladly  furnish  the  names  and 
addresses  of  all  eligible  teachers  to  inquirers,  leaving  to 
them  the  responsibility  of  investigation  and  action. 

As  complete  a  record  as  possible  of  all  future  graduates 
will  be  kept,  showing  their  scholarship,  training,  experience 
before  entering  the  normal  school  and  in  the  training  schools, 
and  general  qualifications  for  teachers'  positions,  together 
with  such  testimonials  of  success  in  teaching  as  may  be  filed 
from  time  to  time.  Such  data  will  be  considered  entirely 
confidential,  and  will  be  accessible  only  to  superintendents 
and  school  committees. 

GENERAL  REMARKS. 

The  demand  of  the  hour  is  for  professionally  trained 
teachers,  and,  both  for  the  good  of  the  schools  and  for  their 
own  advantage,  all  intending  teachers  are  urged  to  prepare 
themselves  by  a  special  course  of  training  in  some  school 
established  for  the  purpose. 

Teachers  who  wish  to  profit  by  the  regular  class-room 
instruction  in  any  department  are  invited  to  join  the  school 
temporarily  during  their  vacations  and  at  such  other  times 
as  may  be  convenient.  The  school  aims  to  be  helpful.  No 
charge  will  be  made  for  tuition  or  text  books,  and,  if  rea- 
sonable notice  is  given,  they  can  usually  be  accommodated 
at  Dickinson  Hall  at  $4  per  week. 

This  school  is  always  open  to  the  inspection  of  the  public. 
A  cordial  invitation  is  extended  to  teachers,  school  commit- 
tees, and  superintendents  to  visit  at  their  convenience. 

For  catalogues,  specimen  examination  papers,  or  any  in- 
formation, address  the  principal  at  Westneld 


48 


STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,    WESTFIELD. 


Names  of  Pupils. 


GENERAL  TWO  YEARS'  COURSE. 


SENIORS. 

Allen,  Grace  L., 
Beebe,  Sarah  E., 

Brosnan,  Minnie  A.,  South  Street,  . 
Burke,  Louise  I.,  114  Nonotuck  Street, 
Buxton,  Julia  B.,  16  Woodside  Terrace, 
Campbell,  Helen  R.,  432  Front  Street, 
Carroll,  Bessie  V.,  88  Orange  Street, 
Casey,  Mary  E.,  40  Walnut  Street, . 
Clark,  Mary  M.,  Hawthorne  Street, 
Donahue,  Helena  E.,  750  Main  Street, 
Donoghue,  Agnes  J.,  427  Elm  Street, 
Donseroe,  Genevieve,  111  Summer  Street, 
Doppmann,  Barbara,  39  Prospect  Street, 
Fairbanks,  Katharine  L.,  754  Chestnut  Street 

Foster,  Clara  L., 

Gorman,  Josephine  M.  C,  1  Wolcott  Street, 
Gowdy,  Jessie  M.,  18  Oakland  Street,     . 
Graffam,  May  E.,  11  Ann  Street, 
Healy,  Mary  F.,  75  Charles  Street,  . 
Hildreth,  Martha  E.  (P.  O.  South  Deerfield), 
Ketchum,  Mildred  E.,  61  Catharine  Street, 
Kidnay,  Anna  M.,  196  Lyman  Street, 

Lavvlor,  Nellie  T., 

Lee,  M.  Luella, 

Lynn,  Grace  D.,  311  Walnut  Street, 
Lyon,  Mildred  E.,  53  Union  Street, 
McKenzie,  Lena  M.,  13  Hancock  Street,. 
McPhee,  Mary  E.,  63  Commonwealth  Avenue 

Morey,  Flora  L., 

Moriarty,  M.  Esther,  8  O'Connor  Avenue 
Mullaly,  Elizabeth  K.,  .... 
Murphy,  Helen  T.,  102  West  Street, 
Nelligan,  Mary  \i.,  5  Bobbins  Avenue,  . 
O'Brien,  Helen  A.,  6  Franklin  Avenue,  . 
O'Brien,  Lillian  C 


Barre. 

East  Longmeadow. 

West  Warren. 

Holyoke. 

Springfield. 

Chicopee. 

Westfield. 

Holyoke. 

Lenox. 

Springfield. 

Holyoke. 

Springfield. 

Hatfield. 

Springfield. 

Lenox  Dale. 

Holyoke. 

Springfield. 

Fairview. 

Springfield. 

East  Whately. 

Springfield. 

Holyoke. 

Thorndike. 

Sheffield. 

Holyoke. 

Franklin. 

Springfield. 

Springfield. 

Three  Rivers. 

Holyoke. 

Haydenville. 

Holyoke. 

Pittslield. 

Westfield. 

Turners  Falls. 


STATE    FORMAL   SCHOOL,    WESTFIELD. 


41) 


O'Connor,  Ellen  V.  (P.  O.  Bondsville),  . 
O'Connor,  Katherine  II.,  87  Walnut  Street, 
O'Neil,  To  res  a  B.,  61  Taylor  Street, 

Pease,  Corinne  E., 

Pease,  Edith  C, 

Pease,  Mabel  A.,  132  Garfield  Street,      . 
Phillips,  Florence  B.,  14  Cleveland  Street, 

Pratt,  Mary  G., 

Randall,  Amy  L. 

Rockwell,  Harriet  O.,  43  Terrence  Street, 

Sears,  Katherine,  23  Fairfield  Avenue,    . 

Shepard,  Mabel  E.,  15  Ashley  Street,      . 

Snyder,  Elizabeth  G., 

Sullivan,  Lillie  M.  M.,      .... 

Tate,  Florence  E.,  17  S.  Church  Street,  . 

"Warner,  Marion  E., . 

Warren,  Anna  M.,  213  Lyman  Street, 

Welch,  Mary  L.,  110  East  Dwight  Street, 

Wittan,  Elizabeth  H.,  275  Waconah  Street, 

Woodard,  Mary  F., 

Young,  Ida  B.,  38  Holland  Avenue, 


South  Belchertown. 

Holyoke. 

Chicopee  Falls. 

Wilbraham. 

East  Longmeadow. 

Springfield. 

Springfield. 

East  Longmeadow. 

Belchertown. 

Springfield. 

Holyoke. 

Mittineague. 

Gilbertville. 

Bondsville. 

Pittsfield. 

Sunderland. 

Holyoke. 

Holyoke. 

Pittsfield. 

Warren. 

Westfield. 


KINDERGARTEN  COURSE. 

SENIORS. 


Cargel,  Kathryn  M.,  15  Avery  Street, 
Crafts,  Mabel  L.,      . 
Fiske,  Ruth  E.,  Main  Street,    . 
Parker,  Leila  M.,  55  High  Street,    . 
Plumb,  Cora  M„       .... 


Westfield. 
East  Whately. 
Palmer. 
Springfield. 
Southwick. 


ONE  YEAR'S  COURSE  FOR  COLLEGE  GRADUATES. 

Morrow,  Horace  E.,  175  Maple  Street,    .        .        .     Springfield. 

ONE  YEAR'S  COURSE  FOR  TEACHERS. 

Cross,  Susie  L, Becket. 

Willis,  Flora  G.,  88  Bay  Street,       ....     Springfield. 


GENERAL  TWO  YEARS'  COURSE. 

JUNIORS. 


Abbott,  Lillian  E.,  12  Westfield  Street, 
jBabb,  Ethel  R.,         .... 
Bascom,  Ada  B.,  32  Kenwood  Park, 
Camp,  Bertha  B.,      . 


.  Mittineague. 

.  Chester. 

.  Springfield. 

.  Montgomery. 


50 


S  T.  J  TE  NORMAL   S  CIIO  OL,    WES  TF1 E  L  l> , 


Canavan,K.  Agnes,  51  North  Street, 
Caouette,  M.  F.  Stella,  125  Main  Street, 

Carinody,  May  F., 

Carroll,  Grace  M.,  88  Orange  Street, 
Chittenden,  Mary  T.,  41  Salcombe  Street, 
Connery,  Margaret  R.,  18  Wright  Street, 
Coughlin,  Anna  M.,  40  Mechanic  Street, 
Dadman,  Edith  M.,  21  Avery  Street, 
Dana,  Esther  M., 
Dillon,  Agnes  A., 
Donovan,  Mary  L.,  . 

Dugan,  Mary, 

Dunbar,  Minnie  E,,  .... 

Fanning,  Rosa  E-,  34  Orange  Street, 

Fitzgerald,  Anna  G.,  291  Chestnut  Stree 

Fuller,  Alice  H.,  34  Main  Street,     . 

Glasheen,  Katherine  A.,  263  North  Main  Street, 

Goodale,  Elizabeth  M.,     . 

Grant,  Lillian  M.,  Montgomery  Street, 

Greene,  Stella  M.,     . 

Guinasso,  Amelia  J.,  7  Bush  Street, 

Haley,  Margaret  G.,  75  Lincoln  Street, 

Hennick,  Lilla  M.,  21  Lamb  Street, 

Hosmer,  Florence  E.,  34  Noble  Avenue 

Irwin,  Sadie  J.,  21  William  Street, . 

Kennedy,  Helen  T.,  56  Pine  Street, 

Kiley,  Sarah  V.,  17  Chestnut  Street, 

Lawrence,  Nina  B.,  . 

Leary,  Mary  V.,  65  Kenwood  Park, 

Lee,  Mary  E.,  145  Magazine  Street, 

Ludden,  Genevieve  A.,  143  North  Street 

Lynn,  Augusta  H.,  311  Walnut  Street, 

Mack,  Mary  E.,  65  Edgeland  Avenue, 

McCarty,  Mary  V.,  332  Brovvnell  Street, 

Mcllugh,  Margaret  A.,  424  Maple  Street, 

Morse,  Mary  B., 

Murphy,  Hose,  38  West  Main  Street, 

Murray,  Margaret  C,  48  Ferry  Street, 

O'Brien,  S.  Alice;,  61  Pearl  Street,    . 

Poller,  Ethel  V.,  25  Suffolk  Street, . 

Riley,  Katherine  V.,  100  Main  Street, 

Schladenhauffen,  Frederica  F., 

Shumway,  Ruby  M., 

Smith,  Bertha  F.,  25  Harrison  Avenue, 

Snyder,  Marian  Louise,    . 


Northampton. 

Westfield. 

Belchertown. 

Westfield. 

Dorchester. 

Easthampton. 

Westfield. 

Westfield. 

South  Amherst. 

Monson. 

Turners  Falls. 

Ware. 

Lenox. 

Westfield. 

Holyoke. 

Claremont,  N.  H, 

Gardner. 

Amherst. 

Willimansett. 

North  Wilbraham. 

AVestfield. 

Holyoke. 

South  Hadley  Falls. 

Westfield. 

Ware. 

Holyoke. 

Hatfield. 

North  Leverett. 

Springfield. 

Springfield. 

Springfield. 

Holyoke. 

Springfield. 

Fall  Kiver. 

Holyoke. 

Barre. 

Ware. 

Easthampton. 

Pittsfield. 

Holyoke. 

Haydenville. 

West  Springfield 

South  Amherst. 

Westfield. 

I  rilbertville. 


STATE   NORMAL   SCHOOL,    WESTFIELD. 


51 


Sonthmayd,  Pearl  A.,  45  Montrose  Street, 
Spooner,  B.  Eleanor,  .... 
Sullivan,  Alice  T.,  North  Main  Street,  . 
Sylvester,  Sylvia,  15  Nonotuck  Street,  . 
Taylor,  Madeline  D.,  14  Stebbins  Street, 
Whittemore,  Adeline  E.,  dishing  Street 


KINDERGARTEN  COURSE. 

JUNIORS. 

Avery,  Alice  R.,  56  Jefferson  Street, 
Farrar,  Mabel  K.,  1  Dana  Street,     . 


Springfield. 
Bar  re. 
Monson. 
Northampton. 
Springfield. 
North  Brookfield. 


VVestfield. 
Amherst. 


SPECIAL  STUDENTS. 

Barber,  Carolyn  M., 

Bates,  Bertha  C,  177  Main  Street,  . 
Bigelow,  Luna  E.,  44  Jackson  Street,      . 
Cargill,  Florence  G.,  11  Chestnut  Street, 
Charter,  Edna  A.,  46  Oakland  Street,      . 
Crowther,  Cora  J.,  223  Broadway,  . 
Dearborn,  Abigail,  69  Western  Avenue, 
Derrick,  Charles  V.,  85  Orange  Street,    . 
Harries,  Mildred,  120  West  Silver  Street, 
Knox,  Sadie  B.,  75  Pochassic  Street, 

Mantor,  Maud  L 

Mellen,  Eleanor  M.,  123  Exchange  Street, 
Hash,  Bessie  L.,  11  South  Maple  Street, 
Payne,  Mabel  M.,  20  Hubbard  Avenue,  . 
Phelps,  Anna  M.,  12  Princeton  Street,     . 
Saunders,  C.  Mabel,  10  Carpenter  Avenue, 
IVadsworth,  Mary  Wynne,  28  Pleasant  Street 


South  Deerfield. 

Westfield. 

Springfield. 

Westfield. 

Springfield. 

Chicopee  Falls. 

Westfield. 

Westfield. 

Westfield. 

Westfield. 

Buck  land. 

Chicopee. 

Westfield. 

Springfield. 

Westfield. 

Westfield. 

Springfield. 


SUMMARY. 

Seniors  in  general  course, 

Seniors  in  kindergarten  course, 

One  year's  course  for  college  graduates, 

year's  course  for  teachers, 
Juniors  in  general  course, 
Juniors  in  kindergarten  course, 
Special  students,       .         . 

Total,         ... 


56 
5 
1 
2 

55 
2 

17 

138 


Certificate  Required  for  Admission  to  a 
Preliminary  Examination. 


190 


has  been  a  pupil  in  the 


School  for  years  and  is,  in  my  judgment, 

prepared  to  pass  the   normal  school  preliminary  examination  in  the  following  group,  or 
groups,  of  subjects  and  the  divisions  thereof: 


Signature  of  principal  or  teacher, 
Address, 


Certificate  of  Graduation  and  Good  Character. 
This   is  to   Certify  that  M 

is  a  regular  graduate  of  a  four  years'  course  of  the 

High  School,  and  that,  to  the  best  of  my  knowledge  and 

belief,       he  is  a  person  of  good  moral  character. 

Principal. 

190 


Certificate  of  Good  Health. 

This    is    to    Certify    that    I    am    personally    and    professionally    acquainted 

with  M ,  and  that,  to  the 

best  of  my  knowledge  and  belief,       he  is  free  from   any  disease  or  infirmity  that  would 


unfit. 

for  the  office 

of  a  teacher. 

190 

M.D. 

_i                 Cand 

idatoc 

will 

tear    out 

above. 

PAKtiflratPQ 

and 

ni»£>co  nt 

thnm 

JBdK 

IIP 


*M*m 


•'.-•■ 

:'■".•.■.■ 


■HHHi 


f^^»l^^ 


KtHw 

Siflf 


■ 


■  i 


r  m 


£S 


_ 


H 


JS'8>- 


■ 


KUiBHiiKff 


■•■       .  ■••  •  ■ 

"■»'•■ 

■••*■■•••■•■  *"■•■ 


•  •■  . 


■  '■      '    ';  '■■■'■•■• 


iiiiiJMflffflF 


V8&&& 


■■■'-:"•"■••  v--k 

'*■'•■' 

■■'-.>•>■'.-■<• 


stSSSS 


■     H    .^,  •  ;;,v >  $V  ■ ^W'J 


flffiMBl'Hl 


it, 


turns 


•MASSACHUSETTS 
•STATL- NORMAL' 

•WESTFELD^k 


? 


•CATALOGUE 
•TEAR  •  OF- 
1305  SB  1S06- 

'ESTABLISHED     ♦    ia<3>3 


UNIVERSITY  OF  ILLINOIS 

..■»■  ■ ..»— . ..,.t:.«...- 

PRE  SIDE  NT'S  OFFICE 


CATALOGUE  AND  CIRCULAR  OF  INFORMATION. 

MASSACHUSETTS 
STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL, 

WESTF1ELD 


With  Compliments  of 


CLARENCE  A.  BRODEUR, 

PRINCIPAL. 


905-1906. 


BOSTON   .  '      WRIGHT    AND    POTTER    PRINTING    COMPANY   .   '   .  STATE    PRINTERS 
EIGHTEEN    POST   OFFICE    SQUARE NINETEEN    HUNDRED   SIX 


CATALOGUE  AND  CIRCULAR  OF  INFORMATION. 

MASSACHUSETTS 
STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,     • 

WESTFIELD. 


ESTABLISHED     1839, 


905-1906 


BOSTON   .      .   WRIGHT    AND    POTTER    PRINTING    COMPANY   .       .  STATE    PRINTERS 
EIGHTEEN    POST    OFFICE    SQUARE NINETEEN    HUNDRED  SIX 


Approved  by 
The  State  Board  of  Publication. 


State  Board  of  Education. 


Established  1837. 


His  Excellency  CURTIS  GUILD,  Jr. 
His  Honor  EBEN  S.  DRAPER. 


George  I.  Aldkich,  A.M., 
Mrs.  Ella  Lyman  Cabot, 
Albert  E    Winship,  LittD.,  . 
Thomas  B.  Fitzpatrick, 
Mi->  Caroline  Hazard,  AM ,  Litt.D., 
Joel  D.  Miller,  A.M.,  . 
Mrs.  Kate  Gannett  Wells, 
Clinton  Q.  Richmond,  . 


Brookline,     . 
Boston, . 
Somerville,   . 
Brookline, 
Wellesley,     . 
Leominster, 
Boston, . 
North  Adams, 


TERM  EXPIRES 

May  25,  1906. 
May  25,  1907. 
May  25,  1908. 
May  25,  1909. 
May  25,  1910. 
May  25,  1911. 
May  25,  1912. 
May  25,  1913. 


OFFICERS  OF  THE  BOARD  OF  EDUCATION. 


George  H.  Martin,  A.M.,  Secretary,    . 

<   w.kb  B.  Tillinghast,  A.M.,  Clerk  and  Treasurer, 

(.renville  T.  Fletcher,  A.M.,  Agent, 

James  W.  MacDonald,  A.M.,  Agent,   . 

John  T.  Prince,  Ph.D.,  Agent,      .... 

Walter  Sargent,  Agent, 


Lynn. 
Boston. 
Northampton. 
Stoneham. 
West  Newton. 
North  Scituate. 


BOARD  OF  VISITORS. 
Albert  E.  Winship,  Litt.D.  Clinton  Q.  Richmond,  A.B. 


Faculty. 


NORMAL  SCHOOL. 

Clarence  A.  Brodeur,  Principal. 
Pedagogy,  School  Law,  School  Management. 


L  w  is  B  Allyn, 
Edith  L.  Cnmrnings, 
Frederic  Goodwin, 
.Mrs  Adeline  A.  Knight, 
Will  S.  Monroe, 

George  T.  Sperry,     . 
Charles  B.  "Wilson,    . 


Mathematics,  Chemistry,  Physics. 
Gymnastics,  Manual  Training. 
Vocal  Music. 

English,  Literature,  History. 
Psychology,  History  of  Education, 

Geography. 
Drawing. 
Natural  Science. 


TRAINING  SCHOOLS. 
George  W.  Win  slow,  Principal. 


Annette  M.  Fox, 
Alice  M.  Winslow, 
Anna  M.  Downey, 
Metta  D.  Bradstreet 
Lucia  A.  Coleman, 
Ella  J.  Downey, 
Frances  L.  Parsons, 
Edith  M.  Robbins, 
E.  Abbe  Clarke, 
Eliza  Converse, 
Frances  L.  Foster. 
Florence  P.  Axtelle, 
Eunice  M.  Bee  be, 
Emma  L.  Hammond, 


Eighth  grade. 
Eighth  grade. 
Seventh  grade. 
Seventh  grade. 
Sixth  grade. 
Sixth  grade. 
Fifth  grade. 
Fitth  grade. 
Fifth  grade. 
Fourth  grade. 
Third  grade. 
Second  grade. 
First  grade. 
Kindergarten. 


STATE  NORMAL   SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD. 


ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION  OF  THE  WESTFIELD  NORMAL 
SCHOOL. 

PRESIDENT. 

Postmaster-General  George  B.  Cortelyou,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Class  of  1882  (January). 
VICE-PRESIDENT. 

Mrs.  Esther  J.  Morgan,  Springfield,  Mass. 

Class  of  1862. 
SECRETARY  AND  TREASURER. 

Mrs.  Harry  M.  Gowdy,  Westfield,  Mass. 

Class  of  1894. 
EXECUTIVE  COMMITTEE. 

Principal  Clarence  A.  Brodeur,  Westfield,  Mass. 
Mrs.  Edwin  B.  Hedges,  Westfield,  Mass. 

Class  of  1888. 

Mrs.  Russell  L.  Scott,  Chicopee,  Mass. 

Class  of  1884. 
COMMITTEE  ON  NECROLOGY. 

Mr.  Thomas  K.  McAllister,  Newtonville,  Mass. 
Class  of  1889.   ' 

Mrs.  Joseph  G.  Robbins,  Westfield,  Mass. 

Class  of  1868. 

Mrs.  Edwin  Spencer,  Warren,  Mass. 

Class  of  1881. 

Mr.  George  B.  Woodward,  Cambridge,  Mass. 

Class  of  1897. 

The  next  meeting  of  the  Association  will  be  in  June,  1907. 


STATE   NORMAL   SCHOOL,   WESTF1ELD. 


CALENDAR  FOR   1906-1907. 


SPRING  TERM. 
Tuesday,  9  am.,  March  27,  1906,  until  Friday,  4  p.m.,  June  22,  1906. 

CLASS  DAY. 

Monday,  June  25,  1906. 

GRADUATION. 
Tuesday,  2  p.m.,  June  26,  1906. 

FIRST  ENTRANCE  EXAMINATION. 
Thursday  and  Friday,  9  a.m.,  June  28  and  29,  1906. 

SECOND  ENTRANCE  EXAMINATION. 
Tuesday  and  Wednesday,  9  a.m.,  Sept.  11  and  12,  1906. 

BEGINNING  OF  SCHOOL  YEAR.* 
Thursday,  9  a.m.,  Sept.  13,  1906. 

FALL  TERM. 
From  Thursday,  9  a.m.,  Sept.  18, 1906,  until  Saturday,  12  M,  Dec.  1, 1906. 

THANKSGIVING  RECESS. 

From  Wednesday,  12  M.,  preceding  Thanksgiving  Day,  to  the  following 
Tuesday  at  9  a.m. 

WINTER  TERM; 
From  Tuesday,  9  a.m.,  Dec.  4, 1906,  until  Saturday,  12  m.,  March  16, 1907. 

*  Those  seniors  who  are  assigned  to  the  training  school  for  the  fall  term  will 
hegin  their  school  year  Monday,  9  a.m.,  Sept.  10,  1906. 


STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,   WESTFTELD. 


CHRISTMAS  RECESS. 
From  Friday,  4  p.m.,  Dec.  21,  1906,  to  Monday,  9  a  m.,  Dee.  31,  1906. 

SECOND  WINTER  RECESS. 
From  Thursday,  4  p.m.,  Feb.  21,  1907,  to  Monday,  9  a.m.,  March  4,  1907. 

SPRING  TERM. 
From  Tuesday,  9  a.m.,  March  12, 1907,  until  Friday,  4  p.m.,  June  21, 1907. 

SPRING  RECESS. 

From  Friday,  4  p.m.,  April  26,  1907,  to  Monday,  9  a.m.,  May  6,  1907. 


CLASS  DAY. 
Monday,  June  24,  1907. 

GRADUATION. 
Tuesday,  2  p.m.,  June  25,  1907. 


Entrance  examinations  on  the  dates  given  above  begin  at 
9  a.m.,  in  the  assembly  hall.  Candidates  are  to  be  present 
at  the  opening  on  the  first  day.  They  should  come  prepared 
to  stay  in  September.  If  pupils  are  obliged  to  stay  over 
night  during  the  June  examinations,  accommodations  maybe 
had  at  Dickinson  Hall. 

The  school  is  in  session  every  week  day  except  Monday ; 
on  Saturdays,  school  closes  at  noon. 


Westfield  Normal  School. 


HISTORICAL  SKETCH. 
With  the  single  exception  of  the  Framingham  Normal 
School,  which  was  first  opened  at  Lexington  July  3,  1839, 
the  Westfield  Normal  School  is  the  oldest  in  America.  It 
was  established  at  Barre,  Sept.  4,  1839,  and  was  transferred 
to  Westfield  in  1844.  The  total  number  of  pupils  admitted 
to  this  school  is  4,741,  of  whom  498  have  been  men.  Since 
1855,  the  date  of  the  first  formal  graduation,  1,898  students 
have  received  diplomas  on  the  completion  of  the  prescribed 
course  of  study. 

LOCATION. 

Westfield,  a  beautiful  town  of  more  than  12,000  inhabit- 
ants, is  located  on  the  main  line  of  the  Boston  &  Albany 
Railroad,  and  on  the  Northampton  division  of  the  New  York, 
New  Haven  &  Hartford  Railroad.  Springfield  is  distant  but 
nine  miles,  Holyoke  ten,  Chicopee  twelve,  and  Northampton 
sixteen.  Electrics  run  from  the  railroad  stations  past  the 
school,  and  connect  Wrestfield  with  Springfield  and  Holyoke. 
The  service  is  excellent,  and  the  program  of  recitations  is 
so  arranged  that  most  pupils  residing  in  adjoining  cities  and 
towns  can  live  at  home. 

Westfield  is  noted  for  its  fine  streets,  overarched  by  stately 
elms,  and  for  the  beauty  of  the  surrounding  country.  Facili- 
ties for  healthful  exercise,  as  well  as  for  the  out-door  study 
of  geography  and  natural  science,  are  abundant. 

BUILDINGS  AND  GROUNDS. 
The  normal  school  building  was  occupied  for  the  first  time 
April  18,  1892.     It  is  a  beautiful  and  commodious  structure 
of  red  brick,  with  trimmings  of  brown  stone  and  Roman- 


10  STATE  NORMAL   SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD. 

esque  portals,  is  140  feet  long  and  118  feet  deep,  and  con- 
tains accommodations  for  175  normal  students,  as  well  as  for 
120  pupils  of  the  training  schools. 

The  entire  building  is  finished  in  the  best  selected  quar- 
tered oak.  The  chemical,  physical,  geological  and  mineral- 
ogical,  and  biological  laboratories  are  liberally  supplied  with 
the  best  of  modern  apparatus  and  appliances  and  with  an 
abundance  of  specimens  for  study. 

The  art  room  affords  excellent  opportunities  for  training 
in  drawing.  In  addition,  several  well-lighted  studios,  plen- 
tifully supplied  with  casts,  models,  and  copies,  are  available 
for  individual  work. 

Adjoining  the  main  assembly  hall  is  a  convenient  library 
of  well-selected  books  for  use  in  all  departments  of  the  work 
of  the  school. 

The  manual  training  room  is  equipped  with  nineteen 
benches,  and  with  all  tools  and  material  necessary  for  in- 
structing normal  students  in  a  most  comprehensive  course 
of  manual  training  for  elementary  schools. 

The  gymnasium  is  large  and  well  lighted,  and  is  provided 
with  all  apparatus  for  class  work  as  well  as  for  individual 
exercise. 

In  a  word,  no  school  building  in  the  State  has  a  more 
complete  equipment  for  preparing  teachers  to  till  positions 
in  the  best  of  modern  schools. 

The  ample  grounds  adjoining  the  school  afford  opportunity 
for  lawn  tennis,  basket-ball,  and  for  general  exercise. 

Dickinson  Hall  is  a  pleasant  and  comfortable  dormitory 
and  boarding  hall,  located  adjacent  to  the  school  building, 
and  containing  accommodations  for  75  students.  A  fuller 
description  may  be  found  on  page  40  under  the  caption 
"  Dickinson  Hall." 


STATE    NORMAL   SCHOOL,  WESTFIELD.  11 


TRAINING  SCHOOLS. 

In  the  normal  school  building  are  four  rooms,  accommo- 
dating 120  pupils  of  the  kindergarten  and  primary  grades 
of  the  public  schools. 

The  State  has  erected  a  new  training  school  building  at  a 
cost  of  $45,000,  on  the  site  of  the  old  normal  school  on 
Washington  Street,  within  a  stone's  throw  of  Dickinson  Hall. 
This  building  contains  ten  class-rooms,  with  ample  accom- 
modations for  420  children  from  grades  four  to  nine  inclusive, 
a  large  library,  principal's  office,  teachers'  room,  an  assembly 
hall  with  seats  for  500,  play-rooms,  and  is  furnished  with 
an  electric  time  service  and  a  liberal  equipment  for  the  teach- 
ing of  all  school  subjects. 

There  are  available  for  training  purposes  in  both  buildings 
fourteen  rooms,  containing  more  than  550  pupils. 

The  pupils  of  the  senior  class  of  the  normal  school  are 
divided  into  three  sections,  each  section  devoting  the  entire 
time  of  one  term  of  thirteen  weeks  to  observation  and  teach- 
ing in  the  training  schools  under  expert  supervision.  Thus 
ample  provision  has  been  made  for  training  teachers  for  the 
actual  work  of  their  profession. 

GENERAL  AIM  OF  THE  SCHOOL. 
The  Board  of  Education,  by  a  vote  passed  May  6,  1880, 
stated  the  design  of  the  school  and  the  course  of  studies  for 
the  State  normal  schools,  as  follows  :  — 

The  design  of  the  normal  school  is  strictly  professional ;  that  is, 
to  prepare  in  the  best  possible  manner  the  pupils  for  the  work  of 
organizing,  governing,  and  teaching  the  public  schools  of  the  Com- 
monwealth. 

To  this  end  there  must  be  the  most  thorough  knowledge,  first, 
of  the  branches  of  learning  required  to  be  taught  in  the  schools ; 
second,  of  the  best  methods  of  teaching  these  branches ;  and  third, 
of  right  mental  training. 


12  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD. 


REQUIREMENTS  FOR  ADMISSION. 
Candidates  for  admission  to  any  one  of  the  normal  schools 
must,  if  young  women,  have  attained  the  age  of  sixteen 
years,  and  if  young  men,  the  age  of  seventeen  years,  and 
be  graduates  of  an  approved  high  school  (or  must  have 
received  the  equivalent  of  a  good  high  school  education). 
Their  fitness  for  admission  will  be  determined  by  :  — 

1.  Their  standing  in  a  physical  examination. 

2.  Their  moral  character. 

3.  Their  hi^h  school  record. 

4.  A  written  examination. 

5.  An  oral  examination. 

PHYSICIANS'  CERTIFICATES  AND  PHYSICAL 
EXAMINATIONS. 

Every  candidate  is  required  to  present  a  certificate  from  a 
reliable  physician,  stating  that  he  or  she  is  physically  fitted 
to  undertake  the  contemplated  course  of  study,  and  giving 
information  as  to  any  physical  weakness  the  candidate  may 
have.  Blank  certificates  may  be  found  at  the  back  part  of 
this  catalogue. 

The  State  Board  of  Education  adopted  the  following  vote 
March  7,  1901:  — 

That  the  visitors  of  the  several  normal  schools  be  authorized 
and  directed  to  provide  for  a  physical  examination  of  candidates 
for  admission  to  the  normal  schools,  in  order  to  determine  whether 
they  are  free  from  any  disease  or  infirmity  which  would  unfit  them 
for  the  office  of  teacher,  and  also  to  examine  any  student  at  any 
time  in  the  course,  to  determine  whether  his  physical  condition  is 
such  as  to  warrant  his  continuance  in  the  school. 

MORAL  CHARACTER. 
Candidates  must  present  certificates  of  good  moral  char- 
acter.     In  deciding  whether  they  shall  prepare  themselves 
to  become  teachers,  candidates  should  note  that  the  vocation 


STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,   WESTFIELI).  13 

requires  more  than  mere  freedom  from  disqualifying  defects  ; 
it  demands  virtues  of  a  positive  sort,  that  shall  make  their 
impress  for  good  upon  those  who  are  taught. 

HIGH  SCHOOL  RECORD. 

It  may  be  said,  in  general,  that  if  the  ordinary  work  of  a 
good  statutory  high  school  is  well  done,  candidates  should 
have  no  difficulty  in  meeting  the  academic  tests  to  which  they 
may  be  subjected.  They  cannot  be  too  earnestly  urged, 
however,  to  avail  themselves  of  the  best  high  school  facilities 
attainable  in  a  four  years'  course,  even  though  they  should 
pursue  studies  to  an  extent  not  insisted  on,  or  take  studies 
not  prescribed  in  the  admission  requirements. 

The  importance  of  a  good  record  in  the  high  school  cannot 
be  overestimated.  Principals  are  requested  to  furnish  the 
normal  schools  with  records  of  the  high  school  standing  of 
candidates.  The  stronger  the  evidence  of  character,  scholar- 
ship and  promise,  of  whatever  kind,  candidates  bring,  espe- 
cially from  schools  of  high  reputation  and  from  teachers  of 
good  judgment  and  fearless  expression,  the  greater  con- 
fidence they  may  have  in  guarding  themselves  against  the 
contingencies  of  an  examination  and  of  satisfying  the  exam- 
iners as  to  their  fitness. 

WRITTEN  EXAMINATIONS. 

All  candidates  for  the  regular  and  kindergarten  courses 
must  pass  satisfactory  examinations,  as  indicated  below ;  by 
regulation  of  the  State  Board  of  Education  no  candidates 
are  admitted  on  high  school  certificates. 

The  examinations  will  embrace  papers  on  the  following 
groups  of  subjects  :  — 

I.  Language.  —  (a  )  English,  with  its  grammar  and  litera- 
ture, and  (b)  either  Latin  or  French. 

II.  Mathematics.  —  (a )  The  elements  of  algebra  and 
(b)  the  elements  of  plane  geometry. 

III.  United  States  History.  -*-The  history  and  civil  gov- 


14  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,    WESTFIELD. 

ernment  of  Massachusetts  and  the  United  States,  with  related 
geography  and  so  much  of  English  history  as  is  directly 
contributory  to  a  knowledge  of  United  States  history. 

IV.  Science. —  (a)  Physiology  and  hygiene  and  (b  and  c) 
any  two  of  the  following  :  physics,  chemistry,  physical  geog- 
raphy, and  botany,  provided  one  of  the  two  selected  is  either 
physics  or  chemistry. 

V.  Drawing  and  Music. —  (a)  Elementary  mechanical 
and  freehand  drawing,  with  any  one  of  the  topics,  —  form, 
color,  and  arrangement,  and  (b)  music. 

ORAL  EXAMINATION. 
Each  candidate  may  be  required  to  read  aloud  in  the  pres- 
ence of  the  examiners.  He  may  also  be  questioned  orally 
either  upon  some  of  the  foregoing  subjects  or  upon  other 
matter  within  his  experience,  in  order  that  the  examiners 
may  gain  some  impression  about  his  personal  characteristics 
and  his  use  of  language,  as  well  as  give  him  an  opportunity 
to  furnish  any  evidences  of  qualification  that  might  not  other- 
wise become  known  to  them. 

GENERAL  REQUIREMENT  IN  ENGLISH  FOR  ALL 
EXAMINATIONS. 
No  candidates  will  be  accepted  whose  written  English  is 
notably  deficient  in  clear  and  accurate  expression,  spelling, 
punctuation,  idiom,  or  division  of  paragraphs,  or  whose 
spoken  English  exhibits  faults  so  serious  as  to  make  it  inex- 
pedient for  the  normal  school  to  attempt  their  correction. 
The  candidate's  English,  therefore,  in  all  oral  and  written 
examinations  will  be  subject  to  the  requirements  implied  in 
the  statement  here  made,  and  marked  accordingly. 


STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD.  15 


SPECIAL  DIRECTIONS  FOR  THE  WRITTEN 
EXAMINATIONS. 

I.     LANGUAGE. 

(a)  English.  —  The  subjects  for  the  examination  in  Eng- 
lish will  be  the  same  as  those  agreed  upon  by  the  colleges 
and  high  technical  schools  of  New  England  and  now  quite 
generally  adopted  throughout  the  United  States. 

1.  Reading  and  Practice.  —  A  limited  number  of  books 
will  be  set  for  reading.  The  candidate  will  be  required  to 
present  evidence  of  a  general  knowledge  of  the  subject- 
matter  and  spirit  of  the  books,  and  to  answer  simple  ques- 
tions on  the  lives  of  the  authors.  The  form  of  examination 
will  usually  be  the  writing  of  a  paragraph  or  two  on  each  of 
a  few  topics  to  be  chosen  by  the  candidate  from  a  consider- 
able number  set  before  him  in  the  examination  paper.  In 
place  of  a  part  or  the  whole  of  this  test,  the  candidate  may 
present  an  exercise  book  properly  certified  by  his  instructor, 
containing  compositions  or  other  written  work  done  in  con- 
nection with  the  reading  of  the  books. 

The  books  set  for  this  part  of  the  examination  are :  — 
1906-1908.  —  Shakespeare's  Macbeth  and  The  Merchant 
of  Venice;  The  Sir  Roger  de  Coverley  Papers  in  the  Spec- 
tator; Irving's  Life  of  Goldsmith;  Coleridge's  The  Ancient 
Mariner;  Scott's  Ivanhoe  and  The  Lady  of  the  Lake;  Ten- 
nyson's Gareth  and  Lynette,  Lancelot  and  Elaine,  and  The 
Passing  of  Arthur;  Lowell's  The  Vision  of  Sir  Launfal; 
George  Eliot's  Silas  Marner. 

2.  Study  and  Practice.  —  This  part  of  the  examination 
presupposes  a  more  careful  study  of  each  of  the  works 
named  below.  The  examination  will  be  upon  subject-mat- 
ter, form,  and  structure. 

In  addition,  the  candidate  may  be  required  to  answer 
questions  involving  the  essentials  of  English  grammar  and 
questions  on  the  leading  facts  in  those  periods  of  English 


16  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,   WE  ST  FIELD. 

literary  history  to  which  the  prescribed  works  belong.  The 
books  set  for  this  part  of  the  examination  will  be  :  — 

1906-1908.  — Shakespeare's  Julius  Csesar;  Milton's  LJ Al- 
legro, II  Penseroso,  Comus  and  Lycidas;  Burke's  Speech  on 
Conciliation  with  America ;  Macaulay's  Essay  on  Addison  and 
Life  of  Johnson. 

(b)  Either  Latin  or  French.  —  The  translation  at  sight  of 
simple  prose  or  verse,  with  questions  on  the  usual  forms  and 
ordinary  constructions,  and  the  writing  of  simple  prose 
based  in  part  or  in  full  on  the  passage  selected. 

II.     MATHEMATICS. 

(a)  The  elements  of  algebra  through  affected  quadratic 
equations. 

(b)  The  elements  of  plane  geometry. 

While  there  is  no  formal  examination  in  arithmetic,  the 
importance  of  a  practical  working  acquaintance  with  its  prin- 
ciples and  processes  cannot  be  too  strongly  emphasized.  The 
candidate's  proficiency  in  this  subject  will  be  incidentally 
tested  in  its  applications  to  other  subjects. 

III.     UNITED    STATES   HISTORY. 

Any  school  text-book  on  United  States  history  will  enable 
candidates  to  meet  this  requirement,  provided  they  study 
enough  of  geography  to  illumine  the  history  and  make  them- 
selves familiar  with  the  grander  features  of  government  in 
Massachusetts  and  the  United  States.  Collateral  reading  in 
United  States  history  is  strongly  advised,  also  in  English 
history,  so  far  as  this  history  bears  conspicuously  on  that  of 
the  United  States. 

IV.     SCIENCE. 

(a)  Physiology  and  Hygiene.  —  The  chief  elementary  facts 
of  anatomy,  the  general  functions  of  the  various  organs,  the 
more  obvious  rules  of  health,  and  the  more  striking  effects 
of  alcoholic  drinks,  narcotics,  and  stimulants  upon  those  ad- 
dicted to  their  use. 


STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD.  17 


(b  and  c)  Any  two  of  the  following  sciences, —physics, 
chemistry,  botany,  physical  geography,  provided  one  of  the 
two  is  either  physios  or  chemistry.  —  The  chief  elementary 
facts  of  the  subject  selected,  so  far  as  they  may  be  presented 
in  the  courses  usually  devoted  to  them  in  good  high  schools. 
It  will  be  a  distinct  advantage  to  the  candidate  if  his  prepa- 
ration includes  a  certain  amount  of  individual  laboratory 
work. 

V.     DRAWING  AND   MUSIC. 

(a)  Drawing.  —  Mechanical  and  freehand  drawing, — 
enough  to  enable  the  candidate  to  draw  a  simple  object,  like 
a  box  or  a  pyramid  or  a  cylinder,  with  plan  and  elevation  to 
scale,  and  to  make  a  freehand  sketch  of  the  same  in  perspec- 
tive. Also  any  one  of  the  three  topics,  —  form,  color,  and 
arrangement. 

(b)  Music.  —  Such  elementary  facts  as  an  instructor  should 
know  in  teaching  singing  in  the  schools,  including  major  and 
minor  keys,  simple  two,  three,  four,  and  six  part  measures, 
the  fractional  divisions  of  the  pulse  or  beat,  the  chromatic 
scale,  the  right  use  of  the  foregoing  elements  in  practice, 
and  the  translation  into  musical  notation  of  simple  melodies 
or  of  time  phrases  sung  or  played. 

IMPORTANCE  OF  ADEQUATE  PREPARATION. 

Candidates  should  measure  their  duty  of  making  adequate 
preparation  not  wholly  by  the  subjects  selected  and  the 
papers  set  for  the  admission  examinations,  but  by  the  larger 
demands  their  chosen  vocation  is  sure  to  make  upon  them. 
The  more  generous  and  thorough,  therefore,  the  preparation 
of  the  candidate,  the  greater  the  likelihood  of  profiting  by 
the  normal  school,  of  completing  the  elementary  course  on 
time,  of  securing  employment  after  graduation,  and  of  doing 
creditable  w7ork  as  a  teacher. 

The  candidate  is  advised,  therefore,  to  utilize  all  feasible 
opportunities  offered  by  the  regular  high  school  course  for 


18  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,  WESTFIELD. 

promoting  this  breadth  of  preparation,  and  the  high  school 
should  aim  to  hold  the  candidate  up  to  the  higher  ideals  of 
such  preparation. 

EQUIVALENTS. 
Special  cases  that  raise  questions  of  equivalents  will  be 
considered  on  their  merits. 

DIVISION  OF  THE  EXAMINATIONS. 
Candidates  may  be  admitted  to  preliminary  examinations 
a  year  in  advance  of  their  final  examinations,  provided  they 
offer  themselves  in  one  or  more  of  the  following  groups,  each 
group  to  be  presented  in  full :  — 

II.     Mathematics. 

III.  United  States  history. 

IV.  Science. 

V.     Drawing  and  music. 

Preliminary  examinations  can  be  taken  in  June  only. 

Every  candidate  for  a  preliminary  examination  must  pre- 
sent a  certificate  of  preparation  in  the  group  or  groups 
chosen,  or  in  the  subjects  thereof,  the  form  of  certificate  to 
be  substantially  as  follows  :  — 

has  been  a  pupil  in  the 

School  for years,  and  is,  in  my  judg- 
ment, prepared  to  pass  the  normal  school  preliminary  examination 
in  the  following  group  or  groups  of  subjects  and  the  divisions 
thereof : — 


Signature  of  principal  or  teacher,. 

Address, 


The  group  known  as  I.  Language  must  be  reserved  for 
the  final  examinations.     It  will  doubtless  be  found  generally 


STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,  WESTFIELD.  19 

advisable  in  practice  that  the  group  known  as  IV.  Scienec 
Bhould  also  he  so  reserved. 

While  division  of  the  final  or  complete  examinations  be- 
tween June  and  September  is  permissible,  it  is  important 
both  for  the  normal  school  and  for  the  candidate  that  the 
work  laid  out  for  the  September  examinations,  which  so 
closely  precede  the  opening  of  the  normal  schools,  shall  be 
kept  down  to  a  minimum.  Candidates  for  the  final  or  com- 
plete examinations  are  earnestly  advised,  therefore,  to  pre- 
sent themselves  in  June. 

EXAMINATION  DATES. 
The  admission  examinations  are  held  at  the  several  nor- 
mal school  buildings  in  accordance  with  the  following  sched- 
ule :  — 

1906.  —Thursday  and  Friday,  June  28  and  29  ;  Tuesday 
and  Wednesday,  September  11  and  12. 

1907.  —Thursday  and  Friday,  June  27  and  28  ;  Tuesday 
and  Wednesday,  September  10  and  11. 

TIMES  OF  ADMISSION. 

New  classes  will  be  admitted  only  at  the  beginning  of 
the  fall  term,  and,  as  the  studies  of  the  course  are  arranged 
progressively  from  that  time,  it  is  important  that  students 
shall  present  themselves  then  for  duty.  In  individual  cases 
and  for  strong  reasons  exceptions  to  this  requirement  are 
permissible,  but  only  after  due  examination,  and  upon  the 
understanding  that  the  admission  shall  be  at  a  time  conven- 
ient to  the  school,  and  to  such  classes  only  as  the  candidate 
is  (jualified  to  join. 

COURSES  OF  STUDY. 

This  school  offers  (1)  a  general  two  years'  course,  (2)  a 
three  years'  course,  (3)  a  kindergarten  course,  (4)  a  special 
course  for  teachers,  and  (5)  a  special  course  of  one  year  for 
college  graduates. 


20  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,    WESTFIELD. 


I.     GENERAL   TWO   YEARS'    COURSE. 

The  general  course  of  study  for  two  years  comprises  the 
following  subjects  :  — 

1.  Psychology,  history  of  education,  principles  of  teach- 
ing, methods  of  instruction  and  discipline,  school  organiza- 
tion, school  laws  of  Massachusetts. 

2.  Methods  of  teaching  the  following  subjects  :  — 

(a)  English, — reading,  language,  composition,  literature, 
history. 

(b)  Mathematics,  —  arithmetic,  bookkeeping,  elementary 
algebra  and  geometry. 

(c)  Science,  —  elementary  physics  and  chemistry,  geog- 
raphy, physiology  and  hygiene,  study  of  minerals,  plants, 
and  animals. 

(d)  Drawing,  vocal  music,  physical  training,  manual 
training. 

3.  Observation  and  practice  in  the  training  school,  and 
observation  in  other  public  schools. 

The  amount  of  work  in  this  course  is  so  great  that  only 
those  who  enter  upon  it  most  thoroughly  prepared  can 
hope  to  complete  it,  with  the  required  practice,  in  the 
time  assigned  to  it.  Others  need  not  expect  to  finish  it 
in  two  years. 

For  a  more  detailed  account  of  this  course,  see  pages  22-36. 

II.     THREE  YEARS'   COURSE. 

The  Board  of  Visitors  and  the  principal  of  any  normal 
school  may  arrange  for  a  third  year  of  study  and  practice  in 
teaching  under  supervision  for  its  graduates,  whenever  in 
their  judgment  such  action  is  desirable.  The  object  of  this 
course  shall  be  a  more  complete  mastery  of  the  topics  ar- 
ranged for  the  regular  two  years'  course  and  further  work  in 
the  training  schools  ;  this  work  in  the  training  schools  shall 
be  under  the  direct  supervision  of  a  teacher  of  the  normal 
school  or  of  a  teacher  specially  approved  for  that  purpose. 


STATE    XOHMAL  SCHOOL,    W  F.ST  hi  ELD.  21 


III.     KINDERGARTEN   COURSE. 

The  kindergarten  coarse  requires  two  years  for  its  com- 
pletion. The  first  year's  work  is  the  same  as  that  of  the 
general  two  years'  course,  except  that  child  study  and  his- 
tory are  substituted  for  English  grammar  and  geography. 
During  the  second  year  the  pupil  spends  all  her  mornings  in 
the  practical  work  of  the  kindergarten,  and  her  afternoons 
in  the  study  of  the  theory  and  the  history  of  the  kindergarten. 

Every  candidate  for  this  course  should  have  not  only  the 
qualifications  required  for  admission  to  the  general  two  years' 
course,  but  should  in  addition  have  some  facility  in  playing 
the  piano  and  in  singing. 

Students  pay  the  cost  of  materials  used  by  them,  but  this 
expense  does  not  exceed  ten  dollars  for  the  course. 

IV.     SPECIAL    COURSE    FOR   TEACHERS. 

Teachers  of  three  years'  experience  in  teaching,  who  give 
evidence  of  maturity,  good  scholarship,  and  of  aptness  to 
teach,  may,  with  the  consent  of  the  principal  and  of  the 
Board  of  Visitors,  select  a  course  which  may  be  completed 
in  one  year  ;  and  when  such  course  is  successfully  completed, 
they  shall  receive  a  certificate  for  the  same. 

V.     SPECIAL    COURSE    FOR   COLLEGE    GRADUATES. 

Graduates  of  colleges  and  universities,  with  the  consent 
of  the  Board  of  Visitors  and  the  principal  of  the  school,  may 
take  a  special  course  of  one  year,  and  when  such  course  is 
successfully  completed,  they  shall  receive  a  certificate  for  the 
same. 

Experienced  observers  of  public-school  problems  are 
agreed  that  the  high  schools  can  no  longer  furnish  employ- 
ment for  all  college  graduates  who  wish  to  teach.  An  in- 
creasing number  of  such  graduates  must  hereafter  find  their 
work  in  the  grammar  schools.  It  is  for  this  class  especially 
that  Course  V.  has  been  planned. 


22  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,   WESTFTEL1). 


GENERAL  PLAN   OF  TWO  YEARS'  COURSE. 

In  connection  with  all  subjects  that  the  graduate  is  ex- 
pected to  teach,  tentative  courses  of  study  for  lower  schools 
and  lists  of  helpful  text-books  and  of  collateral  reading  are 
furnished  to  each  pupil. 

No  mere  outline  can  accurately  represent  the  spirit  and 
method  of  a  school.  The  following  topical  arrangement 
should  be  understood  as  only  suggestive  :  — 

PSYCHOLOGY. 

(a)  Elementary  Psychology.  —  The  course  in  elementary 
psychology  includes  (1)  a  study  of  the  physiology  of  the 
brain  and  central  nervous  system,  and  the  relation  of  the 
same  to  mental  development ;  special  attention  is  given  to 
the  nature  and  training  of  the  senses  of  sight,  hearing,  and 
touch;  (2)  study  of  the  less  complex  phases  of  perception, 
memory,  imagination,  thought,  the  emotions  and  move- 
ments, and  their  development  during  the  elementary  school 
period;  (3)  study  of  the  personal  reminiscences  of  the 
childhood  of  the  students,  to  give  them  practice  in  the  study 
of  subjective  mental  phenomena,  and  to  deepen  and  broaden 
their  concepts  of  the  subjective  states  of  childhood  ;  (4)  care- 
ful reading  and  review  of  a  standard  reminiscent  study  of 
childhood,  such  as  Pierre  Loti's  Story  of  a  Child,  Tolstoi's 
Childhood,  Boyhood,  and  Youth,  John  Stuart  Mill's  Auto- 
biography, etc.  ;  (5)  study  of  an  individual  child.  Hal- 
leck's  Psychology  and  Psychic  Culture,  James's  Psychology 
(briefer  course),  Kirkpatrick's  Inductive  Psychology,  and 
Rooper's  Study  in  Apperception  are  used  as  texts  (junior 
year :  first  and  second  terms,  two  hours  a  week) . 

(b)  Physiological  Psychology.  —  More  detailed  study  of 
the  growth  and  functions  of  the  brain  and  central  nervous 
system  ;  relation  of  the  same  to  education  ;  sense  defects 
and  school  work ;  factors  conditioning  growth  of  children ; 
relation    of  exercise,    sleep,    and  nutrition   to   growth   and 


STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD.  23 

mental  development.  Donaldson's  Growth  of  the  Brain, 
Carpenter's  Mental  Physiology,  Ziehen's  Physiological  Psy- 
chology, M'Kendrick  and  Snodgrass's  Physiology  of  the 
Senses,  James's  Principles  of  Psychology,  Titchener's  Out- 
lines of  Psychology,  as  well  as  the  works  of  Kiilpe,  Wundt, 
Sully,  Thorndike,  Baldwin,  Ladd,  Calkins,  Bain,  Spencer, 
Ribot,  and  Sanford,  are  used  as  reference  guides  (junior 
year  :   third  term,  two  hours  a  week). 

(c)  Genetic  Psychology.  —  Studies  in  the  physical,  in- 
tellectual, and  moral  development  of  young  children  ;  fac- 
tors conditioning  mental  development,  as  heredity  and 
environment;  mental  fatigue  and  its  relation  to  mental 
work  ;  development  of  motor  ability  ;  comparative  studies  of 
the  minds  of  the  lower  animals  and  of  savages  with  those 
of  defective  and  delinquent  children  ;  observations  and  tests 
of  senses,  memory,  attention,  motor  power,  fatigue,  etc.,  of 
individual  children,  and  the  collation  and  discussion  of  such 
data.  The  course  in  genetic  psychology  is  designed  to  pre- 
sent the  facts,  so  far  as  they  have  been  scientifically  deter- 
mined, concerning  the  nature  and  development  of  the  mind 
during  childhood  and  adolescence,  and  to  provide  the  pro- 
spective teacher  with  sound  criteria  for  estimating  theories 
about  the  child's  mind,  as  well  as  to  give  adequate  training 
in  the  concrete  study  of  child  life.  The  texts  used  are 
Preyer's  Development  of  the  Intellect  and  Senses  and  Will, 
Tracy's  Psychology  of  Childhood,  Kirkpatrick's  Fundamen- 
tals of  Child  Study,  Barnes's  Studies  in  Education,  Rowe's 
Physical  Nature  of  the  Child,  Sully's  Studies  of  Childhood, 
Hall's  Adolescence,  together  with  the  writings  of  Warner, 
Chamberlain,  Oppenheim,  Miss  Shinm,  Mrs.  Moore,  Rus- 
sell, Compayre,  Perez,  and  Baldwin  (senior  year:  two 
terms,  two  hours  a  week). 

HISTORY   OF   EDUCATION. 

(a)   History  of  European  Education.  —  Study  of  the  de- 
velopment of  educational  theories  in  the  educational  systems 


24  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,   WESTF1ELJJ. 

of  Europe,  including  Greek  education,  origin  of  the  univer- 
sities and  rise  of  higher  education,  humanism  and  the  renais- 
sance, realism  and  scientific  education,  naturalism  and  the 
activity  of  the  child.  Provision  is  made  for  the  critical 
study  of  portions  of  such  educational  classics  as  Plato's 
Republic,  Montaigne's  Education  of  Children,  Mulcaster's 
Positions,  Comenius's  School  of  Infancy  and  Great  Didactic, 
Locke's  Thoughts  Concerning  Education,  Rousseau's  Emile, 
Pestalozzi's  Leonard  and  Gertrude,  Froebel's  Education  of 
Man,  Herbart's  Science  of  Education,  and  Herbert  Spencer's 
Education.  The  course  is  given  in  lectures,  discussions,  and 
readings.  Compayre's  History  of  Pedagogy  is  in  the  hands 
of  the  students,  but  outside  study  is  based  chiefly  on  the 
books  by  Quick,  Williams,  J.  P.  Munroe,  Davidson,  Paul 
Monroe,  Laurie,  Woodward,  W.  S.  Monroe,  Barnard,  Rash- 
dall,  De  Garmo,  Hughes,  Krusi  and  Bowen  (junior  year : 
first  and  second  terms,  one  hour  a  week). 

(b)  History  of  American  Education.  —  The  course  traces 
the  successive  ideals  of  the  different  streams  of  early  Ameri- 
can civilization,  as  the  English  Puritans  in  New  England, 
the  English  Quakers  in  Pennsylvania,  the  English  cava- 
liers in  Virginia,  the  Dutch  in  New  York,  the  Swedes 
in  Delaware,  the  French  Huguenots  and  the  Scotch-Irish. 
Special  attention  is  given  to  the  growth  of  the  Massachu- 
setts school  system,  the  origin  of  American  normal  schools, 
and  the  history  of  educational  associations  in  the  United 
States.  Brief  study  is  made  of  some  of  the  earlier  Ameri- 
can contributions  to  the  literature  of  education,  including 
the  writings  of  Joseph  Neef,  Samuel  R.  Hall,  David  P. 
Page,  Horace  Mann,  Henry  Barnard,  and  William  T.  Harris. 
Boone's  History  of  Education  in  the  United  States  and  Mar- 
tin's Evolution  of  the  Massachusetts  School  System  are  used 
as  texts,  with  required  readings  from  the  works  by  Barnard, 
Wickersham,  Adams,  Winship,  Hinsdale,  Dexter,  and 
Monroe   (junior  year:  third  term,   one  hour  a  week). 


STATE   NORMAL  SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD.  25 


PEDAGOGY,  SCHOOL   LAW,  AND    SCHOOL    MANAGEMENT. 

The  application  to  teaching  of  the  principles  developed  in 
the  course  in  psychology  and  the  history  of  education  out- 
lined above;  a  study  of  methodology;  a  systematic  and 
critical  examination  of  the  opinions  of  leading  educators  on 
school  organization  and  economy ;  a  study  of  the  principles 
and  art  of  school  government,  both  from  the  stand-point  of 
the  adult  and  of  child  study,  with  special  reference  also  to 
the  use  of  school  discipline  as  an  agency  in  the  moral  culture 
of  the  child ;  a  discussion  of  the  curriculum  of  elementary 
schools ;  the  preparation  on  pedagogical  and  hygienic  prin- 
ciples of  programs  for  graded  and  ungraded  schools  ;  lectures 
on  such  portions  of  the  school  laws  of  Massachusetts  as  are 
needed  to  enable  the  teacher  to  know  the  rights  and  the 
duties  of  her  profession  ;  the  theory  of  the  proper  heating, 
ventilating,  and  lighting  of  school  rooms,  with  practical 
suggestions  for  the  same ;  frequent  conferences  with  pupils 
teaching  in  the  training  schools. 

NATURAL   SCIENCE. 

In  all  science  teaching  of  this  school  a  constant  effort  is 
made  along  three  essential  lines  :  — 

First,  a  clear  presentation  of  the  truths  and  principles 
underlying  the  science.  These  are  learned  as  far  as  possible 
at  first  hand  in  the  field  or  the  laboratory,  and  care  is  taken 
that  they  are  rightly  comprehended. 

Second,  individual  instruction  and  practice  in  the  inter- 
pretation of  these  truths  and  in  logical  modes  of  reasoning- 
based  upon  them. 

Lastly  and  chiefly,  a  thorough  drill  in  the  best  pedagog- 
ical methods  of  presenting  such  truths  and  interpretations  in 
elementary  instruction.  The  first  two  are  always  subordi- 
nate, being  used  as  a  necessary  means  to  secure  success  in 
the  third. 


26  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD. 

As  a  further  help  toward  the  same  end,  large  additions 
have  been  made  to  the  apparatus  and  the  reference  libraries, 
until  it  may  be  fairly  said  that  the  school  is  unsurpassed  in 
point  of  equipment  by  any  other  of  like  rank. 

The  geological  and  mineralogical  laboratory  is  equipped 
with  a  complete  working  collection  of  minerals,  rocks,  and 
fossils,  and  the  necessary  apparatus  for  studying  them.  A 
valuable  cabinet  collection  is  in  constant  use  for  reference 
and  comparison.  It  is  believed  that  an  actual  acquaintance 
with  rocks,  minerals,  and  organic  forms  is  of  greater  value 
than  much  abstract  knowledge. 

The  biological  and  physiological  laboratory  is  furnished 
with  excellent  cabinets  of  preserved  material,  to  which  con- 
stant additions  are  being  made,  and  which  are  amply  suffi- 
cient for  individual  use.  It  possesses,  in  addition,  a  series 
of  charts,  casts  and  models  illustrating  human  anatomy ;  a 
full  set  of  histological  preparations,  showing  the  structure 
and  tissues  of  the  human  body ;  and  a  fine  herbarium  of 
local  plants.  Living  material  is  used  as  far  as  possible,  and 
sufficient  apparatus  has  been  purchased  to  enable  the  stu- 
dents to  prepare  what  is  required  for  their  own  use,  and 
thus  to  gain  practical  experience  in  the  collecting,  preserv- 
ing, and  arranging  of  such  material. 

Zoology.  —  General  characteristics  of  animals  ;  a  study  of 
typical  animals,  considerable  attention  being  paid  to  their 
habits,  modes  of  life,  and  their  uses  ;  these  types  are  selected 
from  the  fauna  of  the  vicinity,  and  as  far  as  possible  the 
home  of  the  animal  is  reproduced  in  the  laboratory,  and  the 
pupil  is  required  to  become  acquainted  with  its  habits  and 
daily  life,  as  well  as  its  structure,  from  actual  observation  ; 
a  special  study  of  insects  and  birds,  with  reference  to  their 
economic  relations;  the  principles  of  classification.  The 
more  common  species  are  chosen,  in  consequence  of  their 
adaptation  to  elementary  instruction,  and  the  pupils  practise 
the  best  methods  of  presenting  such  nature  work. 


STATE   NORMAL   SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD.  27 

Physiology.  —  A  general  outline  of  the  subject,  including 
the  anatomy,  physiology,  and  hygiene  of  the  different  organs 
and  parts  of  the  body.  Special  attention  is  given  to  a  thor- 
ough understanding  of  the  nervous  system  as  a  physiological 
basis  for  the  study  of  psychology.  The  brain  of  the  sheep, 
the  spinal  cord  of  the  rabbit  and  pigeon,  and  the  nerves  of 
the  frog,  suitably  preserved,  are  dissected  by  the  students 
individually,  and  carefully  compared  with  those  of  the  human 
body  in  structure  and  function,  while  physiology  is  taught 
by  means  of  simple  experiments.  All  the  anatomy  is  illus- 
trated by  preparations  of  the  organs  of  the  human  body, 
and  by  a  dissection  of  similar  organs  in  other  animals,  while 
microscopical  structure  is  demonstrated  by  means  of  sections 
which  are  prepared  in  the  laboratory.  The  pupils  assist  in 
the  work,  and  thus  learn  how  to  properly  prepare  and  pre- 
serve physiological  material,  and  how  to  use  it  for  illustrating 
the  subject  in  connection  with  models  and  simple  experi- 
ments. Drawings  and  descriptions  are  required  of  essential 
structures. 

Mineralogy  and  Geology.  —  The  properties,  varieties,  and 
uses  of  the  more  important  minerals,  and  their  composition  ; 
rocks  as  composed  of  minerals  ;  ores  of  the  common  metals  ; 
a  study  of  the  more  useful  industries  connected  with  certain 
minerals,  e.g.,  the  mining  of  coal,  the  manufacture  of  coal 
gas,  of  plaster  of  Paris,  of  salt,  of  glass,  the  smelting  of 
iron,  etc.  The  inorganic  agencies  now  in  operation  upon 
the  earth,  and  their  influence  upon  its  structure  and  on  the 
present  contour  of  the  surface ;  a  general  study  of  the  sur- 
rounding region  ;  the  kinds  of  rock  found,  their  origin  and 
mode  of  formation  ;  structural  geology,  —  treating  of  the 
kinds,  structure,  arrangement,  and  composition  of  rocks  ; 
their  importance  and  economic  value  ;  the  influence  of  dif- 
ferent organic  agencies  ;  geological  formations  ;  the  geologic 
history  of  New  England,  with  special  reference  to  Massa- 
chusetts.    In  this  historical  portion,  as  the  Mesozoic  strata 


28  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,  WESTFIELD. 

are  well  represented  in  the  vicinity,  that  period  will  be  a 
subject  for  special  study.  The  field  work  consists  of  excur- 
sions to  available  points  of  geological  interest,  and  the  col- 
lection and  identification  of  at  least  twenty-five  specimens 
of  rocks  and  minerals  of  the  region,  instruction  being  given 
in  their  classification  and  arrangement.  Special  effort  is 
made  to  correlate  this  work  with  physical  geography,  physics, 
and  chemistry. 

Botany.  —  The  seed  and  germination  ;  the  organs  of  the 
plant,  root,  stem,  buds,  leaves;  the  tissues;  the  plant  cell, 
protoplasm  and  its  properties ;  inflorescence ;  a  study  of 
typical  flowers,  with  reference  to  their  plan  and  structure  ; 
fertilization  and  conditions  of  growth ;  fruits  ;  a  few  types 
of  flowerless  plants.  Westfield  is  particularly  rich  in  its 
flora,  and  much  field  work  will  be  done,  the  pupils  being 
required  to  collect,  analyze,  prepare,  and  mount  their  own 
specimens.  They  will  also  be  led  to  interpret  the  form, 
structure,  and  habits  of  plants  in  their  habitats,  and  to  illus- 
trate their  work  by  the  drawings  of  parts  and  tissues.  A 
course  of  nature  study  for  elementary  schools  is  outlined. 

OTHER   SCIENCES. 

Physics.  —  Physics  is  presented  with  a  two-fold  aim.  Its 
culture  value  is  beyond  question  ;  its  practicability  appears 
on  every  hand.  From  the  culture  side  the  student  becomes 
familiar  through  actual  experience  with  the  leading  physical 
discoveries  of  the  day.  The  laboratory  is  well  supplied  with 
a  large  amount  of  apparatus  for  demonstrating  theories  of 
sound,  light,  and  many  applications  of  electricity,  among 
which  may  be  mentioned  the  X-rays  and  wireless  telegraphy 
according  to  the  Marconi  system. 

Through  much  laboratory  work,  the  student  becomes  famil- 
iar with  the  construction,  manipulation  and  use  of  physical 
apparatus.  Exercises  which  have  a  direct  bearing  upon 
every-day  life  are  given.     The  practical  idea  is  made  clear. 


PHYSICAL    LABORATORY. 


LECTURE    ROOM  —  PHYSICAL    SCIENCE. 


STATE   NORMAL  SCHOOL,  WESTFIELD.  29 

The  pupil  discovers  for  herself  the  principles  and  facts  relat- 
ing to  the  special  phase  of  the  subject  under  consideration. 
Opportunity  to  make  original  investigations  is  given  to 
students  especially  interested  in  science. 

In  addition  to  the  benefit  to  the  teacher  herself,  she  learns 
to  present  clearly  to  her  pupils  such  parts  of  the  subject  as 
seem  desirable. 

CHEMISTRY. 

The  work  in  this  department  is  treated  under  three  gen- 
eral divisions,  — historical,  academic,  and  applied  chemistry. 
Of  these,  the  last-mentioned  receives  by  far  the  greatest 
attention.  No  text-book  is  used,  but  a  large  amount  of 
reference  matter  is  available.  Facts  are  gained  by  actual 
work. 

The  laboratory  is  equipped  with  a  generous  supply  of  the 
latest  apparatus,  and  all  conveniences  are  at  the  students' 
disposal. 

From  the  days  of  the  earliest  alchemists  (or  practitioners 
of  the  black  art),  the  development  of  the  science  is  traced 
step  by  step  to  the  founder  of  modern  chemistry,  Lavoisier. 

The  academic  work  includes  type  experiments  with  the 
gases,  oxygen,  hydrogen,  nitrogen,  carbon  dioxid,  chlorine, 
and  such  of  the  hydro-carbons  as  time  will  allow,  and  in 
addition  to  these,  analysis  and  synthesis  of  the  acids,  hydro- 
chloric, nitric,  sulphuric,  acetic,  etc.,  together  with  the  rational 
use  of  chemical  symbols  and  formuke. 

The  applied  or  practical  work  includes,  among  other  ex- 
ercises of  an  interesting  character,  the  qualitative  analysis  of 
water,  samples  of  which  pupils  procure  from  different  parts 
of  the  town,  and  a  thorough  analysis  of  which  they  perform  in 
the  laboratory  by  the  most  approved  methods.  Many  bring 
samples  of  water  from  their  homes  and  analyze  them  for  the 
benefit  of  their  parents  and  friends. 

The  removal  of  stains  of  various  kinds,  fruit,  ink,  grease, 
iron  rust,  paint,  etc.,  furnishes  an  excellent  opportunity  for 


30  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,   WESTFIELh. 

applying  principles  of  bleaching  and  action  of  acids  and 
alkalis  upon  different  kinds  of  fabrics.  Before  finishing  the 
course  every  pupil  is  expected  to  be  able  to  remove  stains 
of  the  above-mentioned  types. 

Work  in  dyeing  is  treated  from  an  entirely  original  stand- 
point. Each  pupil  at  first  dyes  different  fabrics  with  colors 
extracted  from  many  common  sources,  such  as  bright-colored 
flowers,  leaves,  berries,  and  fruits ;  later,  work  in  anilin 
dyes  affords  opportunity  for  each  student  to  learn  something 
of  this  useful  art,  and  at  the  same  time  to  apply  some  of  the 
oft-neglected  principles  of  chemistry. 

Actual  work  in  the  extraction  of  flavors  and  perfumes  is 
performed  by  the  student,  and  samples  of  orange,  lemon, 
vanilla,  etc.,  are  the  criteria  of  her  skill. 

Experiments  are  given  by  which  the  determination  of 
alcohol  in  cider,  patent  medicines,  wines,  and  "  soft  drinks" 
is  made  simple. 

Every  teacher  who  expects  to  do  effective  service  in  the 
public  schools  should  have  at  her  disposal  some  method  of 
remedying,  if  not  of  eradicating,  the  cigarette  evil.  Two 
exercises  are  given,  in  which  the  analysis  of  the  cigarette  is 
made  easily  possible.  The  person  who  conscientiously  per- 
forms this  work  will  have  a  deeper  antipathy  to  this  "  white 
horror,"  and  be  better  prepared  to  fight  it  in  a  rational 
manner. 

The  average  teacher  is  little  aware  of  the  enormous  amount 
of  foreign  and  oft-times  injurious  material  consumed  under 
the  name  of  candy  and  gum.  Simple  analyses  of  these 
substances  throw  much  light  upon  a  heretofore  obscure  sub- 
ject. Canned  goods,  such  as  corn,  tomatoes,  peas,  etc., 
furnish  a  series  of  intensely  interesting  experiments,  since 
only  the  few  know  of  what  they  are  eating.  Students  are 
not  encouraged  in  any  sense  to  become  "  food  faddists,"  but 
rather  to  apply  chemical  principles  in  a  way  most  interest- 
ing and  helpful  to  themselves. 


STAT!-:    NORMAL  SCHOOL,  WESTFIELh.  31 

The  course  is  not  presented  with  the  object  of  making 
chemistry  teachers  of  the  pupils,  but  rather  to  furnish  the 
thoughtful,  painstaking  student  with  valuable  information, 
by  which  she  can  keep  both  mind  and  body  in  a  normal, 
healthy  condition. 

GEOGRAPHY. 

The  study  of  geography  covers  two  terms,  and  includes  :  — 

1.  A  study  of  the  structure  of  the  world  ridge,  and  a  de- 
tailed study  of  the  structure  of  each  of  the  continents, 
including  the  mountain  ranges  and  peaks,  river  systems,  and 
lakes.  These  are  drawn  in  outline  and  modeled  in  relief  as 
studied. 

2.  A  study  of  geographic  forces,  including  the  movements 
of  the  earth,  seasons,  temperature,  winds,  and  rainfall,  with 
special  reference  to  the  climate  of  the  United  States. 

3.  The  geographic  distribution  and  economic  uses  of  min- 
erals, plants  and  animals. 

4.  The  study  of  peoples  —  their  mental  and  physical 
characteristics,  languages,  religions,  governments,  indus- 
tries, and  habitations. 

5.  The  study  of  commerce,  its  origin,  mediums  of  ex- 
change, means  of  transport,  commercial  routes,  aids  to 
commerce,  and  the  leading  commercial  nations,  — their  com- 
mercial advantages,  commodities,  and  commercial  centres. 

In  addition  the  classes  are  given  problems  touching  the 
adaptation  of  the  subject-matter  of  geography  to  the  capacity 
of  children  in  the  different  school  years,  the  correlation  of 
geographic  readings,  the  use  of  geographic  pictures,  maps, 
globes,  and  other  teaching  aids. 

THE   LANGUAGE   ARTS. 

Reading.  —  Study  of  the  dictionary  ;  diacritical  marks  and 
pronunciation  ;  study  of  phonetics  for  teaching  purposes  ; 
methods   of  teaching    reading   in    elementary    schools,  and 


32  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,   WESTFIELI). 

frequent  practice  with  classes  of  children  from  the  model 
schools.     Preparation  of  reading  material  for  school  use. 

Grammar.  —  Classification  of  the  parts  of  speech,  phrases, 
clauses,  and  sentences  by  the  laboratory  method  ;  analysis  of 
sentences  in  a  simple  way.  The  natural  method  of  teaching 
language  in  elementary  schools  is  used,  and  the  pupils  them- 
selves are  required  to  give  lessons. 

English  Composition.  —  It  is  chiefly  as  a  practical  art  that 
the  subject  is  presented  in  this  school.  Description,  narra- 
tion, exposition,  and  argument  are  taught  from  daily  practice 
in  writing,  followed  by  the  teacher's  criticism.  Much  atten- 
tion is  paid  to  the  external  form  of  the  paragraph.  A  com- 
position is  regarded  as  a  living  product  of  an  active  mind ; 
therefore,  there  is  constant  and  careful  study  of  the  way  in 
which  paragraphs  grow,  of  the  order  in  which  to  say  things, 
and  of  what  not  to  say.  Pupils  are  trained  to  intelligent 
criticism  of  language  work. 

English  and  American  Literature.  —  A  study  of  some  of 
the  literature  of  the  eighteenth  and  nineteenth  centuries,  the 
purpose  being  to  help  the  pupil  to  appreciate  the  best.  The 
history  of  literature  is  taught  in  a  subordinate  way  only, 
to  enable  the  pupil  to  understand  the  setting  of  an  author's 
work  ;  correlation  of  myths  with  nature  study ;  courses  of 
literature  for  elementary  schools  are  developed.  There  are 
some  variations  from  term  to  term. 

HISTORY. 

United  States  History  and  Civics.  —  A  rapid  review  by 
the  laboratory  method  of  the  history  of  our  country  from 
the  early  discoveries  to  the  present,  and  of  the  framework 
of  national,  State,  and  municipal  government.  Instruction 
in  the  proper  use  of  pictures  and  maps  as  aids  in  teaching 
history,  correlation  with  literature,  a  thorough  drill  in  a 
good  pedagogical  method  of  presenting  the  subject.  Stories 
of  the  explorers  and  the  biographies  of  eminent  Americans 


STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,  WESTFIELD.  33 

are  recast  in  the  vocabulary  of  childhood  for  use  in  primary 
grades. 

General  History.  —  Ancient  Nations.  —  Peoples  and  migra- 
tions ;  geographical  position  and  consequences  ;  inheritances  ; 
social,  political,  intellectual,  {esthetic,  moral,  religious,  and 
industrial  development;  characteristic  institutions;  legacies. 

Mediaeval  and  Modern  History.  —  Instruction  and  training- 
are  given  in  the  inductive  method  as  applied  to  history, 
with  a  view  to  the  development  of  the  "historical  spirit." 
The  method  is  illustrated  by  a  careful  study  "of  a  few  coun- 
tries, with  special  attention  to  the  main  forces  at  work,  the 
growth  of  nationality  and  constitutional  government,  and 
the  relation  of  Europe  to  America. 

MATHEMATICS. 

Arithmetic.  —  Failure  on  the  part  of  the  teacher  to  recog- 
nize and  to  apply  the  fundamental  principles  of  number  ac- 
cording to  well-established  psychic  laws  invariably  results 
in  failure  on  the  part -of  the  pupil  to  understand  and  to 
use  intelligently  the  simple  processes  of  arithmetic. 

No  text-book  is  placed  in  the  hands  of  the  student ;  all 
processes  and  methods  are  developed.  The  importance  of 
the  reason  for  performing  the  various  arithmetical  operations 
is  duly  emphasized. 

The  modern  teacher  should  fully  appreciate  the  fact  that 
the  day  of  set  rules  and  inflexible  formulae  is  past.  The 
child  is  no  longer  told  to  "  invert  the  divisor  and  proceed  as 
in  multiplication."  By  far  the  greatest  value  of  any  mathe- 
matical rule  lies  in  its  discovery.  Students  are  trained  to 
discover  ;  having  discovered,  to  apply. 

Recognizing  in  the  Grube  method  a  line  of  thought  incom- 
patible with  true  mathematical  concepts,  the  pupil  is  thor- 
oughly drilled  in  the  movable  or  flexible  unit  system,  which 
is  so  ably  treated  in  Dewey  and  McLellan's  Psychology  of 
Number. 


34  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD. 

The  student  becomes  familiar  with  oar  leading  arithmetics, 
from  which  many  characteristic  problems  are  selected.  She 
is  required  to  solve  a  problem  intelligently,  whether  she 
supplies  the  essential  data  or  takes  it  as  presented  by  some 
second  person. 

The  course  continues  throughout  the  junior  year  and  in- 
cludes one  hundred  fourteen  recitation  periods.  The  work 
is  taken  by  grades,  and  comprises  exercises  in  sense  training 
and  in  relative  magnitude,  discovery  of  the  primary  prin- 
ciples of  number,  the  history  of  its  decimal  system,  and  the 
applications  of  number  as  a  means  of  measurement. 

The  aim  of  the  course  is  to  s^ive  the  teachers  a  logical 
method  of  presenting  arithmetic,  free  from  fads  and  reason- 
destroying  practices ;  to  teach  them  to  be  self-reliant,  effi- 
cient, accurate,  quick  to  appreciate  and  to  apply.  All  of 
this  tends  strongly  towards  the  betterment  of  our  public 
schools. 

Algebra.  —  The  relation  of  algebra  and  arithmetic  is  always 
kept  before  the  pupil.  Methods  of  developing  the  algebraic 
processes  are  carefully  examined.  Students  are  encouraged 
to  find  methods  of  their  own  for  presenting  special  phases 
of  the  subject. 

Objects  and  diagrams  are  used  whenever  clearness  can  be 
gained  thereby.  The  equation  is  treated  from  an  original 
stand-point  and  is  shown  in  its  true  character.  All  opera- 
tions and  many  of  the  problems  given  in  Milne's  grammar 
school  algebra  are  fully  treated. 

In  order  to  get  the  greatest  good  from  this  course,  the 
pupil  should  be  well  prepared  in  algebra  through  quadratic 
equations. 

Geometry.  —  The  history  of  the  subject,  both  ancient  and 
modern,  is  presented.  The  student  becomes  familiar  with 
some  of  the  world's  greatest  mathematicians  and  the  influ- 
ence of  their  work.  She  has  at  her  disposal  a  large  amount 
of  unusual  but  extremely  valuable  material,  in  the  form  of 


ROOM    FOR    DRAWING 


DRAWING     DEPARTMENT— ONE    OF    THE    STUDIOS. 


STATE   NORMAL  SCHOOL,  WESTFIKLD.  35 

ancient  theorems  and  their  uses,  calculated  to  interest  the 
most  indifferent  pupil. 

The  subject  is  treated  in  its  two-fold  aspect,  —  first,  as 
applied  to  the  measurement  of  lines,  surfaces,  and  solids,  in 
which  the  use  of  simple  measuring  instruments  is  taught, 
and  secondly  as  related  to  reason  and  logic.  The  student 
should  become  a  clear,  fearless,  original  thinker,  who  dares 
attempt  the  solution  of  a  theorem  by  other  than  set  text- 
book methods. 

OTHER   SUBJECTS. 

Art  and  Drawing.  —  This  course  treats  the  subject  from 
two  points  of  view  :  — 

The  objective  side  aims  to  give  the  pupils  a  knowledge  of 
the  principles  of  representation  in  outline,  light  and  dark, 
and  in  color. 

Historic  art  in  architecture^  sculpture,  and  painting  is 
studied  with  reference  to  its  bearing  upon  our  present  social 
problems,  and  as  a  source  of  "motifs"  for  applied  work  in 
design. 

The  principles  of  beauty  in  color  and  form  are  taught  as  a 
basis  for  the  subjective  work  in  picture-study  and  design. 

The  subjective  or  creative  side  is  emphasized,  in  the  belief 
that  in  the  field  of  design  lies  the  greatest  number  of  human 
interests.  Applications  of  the  principles  of  beauty  are  made 
in  all  phases  of  school  work  and  social  life,  and  to  different 
branches  of  the  local  trades. 

The  subject-matter  is  analyzed  and  arranged  for  the  grades 
of  elementary  and  high  schools,  and  outlines,  lesson  plans, 
and  practice  teaching  are  required  of  all  students  in  this 
department. 

Vocal  Music,  —  Musical  History.  —  A  rapid  review  of 
ancient  history,  including  the  music  of  the  Chinese,  the 
Egyptians,  and  the  Hindoos ;  the  influence  of  the  Israelites 
and  the  Grecians  ;  the  Roman  Empire  ;  the  part  taken  by  the 
early  church  in  fostering  the  "Divine  Art,"  the  advent  of 


36  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,   WESTFIEL1). 

the  Paris  school  of  music  (the  first  national  school  of  music), 
the  Gallo-Belgic  and  the  Netherland  schools ;  the  rise  and 
decline  of  Italy's  musical  prestige,  and  the  birth  of  our 
modern  music ;  the  classical  school  and  its  masters ;  the  in- 
fluence of  the  Germans  ;  the  romantic  school ;  and  the  growth 
of  musical  interests  in  America. 

Harmony,  the  Grammar  of  Music.  —  Intervals,  scales, 
triads,  inversion  of  triads,  chords,  inversion  of  chords,  har- 
monizing basses,  chords  of  the  dominant  seventh,  preparation 
and  resolution,  cadences  and  suspensions. 

Musical  Notation.  —  No  effort  will  be  made  to  follow  any 
published  system  of  school  music,  but  the  rudiments  will  be 
studied  with  especial  regard  to  the  needs  of  public  school 
music,  and  the  pupils  will  have  practical  drill  in  doing  (sing- 
ing) throughout  the  course.  Special  attention  will  be  given 
to  individual  drill,  and  those  who  think  they  cannot  sing  will 
be  given  the  most  careful  training,  by  which  they  will  be 
convinced  that  they  can  learn  to  sing,  and  their  value  in  the 
public  school  room  will  thus  be  enhanced. 

Chorus  Classes.  —  In  chorus  classes  pains  will  be  taken 
to  acquaint  the  pupils  with  the  best  that  the  musical  world 
offers. 

Manual  Training.  —  This  course  will  include  paper  fold- 
ing, paper  cutting,  basketry,  compressing  raffia  and  reed, 
and  woodwork,  including  whittling  and  bench  work.  The 
raffia  used  is  dyed  by  the  students  as  a  part  of  the  course  in 
chemistry ;  the  models  used  in  the  bench  work  are  designed 
by  the  students  as  an  application  of  the  work  in  drawing. 

Physical  Training.  —  Physical  training  on  the  basis  of  the 
Ling  system  of  gymnastics. 

Study  of  the  principles  of  educational  gymnastics,  and 
their  application  in  the  Ling  system. 

Practical  work  in  the  gymnasium,  gymnastic  games,  squad 
and  class  drills  conducted  by  the  students. 


LIBRARY. 


ROOM   FOR  HISTORY  AND   LITERATURE. 


STATE   NORMAL   school,   WESTFIELD. 


37 


oi-'f^cce^tN'N'M?! 


I  03  ?l  -*■  — < 


-     o 


a  ,;  6053  o 


ec 


o    - 


-o 


if. 


z  -f.  ■ 


C  —  to  2  t-  - 

r  P3rHa  WB   - 
M  fa  C  -'.•—  ~  a,  O  a> 

«4fiWGESfcNp4 


Ir 


be 


~  feci  s  --  s  _  <  '5  5 

■g  ^-^S  a*3  a  2  £  2  ^^ 
«  S  •*=  -^  <H  —  5 ^  °  "o 


II.  .H 


62 


<J"c. 


'  O  b^": 


'O  5 

*■>  &  £,   P   o   ^ 


ei  -*  >.o  c<t  ■<*  ?t  co  > 


|g 


•JO 

1=  ^ 


3  «»-*§ -SHIP'S® 

C  ^  m  r^  >-i  '  -    -  «5 

1  -2  Z  -  3  y  S  S  C5  / 


"5  ~.  r 


*"  'CO 

o  a 

a  w 

T3  O 


to    o 


38  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD, 


LECTURES  AND  CONCERTS. 
An  effort  is  made  every  year  to  bring  students  in  contact 
with  people  of  reputation.     During  the  present  year  the  fol- 
lowing list  of  lectures  and  concerts  has  been  given  :  — 

Mr.  0.  J.  Kern,  Rockville,  111.,  County  Superintendent  of  Schools. 

The  Country  School. 
Miss  Mabel  Kimball,  Teacher  in  State  Normal  School,  Hyannis. 

Industrial  Work  in  the  Grades. 
Mr.  M.  V.  O'Shea,  Professor  of  Education  in  University  of  Wis- 
consin. 
Hidden  Forces  in  Education  and  Life. 
Mr.  Henry  T.  Bailey,  Editor  School  Arts  Book. 

Interrelation  of  the  Arts. 
Bach-Beethoven  Recital,  —  Members  of  the  senior  class,  under  the 
direction  of  Mr.  Frederic  Goodwin,  State  Normal  School, 
Westfield,  assisted  by  Miss  Winifred  Lynch,  violinist, 
Holyoke,  and  Miss  Lena  J.  Bartlett,  pianist,  Westfield. 
Mr.  Walter  Sargent,  Agent  State  Board  of  Education. 

Public  School  Drawing. 
Dr.  James  P.  Haney,  Director  of  the  Manual  Arts,   New  York 
City. 
The  Teaching  of  the  Manual  Arts. 
Prof.  Edward  S.  Morse,  Curator  Boston  Art  Museum. 

Japanese  Arts  and  Crafts. 
Rev.  Charles  F.  Dole,  Jamaica  Plain. 
Graduation  address.* 

GRADUATION,  DIPLOMAS,  AND  CERTIFICATES, 
The  satisfactory  completion  of  any  one  of  the  five  courses 
previously  described  entitles  the  pupil  to  receive  a  diploma 
or  certificate  of  graduation.  Those  who  for  any  reason  are 
unable  to  do  all  the  work  of  a  course  will,  on  application, 
receive  a  certificate  stating  the  exact  amount  of  work  done. 
Those  who  complete  Course  IV.  or  Course  V.  receive  cer- 
tificates, not  diplomas. 

*  To  be  given. 


STATE   NORMAL   school,   WESTFIELD.  39 


DISCIPLINE. 

Whoever  aspires  to  the  responsible  office  of  teacher  should 
habitually  practise  self-control.  This  doctrine  furnishes  the 
key  to  the  disciplinary  policy  of  this  school.  Pupils  are 
treated  with  confidence,  and  to  a  large  extent  the  govern- 
ment of  the  school  is  left  in  their  hands.  Almost  no  rules 
are  made,  but  it  is  the  constant  effort  to  create  such  an 
atmosphere  that  to  follow  the  best  ideals  shall  be  easy  and 
natural. 

Regular  attendance,  good  behavior,  and  loyalty  to  the  best 
interests  of  the  school,  are  necessary  to  successful  work  and 
are  expected  of  all. 

The  power  of  suspension  for  misconduct  and  of  removal 
from  school  for  failure  to  do  properly  the  work  of  the  school 
is  lodged  in  the  principal,  with  an  appeal  to  the  Board  of 

Visitors. 

TUITION  AND  EXPENSES. 

Tuition,  text-books,  and  supplies  are  free  to  residents  of 
Massachusetts. 

Pupils  from  other  States  than  Massachusetts,  attending 
normal  schools  supported  by  this  State,  are  required  to  pay 
at  the  beginning  of  each  half-year  session  the  sum  of  $25  to 
the  principal  of  the  school  attended  for  tuition,  except  that 
in  the  Normal  Art  School  the  sum  paid  to  the  principal  at 
the  beginning  of  the  session  by  each  pupil  from  another 
State  will  be  $50  for  each  half-year. 

For  cost  of  board,  see  "  Dickinson  Hall,"  page  40. 

STATE  AID. 

To  assist  those  students  who  find  it  difficult  to  meet  the 
expense  of  the  course,  pecuniary  aid  is  furnished  by  the 
State  in  varying  sums,  though  never  exceeding  $1.50  per 
week. 

Aid  is  not  furnished  during  the  first  half-year  of  attend- 
ance,  nor  to  students  whose  scholarship  is  unsatisfactory. 


40  STATU  NORMAL   SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD. 

Applications  for  this  aid  are  to  be  made  to  the  principal 

in  writing,  and  must  be  accompanied  by  a  certificate  from  a 

person  competent  to  testify,  stating  that  the  applicant  needs 

the  aid. 

DICKINSON  HALL. 

MRS.    CHARLES   B.    WILSON,   MATRON. 

Dickinson  Hall  is  the  name  given  the  new  normal  dormi- 
tory, which  was  used  for  the  first  time  in  September,  1903. 
It  is  in  charge  of  the  principal,  and  is  a  commodious,  well- 
lighted  school  home,  with  accommodations  for  75  students. 
Floor  plans  of  this  building  are  given  in  the  cuts  facing  this 
page.  Rooms  will  be  assigned  once  each  year,  two  students 
occupying  a  suite  of  three  rooms.  Whenever  possible, 
students  should  indicate  their  choice  of  room-mate.  In  all 
cases  those  desiring  rooms  should  notify  the  matron  as  soon 
as  possible  after  their  admission  to  the  school. 

The  price  of  board  in  the  boarding  halls  connected  with 
the  normal  schools  of  the  State  is  $160  for  the  school  year, 
payable  in  advance  as  follows  :  $40  at  the  beginning  of  the 
school  year  in  September;  $40  on  November  15;  $40  on 
February  1  ;  and  $40  on  April  15. 

This  rate  includes  board,  furnished  room  (except  as  below) , 
steam  heat,  gas,  and  laundry,  for  such  time  as  the  school  is 
in  session  and  for  the  Thanksgiving  recess,  but  for  no  other 
recess  or  vacation.  Pupils  whose  homes  are  at  a  distance 
may,  on  permission  of  the  principal,  remain  at  the  hall  dur- 
ing any  vacation,  except  the  long  one  in  the  summer,  on 
payment  of  the  additional  sum  of  $4  per  week  during  such 
vacation.     The  hall  is  closed  during  the  summer. 

When  pupils  leave  the  school  before  the  expiration  of  a 
term,  money  paid  in  advance  will  be  refunded  pro  rata,  but 
no  deduction  will  be  allowed  for  the  first  week  of  absence. 

Each  boarder  is  required  to  bring  towels,  napkins,  a  nap- 
kin-ring, two  clothes-bags,  and  blankets.  The  school  docs 
not  provide  curtains,  bureau  or  commode  covers.  Coverlets 
and  art  squares  are  furnished  by  the  school. 


m    a. 

1  a 


-•  -a 
1    £ 

-  1_ 

»    K 

-  "5 

3    I 

-     T. 

_    r, 

%   o 

ll 

'Plan  op  .5ecanD  Ploor. 

jcAut  t....f...1y «" 


DICKINSON    HALL. 


"PLATi  OF    RR.5T  H.OOR.. 

3c  ALE 


STATE  NORMAL   SCHOOL,    WESTFIELD.  41 

All  articles  sent  to  the  laundry  must  be  distinctly  marked 
with  the  owner's  name  in  indelible  ink.  Initials  will  not 
answer. 

Visitors  can  have  good  accommodations  at  $1  per  day  or 
£5  per  week ;  dinner,  35  cents ;  supper  or  breakfast,  25 
cents;  lodging,  50  cents. 

Whenever  more  pupils  apply  for  rooms  than  can  be  cared 
for  in  Dickinson  Hall,  the  principal  will  find  places  for  those 
who  cannot  be  accommodated  ;  but  all  charges  in  excess  of 
the  regular  price  must  be  paid  for  by  those  who  are  obliged 
to  room  outside  the  dormitory. 

In  Dickinson  Hall  the  State  has  tried  to  provide  for  the 
comfort  and  convenience  of  its  pupils.  In  the  basement 
space  has  been  set  aside  for  a  laundry,  which  shall  be  exclu- 
sively for  students'  use ;  set  tubs,  wringers,  ironing  boards, 
etc.,  are  furnished.  On  the  second  floor  a  room  equipped 
with  sewing  machines  gives  an  opportunity  to  economize  in 
the  making  of  the  simpler  articles  of  feminine  apparel  to 
such  as  may  care  to  use  it.  On  the  third  floor  a  gymnasium 
has  been  provided ;  school  work  in  gymnastics  is  given  in 
this  room  ;  the  gymnasium  is  also  the  general  meeting  place 
of  the  students,  where  evening  entertainments  may  be  held. 
A  commodious  library  and  reading  room,  the  reception  room 
and  parlors,  hospital,  and  dining  room  are  situated  on  the 
first  floor. 

The  building  is  substantially  made  of  buff  brick ;  the  in- 
terior finish  is  of  ash  in  the  natural  wood,  and  the  floors  are 
of  maple.  The  hall  is  heated  by  steam  and  lighted  by  elec- 
tricity, and  every  possible  precaution  is  taken  to  secure  it 
from  danger  by  fire.  A  private  fire  alarm  box  connects  it 
with  the  central  fire  station  of  the  town,  which  is  situated 
near  by  ;  extinguishers  and  grenades  are  provided  on  every 
floor  ;  electric  gongs  for  alarming  pupils  have  been  installed  ; 
and  a  watchman  patrols  every  part  of  the  building  once  every 
hour  during  the  night. 

Pupils  who  do  not  live  in  Westfield  and  who  do  not  return 


42  STATE  NORMAL   SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD. 

to  their  homes  daily  are  expected  to  board  at  Dickinson  Hall. 
All  other  students  who  wish  to  board  with  relatives  or  to 
work  for  their  board  in  private  families  must  first  secure 
permission  from  the  principal. 

EMPLOYMENT  OF  GRADUATES. 

The  demand  for  graduates  of  this  school  is  greater  than 
the  supply.  During  the  past  year  the  principal  has  received 
many  requests  for  teachers  to  which  he  has  been  unable  to 
respond. 

In  the  interest  of  graduates  of  this  school  who  desire  to 
secure  better  positions,  and  of  school  committees  and  super- 
intendents who  are  seeking  teachers,  the  principal  requests 
that  former  pupils  will  keep  him  informed  of  their  addresses 
and  of  their  wishes  for  future  work.  He  will  keep  at  his 
office  as  complete  a  directory  of  graduates  as  possible,  and 
hopes  to  be  serviceable  alike  to  employers  and  employed. 
If  alumnse  sending  their  addresses  will  also  forward  testimo- 
nials of  success,  the  principal  can  act  for  them  more  intelli- 
gently. 

It  should  be  distinctly  understood  that  the  principal  guar- 
antees no  positions,  and  declines  to  recommend  any  teacher 
whom  he  does  not  personally  know  to  be  successful.  In 
all  cases,  however,  he  will  gladly  furnish  the  names  and 
addresses  of  all  eligible  teachers  to  inquirers,  leaving  to 
them  the  responsibility  of  investigation  and  action. 

As  complete  a  record  as  possible  of  all  future  graduates 
will  be  kept,  showing  their  scholarship,  training,  experience 
before  entering  the  normal  school  and  in  the  training  schools, 
and  general  qualifications  for  teachers'  positions,  together 
with  such  testimonials  of  success  in  teaching  as  may  be  filed 
from  time  to  time.  Such  data  will  be  considered  entirely 
confidential,  and  will  be  accessible  only  to  superintendents 
and  school  committees. 


STATE   NORMAL  school,   WESTFIELD.  43 


GENERAL  REMARKS. 

The  demand  of  the  hour  is  for  professionally  trained 
teachers,  and,  both  for  the  good  of  the  schools  and  for  their 
own  advantage,  all  intending  teachers  are  urged  to  prepare 
themselves  by  a  special  course  of  training  in  some  school 
established  for  the  purpose. 

Teachers  who  wish  to  profit  by  the  regular  class-room 
instruction  in  any  department  are  invited  to  join  the  school 
temporarily  during  their  vacations  and  at  such  other  times 
as  may  be  convenient.  The  school  aims  to  be  helpful.  No 
charge  will  be  made  for  tuition  or  text  books,  and,  if  rea- 
sonable notice  is  given,  such  students  can  usually  be  accom- 
modated at  Dickinson  Hall  at  $4  per  week. 

This  school  is  always  open  to  the  inspection  of  the  public. 
A  cordial  invitation  is  extended  to  teachers,  school  commit- 
tees, and  superintendents  to  visit  at  their  convenience. 

For  catalogues,  specimen  examination  papers,  or  any  in- 
formation address  the  principal  at  Westfield. 


44 


STATE  NORMAL   SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD. 


Names  of  Pupils, 


GENERAL  TWO  YEARS'  COURSE. 


SENIORS. 

Abbott,  Lillian  E.,  12  Westfield  Street, 

Babb,  Ethel  R.,         .... 

Camp,  Bertha  B., 

Campbell,  Helen  R,  432  Front  Street, 

Canavan,  K.  Agnes,  51  North  Street, 

Caouette,  M.  F.  Stella,  125  Main  Street 

Carroll,  Grace  M.,  88  Orange  Street, 

Connery,  Margaret  R.,  18  Wright  Street 

Dadmun,  Edith  M.,  21  Avery  Street, 

Dillon,  Agnes  A., 

Donoghne,  Agnes  J.,  427  Elm  Street, 

Dunbar,  Minnie  E.,  . 

Fanning,  Rose  E.,  34  Orange  Street, 

Fitzgerald,  Anna  G.,  291  Chestnut  Street 

Ford,  Nora  L ,  123  Pine  Street, 

Fuller,  Alice  H.,  34  Main  Street,     . 

Glasheen,  Katherine  A.,  263  North  Main  Street 

Goodale,  Elizabeth  M.,     . 

Gowdy,  Jessie,  18  Oakland  Street,  . 

Grant,  Lillian  M.,  349  D wight  Street, 

Greene,  Stella  M.,    . 

Guinasso,  Amelia  J  ,  7  Bush  Street, 

Haley,  Margaret  G ,  75  Lincoln  Street, 

Hennick,  Lilla  M.,  21  Lamb  Street, 

Hosmer,  Florence  E  ,  34  Noble  Avenue, 

Irwin,  Sadie  J ,  21  William  Street, 

Jones,  Elizabeth  A , 

Kidnay,  Anna  M ,  196  Lyman  Street, 

Kiley,  Sarah  V.,  17  Chestnut  Street, 

Kingsley,  Georgia  E., 

Leary,  Mary  V.,  65  Kenwood  Park, 

Lee,  Mary  E.,  145  Magazine  Street, 

Ludden,  Genevieve  A.,  143  North  Street 


Mittineague. 

Chester. 

Montgomery. 

Chicopee. 

Northampton. 

Westfield. 

Westfield. 

Easthampton. 

Westfield. 

Monson. 

Holyoke. 

Lenox. 

Westfield. 

Holyoke. 

Holyoke. 

Claremont,  N.  H. 

Gardner. 

Amherst. 

Springfield. 

Holyoke. 

No.  Wilbraham. 

Westfield. 

Holyoke. 

South  Hadley  Falls. 

Westfield. 

Ware. 

Chester. 

Holyoke. 

Hatfield. 

Easthampton. 

Springfield. 

Springfield. 

Springfield. 


STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD. 


45 


Lynn,  Augusta  II.,  311  Walnut  Street, 
Mack,  Mary  Edna,  65  Edgeland  Avenue, 
McCarthy,  Mary  V.,  332  Brownell  Street, 
Mel  high,  Margaret  A.,  424  Maple  Street, 
Morse,  Mar}*  B.,  .        . 

Murphy,  Rose,  38  West  Main  Street, 
Murray,  Margaret  C,  48  Ferry  Street,    . 
O'Brien,  Alice,  64  Pearl  Street, 
O'Connor,  Ellen  (P.  O.  Bondsville), 
Potter,  Ethel  Valentine,  25  Suffolk  Street, 
Riley,  Katherine  V.,  100  Main  Street,      . 
Schladenhauffen,  Frederica  F.,        ... 
Shepard,  Mabel  E.,  15  Ashley  Street, 
Shuniway,  Ruby  M.,         .... 
Southmayd,  Pearl  Agnes,  45  Montrose  Street 
Spooner,  Belle  Eleanor,  .         . 
Taylor,  Madeline  Dow,  14  Stebbins  Street, 
Welch,  Mary  L.,  110  East  Dwight  Street, 
Whitteniore,  Adeline  E.,  Cushing  Street, 


Holyoke. 

Springfield. 

Fall  River. 

Holyoke 

Barre. 

Ware. 

Easthampton. 

Pittsfield. 

South  Belchertown. 

Holyoke 

Haydenville. 

West  Springfield. 

Mittineague. 

South  Amherst 

Springfield. 

Barre. 

Springfield. 

Holyoke 

North  Brookfield. 


KINDERGARTEN  COURSE. 
SENIORS. 


Avery,  Alice  R ,  56  Jefferson  Street, 
Farrar,  Mabel  K.,  1  Dana  Street,     . 


Westfield. 
Amherst. 


TEACHERS'  COURSE. 

Ball,  Bertha  M.,  28  Bush  Street,      ....  Westfield. 

Bean,  Clara  E.,  105  Upham  Street,  .         .        .  Melrose. 

Benson,  Annie  L., Bellows  Falls,  Vt. 

Meade,  Daisy  I.,  321  Walnut  Street,        .        .         .  Springfield. 

Moore,  Bessie  G., M  ashapang,  Conn. 

Moore,  Elizabeth  M., Mashapang,  Conn. 

Reid,  Mary  L.,  . East  Weymouth. 

Sartwell,  Julia  V., Amherst. 

Sherman,  Eva  M., Pochassic. 

Whitlock,  Ella  L., Brandon,  Vt. 


POST-GRADUATES. 


Buzby,  Stella  M  ,  20  Chestnut  Street, 
Fiske,  Ruth  E.,  Main  Street,    . 


Westfield. 
Palmer. 


46 


STATE  NORMAL   SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD. 


GENERAL  TWO  YEARS'  COURSE. 


JUNIORS. 

Amiger,  Mary  E.,  150  Walnut  Street, 
Armstrong,  Alice  N.,  77  Catherine  Street, 
Babb,  Ina  D ,    ..... 
Barrett,  Mary  M.,  18  Everett  Street, 
Bartlett,  Marguerite, 
Bartlett,  Marion  L.,  ... 

Bell,  Edna  E  ,  Wason  Avenue, 
Bligh,  Mary  P.,  126  Oak  Street,  . 
Bourassa,  N.  Olive,  12  Avery  Street, 
Brown,  Mattie  E.,  14  School  Street, 
Buckley,  Katherine  E.  (P.  O.  Box  79), 
Burke,  Mary  A.,  51  Vinton  Street,  . 
Burke,  Mary  E  ,  116  Franklin  Street, 
Burr,  Daisy  G.,  .... 
Cheney,  Hazel  C,  13  North  Prospect  Street. 
Clamann,  Jessie  F.,  28  Worthington  Street, 
Collins,  Mary  T  ,  . 
Conroy,  Sadie  G ,  71  Cross  Street,  . 
Cowie,  Bessie,  81  Jackson  Street,  . 
Cunningham,  Kathryn  H ,  South  Street, 
Cushman,  Lena  M.,  301  Main  Street, 
Dalton,  Bessie  M  ,  331  D wight  Street, 
Davine,  Clara  E.,  78  Orange  Street, 
Delaney,  Audrey  V.,  Lynwood  Avenue, 
DeWolf,  Maria  S.,  34  Douglas  Street, 
Donovan,  Mary  L.,  . 
Dowling,  Genevieve,  122  Greenwood  Street, 
Driscoll,  Nora,  63  Chapin  Street,  . 
Dunn,  Rose,  27  Peck's  Road,  . 
Eagen,  Julie  M.,  122  Onota  Street, 
Eagen,  Margaret  M.,  52  Circular  Avenue, 
Ely,  Jennie  A.,  .... 

Ely,  S.  Mary, 

Farley,  Anna  W.,     . 
Fenton,  Anna  B.,      .  . 

Ferris,  Abbie,  340  Oak  Street, 
Flynn,  Delia  V.,  91  Beech  Street,    . 

Flynn,  Ina  J  , 

Flynn,  Kathryn,        .... 
Ford,  Jane,  127  North  Main  Street, 


Springfield. 

Springfield. 

Chester. 

Springfield. 

Worthington. 

Worthington. 

Brightwood. 

Holyoke. 

Westfield. 

Springfield. 

Ware. 

Springfield. 

Springfield. 

Worthington. 

Amherst. 

Pittsfield. 

Pontoosuc. 

Franklin. 

Holyoke. 

Warren. 

Agawam. 

Holyoke. 

Westfield. 

Holyoke. 

Springfield. 

Turners  Falls. 

Springfield. 

Springfield. 

Pittsfield. 

Pittsfield. 

Pittsfield. 

South  Deerfield. 

South  Deerfield. 

Stockbridge. 

Had  ley. 

Indian  Orchard. 

Holyoke. 

Ware. 

East  Whately. 

Springfield. 


STATE   NORMAL   SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD. 


17 


Frost,  Mabel,   ...... 

Gibbs,  Laura  \\. 

Graves,  Winifred  M., 

Guinasso,  Matilda.  7  Bush  Street,    . 

Healey,  Eva  M 

Hurley,  Margaret  A..  60  Greenwood  Street, 
Hurwitz,  Jennie,  186  Hancock  Street,     . 
Hyde,  Man.  86  Pleasant  Street, 
Johnson,  Lucy  P.,  37  Marble  Street, 
Kennedy,  Anna  M.,  50  Day  Avenue, 
Leahy.  Ellen  T.,  29  Peck's  Road,     . 

Malonev.  Mary 

McGilp,  Frances  M.,  19  South  Main  Street, 

McGovern,  Mary  E., 

Meeker,  Ada  M.,  50  Hampden  Street,     . 

Mel  lor,  Julia  E., 

Moore.  Mamie  E  ,  284  Fairview  Avenue, 
Murphy,  Norarnai,  31  Hamlin  Street, 
Murray.  Lulu  M.,  Depot  Street, 
Murray,  Xora  G.,  Pleasant  Street,  . 
Murtha,  Eleanor  A  ,  Depot  Street, 
Nelligan,  Lulu  F.,  5  Robbins  Avenue,     . 
Nugent,  Claire  E,  92  Pleasant  Street,     . 
O'Brien,  M.  Florence,  64  Pearl  Street,    . 
O'Connor,  Agnes  G  ,  14  O'Connor  Avenue, 
( PNeill,  Grace,  215  Sargent  Street, 
O'Neill,  Mary  E.,  320  Hampden  Street,  . 
Owen,  Bess  W  ,  14  Spring  Street,    . 
Peaselee.  Gertrude  A.  J.,  71  Orchard  Street, 
Powers,  Margaret  E.,  15  King's  Highway, 
Riley,  Margaret  M.,  46  Main  Street, 
Rohan,  Agnes  E  ,  226  Hampden  Street,  . 
Rourke,  Elena  V.,  110  Whipple  Street,   . 
Ryan,  .Mary  T.,  29  Pearl  Street, 
Scully,  Mary  E  ,  300  Peck's  Road,  . 
Shannon,  Georgia  A  ,  63  East  Central  Street 
Sibley,  H  Alma,  32  Montgomery  Street, 
Slattery,  Anna  E.,  66  Nonotuck  Street, 

Smith,  Delia, 

Btockwell,  Annie  B  ,  West  Farms,  . 
Thompson,  Sara  M.. 
Worthington,  Elsie  M  ,     . 


Mundale. 
Mundale. 
Middlefield. 

Westfield. 

Southampton. 

Springfield. 

Springfield. 

Westfield. 

Springfield. 

Westfield. 

Pittsfield. 

Lenox. 

Palmer. 

Stockbridge. 

Indian  Orchard. 

Agawam. 

Chicopee. 

Pittsfield. 

Lenox. 

Milton. 

Lenox. 

Pittsfield. 

Holyoke. 

Pittsfield. 

Holyoke. 

Holyoke. 

Holyoke. 

Westfield. 

Pittsfield. 

West  Springfield. 

No.  Walpole,  N.  H. 

Holyoke. 

Fall  River. 

Holyoke. 

Pittsfield. 

Worcester. 

Westfield. 

Holyoke. 

Barre. 

Northampton. 

Palmer. 

Agawam. 


48 


STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD. 


KINDERGARTEN  COURSE. 

JUNIORS. 

Armstrong,  Carrie  C,  77  Catherine  Street,     .  Springfield 

Fish,  Pearl  E., Palmer. 

Loomis,  Evelyn  R.,  15  High  Street,         .         .        .     Easthampton. 


SPECIAL  STUDENTS. 

Connor,  Grace  M  ,  155  Elm  Street,  .        .        .  Westfield. 

Converse,  Eliza, North  Brookfield. 

Curtis,  Mary  A  ,  115  Florence  Street,      .        .        .  Springfield. 

Dearborn,  Abigail,  69  Western  Avenue,  .        .  Westfield. 

Donovan,  Nellie,  G  Street, Turners  Falls. 

Gilday,  Theresa  M.,  115  Florence  Street,        .        .  Springfield. 

Johnson,  Sidney  A.,  77  Orange  Street,    .         .        .  Westfield. 

Ketchum,  Alice  M.,  61  Catherine  Street,  .         .  Springfield. 

Kress,  Eva  G.,  29  King  Street,         ....  Westfield. 

May,  Mrs.  Ella  J.,  76  Acushnet  Street,    .        .         .  Springfield 

Merrell,  Ruth, Agawam. 

Parsons,  Mrs.  J.  C., Westfield. 

Saunders,  C.  Mabel,  10  Carpenter  Avenue,     .        .  Westfield. 

Stoddard,  Brenda,  760  Front  Street,         .         .        .  Chicopee  Falls. 

Skiff,  Mrs.  C.  W.,  The  Alquat,         ....  Westfield. 

Towle,  Theodora  A  ,  6  Chestnut  Street,  .         .        .  Westfield. 

Wadsworth,  M.  Wynne,  28  Pleasant  Street,    .        .  Springfield. 

Waters,  Ruth  W.,  19  Grove  Street,  ....  Chicopee  Falls. 


SUMMARY. 

Seniors  in  general  course, 52 

Seniors  in  kindergarten  course, 2 

Teachers'  course, 10 

Post-graduates, 2 

Juniors  in  general  course, 82 

Juniors  in  kindergarten  course, 3 

Special  students, 18 

Total, 169 


SSACHUSETTS 
•STATE;"NORMAL- 

•scHooumrmt 


5s 


? 


f 


•CATALOGUE 
•TEAR  •  OF- 
1306  ®5 1301  • 

•ESTABLISHED     •    l&OS 


SEP 1 0  JjMJ 


CATALOGUE  AND  CIRCULAR  OF  INFORMATION 

MASSACHUSETTS 
STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL, 

WESTFIELD 


OMPLIMENTS    OF 


CLARENCE  A.   BRODEUR, 

PRINCIPAL. 


906-190? 


3STON   .  •  .  WRIGHT   AND    POTTER    PRINTING    COMPANY  .  "  .   STATE    PRINTERS 
GHTEEN    POST   OFFICE    SQUARE NINETEEN    HUNDRED   SEVEN 


CATALOGUE  AND  CIRCULAR  OF  INFORMATION 


MASSACHUSETTS 
STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL, 

^ESTFIELD 


ESTABLISHED     1839 


906-190^. 


TON   .  ■  .  WRIGHT   AND    POTTER 
ITEEN    POST   OFFICE    SQUARE 


PRINTING    COMPANY  .  ■  .   STATE    PRINTERS 
NINETEEN    HUNDRED  SEVEN 


Approved  by 
The  State  Board  of  Publication. 


STATE  BOARD  OF  EDUCATION, 

Established  1837. 


His  Excellency  CURTIS  GUILD,  Jr. 
His  Honor  EBEN   S    DRAPER. 

TERM   EXPIRES 

Mrs.  Ella  Lyman  Cabot,     .         .        .     Boston,  .         .  May  25,  1907. 

Albert  E.  Winship,  Litt.D., .        .        .     Somerville,    .  May  25,  1908. 

Thomas  B.  Fitzpatrick,       .         .        .     Brookline,  .    .  May  25,  1909. 

Miss  Caroline  Hazard,  A.M.,  Litt.D.,  .     Wellesley,      .  May  25,  1910. 

Joel  D.  Miller,  A.M.,  ....     Leominster,    .  May  25,  1911. 

Mrs.  Kate  Gannett  Wells,         .        .     Boston,  .        .  May  25,  1912. 

Clinton  Q.  Richmond,  A.B.,         .  North  Adams,  May  25,  1913: 

(GrEORGE  I.  A ld rich,  A.M.,     .         .  Brookline,      .  May  25,  1914. 


OFFICERS  OF  THE  BOARD  OF  EDUCATION. 

George  H.  Martin,  A.M.,  Secretary,    ....  Lynn. 

Caleb  B.  Tillinghast,  A.M.,  Clerk  and  Treasurer,     .  Boston. 

Frederic  L.  Burnham,  Agent, Cambridge. 

James  W.  MacDonald,  A.M.,  Agent,    ....  Stoneham. 

John  T.  Prince,  Ph.D.,  Agent, West  Newton 

.!    E.  Warren,  Acrent,     .        .        ....        .        .  Barre. 


BOARD  OF  VISITORS. 
Albert  E.  Winship,  Litt.D.         Clinton  Q.  Richmond,  A.B. 


Faculty. 


NORMAL  SCHOOL. 

Clarence  A.  Brodeur,  Principal. 

Pedagogy,  School  Law,  School  Management. 

Lewis  B   Allvn,         ....     Mathematics,  Chemistry,  Physics. 
Edith  L.  Cummin gs,  .  Gymnastics,  Manual  Training. 

Frederic  Goodwin,    ....     Vocal  Music. 
Ifrs   Adeline  A.  Knight,   .         .         .     English,  Literature,  History. 

Will  S.  Monroe Psychology,  History  of  Education, 

Geography. 
George  T.  Sperry,    ....     Drawing. 
Charles  B  Wilson,   ....     Natural  Science. 
Florence  B.  Phillips,  Secretary. 


TRAINING  SCHOOL. 
George  W.  Winslow,  Principal. 

Annette  M.  Fox, Eighth  grade. 

Alice  M.  Winslow, Eighth  grade. 

Anna  M.  Downey, Seventh  grade. 

Ifetta  D.  Bradstreet, Seventh  grade 

Lucia  A.  Coleman,   ........  Sixth  grade. 

Ella  J.  Downey, Sixth  grade. 

Mary  G.  Shea, Sixth  grade. 

Frances  L.  Parsons, Fifth  grade. 

Edith  M   Robbins,  Fifth  grade. 

Eliza  Converse, Fourth  grade. 

Frances  L  Foster, Third  grade. 

Florence  P  Axtelle, Second  grade. 

Eunice  M  Beebe, First  grade. 

Em  ma  L   Hammond,  ...  .         .  Kindergarten. 


STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,    WESTFIELD. 


ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION  OF  THE  WESTFIELD  NORMAL 
SCHOOL. 

PRESIDENT. 

George  B.  Cortelyou,  Secretary  of  the  Treasury,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Class  of  1882  (January) . 

VICE-PRESIDENT. 
Mrs.  Esther  J.  Morgan,  Springfield,  Mass. 

Class  of  1862. 
SECRETARY   AND    TREASURER. 

Mrs.  Harry  M.  Gowdy,  Westfield,  Mass. 

Class  of  1894. 

EXECUTIVE   COMMITTEE. 
Principal  Clarence  A.  Brodeur,  Westfield,  Mass. 
Mrs.  Edwin  B.  Hedges,  Westfield,  Mass. 

Class  of  1888. 

Mrs.  Russell  L.  Scott,  Chicopee,  Mass. 

Class  of  1884. 

COMMITTEE  ON   NECROLOGY, 

Mr.  Thomas  K.  McAllister,  Newton ville,  Mass. 

Class  of  1889. 

Mrs.  Joseph  G.  Robbins,  Westfield,  Mass. 

Class  of  1868. 

Mrs.  Edwin  Spencer,  Warren,  Mass. 

Class  of  1881. 

Mr.  George  B.  Woodward,  Cambridge,  Mass. 

Class  of  1897. 

The   next    meeting   of  the   Association  will   be   held   at   Westfield, 
June  1,  1907. 


STATE    FORMAL   SCHOOL,    WESTFIELD. 


CALENDAR  FOR   1907, 


SPRING  TERM. 
Tuesday,  9  v  M  ,  March  19,  1907,  to  Friday,  4  p.m.,  June  21,  1907. 

TRIENNIAL  REUNION  OF  THE  ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION. 
Saturday,  June  1,  1907. 

CLASS  DAY. 

Monday,  June  24,  1907. 

GRADUATION. 
Tuesday,  2  p.m.,  June  25,  1907. 


EXAMINATIONS. 

First  Entrance  Examination. 

Thursday  and  Friday,  9  a.m.,  June  27  and  28,  1907. 

Second  Entrance  Examination. 
Tuesday  and  Wednesday,  9  a.m.,  Sept.  10  and  11,  1907. 


Entrance  examinations  on  the  dates  given  above  begin  at  9  a.m..  in 
the  assembly  hall.  Candidates  are  to  be  present  at  the  opening  on  the 
first  day.  The}'  should  come  prepared  to  stay  in  September.  If  pupils 
are  obliged  to  stay  over  night  during  the  June  examinations,  accommo- 
dations may  be  had  at  Dickinson  Hall. 

The  school  is  in  session  every  week  day  except  Monday  ;  on  Saturdays, 
school  closes  at  noon. 


STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,    WE8TFIELD. 


CALENDAR  FOR  SCHOOL  YEAR,  1907-8. 


FALL  TERM.1 
Thursday,  9  a  m.,  Sept.  12,  1907,  to  Saturday,  12  m  ,  Nov.  30,  1907. 

WINTER  TERM. 
Tuesday,  9  a.m.,  Dec.  3,  1907,  to  Saturday  12  m.,  March  14,  1908. 

SPRING  TERM. 

Tuesday,  9  a.m .,  March  17,  1908,  to  Friday,  4  p.m.,  June  19,  1908. 

CLASS   DAY. 
Monday,  June  22,  1908. 

GRADUATION. 
Tuesday,  2  p.m.,  June  23,  1908. 

VACATIONS. 

Spring. 

From  Friday,  4  p  m.,  April  26,  1907,  to  Monday,  9  a.m.,  May  6,  1907. 

Thanksgiving. 

From  Wednesday,  12  m.,  preceding  Thanksgiving  Day,  to  the  following 

Tuesday,  at  9  a.m. 

Christmas. 
From  Saturday,  12  M ,  Dec.  21,  1907,  to  Thursday,  Jan.  2,  1908. 

Winter. 
From  Friday,  4  p.m.,  Feb.  21,  1908,  to  Monday,  March  2,  1908. 

Spring. 
From  Friday,  4  p.m.,  April  24,  1908,  to  Monday,  May  4,  1908. 


i  Those  seniors  who  arc  assigned  to  the  training  school  for  the  fall  term  will  begin 
their  school  year  Monday,  9  a.m.,  sept.  9, 1907. 


Westfield  Normal  School. 


HISTORICAL  SKETCH. 
With  the  single  exception  of  the  Framingham  Normal 
School,  which  was  first  opened  at  Lexington  July  3,  1839, 
the  West  Held  Normal  School  is  the  oldest  in  America.  It 
was  established  at  Barre,  Sept.  4,  1839,  and  was  transferred 
to  Westfield  in  1844.  The  total  number  of  pupils  admitted 
to  this  school  is  4,831,  of  whom  498  have  been  men.  Since 
1855,  the  date  of  the  first  formal  graduation,  1,974  students 
have  received  diplomas  on  the  completion  of  the  prescribed 
course  of  study. 

LOCATION. 

Westfield,  a  beautiful  town  of  more  than  13,600  inhabit- 
ants, is  located  on  the  main  line  of  the  Boston  &  Albany 
Railroad,  and  on  the  Northampton  division  of  the  New  York, 
New  Haven  &  Hartford  Railroad.  Springfield  is  distant  but 
nine  miles,  Holyoke  ten,  Chicopee  twelve,  and  Northampton 
sixteen.  Electrics  run  from  the  railroad  stations  past  the 
school  and  connect  Westfield  with  Springfield  and  Holyoke. 
The  >ervice  is  excellent,  and  the  program  of  recitations  is 
so  arranged  that  most  pupils  residing  in  adjoining  cities  and 
towns  can  live  at  home. 

Westfield  is  noted  for  its  fine  streets,  overarched  by  stately 
elms,  and  for  the  beauty  of  the  surrounding  country.  Facili- 
ties for  healthful  exercise,  as  well  as  for  the  out-door  study 
of  geography  and  natural  science,  are  abundant. 

BUILDINGS  AND  GROUNDS. 
The  normal  school  building  was  occupied  for  the  first  time 
April  18,  1892.     It  is  a  beautiful  and  commodious  structure 
of  red  brick,  with  trimmings  of  brown  stone  and  Roman- 


10  STATE  NORMAL   SCHOOL,    WESTFIELD. 

esque  portals,  is  140  feet  long  and  118  feet  deep,  and  con- 
tains accommodations  for  175  normal  students,  as  well  as  for 
120  pupils  of  the  training  schools. 

The  entire  building  is  finished  in  the  best  selected  quar- 
tered oak.  The  chemical,  physical,  geological  and  mineral- 
ogical,  and  biological  laboratories  are  liberally  supplied  with 
the  best  of  modern  apparatus  and  appliances  and  with  an 
abundance  of  specimens  for  study. 

The  art  room  affords  excellent  opportunities  for  training 
in  drawing.  In  addition,  several  well-lighted  studios,  plen- 
tifully supplied  with  casts,  models,  and  copies,  are  available 
for  individual  work. 

Adjoining  the  main  assembly  hall  is  a  convenient  library 
of  well-selected  books  for  use  in  all  departments  of  the  work 
of  the  school. 

The  manual  training  room  is  equipped  with  nineteen 
benches,  and  with  all  tools  and  material  necessary  for  in- 
structing normal  students  in  a  most  comprehensive  course 
of  manual  training  for  elementary  schools. 

The  gymnasium  is  large  and  well  lighted,  and  is  provided 
with  all  apparatus  for  class  work  as  well  as  for  individual 
exercise. 

In  a  word,  no  school  building  in  the  State  has  a  more 
complete  equipment  for  preparing  teachers  to  fill  positions 
in  the  best  of  modern  schools. 

The  ample  grounds  adjoining  the  school  afford  opportunity 
for  lawn  tennis,  basket-ball,  and  for  general  exercise. 

Dickinson  Hall  is  a  pleasant  and  comfortable  dormitory 
and  boarding  hall,  located  adjacent  to  the  school  building, 
and  containing  accommodations  for  75  students.  A  fuller 
description  may  be  found  on  page  40,  under  the  caption 
"  Dickinson  Hall." 


STATE   NORMAL  SCHOOL,   WESTFIELh.  11 


TRAINING  SCHOOLS. 

In  the  normal  school  building  are  four  rooms,  accommo- 
dating IlH)  pupils  of  the  kindergarten  and  primary  grades 
of  the  public  schools. 

The  State  has  erected  a  new  training  school  building  at  a 
cost  of  $45,000,  on  the  site  of  the  old  normal  school  on 
"Washington  Street,  within  a  stone's  throw  of  Dickinson  Hall. 
This  building  contains  ten  class-rooms,  with  ample  accom- 
modations for  420  children  from  grades  four  to  nine  inclusive, 
a  large  library,  principal's  office,  teacher's  room,  an  assembly 
hall  with  seats  for  500,  play-rooms,  and  is  furnished  with 
an  electric  time  service  and  a  liberal  equipment  for  the  teach- 
ing of  all  school  subjects. 

There  are  available  for  training  purposes  in  .both  buildings 
fourteen  rooms,  containing  more  than  550  pupils. 

The  pupils  of  the  senior  class  of  the  normal  school  are 
divided  into  three  sections,  each  section  devoting  the  entire 
time  of  one  term  of  thirteen  weeks  to  observation  and  teach- 
ing in  the  training  schools  under  expert  supervision.  Thus 
ample  provision  has  been  made  for  training  teachers  for  the 
actual  work  of  their  profession . 

GENERAL  AIM  OF  THE  SCHOOL. 
The  Board  of  Education,  by  a  vote  passed  May  6,  1880, 
stated  the  design  of  the  school  and  the  course  of  studies  for 
the  State  normal  schools,  as  follows  :  — 

The  design  of  the  normal  school  is  strictly  professional ;  that  is, 
to  prepare  in  the  best  possible  manner  the  pupils  for  the  work  of 
organizing,  governing,  and  teaching  the  public  schools  of  the  Com- 
monwealth. 

To  this  end  there  must  be  the  most  thorough  knowledge,  first, 
of  the  branches  of  learning  required  to  be  taught  in  the  schools ; 
second,  of  the  best  methods  of  teaching  these  branches  ;  and  third, 
of  right  mental  training. 


12  STATE  NORMAL   SCHOOL,    WESTFIELU. 


REQUIREMENTS  FOR  ADMISSION. 
Candidates  for  admission  to  any  one  of  the  normal  schools 
must,  if  young  women,  have  attained  the  age  of  sixteen 
years,  and  if  young  men,  the  age  of  seventeen  years,  and 
.be  graduates  of  an  approved  high  school  (or  must  have 
received  the  equivalent  of  a  good  high  school  education). 
Their  fitness  for  admission  will  be  determined  by  :  — 

1.  Their  standing  in  a  physical  examination. 

2.  Their  moral  character. 

3.  Their  high  school  record. 

4.  A  written  examination. 

5.  An  oral  examination. 

PHYSICIANS'  CERTIFICATES  AND  PHYSICAL 
EXAMINATIONS. 

Every  candidate  is  required  to  present  a  certificate  from  a 
reliable  physician,  stating  that  he  or  she  is  physically  fitted 
to  undertake  the  contemplated  course  of  study,  and  giving 
information  as  to  any  physical  weakness  the  candidate  may 
have.  Blank  certificates  may  be  found  at  the  back  part  of 
this  catalogue. 

The  State  Board  of  Education  adopted  the  following  vote 
March  7,  1901  :  — 

That  the  visitors  of  the  several  normal  schools  be  authorized 
and  directed  to  provide  for  a  physical  examination  of  candidates 
for  admission  to  the  normal  schools,  in  order  to  determine  whether 
they  are  free  from  any  disease  or  infirmity  which  would  unfit  them 
for  the  office  of  teacher,  and  also  to  examine  any  student  at  any 
time  in  the  course,  to  determine  whether  his  physical  condition  is 
such  as  to  warrant  his  continuance  in  the  school. 

MORAL  CHARACTER. 
Candidates  must  present  certificates  of  good  moral  char- 
acter.    In  deciding  whether  they  shall  prepare  themselves 
to  become  teachers,  candidates  should  note  that  the  vocation 


STATE    NORMAL  SCHOOL,    WESTFIELD.  13 

requires  more  than  mere  freedom  from  disqualifying  defects  ; 
it  demands  virtues  of  a  positive  sort,  that  shall  make  their 
impress  for  good  upon  those  who  are  taught. 

HIGH  SCHOOL  RECORD. 

It  may  be  said,  in  general,  that  if  the  ordinary  work  of  a 
good  statutory  high  school  is  well  done,  candidates  should 
have  no  difficulty  in  meeting  the  academic  tests  to  which  they 
may  be  subjected.  They  cannot  be  too  earnestly  urged, 
however,  to  avail  themselves  of  the  best  high  school  facilities 
attainable  in  a  four  years'  course,  even  though  they  should 
pursue  studies  to  an  extent  not  insisted  on,  or  take  studies 
not  prescribed  in  the  admission  requirements. 

The  importance  of  a  good  record  in  the  high  school  cannot 
be  overestimated.  Principals  are  requested  to  furnish  the 
normal  schools  with  records  of  the  high  school  standing  of 
candidates.  The  stronger  the  evidence  of  character,  scholar- 
ship and  promise,  of  whatever  kind,  candidates  bring,  espe- 
cially from  schools  of  high  reputation  and  from  teachers  of 
good  judgment  and  fearless  expression,  the  greater  con- 
fidence they  may  have  in  guarding  themselves  against  the 
contingencies  of  an  examination  and  of  satisfying  the  exam- 
iners as  to  their  fitness. 

WRITTEN  EXAMINATIONS. 

All  candidates  for  the  regular  and  kindergarten  courses 
must  pass  satisfactory  examinations,  as  indicated  below ;  by 
regulation  of  the  State  Board  of  Education  no  candidates 
are  admitted  on  high  school  certificates. 

The  examinations  will  embrace  papers  on  the  following 
groups  of  subjects  :  — 

I.  Language.  —  (a)  English,  with  its  grammar  and  litera- 
ture, and  (b)  either  Latin  or  French. 

II.  Mathematics.  —  (a)  The  elements  of  algebra  and 
(b)  the  elements  of  plane  geometry. 

III.  United  States  History.  —  The  history  and  civil  gov- 


14  STATE  NORMAL   SCHOOL,    WESTFIELD. 

ernment  of  Massachusetts  and  the  United  States,  with  related 
geography  and  so  much  of  English  history  as  is  directly 
contributory  to  a  knowledge  of  United  States  history. 

IV.  Science.  —  (a)  Physiology  and  hygiene  and  (band  c) 
any  two  of  the  following  :  physics,  chemistry,  physical  geog- 
raphy, and  botany,  provided  one  of  the  two  selected  is  either 
physics  or  chemistry. 

V.  Drawing  and  Music.  —  (a)  Elementary  mechanical 
and  freehand  drawing,  with  any  one  of  the  topics,  —  form, 
color,  and  arrangement,  and  (b)  music. 

ORAL  EXAMINATION. 
Each  candidate  may  be  required  to  read  aloud  in  the  pres- 
ence of  the  examiners.  He  may  also  be  questioned  orally 
either  upon  some  of  the  foregoing  subjects  or  upon  other 
matter  within  his  experience,  in  order  that  the  examiners 
may  gain  some  impression  about  his  personal  characteristics 
and  his  use  of  language,  as  well  as  give  him  an  opportunity 
to  furnish  any  evidences  of  qualification  that  might  not  other- 
wise become  known  to  them. 

GENERAL  REQUIREMENT  IN  ENGLISH  FOR  ALL 
EXAMINATIONS. 
No  candidates  will  be  accepted  whose  written  English  is 
notably  deficient  in  clear  and  accurate  expression,  spelling, 
punctuation,  idiom,  or  division  of  paragraphs,  or  whose 
spoken  English  exhibits  faults  so  serious  as  to  make  it  inex- 
pedient for  the  normal  school  to  attempt  their  correction. 
The  candidate's  English,  therefore,  in  all  oral  and  written 
examinations  will  be  subject  to  the  requirements  implied  in 
the  statement  here  made,  and  marked  accordingly. 


STATE    NORMAL   SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD.  15 


SPECIAL  DIRECTIONS  FOR  THE  WRITTEN 
EXAMINATIONS. 

I.     LANGUAGE. 

(a)  English. —  The  subjects  for  the  examination  in  Eng- 
lish will  be  the  same  as  those  agreed  upon  by  the  colleges 
and  high  technical  schools  of  New  England  and  now  quite 
generally  adopted  throughout  the  United  States. 

1.  Reading  and  Practice.  A  limited  number  of  books 
will  be  set  for  reading.  The  candidate  will  be  required  to 
present  evidence  of  a  general  knowledge  of  the  subject- 
matter  and  spirit  of  the  books,  and  to  answer  simple  ques- 
tions on  the  lives  of  the  authors.  The  form  of  examination 
will  usually  be  the  writing  of  a  paragraph  or  two  on  each  of 
i  few  topics  to  be  chosen  by  the  candidate  from  a  consider- 
able number  set  before  him  in  the  examination  paper.  In 
place  of  a  part  or  the  whole  of  this  test,  the  candidate  may 
present  an  exercise  book  properly  certified  by  his  instructor, 
containing  compositions  or  other  written  work  done  in  con- 
nection with  the  reading  of  the  books. 

The  books  set  for  this  part  of  the  examination  are  :  — 
1907-1908.  —  Shakespeare's  Macbeth  and  The  Merchant 
of  Venice;  The  Sir  Roger  de  Coverley  Papers  in  the  Spec- 
tator; Irvine's  Life  of  Goldsmith ;  Coleridge's  The  Ancient 
Mariner:  Scott's  Ivanhoe  and  The  Lady  of  the  Lake;  Ten- 
nyson's Gareth  and  Lynette,  Lancelot  and  Elaine,  and  The 
Passing  of  Arthur;  Lowell's  The  Vision  of  Sir  Launfal; 
George  Eliot's  Silas  Marner. 

2.  Study  and  Practice.  —  This  part  of  the  examination 
presupposes  a  more  careful  study  of  each  of  the  works 
named  below.  The  examination  will  be  upon  subject-mat- 
ter, form,  and  structure. 

In  addition,  the  candidate  may  be  required  to  answer 
questions  involving  the  essentials  of  English  grammar  and 
questions  on  the  leading  facts  in  those  periods  of  English 


16  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,    WESTFIELD. 

literary  history  to  which  the  prescribed  works  belong.  The 
books  set  for  this  part  of  the  examination  will  be  :  — 

1907-1908.  —  Shakespeare's  Julius  Caesar,  Milton's  L'Al- 
legro,  II  Penseroso,  Comus  and  Lycidas;  Burke's  Speech  on 
Conciliation  with  America ;  Macaulay's  Essay  on  Addison  and 
Life  of  Johnson. 

(b)  Either  Latin  or  French,  —  The  translation  at  sight  of 
simple  prose  or  verse,  with  questions  on  the  usual  forms  and 
ordinary  constructions,  and  the  writing  of  simple  prose 
based  in  part  or  in  full  on  the  passage  selected. 

II.     MATHEMATICS. 

(a)  The  elements  of  algebra  through  affected  quadratic 
equations. 

(b)  The  elements  of  plane  geometry. 

While  there  is  no  formal  examination  in  arithmetic,  the 
importance  of  a  practical  working  acquaintance  with  its  prin- 
ciples and  processes  cannot  be  too  strongly  emphasized.  The 
candidate's  proficiency  in  this  subject  will  be  incidentally 
tested  in  its  applications  to  other  subjects. 

III.    UNITED   STATES   HISTOBY. 

Any  school  text-book  on  United  States  history  will  enable 
candidates  to  meet  this  requirement,  provided  they  study 
enough  of  geography  to  illumine  the  history  and  make  them- 
selves familiar  with  the  grander  features  of  government  in 
Massachusetts  and  the  United  States.  Collateral  reading  in 
United  States  history  is  strongly  advised,  also  in  English 
history,  so  far  as  this  history  bears  conspicuously  on  that  of 
the  United  States. 

IV.     SCIENCE. 

(a)  Physiology  and  Hygiene.  —  The  chief  elementary  facts 
of  anatomy,  the  general  functions  of  the  various  organs,  the 
more  obvious  rules  of  health,  and  the  more  striking  effects 
of  alcoholic  drinks,  narcotics,  and  stimulants  upon  those 
addicted  to  their  use. 


ROOM    FOR    DRAWING 


DRAWING    DEPARTMENT—  ONE    OF    THE    STUDIOS. 


STATE   NORMAL  SCHOOL,    WESTFIELJ).  17 

(b  and  c)  Any  two  of  the  following  sciences,  —physics, 
chemistry,  botany,  physical  geography,  provided  one  of  the 
two  is  either  physics  or  chemistry.  —  The  chief  elementary 
fects  of  the  subject  selected,  so  far  as  they  may  be  presented 
in  the  courses  usually  devoted  to  them  in  good  high  schools. 
It  will  be  a  distinct  advantage  to  the  candidate  if  his  prepa- 
ration includes  a  certain  amount  of  individual  laboratory 
work. 

V.     DRAWING   AND    MUSIC. 

(a)  Drawing.  —  Mechanical  and  freehand  drawing,  — 
enough  to  enable  the  candidate  to  draw  a  simple  object,  like 
a  box  or  a  pyramid  or  a  cylinder,  with  plan  and  elevation  to 
scale,  and  to  make  a  freehand  sketch  of  the  same  in  perspec- 
tive. Also  any  one  of  the  three  topics,  —  form,  color,  and 
arrangement. 

(b)  Music.  —  Such  elementary  facts  as  an  instructor  should 
know  in  teaching  singing  in  the  schools,  including  major  and 
minor  keys,  simple  two,  three,  four,  and  six  part  measures, 
the  fractional  divisions  of  the  pulse  or  beat,  the  chromatic 
scale,  the  right  use  of  the  foregoing  elements  in  practice, 
and  the  translation  into  musical  notation  of  simple  melodies 
or  of  time  phrases  sung  or  played. 

IMPORTANCE  OF  ADEQUATE   PREPARATION. 

Candidates  should  measure  their  duty  of  making  adequate 
preparation  not  wholly  by  the  subjects  selected  and  the 
papers  set  for  the  admission  examinations,  but  by  the  larger 
demands  their  chosen  vocation  is  sure  to  make  upon  them. 
The  more  generous  and  thorough,  therefore,  the  preparation 
of  the  candidate,  the  greater  the  likelihood  of  profiting  by 
the  normal  school,  of  completing  the  elementary  course  on 
time,  of  securing  employment  after  graduation,  and  of  doing 
creditable  work  as  a  teacher. 

The  candidate  is  advised,  therefore,  to  utilize  all  feasible 
opportunities  offered  by  the  regular  high  school  course  for 


18  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD. 


promoting  this  breadth  of  preparation,  and  the  high  school 
should  aim  to  hold  the  candidate  up  to  the  higher  ideals  of 
such  preparation. 

EQUIVALENTS. 
Special  cases  that  raise  questions  of  equivalents  will  be 
considered  on  their  merits. 

DIVISION  OF  THE  EXAMINATIONS. 
Candidates  may  be  admitted  to  preliminary  examinations 
a  year  in  advance  of  their  final  examinations,  provided  theyj 
offer  themselves  in  one  or  more  of  the  following  groups,  eachj 
group  to  be  presented  in  full :  — 

II.     Mathematics. 

III.  United  States  history. 

IV.  Science. 

Y.     Drawing  and  music. 

Preliminary  examinations  can  be  taken  in  June  only. 

Every  candidate  for  a  preliminary  examination  must  pre 
sent  a  certificate  of  preparation  in  the  group  or  groups 
chosen,  or  in  the  subjects  thereof,  the  form  of  certificate  t( 
be  substantially  as  follows  :  — 

has  been  a  pupil  in  th«| 

.School  for years,  and  is,  in  my  judgi 


ment,  prepared  to  pass  the  normal  school  preliminary  examinatio 
in  the  following  group  or  groups  of  subjects  and  the  division 
thereof : — 


Signature  of  principal  or  teacher, 
Address, 


The  group  known  as  I.  Language  must  be  reserved  fo 
the  final  examinations.     It  will  doubtless  be  found  general! 


STATE   Ao/.m/.i/.   SCHOOL,    WESTFIELD.  19 


advisable  in  practice  that  the  group  known  as  IV.  Science 
should  also  be  so  reserved. 

W  hile  division  of  the  final  or  complete  examinations  be- 
tween June  and  September  is  permissible,  it  is  important 
both  for  the  normal  school  and  for  the  candidate  that  the 
work  laid  out  for  the  September  examinations,  which  so 
closely  precede  the  opening  of  the  normal  schools,  shall  be 
kept  down  to  a  minimum.  Candidates  for  the  final  or  com- 
plete examinations  are  earnestly  advised,  therefore,  to  pre- 
sent themselves  in  June. 

EXAMINATION  DATES. 

The  admission  examinations  are  held  at  the  several  normal 
school  buildings  in  accordance  with  the  following  schedule  :  — 

L907.  —  Thursday  and  Friday,  June  27  and  28  ;  Tuesday 
and  Wednesday,  September  10  and  11. 

1908.  —  Thursday  and  Friday,  June  25  and  2Q  ;  Tuesday 
and  Wednesday,  September  8  and  9. 


TIMES  OF  ADMISSION. 
Xew  classes  will  be  admitted  only  at  the  beginning  of 
the  fall  term,  and,  as  the  studies  of  the  course  are  arranged 
progressively  from  that  time,  it  is  important  that  students 
shall  present  themselves  then  for  duty.  In  individual  cases 
and  for  strong  reasons  exceptions  to  this  requirement  are 
permissible,  but  only  after  due  examination,  and  upon  the 
understanding  that  the  admission  shall  be  at  a  time  conven- 
ient to  the  school,  and  to  such  classes  only  as  the  candidate 
is  qualified  to  join. 

COURSES  OF  STUDY. 
This  school  offers  (1)  a  general  two  years'  course,  (2)  a 
three  years'  course,  (3)  a  kindergarten  course,  (4)  a  special 
course  for  teachers,  and  (5)  a  special  course  of  one  year  for 
college  graduates. 


20  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD. 


I.     GENERAL   TWO   YEARS'    COURSE. 

The  general  course  of  study  for  two  years  comprises  the 
following  subjects  :  — 

1.  Psychology,  history  of  education,  principles  of  teach- 
ing, methods  of  instruction  and  discipline,  school  organiza- 
tion, school  laws  of  Massachusetts. 

2.  Methods  of  teaching  the  following  subjects  :  — 

(a)  English,  —  reading,  language,  composition,  literature, 
history. 

(b)  Mathematics, — arithmetic,  bookkeeping,  elementary 
algebra,  and  geometry. 

(c)  Science,  —  elementary  physics  and  chemistry,  geog- 
raphy, physiology  and  hygiene,  study  of  minerals,  plants, 
and  animals. 

(d)  Drawing,  vocal  music,  physical  training,  manual 
training. 

3.  Observation  and  practice  in  the  training  school,  anc 
observation  in  other  public  schools. 

The  amount  of  work  in  this  course  is  so  great  that  onrj 
those  who  eater  upon  it  most  thoroughly  prepared  car 
hope  to  complete  it,  with  the  required  practice,  in  the  time 
assigned  to  it.  Others  need  not  expect  to  finish  it  in  tw< 
years. 

For  a  more  detailed  account  of  this  course,  see  pages  22-36  | 

II.     THREE  YEARS'   COURSE. 

The  Board  of  Visitors  and  the  principal  of  any  norma  i 
school  may  arrange  for  a  third  year  of  study  and  practice  ii 
teaching  under  supervision  for  its  graduates,  whenever  ii  I 
their  judgment  such  action  is  desirable.  The  object  of  thi 
course  shall  be  a  more  complete  mastery  of  the  topics  ar 
ranged  for  the  regular  two  years'  course  and  further  work  ii 
the  training  schools;  this  work  in  the  training  schools  shal 
be  under  the  direct  supervision  of  a  teacher  of  the  norma 
school  or  of  a  teacher  specially  approved  for  that  purpose. 


STATE   NORMAL  SCHOOL,    WESTFIELI).  21 


III.     KINDERGARTEN   COURSE. 

The  kindergarten  course  requires  two  years  for  its  com- 
pletion. The  first  year's  work  is  the  same  as  that  of  the 
general  two  years'  course,  except  that  child  study  and  his- 
tory are  substituted  for  English  grammar  and  geography. 
I  Hiring  the  second  year  the  pupil  spends  all  her  mornings  in 
the  practical  work  of  the  kindergarten,  and  her  afternoons 
in  the  study  of  the  theory  and  the  history  of  the  kindergarten. 

Every  candidate  for  this  course  should  have  not  only  the 
qualifications  required  for  admission  to  the  general  two  years' 
course,  but  should  in  addition  have  some  facility  in  playing 
the  piano  and  in  singing. 

Students  pay  the  cost  of  materials  used  by  them,  but  this 
expense  does  not  exceed  ten  dollars  for  the  course. 

IV.     SPECIAL    COURSE   FOR   TEACHERS. 

Teachers  of  three  years'  experience  in  teaching,  who  give 
evidence  of  maturity,  good  scholarship,  and  of  aptness  to 
teach,  may,  with  the  consent  of  the  principal  and  of  the 
Board  of  Visitors,  select  a  course  which  may  be  completed 
in  one  year ;  and  when  such  course  is  successfully  completed, 
they  shall  receive  a  certificate  for  the  same. 

V.     SPECIAL   COURSE   FOR  COLLEGE   GRADUATES. 

Graduates  of  colleges  and  universities,  with  the  consent 
of  the  Board  of  Visitors  and  the  principal  of  the  school,  may 
take  a  special  course  of  one  year,  and  when  such  course  is 
successfully  completed,  they  shall  receive  a  certificate  for  the 
same. 

Kxperienced  observers  of  public-school  problems  are 
'agreed  that  the  high  schools  can  no  longer  furnish  employ- 
ment for  all  college  graduates  who  wish  to  teach.  An  in- 
creasing number  of  such  graduates  must  hereafter  find  their 
work  in  the  grammar  schools.  It  is  for  this  class  especially 
that  Course  V.  has  been  planned. 


22  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD. 


GENERAL  PLAN  OF  TWO  YEARS'  COURSE. 

In  connection  with  all  subjects  that  the  graduate  is  ex- 
pected to  teach,  tentative  courses  of  study  for  lower  schools 
and  lists  of  helpful  text-books  and  of  collateral  reading  are 
furnished  to  each  pupil. 

No  mere  outline  can  accurately  represent  the  spirit  and 
method  of  a  school.  The  following  topical  arrangement 
should  be  understood  as  only  suggestive  :  — 

PSYCHOLOGY. 

(a)  Elementary  Psychology.  —  The  course  in  elementary 
psychology  includes  (1)  a  study  of  the  physiology  of  the 
brain  and  central  nervous  system,  and  the  relation  of  the 
same  to  mental  development ;  special  attention  is  given  to 
the  nature  and  training  of  the  senses  of  sight,  hearing,  and 
touch;  (2)  study  of  the  less  complex  phases  of  perception, 
memory,  imagination,  thought,  the  emotions  and  move- 
ments, and  their  development  during  the  elementary  school 
period;  (3)  study  of  the  personal  reminiscences  of  the 
childhood  of  the  students,  to  give  them  practice  in  the  study 
of  subjective  mental  phenomena,  and  to  deepen  and  broaden 
their  concepts  of  the  subjective  states  of  childhood  ;  (4)  care- 
ful reading  and  review  of  a  standard  reminiscent  study  of 
childhood,  such  as  Pierre  Loti's  Story  of  a  Child,  Tolstoi's 
Childhood,  Boyhood,  and  Youth,  John  Stuart  Mill's  Auto- 
biography, etc.  ;  (5)  study  of  an  individual  child.  Hal- 
leck's  Psychology  and  Psychic  Culture,  James's  Psychology 
(briefer  course),  Kirkpatrick's  Inductive  Psychology,  and 
Rooper's  Study  in  Apperception  are  used  as  texts  (junior 
year  :  first  and  second  terms,  two  hours  a  week). 

(b)  Physiological  Psychology.  —  More  detailed  study  of 
the  growth  and  functions  of  the  brain  and  central  nervous 
System  ;  relation  of  the  same  to  education  ;  sense  defects 
and  school  work  ;  factors  conditioning  growth  of  children 
relation   of  exercise,   sleep,   and    nutrition    to   growth  an 


.. 


STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,   WESTFIELB.  23 

mental  development.  Donaldson's  Growth  of  the  Brain, 
( Jarpenter's  Mental  Physiology,  Ziehen's  Physiological  Psy- 
chology, M'Kendrick  and  Snodgrass's  Physiology  of  the 
Senses,  James's  Principles  of  Psychology,  Titchcner's  Out- 
lines of  Psychology,  as  well  as  the  works  of  Kiilpe,  Wundt, 
Sully,  Thorndike,  Baldwin,  Ladd,  Calkins,  Bain,  Spencer, 
Ribot,  and  Sanford,  are  used  as  reference  guides  (junior 
year  :  third  term,  two  hours  a  week). 

(c)  Genetic  Psychology.  —  Studies  in  the  physical,  in- 
tellectual, and  moral  development  of  young  children  ;  fac- 
tors conditioning  mental  development,  as  heredity  and 
environment;  mental  fatigue  and  its  relation  to  mental 
work  ;  development  of  motor  ability  ;  comparative  studies  of 
the  minds  of  the  lower  animals  and  of  savages  with  those 
of  defective  and  delinquent  children  ;  observations  and  tests 
of  senses,  memory,  attention,  motor  power,  fatigue,  etc.,  of 
individual  children,  and  the  collation  and  discussion  of  such 
data.  The  course  in  genetic  psychology  is  designed  to  pre- 
sent the  facts,  so  far  as  they  have  been  scientifically  deter- 
mined, concerning  the  nature  and  development  of  the  mind 
during  childhood  and  adolescence,  and  to  provide  the  pro- 
spective teacher  with  sound  criteria  for  estimating  theories 
about  the  child's  mind,  as  well  as  to  give  adequate  training 
in  the  concrete  study  of  child  life.  The  texts  used  are 
Preyer's  Development  of  the  Intellect  and  Senses  and  Will, 
Tracy's  Psychology  of  Childhood,  Kirkpatrick's  Fundamen- 
tals of  Child  Study,  Barnes's  Studies  in  Education,  Rowe's 
Physical  Nature  of  the  Child,  Sully's  Studies  of  Childhood, 
Hall's  Adolescence,  together  with  the  writings  of  Warner, 
Chamberlain,  Oppenheim,  Miss  Shinn,  Mrs.  Moore,  Rus- 
sell, Compayre,  Perez,  and  Baldwin  (senior  year:  two 
terms,  two  hours  a  week). 

HISTORY  OF   EDUCATION. 

(a)   History  of  European  Education.  —  Study  of  the  de- 
velopment of  educational  theories  in  the  educational  systems 


24  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD. 

of  Europe,  including  Greek  Education,  origin  of  the  univer- 
sities and  rise  of  higher  education,  humanism  and  the  renais- 
sance, realism  and  scientific  education,  naturalism  and  the 
activity  of  the  child.  Provision  is  made  for  the  critical 
study  of  portions  of  such  educational  classics  as  Plato's 
Republic,  Montaigne's  Education  of  Children,  Mulcaster's 
Positions,  Comenius's  School  of  Infancy  and  Great  Didactic, 
Locke's  Thoughts  Concerning  Education,  Rousseau's  Emile, 
Pestalozzi's  Leonard  and  Gertrude,  Froebel's  Education  of 
Man,  Herbart's  Science  of  Education,  and  Herbert  Spencer's 
Education.  The  course  is  given  in  lectures,  discussions,  and 
readings.  Compayre's  History  of  Pedagogy  is  in  the  hands 
of  the  students,  but  outside  study  is  based  chiefly  on  the 
books  by  Quick,  Williams,  J.  P.  Munroe,  Davidson,  Paul 
Monroe,  Laurie,  Woodward,  W.  S.  Monroe,  Barnard,  Rash- 
clall,  De  Garmo,  Hughes,  Kriisi  and  Bowen  (junior  year  : 
first  and  second  terms,  one  hour  a  week). 

(b)  History  of  American  Education.  —  The  course  traces 
the  successive  ideals  of  the  different  streams  of  early  Ameri- 
can civilization,  as  the  English  Puritans  in  New  England, 
the  English  Quakers  in  Pennsylvania,  the  English  cava- 
liers in  Virginia,  the  Dutch  in  New  York,  the  Swedes 
in  Delaware,  the  French  Huguenots  and  the  Scotch-Irish. 
Special  attention  is  given  to  the  growth  of  the  Massachu- 
setts school  system,  the  origin  of  American  normal  schools, 
and  the  history  of  educational  associations  in  the  United 
States.  Brief  study  is  made  of  some  of  the  earlier  Ameri- 
can contributions  to  the  literature  of  education,  including 
the  writings  of  Joseph  Neef,  Samuel  R.  Hall,  David  P. 
Page,  Horace  Mann,  Henry  Barnard,  and  William  T.  Harris. 
Boone's  History  of  Education  in  the  United  States  and  Mar- 
tin's Evolution  of  the  Massachusetts  School  System  are  used 
as  texts,  with  required  readings  from  the  works  by  Barnard, 
Wickersham,  Adams,  Winship,  Hinsdale,  Dexter,  and 
Monroe  (junior  year:  third  term,  one  hour  a  week). 


STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD.  25 


PEDAGOGY,    SCHOOL    LAW,    AND    SCHOOL   MANAGEMENT. 

The  application  to  teaching  of  the  principles  developed  in 
the  course  in  psychology  and  the  history  of  education  out- 
lined above  ;  a  study  of  methodology  ;  a  systematic  and 
critical  examination  of  the  opinions  of  leading  educators  on 
school  organization  and  economy  ;  a  study  of  the  principles 
and  art  of  school  government,  both  from  the  stand-point  of 
the  adult  and  of  child  study,  with  special  reference  also  to 
the  use  o\'  school  discipline  as  an  agency  in  the  moral  culture 
of  the  child  ;  a  discussion  of  the  curriculum  of  elementary 
schools  ;  the  preparation  on  pedagogical  and  hygienic  prin- 
ciples of  programs  for  graded  and  ungraded  schools  ;  lectures 
on  such  portions  of  the  school  laws  of  Massachusetts  as  are 
needed  to  enable  the  teacher  to  know  the  rights  and  the 
duties  of  her  profession ;  the  theory  of  the  proper  heating, 
ventilating,  and  lighting  of  school  rooms,  with  practical 
suggestions  for  the  same ;  frequent  conferences  with  pupils 

teaching  in  the  training  schools. 

©  © 

NATURAL    SCIENCE. 

In  all  science  teaching  of  this  school  a  constant  effort  is 
made  along  three  essential  lines  :  — 

First,  a  clear  presentation  of  the  truths  and  principles 
underlying  the  science.  These  are  learned  as  far  as  possible 
at  first  hand  in  the  field  or  the  laboratory,  and  care  is  taken 
that  they  are  rightly  comprehended. 

Second,  individual  instruction  and  practice  in  the  inter- 
pretation of  these  truths  and  in  logical  modes  of  reasoning 
based  upon  them. 

Lastly  and  chiefly,  a  thorough  drill  in  the  best  pedagog- 
1  ical  methods  of  presenting  such  truths  and  interpretations  in 
:  elementary  instruction.  The  first  two  are  always  subordi- 
nate, being  used  as  a  necessary  means  to  secure  success  in 
the  third. 


26  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,    WESTFIELD. 

As  a  further  help  toward  the  same  end,  large  additions 
have  been  made  to  the  apparatus  and  the  reference  libraries, 
until  it  may  be  fairly  said  that  the  school  is  unsurpassed  in 
point  of  equipment  by  any  other  of  like  rank. 

The  geological  and  mineralogical  laboratory  is  equipped 
with  a  complete  working  collection  of  minerals,  rocks,  and 
fossils,  and  the  necessary  apparatus  for  studying  them.  A 
valuable  cabinet  collection  is  in  constant  use  for  reference 
and  comparison.  It  is  believed  that  an  actual  acquaintance 
with  rocks,  minerals,  and  organic  forms  is  of  greater  value 
than  much  abstract  knowledge. 

The  biological  and  physiological  laboratory  is  furnished 
with  excellent  cabinets  of  preserved  material,  to  which  con- 
stant additions  are  being  made,  and  which  are  amply  suffi- 
cient for  individual  use.  It  possesses,  in  addition,  a  series 
of  charts,  casts  and  models  illustrating  human  anatomy ;  a 
full  set  of  histological  preparations,  showing  the  structure 
and  tissues  of  the  human  body ;  and  a  fine  herbarium  of 
local  plants.  Living  material  is  used  as  far  as  possible,  and 
sufficient  apparatus  has  been  purchased  to  enable  the  stu- 
dents to  prepare  what  is  required  for  their  own  use,  and 
thus  to  gain  practical  experience  in  the  collecting,  preserv- 
ing, and  arranging  of  such  material. 

Zoology.  —  General  characteristics  of  animals ;  a  study  of 
typical  animals,  considerable  attention  being  paid  to  their 
habits,  modes  of  life,  and  their  uses ;  these  types  are  selected 
from  the  fauna  of  the  vicinity,  and  as  far  as  possible  the 
home  of  the  animal  is  reproduced  in  the  laboratory,  and  the 
pupil  is  required  to  become  acquainted  with  its  habits  and 
daily  life,  as  well  as  its  structure,  from  actual  observation ; 
a  special  study  of  insects  and  birds,  with  reference  to  their 
economic  relations ;  the  principles  of  classification.  The 
more  common  species  are  chosen,  in  consequence  of  their 
adaptation  to  elementary  instruction,  and  the  pupils  practise 
the  best  methods  of  presenting  such  nature  work. 


STATE   FORMAL  SCHOOL,   WESTFIELh.  27 

Physiology.  — A  general  outline  of  the  subject,  including 
the  anatomy,  physiology  and  hygiene  of  the  different  organs 
and  parts  of  the  body.  Special  attention  is  given  to  a  thor- 
ough understanding  of  the  nervous  sj'stem  as  a  physiological 
basis  for  the  study  of  psychology.  The  brain  of  the  sheep, 
the  spinal  cord  of  the  rabbit  and  pigeon,  and  the  nerves  of 
the  frog,  suitably  preserved,  are  dissected  by  the  students 
individually,  and  carefully  compared  with  those  of  the  human 
body  in  structure  and  function,  while  physiology  is  taught 
by  means  of  simple  experiments.  All  the  anatomy  is  illus- 
trated by  preparations  of  the  organs  of  the  human  body, 
and  by  a  dissection  of  similar  organs  in  other  animals,  while 
microscopical  structure  is  demonstrated  by  means  of  sections 
which  are  prepared  in  the  laboratory.  The  pupils  assist  in 
the  work,  and  thus  learn  how  to  properly  prepare  and  pre- 
serve physiological  material,  and  how  to  use  it  for  illustrating 
the  subject  in  connection  with  models  and  simple  experi- 
ments. Drawings  and  descriptions  are  required  of  essential 
structures. 

Mineralogy  and  Geology.  —  The  properties,  varieties,  and 
uses  of  the  more  important  minerals,  and  their  composition  ; 
rocks  as  composed  of  minerals ;  ores  of  the  common  metals  ; 
a  study  of  the  more  useful  industries  connected  with  certain 
minerals,  e.g.,  the  mining  of  coal,  the  manufacture  of  coal 
gas,  of  plaster  of  Paris,  of  salt,  of  glass,  the  smelting  of 
iron,  etc.  The  inorganic  agencies  now  in  operation  upon 
the  earth,  and  their  influence  upon  its  structure  and  on  the 
present  contour  of  the  surface  ;  a  general  study  of  the  sur- 
rounding region  ;  the  kinds  of  rock  found,  their  origin  and 
mode  of  formation;  structural  geology,  —  treating  of  the 
kinds,  structure,  arrangement,  and  composition  of  rocks ; 
their  importance  and  economic  value;  the  influence  of  dif- 
ferent organic  agencies  ;  geological  formations  ;  the  geologic 
history  of  New  England,  with  special  reference  to  Massa- 
chusetts.    In  this  historical  portion,  as  the  Mesozoic  strata 


28  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,   WESTFIELT). 

are  well  represented  in  the  vicinity,  that  period  will  be  a 
subject  for  special  study.  The  field  work  consists  of  excur- 
sions to  available  points  of  geological  interest,  and  the  col- 
lection and  identification  of  at  least  twenty-five  specimens 
of  rocks  and  minerals  of  the  region,  instruction  being  given 
in  their  classification  and  arrangement.  Special  effort  is 
made  to  correlate  this  work  with  physical  geography,  physics, 
and  chemistry. 

Botany.  —  The  seed  and  germination  ;  the  organs  of  the 
plant,  root,  stem,  buds,  leaves ;  the  tissues ;  the  plant  cell, 
protoplasm  and  its  properties  ;  inflorescence ;  a  study  of 
typical  flowers,  with  reference  to  their  plan  and  structure ; 
fertilization  and  conditions  of  growth ;  fruits ;  a  few  types 
of  flowerless  plants.  Westfield  is  particularly  rich  in  its 
flora,  and  much  field  work  will  be  done,  the  pupils  being 
required  to  collect,  analyze,  prepare,  and  mount  their  own 
specimens.  They  will  also  be  led  to  interpret  the  form, 
structure,  and  habits  of  plants  in  their  habitats,  and  to  illus- 
trate their  work  by  the  drawings  of  parts  and  tissues.  A 
course  of  nature  study  for  elementary  schools  is  outlined. 

OTHER   SCIENCES. 

Physics.  —  Physics  is  presented  with  a  two-fold  aim.  Its 
culture  value  is  beyond  question ;  its  practicability  appears 
on  every  hand.  From  the  culture  side  the  student  becomes 
familiar  through  actual  experience  with  the  leading  physical 
discoveries  of  the  day.  The  laboratory  is  well  supplied  with 
a  large  amount  of  apparatus  for  demonstrating  theories  of 
sound,  light,  and  many  applications  of  electricity,  among 
which  may  be  mentioned  the  X-rays  and  wireless  telegraphy 
according  to  the  Marconi  system. 

Through  much  laboratory  work,  the  student  becomes  famil- 
iar with  the  construction,  manipulation  and  use  of  physical 
apparatus.  Exercises  which  have  a  direct  bearing  upon 
c very-day  life  are  given.     The  practical  idea  is  made  clear. 


F 

rrr  / 

l      I 

pill  [II 

■  .^   ■*«♦  ,                          M   mm  mi. 

immum-      #*  -^j* . 

-aHr 

Li  Q 

■pnHpiiRji ■«% 

sin  '  i 

I  Jill 
i 

1 

i!i  i  i-ii 

- 

f  ■ 

■If    &;*S 

. 

«r  If  si 

1 fSk 

v 

,™ 

m 

JH 

:u  17 

if  ■ 

i            a 

nl 

I 

--ill  mwinUMJu 

w 

■H9PHI               /> 

I         ■§!    kmlUmW 

/      §§1 

■<  Ir'flH 

STATE  NORMAL   SCHOOL,    WESTFIELD.  29 

The  pupil  discovers  for  herself  the  principles  and  facts  relat- 
ing to  the  special  phase  of  the  subject  under  consideration. 
Opportunity  to  make  original  investigations  is  given  to 
students  especially  interested  in  science. 

In  addition  to  the  benefit  to  the  teacher  herself,  she  learns 
to  present  clearly  to  her  pupils  such  parts  of  the  subject  as 
seem  desirable. 

CHEMISTRY. 

The  work  in  this  department  is  treated  under  three  gen- 
eral divisions,  —  historical,  academic,  and  applied  chemistry. 
Of  these,  the  last-mentioned  receives  by  far  the  greatest 
attention.  No  text-book  is  used,  but  a  large  amount  of 
reference  matter  is  available.  Facts  are  gained  by  actual 
work . 

The  laboratory  is  equipped  with  a  generous  supply  of  the 
latest  apparatus,  and  all  conveniences  are  at  the  students' 
disposal. 

From  the  days  of  the  earliest  alchemists  (or  practitioners 
of  the  black  art),  the  development  of  the  science  is  traced 
step  by  step  to  the  founder  of  modern  chemistry,  Lavoisier. 

The  academic  work  includes  type  experiments  with  the 
gases,  oxygen,  hydrogen,  nitrogen,  carbon  dioxid,  chlorine, 
and  such  of  the  hydro-carbons  as  time  will  allow,  and  in 
addition  to  these,  analysis  and  synthesis  of  the  acids,  hydro- 
chloric, nitric,  sulphuric,  acetic,  etc.,  together  with  the  rational 
use  of  chemical  symbols  and  formulas. 

The  applied  or  practical  work  includes,  among  other  ex- 
ercises of  an  interesting  character,  the  qualitative  analysis  of 
water,  samples  of  which  pupils  procure  from  different  parts 
of  the  town,  and  a  thorough  analysis  of  which  they  perform  in 
the  laboratory  by  the  most  approved  methods.  Many  bring 
samples  of  water  from  their  homes  and  analyze  them  for  the 
benefit  of  their  parents  and  friends. 

The  removal  of  stains  of  various  kinds,  fruit,  ink,  grease, 
iron  rust,  paint,  etc.,  furnishes  an  excellent  opportunity  for 


30  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD. 

applying  principles  of  bleaching  and  action  of  acids  and 
alkalis  upon  different  kinds  of  fabrics.  Before  finishing  the 
course  every  pupil  is  expected  to  be  able  to  remove  stains 
of  the  above-mentioned  types. 

Work  in  dyeing  is  treated  from  an  entirely  original  stand- 
point. Each  pupil  at  first  dyes  different  fabrics  with  colors 
extracted  from  many  common  sources,  such  as  bright-colored 
flowers,  leaves,  berries,  and  fruits;  later,  work  in  anilin 
dyes  affords  opportunity  for  each  student  to  learn  something 
of  this  useful  art,  and  at  the  same  time  to  apply  some  of  the 
oft-neglected  principles  of  chemistry. 

Actual  work  in  the  extraction  of  flavors  and  perfumes  is 
performed  by  the  student,  and  samples  of  orange,  lemon, 
vanilla,  etc.,  are  the  criteria  of  her  skill. 

Experiments  are  given  by  which  the  determination  of 
alcohol  in  cider,  patent  medicines,  wines,  and  "  soft  drinks" 
is  made  simple. 

The  average  teacher  is  little  aware  of  the  enormous  amount 
of  foreign  and  oft-times  injurious  material  consumed  under 
the  name  of  candy  and  gum.  Simple  analyses  of  these 
substances  throw  much  light  upon  a  heretofore  obscure  sub- 
ject. Canned  goods,  such  as  corn,  tomatoes,  peas,  etc., 
furnish  a  series  of  intensely  interesting  experiments,  since 
only  the  few  know  what  they  are  eating.  Students  are  not 
encouraged  in  any  sense  to  become  "food  faddists,"  but 
rather  to  apply  chemical  principles  in  a  way  most  interest- 
ing and  helpful  to  themselves. 

The  course  is  not  presented  with  the  object  of  making 
chemistry  teachers  of  the  pupils,  but  rather  to  furnish  the 
thoughtful,  painstaking  student  with  valuable  information 
by  which  she  can  keep  both  mind  and  body  in  a  normal, 
healthy  condition. 


STATE    NORMAL  SCHOOL,    WESTFIELD.  31 


GEOGRAPHY. 

The  study  of  geography  covers  two  terms,  and  includes  :  — 
1.  A  study  of  the  structure  of  the  world  ridge,  and  a  de- 
tailed study  of  the  structure  of  each  of  the  continents, 
including  the  mountain  ranges  and  peaks,  river  systems,  and 
lakes.  These  are  drawn  in  outline  and  modeled  in  relief  as 
studied. 

•2.  A  study  of  geographic  forces,  including  the  movements 
of  the  earth,  seasons,  temperature,  winds,  and  rainfall,  with 
special  reference  to  the  climate  of  the  United  States. 

3.  The  geographic  distribution  and  economic  uses  of  min- 
erals, plants,  and  animals. 

4.  The  skufy  of  peoples  —  their  mental  and  physical 
characteristics,  languages,  religions,  governments,  indus- 
tries, and  habitations. 

5.  The  study  of  commerce,  its  origin,  mediums  of  ex- 
change, means  of  transport,  commercial  routes,  aids  to 
commerce,  and  the  leading  commercial  nations,  —  their  com- 
mercial advantages,  commodities,  and  commercial  centres. 

In  addition  the  classes  are  given  problems  touching  the 
adaptation  of  the  subject-matter  of  geography  to  the  capacity 
of  children  in  the  different  school  years,  the  correlation  of 
geographic  readings,  the  use  of  geographic  pictures,  maps, 
globes,  and  other  teaching  aids. 

THE   LANGUAGE   ARTS. 

Reading.  —  Study  of  the  dictionary  ;  diacritical  marks  and 
pronunciation  ;  study  of  phonetics  for  teaching  purposes  ; 
methods  of  teaching  reading  in  elementary  schools,  and 
frequent  practice  with  classes  of  children  from  the  model 
schools.     Preparation  of  reading  material  for  school  use. 

Grammar.  —  Classification  of  the  parts  of  speech,  phrases, 
clauses,  and  sentences  by  the  laboratory  method  ;  analysis  of 
sentences  in  a  simple  way.     The  natural  method  of  teaching 


32  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD. 

language  in  elementary  schools  is  used,  and  the  pupils  them- 
selves are  required  to  give  lessons. 

English  Composition.  —  It  is  chiefly  as  a  practical  art  that 
the  subject  is  presented  in  this  school.  Description,  narra- 
tion, exposition,  and  argument  are  taught  from  daily  practice 
in  writing,  followed  by  the  teacher's  criticism.  Much  atten- 
tion is  paid  to  the  external  form  of  the  paragraph.  A  com- 
position is  regarded  as  a  living  product  of  an  active  mind; 
therefore,  there  is  constant  and  careful  study  of  the  way  in 
which  paragraphs  grow,  of  the  order  in  which  to  say  things, 
and  of  what  not  to  say.  Pupils  are  trained  to  intelligent 
criticism  of  language  work. 

English  and  American  Literature.  —  A  study  of  some  of 
the  literature  of  the  eighteenth  and  nineteenth  centuries,  the 
purpose  being  to  help  the  pupil  to  appreciate  the  best.  The 
history  of  literature  is  taught  in  a  subordinate  way  only, 
to  enable  the  pupil  to  understand  the  setting  of  an  author's 
work  ;  correlation  of  myths  with  nature  study  ;  courses  of 
literature  for  elementary  schools  are  developed.  There  are 
some  variations  from  term  to  term. 

HISTORY. 

United  States  History  and  Civics.  —  A  rapid  review  by 
the  laboratory  method  of  the  history  of  our  country  from 
the  early  discoveries  to  the  present,  and  of  the  framework  of 
national,  State,  and  municipal  government.  Instruction  in 
the  proper  use  of  pictures  and  maps  as  aids  in  teaching  his- 
tory, correlation  with  literature,  a  thorough  drill  in  a  good 
pedagogical  method  of  presenting  the  subject.  Stories  of  the 
explorers  and  the  biographies  of  eminent  Americans  are  re- 
cast in  the  vocabulary  of  childhood  for  use  in  primary  grades. 

General  History.  —  Ancient  Nations.  —  Peoples  and  migra- 
tions ;  geographical  position  and  consequences  ;  inheritances  ; 
social,  political,  intellectual,  aesthetic,  moral,  religious,  and 
industrial  development ;  characteristic  institutions  ;  legacies. 


STATE   NORMAL   SCHOOL,    WESTFIELD.  8B 


Mediaeval  and  Modern  History.  —  Instruction  and  training 
pre  giveo  in  the  inductive  method  as  applied  to  history, 
with  a  view  to  the  development  of  the  "historical  spirit.1' 
The  method  is  illustrated  by  a  careful  study  of  a  few  coun- 
tries, with  special  attention  to  the  main  forces  at  work,  the 
growth  of  nationality  and  constitutional  government,  and 
the  relation  of  Europe  to  America. 

MATHEMATICS. 

Arithmetic.  —  Failure  on  the  part  of  the  teacher  to  recog- 
nize and  to  apply  the  fundamental  principles  of  number  ac- 
cording to  well-established  psychic  laws  invariably  results 
in  failure  on  the  part  of  the  pupil  to  understand  and  to 
use  intelligently  the  simple  processes  of  arithmetic. 

No  text-book  is  placed  in  the  hands  of  the  student ;  all 
processes  and  methods  are  developed.  The  importance  of 
the  reason  for  performing  the  various  arithmetical  operations 
is  duly  emphasized. 

The  modern  teacher  should  fully  appreciate  the  fact  that 
the  day  of  set  rules  and  inflexible  formulae  is  past.  The 
child  is  no  longer  told  to  "  invert  the  divisor  and  proceed  as 
in  multiplication."  By  far  the  greatest  value  of  any  mathe- 
matical rule  lies  in  its  discovery.  Students  are  trained  to 
discover ;   having  discovered,  to  apply. 

Recognizing  in  the  Grube  method  a  line  of  thought  incom- 
patible  with  true  mathematical  concepts,  the  pupil  is  thor- 
oughly drilled  in  the  movable  or  flexible  unit  system,  which 
is  so  ably  treated  in  Dewey  and  McLellan's  Psychology  of 
Number. 

The  student  becomes  familiar  with  our  leading  arithmetics, 
from  which  many  characteristic  problems  are  selected.  She 
lb  required  to  solve  a  problem  intelligently,  whether  she 
supplies  the  essential  data  or  takes  it  as  presented  by  some 
second  person. 

The  course  continues  throughout  the  junior  year  and  com- 


34  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,    WESTFIELT). 

prises  one  hundred  fourteen  recitation  periods.  The  work 
is  taken  by  grades,  and  includes  exercises  in  sense  training 
and  in  relative  magnitude,  discovery  of  the  primary  prin- 
ciples of  number,  the  history  of  its  decimal  system,  and  the 
applications  of  number  as  a  means  of  measurement. 

The  aim  of  the  course  is  to  give  the  teachers  a  logical 
method  of  presenting  arithmetic,  free  from  fads  and  reason- 
destroying  practices  ;  to  teach  them  to  be  self-reliant,  effi- 
cient, accurate,  quick  to  appreciate  and  to  apply.  All  of 
this  tends  strongly  towards  the  betterment  of  our  public 
schools. 

Algebra.  —  The  relation  of  algebra  and  arithmetic  is  always 
kept  before  the  pupil.  Methods  of  developing  the  algebraic 
processes  are  carefully  examined.  Students  are  encouraged 
to  find  methods  of  their  own  for  presenting  special  phases 
of  the  subject. 

Objects  and  diagrams  are  used  whenever  clearness  can  be 
gained  thereby.  The  equation  is  treated  from  an  original 
stand-point  and  is  shown  in  its  true  character.  All  opera- 
tions and  many  of  the  problems  given  in  Milne's  grammar 
school  algebra  are  fully  treated. 

In  order  to  get  the  greatest  good  from  this  course,  the 
pupil  should  be  well  prepared  in  algebra  through  quadratic 
equations. 

Geometry.  —  The  history  of  the  subject,  both  ancient  and 
modern,  is  presented.  The  student  becomes  familiar  with 
some  of  the  world's  greatest  mathematicians  and  the  influ- 
ence of  their  work.  She  has  at  her  disposal  a  large  amount 
of  unusual  but  extremely  valuable  material,  in  the  form  of 
ancient  theorems  and  their  uses,  calculated  to  interest  the 
most  indifferent  pupil. 

The  subject  is  treated  in  its  two-fold  aspect,  —  first,  as 
applied  to  the  measurement  of  lines,  surfaces,  and  solids,  in 
which  the  use  of  simple  measuring  instruments  is  taught, 
and   secondly  as  related  to  reason  and  logic.     The  student 


LIBRARY. 


ROOM    FOR    HISTORY    AND    LITERATURE. 


! 


STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,    WESTFIELD.  35 

should  become  a  clear,  fearless,  original  thinker,  who  dares 
attempt  the  solution  of  a  theorem  by  other  than  set  text- 
book methods. 

OTHER    SUBJECTS. 

Art  and  Drawing.  —  This  course  treats  the  subject  from 
two  points  of  view  :  — 

The  objective  side  aims  to  give  the  pupils  a  knowledge  of 
the  principles  of  representation  in  outline,  light  and  dark, 
and  in  color. 

Historic  art  in  architecture,  sculpture,  and  painting  is 
studied  with  reference  to  its  bearing  upon  our  present  social 
problems,  and  as  a  source  of  * '  motifs  "  for  applied  work  in 
design. 

The  principles  of  beauty  in  color  and  form  are  taught  as  a 
basis  for  the  subjective  work  in  picture-study  and  design. 

The  subjective  or  creative  side  is  emphasized,  in  the  belief 
that  in  the  field  of  design  lies  the  greatest  number  of  human 
interests.  Applications  of  the  principles  of  beauty  are  made 
in  all  phases  of  school  work  and  social  life,  and  to  different 
branches  of  the  local  trades. 

The  subject-matter  is  analyzed  and  arranged  for  the  grades 
of  elementary  and  high  schools,  and  outlines,  lesson  plans, 
and  practice  teaching  are  required  of  all  students  in  this 
department. 

Vocal  Music,  —  Musical  History.  —  A  rapid  review  of 
ancient  history,  including  the  music  of  the  Chinese,  the 
Egyptians,  and  the  Hindoos;  the  influence  of  the  Israelites 
and  the  Grecians  ;  the  Roman  Empire  ;  the  part  taken  by  the 
curly  church  in  fostering  the  "  Divine  Art,"  the  advent  of 
the  Paris  school  of  music  (the  first  national  school  of  music), 
the  (iallo-Belgic  and  the  Netherland  schools  ;  the  rise  and 
decline  of  Italy's  musical  prestige,  and  the  birth  of  our 
modern  music  ;  the  classical  school  and  its  masters  ;  the  in- 
fluence of  the  Germans  ;  the  romantic  school ;  and  the  growth 
of  musical  interests  in  America. 


36  STATE   NORMAL  SCHOOL,    WE8TFIELD. 

Harmony,  the  Grammar  of  Music.  —  Intervals,  scales, 
triads,  inversion  of  triads,  chords,  inversion  of  chords,  har- 
monizing basses,  chords  of  the  dominant  seventh,  preparation 
and  resolution,  cadences  and  suspensions. 

Musical  Notation.  —  No  effort  will  be  made  to  follow  any 
published  system  of  school  music,  but  the  rudiments  will  be 
studied  with  especial  regard  to  the  needs  of  public  school 
music,  and  the  pupils  will  have  practical  drill  in  doing  (sing- 
ing) throughout  the  course.  Special  attention  will  be  given 
to  individual  drill,  and  those  who  think  they  cannot  sing  will 
be  given  the  most  careful  training,  by  which  they  will  be 
convinced  that  they  can  learn  to  sing,  and  their  value  in  the 
public  school  room  will  thus  be  enhanced. 

Chorus  Classes.  —  In  chorus  classes  pains  will  be  taken 
to  acquaint  the  pupils  with  the  best  that  the  musical  world 
offers. 

Manual  Training.  —  This  course  will  include  paper  fold- 
ing, paper  cutting,  basketry,  compressing  raffia  and  reed, 
and  woodwork,  including  whittling  and  bench  work.  The 
raffia  used  is  dyed  by  the  students  as  a  part  of  the  course  in 
chemistry ;  the  models  used  in  the  bench  work  are  designed 
by  the  students  as  an  application  of  the  work  in  drawing. 

Physical  Training.  —  Physical  training  on  the  basis  of  the 
Ling  system  of  gymnastics. 

Study  of  the  principles  of  educational  gymnastics,  and 
their  application  in  the  Ling  system. 

Practical  work  in  the  gymnasium,  gymnastic  games,  squad 
and  class  drills  conducted  by  the  students. 


STATE    NORMAL   SCHOOL,    WESTFIELD. 


-  ?>  S  a  h  c x& 

-  c  -  :.  >> m  jq 


i  CI  CO  CN  -** 


;*>*> 


r^rxi"  >>j? 


»l^«MN'*H 


.-     S  ■  «      >" 
'£ £  ='>.■£  =  to  -3 


1     iCJco-t-tsoc-irc^ci 

<M  CI 

.     - 

Section  C  in  training  school, 
Kindergartners  in  kindeigarten 
Child  study,  A  and  B, . 
Literature.  A  and  B,    . 
General  history,  A  and  B,  . 
Mathematics,  A  and  B, 
Manual  training,  A  and  B, 
Music,  A  and  B,     .        . 
Composition,  A  and  B, 
School  management,  A  and  B, 
Gymnastics,  A  and  B, 

1      l»l(N'*Tj<MMCO'^^MflHS^ 

c>5  ci 

.  a       .   .   . 

Section  B  in  training  school, 

Kindergartners  in  kindergarte 

Child  study,  A  and  C, 

Geography,  A,     . 

History  of  United  States,  A, 

Geology  and  mineralogy,  A, 

Chemistry,  A,       . 

Manual  training,  A  and  C, 

Literature,  C, 

Mathematics,  C,  . 

General  history,  C,     . 

Composition,  C,    . 

Mubic,  A  and.  C,  . 

School  management,  A  and  C, 

Gymnastics,  A  and  C, 

A, 

o, 

1      1   <M  ->*  -*  <M  SO  CO  <N  <N  i-H 

so  eo 



Seel  ion  A  in  training  school, 

Kindergartners  in  kindergarten, 

Child  studv.  BandC,  . 

History  of  United  States,  B  and  C, 

Geology  and  mineralogy,  B  and  C, 

Gymnastics,  B  and  C, . 

Chemistry,  B  and  C,     . 

Manual  training,  B  and  C,  . 

.Music,  A,  BandC, 

Geography,  B  and  C,  . 

School  management,  B  and  C,   . 

rid 

£  bC 


S3 


=  bn 

o  a 

a« 

■SB 

-3   U 

"££ 

W 

od  « 

U   rt 

-   bG 

o.2 
2* 

to  O 

a  d 

X3  S 

H^ 

38  STATE  NORMAL   SCHOOL,    WESTFIELJ). 


LECTURES  AND  CONCERTS. 
An  effort  is  made  every  year  to  bring  students  in  contact 
with  people  of  reputation.     During  the  present  year  the  fol- 
lowing lectures  have  been  given  :  — 

Miss  Mabel  C.  Bragg,  Teacher  in  State  Normal  School,  Lowell. 

The  Art  of  Story  Telling. 
Rev.  Charles  Allen  Diusmore,  Waterbury,  Conn. 

The  Spiritual  Interpretation  of  the  Divine  Comedy. 
Prof.  Edward  Howard  Griggs. 

The  Problem  of  the  Divine  Comedy. 
Prin.  Clarence  A.  Brodeur,  assisted  by  Mrs.  E.  N.  Shaffer,  soprano; 
Miss  Mary  Steele,  contralto;  Mr.  Roy  W.  Steele,  tenor; 
Mr.  Frederic  Goodwin,  bass ;  and  Mrs.  Frederic  Goodwin, 
accompanist. 

An  Evening  with  Longfellow. 
Prin.  M.  J.  Frenenga,  Principal  North  Wisconsin  Academy. 

Educational  Difficulties  in  the  Northwest. 
Mr.  Charles  T.  Copeland,   Instructor  in   Elocution   at   Harvard 
College. 

Readings  from  the  Bible. 
Mr.  Henry  T.  Bailey,  Editor  School  Arts  Book. 

The  Queen  of  the  Adriatic. 
Dr.  E.  R.  Johnstone,  Principal  N.  J.  Training  School  for  Feeble- 
minded Children. 

The  Training  of  Backward  Children. 
Mrs.  Lucia  Ames  Mead,  Boston. 

The  Present  World  Crisis. 
Mr.  George  T.  Fletcher,  formerly  Agent  State  Board  of  Education. 

The  New  Rural  School. 
Mr.  Charles  B.  Wilson,  State  Normal  School,  Westfield. 

Liquid  Air. 
Mr.  Edwin  D.  Mead,  Editor  N.  E.  Magazine. 

Graduation  address.1 

1  To  be  given. 


STATE    xolSMAL   school,    WESTFIELD.  39 


GRADUATION,  DIPLOMAS,  AND  CERTIFICATES. 
The  satisfactory  completion  of  any  one  of  the  five  courses 
previously  described  entitles  the  pupil  to  receive  a  diploma 
or  certificate  of  graduation.  Those  who  for  any  reason  are 
unable  to  do  all  the  work  of  a  course  will,  on  application, 
receive  a  certificate  stating  the  exact  amount  of  work  done. 
Those  who  complete  Course  IV.  or  Course  V.  receive  cer- 
tificates, not  diplomas. 

DISCIPLINE. 

Whoever  aspires  to  the  responsible  office  of  teacher  should 
habitually  practise  self-control.  This  doctrine  furnishes  the 
key  to  the  disciplinary  policy  of  this  school.  Pupils  are 
treated  with  confidence,  and  to  a  large  extent  the  govern- 
ment of  the  school  is  left  in  their  hands.  Almost  no  rules 
are  made,  but  it  is  the  constant  effort  to  create  such  an 
atmosphere  that  to  follow  the  best  ideals  shall  be  easy  and 
natural. 

Regular  attendance,  good  behavior,  and  loyalty  to  the  best 
interests  of  the  school,  are  necessary  to  successful  work  and 
are  expected  of  all. 

The  power  of  suspension  for  misconduct  and  of  removal 
from  school  for  failure  to  do  properly  the  work  of  the  school 
is  lodged  in  the  principal,  with  an  appeal  to  the  Board  of 
Visitors. 

TUITION  AND  EXPENSES. 

Tuition,  text-books,  and  supplies  are  free  to  residents  of 
Massachusetts. 

Pupils  from  other  States  than  Massachusetts,  attending 
normal  schools  supported  by  this  State,  are  required  to  pay 
at  the  beginning  of  each  half-year  session  the  sum  of  $25  to 
the  principal  of  the  school  attended  for  tuition,  except  that 
in  the  Normal  Art  School  the  sum  paid  to  the  principal  at 


40  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,   WESTFLELB. 


ier 


the  beginning  of  the  session  by  each   pupil  from  anotl 
State  will  be  $50  for  each  half-year. 

For  cost  of  board,  see  <<  Dickinson  Hall,"  below. 


STATE  AID, 
To  assist  those  students  who  find  it  difficult  to  meet  the 
expense  of  the  course,  pecuniary  aid  is  furnished  by  the 
State  in  varying  sums,  though  never  exceeding  $1.50  per 

week. 

Aid  is  not  furnished  during  the  first  half-year  of  attend- 
ance, nor  to  students  whose  scholarship  is  unsatisfactory. 
Applications  for  this  aid  are  to  be  made  to  the  principal 
in  writing,  and  must  be  accompanied  by  a  certificate  from  a 
person  competent  to  testify,  stating  that  the  applicant  needs 

the  aid. 

DICKINSON  HALL. 

MRS.    CHARLES   B.    WILSON,   MATRON. 

Dickinson  Hall  is  the  name  given  the  new  normal  dormi- 
tory, which  was  used  for  the  first  time  in  September,  1903. 
It  is  in  charge  of  the  principal,  and  is  a  commodious,  well- 
lighted  school  home,  with  accommodations  for  75  students. 
Floor  plans  of  this  building  are  given  in  the  cuts  facing  this 
page.  Rooms  will  be  assigned  once  each  year,  two  students 
occupying  a  suite  of  three  rooms.  Whenever  possible, 
students  should  indicate  their  choice  of  room-mate.  In  al 
cases  those  desiring  rooms  should  notify  the  matron  as  soor 
as  possible  after  their  admission  to  the  school. 

The  price  of  board  in  the  boarding  halls  connected  witl 
the  normal  schools  of  the  State  is  $160  for  the  school  yean 
payable  in  advance  as  follows  :  $40  at  the  beginning  of  tb 
school  year  in  September;  $40  on  November  15;  $40  01 
February  1  ;  and  $40  on  April  15. 

This  rate  includes  board,  furnished  room  (except  as  below) 
si  cam  heat,  gas,  and  laundry,  for  such  time  as  the  school  l 


3" 

Q- 

3TVJV               >_a     i 

p.  _ 

O 

CHAMM.R. 

8  £ 

5  ° 

p.  _ 

ire!    Q- 

COMI- 
COR. 

3    2 

2.  "D 

-       "L. 

jr  -i 

3    ? 

_       J" 

n.  _ 

°--S 

5   8 

"    2    ! 

-    J 

Lr  - 

'Pj-an  or  3cccyid  Floojl 


^CALE.     | fc  -ii* 


DICKINSON     HALL. 


Plan  op  Fir.£>t  Floor, 


DICKINSON      HALL. 


t( 
It 

li, 
F 

P< 

0( 

St 

ca 
a,^ 

th 
pa 
sc 
F( 


Third  floor  is  like  second,  except  that  spac 
contains  gymnasium  and  roc 


STATE   FORMAL   SCHOOL,    WESTFIELD.  II 

in  session  and  for  the  Thanksgiving  recess,  but  for  no  other 

recess  or  vacation.  Pupils  whose  homes  are  at  a  distance 
may,  on  permission  of  the  principal,  remain  at  the  hall  dur- 
ing anv  vacation,  except  the  long  one  in  the  summer,  on 
payment  of  the  additional  sum  of  $4  per  week  during  such 
vacation.     The  hall  is  closed  during  the  summer. 

When  pupils  leave  the  school  before  the  expiration  of  a 
term,  money  paid  in  advance  will  be  refunded  pro  rata,  but 
no  deduction  will  be  allowed  for  the  first  week  of  absence. 

Each  boarder  is  required  to  bring  towels,  napkins,  a  nap- 
kin-ring, two  clothes-bags,  and  blankets.  The  school  does 
not  provide  curtains,  bureau  or  commode  covers.  Coverlets 
and  art  squares  are  furnished  by  the  school. 

All  articles  sent  to  the  laundry  must  be  distinctly  marked 
with  the  owner's  name  in  indelible  ink.  Initials  will  not 
answer. 

Visitors  can  have  good  accommodations  at  $1  per  day  or 
|5  per  week ;  dinner,  35  cents  ;  supper  or  breakfast,  25 
cents  ;  lodging,  50  cents. 

Whenever  more  pupils  apply  for  rooms  than  can  be  cared 
for  in  Dickinson  Hall,  the  principal  will  find  places  for  those 
who  cannot  be  accommodated ;  but  all  charges  in  excess  of 
the  regular  price  must  be  paid  by  those  who  are  obliged  to 
room  outside  the  dormitory. 

In  Dickinson  Hall  the  State  has  tried  to  provide  for  the 
comfort  and  convenience  of  its  pupils.  In  the  basement 
space  has  been  set  aside  for  a  laundry,  which  shall  be  exclu- 
sively for  students'  use; 'set  tubs,  wringers,  ironing  boards, 
etc.,  are  furnished.  On  the  second  floor  a  room  equipped 
with  sewing  machines  gives  an  opportunity  to  economize  in 
the  making  of  the  simpler  articles  of  feminine  apparel  to 
such  as  may  care  to  use  it.  On  the  third  floor  a  gymnasium 
has  been  provided  ;  school  Avork  in  gymnastics  is  given  in 
this  loom  ;  the  gymnasium  is  also  the  general  meeting  place 
of  the  students,  where  evening  entertainments  may  be  held. 


42  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,    WESTFIELD. 

A  commodious  library  and  reading  room,  the  reception  room 
and  parlors,  hospital,  and  dining  room  are  situated  on  the 
first  floor. 

The  building  is  substantially  made  of  buff  brick ;  the  in- 
terior finish  is  of  ash  in  the  natural  wood,  and  the  floors  are 
of  maple.  The  hall  is  heated  by  steam  and  lighted  by  elec- 
tricity, and  every  possible  precaution  is  taken  to  secure  it 
from  danger  by  fire.  A  private  fire  alarm  box  connects  it 
with  the  central  fire  station  of  the  town,  which  is  situated 
near  by  ;  extinguishers  and  grenades  are  provided  on  every 
floor ;  electric  gongs  for  alarming  pupils  have  been  installed ; 
and  a  watchman  patrols  every  part  of  the  building  once  every 
hour  during  the  night. 

Pupils  who  do  not  live  in  Westfield  and  who  do  not  return 
to  their  homes  daily  are  expected  to  board  at  Dickinson  Hall. 
All  other  students  who  wish  to  board  with  relatives  or  to 
work  for  their  board  in  private  families  must  first  secure 
permission  from  the  principal. 

EMPLOYMENT  OF  GRADUATES. 

The  demand  for  graduates  of  this  school  is  greater  than 
the  supply.  During  the  past  year  the  principal  has  received 
many  requests  for  teachers  to  which  he  has  been  unable  to 
respond. 

In  the  interest  of  graduates  of  this  school  who  desire  to 
secure  better  positions,  and  of  school  committees  and  super- 
intendents who  are  seeking  teachers,  the  principal  requests 
that  former  pupils  will  keep  him  informed  of  their  addresses 
and  of  their  wishes  for  future  work.  He  will  keep  at  his 
office  as  complete  a  directory  of  graduates  as  possible,  and 
hopes  to  be  serviceable  alike  to  employers  and  employed. 
If  alumnae  sending  their  addresses  will  also  forward  testimo- 
nials of  success,  the  principal  can  act  for  them  more  intelli- 
gently. 


STATE   NORMAL   SCHOOL,    WESTFIELD.  43 


It  should  be  distinctly  understood  that  the  principal  guar- 
antees no  positions,  and  declines  to  recommend  any  teacher 
whom  he  does  not  personally  know  to  be  successful.  In 
all  cases,  however,  he  will  gladly  furnish  the  names  and 
addresses  of  all  eligible  teachers  to  inquirers,  leaving  to 
them  the  responsibility  of  investigation  and  action. 

As  complete  a  record  as  possible  of  all  future  graduates 
will  be  kept,  showing  their  scholarship,  training,  experience 
before  entering  the  normal  school  and  in  the  training  schools, 
and  general  qualifications  for  teachers'  positions,  together 
with  such  testimonials  of  success  in  teaching  as  may  be  filed 
from  time  to  time.  Such  data  will  be  considered  entirely 
confidential,  and  will  be  accessible  only  to  superintendents 
ami  school  committees. 


GENERAL  REMARKS. 

The  demand  of  the  hour  is  for  professionally  trained 
teachers,  and,  both  for  the  good  of  the  schools  and  for  their 
own  advantage,  all  intending  teachers  are  urged  to  prepare 
themselves  by  a  special  course  of  training  in  some  school 
established  for  the  purpose. 

Teachers  who  wish  to  profit  by  the  regular  class-room 
instruction  in  any  department  are  invited  to  join  the  school 
temporarily  during  their  vacations  and  at  such  other  times 
as  may  be  convenient.  The  school  aims  to  be  helpful.  No 
charge  will  be  made  for  tuition  or  text-books,  and,  if  rea- 
sonable notice  is  given,  such  students  can  usually  be  accom- 
modated at  Dickinson  Hall  at  $4  per  week. 

This  school  is  always  open  to  the  inspection  of  the  public. 
A  cordial  invitation  is  extended  to  teachers,  school  commit- 
•  and  superintendents  to  visit  at  their  convenience. 
For  catalogues,  specimen  examination  papers,  or  any  in- 
formation address  the  principal  at  Westfield. 


44 


STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD. 


Names  of  Pupils. 


GENERAL  TWO  YEARS'  COURSE. 


SENIORS. 

Amiger,  Mary  Elizabeth,  150  Walnut  Street, 
Armstrong,  Alice  Norma,  77  Catherine  Street, 

Babb,  Ina  Daisy, 

Barrett,  Mary  Margaret,  18  Everett  Street,     . 

Bartlett,  Marguerite, 

Bartlett,  Marion  Louise,  ..... 
Bell,  Edna  Evelyn,  Wason  Avenue, 
Bligh,  Mary  Philomena,  126  Oak  Street, 
Bourassa,  Olive  N.,  12  Avery  Street, 
Brown,  Mattie  Elizabeth,  16  Chapel  Street,    . 
Buckley,  Katherine  E.,     . 
Burke,  Mary  E,  116  Franklin  Street,      . 
Cheney,  Hazel  Chase,  13  North  Prospect  Street, 
Clamann,  Jessie  Frances,  28  Worthington  Street, 
Collins,  Mary  Teresa,  Pontoosuc,    . 
Conroy,  Sadie  Gertrude,  71  Cross  Street, 
Cowie,  Elizabeth  Hill,  81  Jackson  Street, 
Cunningham,  Kathryn  H.,        .... 
Cushman,  Lena  May,  301  Main  Street,   . 
Dalton,  Elizabeth  Mane,  331  Dwight  Street,  . 
Davine,  Clara  E.,  78  Orange  Street, 
Delaney,  Audry  Veronica,  Lynwood  Avenue, 
DeWolf,  Maria  Sarah,  31  Douglass  Street,     . 
Dowling,  Genevieve  V.,  122  Greenwood  Street, 
Dunn,  Rose  Eleanor,  27  Peck's  Road, 
Eagen,  Julia  Magdalen,  122  Onota  Street, 
Eagen,  Margaret  Mary,  52  Circular  Avenue, . 

Ely,  Jennie  A., 

Ely,  S.May, 

Farley,  Anna  Whelan, 

Fen  ton,  Anna  Belle,  ..... 

Ferris,  Abbie  Frances,  340  Oak  Street,   . 
Flynn,  Delia  Viola,  91  Beech  Street, 


Springfield. 

Springfield. 

Chester. 

Springfield. 

Worthington. 

Worthington. 

Springfield. 

Holyoke. 

Westfield. 

Springfield. 

Ware. 

Springfield. 

Amherst. 

Pittsfield. 

Pittsfield. 

Franklin. 

Holyoke. 

Warren. 

Agawam. 

Holyoke. 

Westfield. 

Holyoke. 

Springfield. 

Springfield. 

Pittsfield. 

Pittsfield. 

Pittsfield. 

S.  Deerfield. 

S.  Deerfield. 

Stockbridge. 

Had  ley. 

Indian  Orchard. 

Holyoke. 


STATE    Mil; mm.   SCHOOL,    WESTFIELD. 


i:> 


ford,  Etta  -Jane  125  North  Main  Street,         .         .  Springfield. 

Foster,  (Mara  Louise,        ......  Lenox  Dale. 

Frost.  Mabel  Man  am,  Mundale,      ....  Westfield. 

Qibbs,  Laura  Ruth,  Mundale, Westfield. 

Grady,  Marietta  B.,  21  Howard  Street,    .         .         .  Chicopee. 

Grant,  Lillian  May,  349  Dwight  Street,  .         .  Holyoke. 

guinasso,  Matilda  [.,  7  Bush  Street,        .        .         .  Westfield. 

Healey,  Eva  Mary, Southampton. 

Hurley.  Margaret  A  ,  60  Greenwood  Street,   .         .  Springfield. 

Hurwitz,  Jennie,  136  Hancock  Street,     .         .         .  Springfield. 

Hyde,  Mary  Josephine,  36  Pleasant  Street,     .         .  Westfield. 

Johnson,  Lucy  Palmer,  37  Marble  Street,       .         .  Springfield. 

Kennedy,  Anna  Martha,  50  Day  Avenue,         .         .  Westfield. 

Leahy,  Ellen  Theresa,  29  Peck's  Road,   .        .        .  Pittsfield. 

Maloney,  Mary  A., Lenox. 

licGilp,  Frances  Mildred,  19  South  Main  Street,    .  Palmer. 

Mellor,  Julia  Eliza, Agawam. 

Moore,  Mamie  E.,  284  Fairview  Avenue,        .         .  Chicopee. 

Murphy,  Noramai,  31  Hamlin  Street,      .         .         .  Pittsfield. 

Murray,  Lulu  Margaret,  Housatonic  Street,    .         .  Lenox. 

Murray,  Nora  G.,  Pleasant  Street,  ....  Milton. 

Murtha,  Eleanor  A.,  Depot  Street,  ....  Lenox. 

Nelligan,  Lulu  F.<  5  Robbins  Avenue,     .        .         .  Pittsfield. 

Nugent,  Claire  Elizabeth,  92  Pleasant  Street,        .  Holyoke. 

Oberempt,  Margaret  Wilhelmina,  146  Union  Street,  Easthampton. 

O'Brien,  M.  Florence,  64  Pearl  Street,     .         .         .  Pittsfield. 

O'Connor,  Agnes  Gertrude,  14  O'Connor  Avenue,  .  Holyoke. 

O'Neill,  Grace  Agnes,  215  Sargeant  Street,     .         .  Holyoke. 

O'Neill,  Mary  Elizabeth,  320  Hampden  Street,       .  Holyoke. 

Owen,  Bess  W.,  14  Spring  Street,    ....  Westfield. 

Peaselee,  Gertrude  A.  J.,  71  Orchard  Street,  .         .  Pittsfield. 

Powers,  Margaret  Ernestine,  15  King's  Highway,  W.  Springfield, 

Rohan,  Agnes  Elizabeth,  226  West  Hampden  Street,  Holyoke. 

Rourke,  Elena  Veronica,  110  Whipple  Street,        .  Fall  River. 

Scully,  Mary  Eleanor,  300  Peck's  Road,.        .        .  Pittsfield. 

Shannon,  Georgia  Anna,  63  East  Central  Street,    .  Worcester. 

Sibley,  H.  Alma,  32  Montgomery  Street,        .        .  Westfield. 

Slattery,  Anna  Elizabeth,  66  Nonotuck  Street,       .  Holyoke. 

smith,  Delia  Maria, Barre. 

Stock  well,  Anna  B.,  West  Farms,   ....  Northampton. 

Thompson,  Sara  Moulton, Palmer. 

Worthington,  Elsie  May, Agawam. 


46 


STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,    WESTFIELD. 


KINDERGARTEN  COURSE. 

SENIORS. 

Armstrong,  Carrie  C,  77  Catherine  Street,     .         .  Springfield. 

Fish,  Pearl  E.,  60  N.  Main  Street,   ....  Palmer. 

Loomis,  Evelyn  Rose,  15  High  Street,     .        .        .  Easthampton. 

COLLEGE  GRADUATES'  COURSE. 

Rowell,  Elizabeth  Lathrop,  165  Elm  Street,   .        .  W.  Springfield. 

TEACHERS'  COURSE. 

Graves,  Bessie  Myrtle, Southampton. 

Holmes,  Augusta  E., Chester. 

Johnson,  Lucy  May, Becket. 

Morse,  Maria  Emery, Barre. 

Robbins,  Netty e  Lillie,  7  Norwood  Street,      .        .  Greenfield. 


GENERAL  TWO  YEARS'  COURSE. 


JUNIORS. 

Aiken,  Louise, 

Ahern,  Ellen  Maria,  407  Main  Street, 

Alden,  Bessie  Mae, 

Atkins,  Edith  Mildred,  35  Ashley  Street, 

Bothum,  Ruby  F.,  53  Court  Street, . 

Buckley,  Bernadetta  Katherine,  111  West  Housa 

tonic  Street, 

Buckley,  Margaret  T., 

Carmody,  Anna  Gertrude,        .... 
Chambers,  Elizabeth  Matilda, 
Chapman,  Lillian  May,  239  Hampden  Street, 
Cote,  Ellen  Elizabeth,  26  Pine  Street,     . 
Coughlin,  Mary  Elizabeth,  257  Peck's  Road,  . 
Coyne,  Mabel  Victoria,  264  Webster  Street,   . 
Dexter,  Jessie,  49  Montrose  Street, 
Dillon,  Mary  Julia,  70  Taylor  Street,      . 

Dolan,  Nellie  Agnes, 

Driscoll,  Veronica  Rose,  28  Everett  Street,     , 
Dyer,  Constance,      .        .  < 
Eckart,  Marie  Ilelene,  13  Grant  Street,  . 
Estey,  Bertha  M  , 


Haydenville. 

Holyoke. 

Ludlow. 

Springfield. 

Westfield. 

Pittsfield. 

Ware. 

Bondsville. 

Feeding  Hills. 

Holyoke. 

Mittineague. 

Pittsfield. 

E.  Boston. 

Springfield. 

Chicopee  Falls. 

Haydenville. 

Springfield. 

Belchertown. 

Holyoke. 

Ludlow. 


STATE   NORMAL   SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD. 


47 


Farrell,  Marion  Elizabeth,  115  Alden  Street, 
Ferris,  Mae,  340  Oak  Street,    . 
Fitzgerald,  Lucy  Cecelia,  High  Street,   . 
Flynn,  Helen  Cecelia,  Pleasant  Street,    . 

Gibbs,  Ella  Louise 

Gnnn,  Parthenia  Elsie,  178  Hancock  Street, 
Haubrick,  Kate  Elizabeth,  111  Broad  Street, 
Healey,  Agatha,  928  Liberty  Street, 
Henderson,  Elsa  Beatrice,  13  Mason  Street, 
Higgins,  Anna  M.,  7  Maple  Street, 
Hines,  Eva  Honora,  South  Street,    . 
Hosley,  Mary  Allen,  10  High  Street, 
Howe,  Lenora  Elizabeth,  199  High  Street, 
Hunt,  Edith  Caroline,  Main  Street, 
Johnson,  Sidney  A.,  51  Washington  Street, 
Keenan,  Katherine  Josephine,  454  Chestnut  Street, 
Keough,  Katherine  Sylvia,  11  Brooks  Avenue, 

Landry,  Clara  B., 

Lovett,  Gertrude  L.,  16  Whitney  Street, 
Lunan,  Wilhelmina  Milroy,  18  Central  Avenue, 
Mahoney,  Helen  Pauline,  24  Adams  Street, 
McCormick,  Florence  Irene,  142  Elm  Street, 
Meeker,  Ada  M.,  50  Hampden  Street,      . 
Menton,  Anna  Veronica,  18  Clifford  Street, 
Mulcahy,  Agnes  Patricia,  164  Center  Street, 
Neugoal,  Mary  Elizabeth,  145  State  Street, 
Newport,  Martha  J  ,  41  Northampton  Street, 
(TGirr,  Charlotte,  434  Springfield  Street, 
OW.il,  Cecilia  Genevieve,  61  Taylor  Street,  . 
Patterson,  Bertha  Margaret,  20  Sewall  Street, 
Prouty,  Ella  G.,  83  Sycamore  Street, 
Ryan,  Margaret  Eulalia,  58  Beacon  Avenue, 
Searle,  Anna  I.,  22  Atwater  Street, . 
Stockwell,  Anna  May,      .... 
9towe,  Avis  M.,  23  Hancock  Street, 

Supple,  Mary  Ella, 

jTagan,  Helen  Cecelia,  20  Chapel  Street, 

Thompson,  Ruth  I., 

Tattle,  Persis  Gibbs,  16  Keyes  Street,     . 
Van  Wert,  Grace  Maybelle,     . 
Waldron,  Cecelia  Frances, 
Walsh,  Anna  Magdalen,  890  Front  Street, 
White,  Emily  Angeline,  .... 


Springfield. 

Indian  Orchard. 

Bondsville. 

Easthampton. 

Blandford. 

Springfield. 

Claremont,  N.  H. 

Springfield. 

Springfield. 

Pittsfield. 

Warren. 

Warren. 

Springfield. 

Chester. 

Westfield. 

Springfield. 

Holyoke. 

Holyoke. 

Amherst. 

Indian  Orchard. 

Easthampton. 

Westfield. 

Indian  Orchard. 

Easthampton. 

Chicopee. 

Springfield. 

Amherst. 

Chicopee. 

Chicopee  Falls. 

Ludlow. 

Holyoke. 

Holyoke. 

AVestfield. 

Greenwich  Village. 

Westfield. 

Gt.  Barrington. 

West  Warren. 

Plainfield,  N.  J. 

Warren. 

Chester. 

Gt.  Barrington. 

Chicopee  Falls. 

Ludlow. 


48 


STATE  NORMAL   SCHOOL,    WESTFIKLh. 


KINDERGARTEN  COURSE. 

JUNIORS. 


Dickinson,  Ethel,  6  Park  Street, 
Dunham,  Bessie  E.,  606  Madison  Avenue, 
Gaugh,  Jewell  Carlotta,  Main  Street, 
Gaugh,  Lizette  Parsons,  Main  Street, 
Giddings,  Gladys  M.,  87  Park  Street,      . 
Giddings,  Grace  EL,  87  Park  Street, 
Sauter,  Irene  Margaret,  60  Court  Street, 


Northampton. 

Plainfield,  N.  J. 

Easthampton. 

Easthampton. 

Easthampton. 

Easthampton. 

Westfield. 


SPECIAL  STUDENTS. 

Burgin,  Edna  S  ,  162  Long  Hill  Street,  .         .        .  Springfield. 

Clune,  Mary  C,  59  Spring  Street,   ....  Springfield. 

Coe,  Etta  Luella, Southampton. 

Cronin,  Mary  Cecelia,  200  Center  Street,        .        .  Chicopee. 

Goodwin,  Jessie  S.,  717  Main  Street,       .        .         .  E.  Hartford,  Ct. 

McPhee,  Mary,  15  Groveland  Avenue,    .         .         .  Springfield. 

Merrell,  Cornelia,  River  Road,        ....  Agawam. 

Munro,  Clara  L.,  10  Avery  Street,  ....  Westfield. 

Price,  Edith, Westfield. 

Saunders,  Mrs.  Jean  G  ,  22  Day  Avenue,        .         .  Westfield. 

Willard,  Alice, Longmeadow. 


SUMMARY, 

Seniors  in  general  course, 
Seniors  in  kindergarten  course, 
College  graduates1  course, 

Teachers1  course, 

Juniors  in  general  course, 

Juniors  in  kindergarten  course, 

Special  students, 


63 


11 


Total, 


165 


•MASSACHUSETTS 
•STATE-  NORMAL' 
•SCHOOL-^^-i^ 

•WSTTTELD^ 


to 


? 


9 

f 


•CATALOGUE; 
'TEAR  •  OF- 
•1307  §SL  1S08- 

•ESTABLISHED     *    ia<3>3 


UNIVERSITY  Of  IUimcms 

SEP  20  1915' 


PRESIDENT'S  OFFICE 


CATALOGUE  AND  CIRCULAR  OF  INFORMATION. 

MASSACHUSETTS 
STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL, 

WESTFIELD. 


Mth  Compliments  of 


CLARENCE  A.   BRODEUR, 

PRINCIPAL. 


90^-1908 


BOSTON   .  '  .  WRIGHT    AND    POTTER    PRINTING    COMPANY  .  '  .   STATE    PRINTERS 
EIGHTEEN    POST   OFFICE   SQUARE NINETEEN    HUNDRED    EIGHT 


CATALOGUE  AND  CIRCULAR  OF  INFORMATION. 

MASSACHUSETTS 
STATE   NORMAL  SCHOOL, 

WESTFIELD. 


ESTABLISHED      183  9 


1 90?-i  908 


BOSTON    .  •  .  WRIGHT    AND    POTTER    PRINTING    COMPANY  .  '  .    STATE    PRINTERS 
EIGHTEEN    POST   OFFICE    SQUARE NINETEEN    HUNDRED    EIGHT 


Approved  by 
The  State  Board  of  Publication. 


State  Board  of  Education. 

Established  1837. 


His  Excellency  CURTIS  GUILD,  Jr 
His  Honor  EBEN  S.  DRAPER. 

TERM   EXPIRES 

Albert  E.  Winship,  Litt.D.,  .        .        .     Somerville,    .  May  25, 1908. 

Thomas  B    Fitzpatrick,        .         .  Brookline,      .  May  25,  1909. 

Miss  Caroline  Hazard,  A.M.,  Litt.D.,  .    Wellesley,     .  May  25,  1910. 

Joel  D.  Miller,  A.M.,  ....    Leominster,   .  May  25,  1911. 

Mrs.  Kate  Gannett  Wells,         .        .    Boston,  .        .  May  25,  1912. 

Clinton  Q.  Richmond,  A.B.,         .        .    North  Adams,  May  25,  1913. 

George  I.  Aldrich,  A.M.,     .        .  Brookline,     .  May  25,  1914. 

Mrs.  Ella  Lyman  Cabot,     .        .        .    Boston,  .        .  May  25, 1915. 


OFFICERS  OF  THE  BOARD  OF  EDUCATION. 

George  II.  Martin,  A.M.,  Secretary,     ....  Lynn. 

Caleb  B.  Tillinghast,  A.M.,  Clerk  and  Treasurer,     .  Boston. 

Frederic  L.  Bcrnham,  Agent, Cambridge. 

James  W.  MacDonald,  A.M.,  Agent,    ....  Stoneham. 

John  T.  Prince,  Ph.D.,  Agent, West  Newton. 

J.  E.  Warren,  A^ent, Worcester. 


BOARD  OF  VISITORS. 
Albert  E.  Winship,  Litt.D.         Clinton  Q.  Richmond,  A.B. 


Faculty. 


NORMAL  SCHOOL. 

Clarence  A.  Brodeur,  Principal. 
Pedagogy,  School  Law,  School  Management. 

Lewis  B.  Allyn,         ....     Mathematics,  Chemistry,  Physics. 
Edith  L.  Cummings,         .        .         .     Gymnastics,  Manual  Training. 
Frederic  Goodwin,    ....     Vocal  Music. 
Mis.  Adeline  A.  Knight,  .        .        .     English,  Literature,  History. 
Will  S  Monroe,  .         .         .     Psychology,  History  of  Education, 

Geography. 
Louis  G.  Monte,        ....     Drawing. 
Charles  B.  Wilson,   ....    Natural  Science. 
Florence  B.  Phillips,  Secretary. 


TRAINING  SCHOOL. 

George  W.  Winslow,  Principal. 

Annette  M.  Fox, .  Eighth  grade. 

Alice  M.  Winslow, Eighth  grade. 

Anna  M.  Downey,     .        .         .         .        .        .         .         .  Seventh  grade. 

( i race  D.  Lynn,  substitute, Seventh  grade. 

Lucia  A.  Coleman, Sixth  grade. 

Ella  J.  Downey, Sixth  grade. 

Mary  G.  Shea, Sixth  grade. 

Bdith  M.  Robbins, Fifth  grade. 

Eliza  Converse, Fourth  grade. 

Frances  L.  Foster, Third  grade. 

Florence  P.  Axtelle, Second  grade. 

Eunice  M.  Beebe, First  grade. 

Emma  L.  Hammond, Kindergarten. 


STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD. 


ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION  OF  THE  WESTFIELD  NORMAL 
SCHOOL. 

PRESIDENT. 

Mr.  Marcus  H.  White,  Principal  of  Normal  School,  New  Britain,  Conn. 

Class  of  1882. 
VICE-PRESIDENT. 

Mrs.  Esther  J.  Morgan,  Springfield,  Mass. 

Class  of  1862. 
SECRETARY   AND   TREASURER. 

Mr.  Thomas  K  McAllister,  Newtonville,  Mass. 

Class  of  1889. 

EXECUTIVE   COMMITTEE. 
Principal  Clarence  A.  Brodeur,  Westlield,  Mass. 
Mrs.  Edwin  B.  Hedges,  Westfield,  Mass. 

Class  of  1888. 

Mr.  Arthur  Hinds,  Richmond  Hill,  L.  I. 

Class  of  1876. 
COMMITTEE    ON   NECROLOGY. 

Miss  Susy  A.  Dickinson,  Brookline,  Mass. 

Class  of  1876. 

Mr.  J.  Silas  Diller,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Class  of  1873. 

Miss  Emma  F.  Lay,  Whitinsville,  Mass. 

Class  of  1872. 

Mrs.  Joseph  G.  Robbins,  Westfield,  Mass. 

Class  of  1868. 

The  next  meeting  of  the  Association  will  be  held  at  Westfield,  1910. 


STATE   NORMAL   SCHOOL,  WKSTFI ELD. 


CALENDAR  FOR    1908. 


SPRING  TERM. 
Tuesday,  9  a.m.,  March  17, 1908,  to  Friday,  4  p.m  ,  June  19,  1908. 

CLASS  DAY. 

Monday,  June  22,  1908. 

GRADUATION. 
Tuesday,  2  p.m.,  June  23,  1908. 


EXAMINATIONS. 

First  Entrance  Examination. 

Thursday  and  Friday,  9  a.m.,  June  25  and  26,  1908. 

Second  Entrance  Examination. 
Tuesday  and  Wednesday,  9  a.m.,  Sept.  8  and  9,  1908. 


Entrance  examinations  on  the  dates  given  above  begin  at  9  am.,  in 
the  assembly  hall.  Candidates  are  to  be  present  at  the  opening  on  the 
first  day  They  should  come  prepared  to  stay  in  September.  If  pupils 
are  obliged  to  stay  over  night  during  the  June  examinations,  accommo- 
dations may  be  had  at  Dickinson  Hall. 

The  school  is  in  session  every  week  day  except  Monday  ;  on  Saturdays, 
school  closes  at  noon. 


STATE  NORMAL   SCHOOL,   WESTFIELT). 


Calendar  for  School  Year,  1908-9, 


FALL  TERM.1 
Thursday,  9  a.m.,  Sept.  10,  1908,  to  Saturday,  12  m.,  Dec.  5,  1908. 

WINTER  TERM. 
Monday,  9  a.m.,  Dec.  7,  1908,  to  Saturday,  12  m.,  March  20,  1909. 

SPRING  TERM. 
Monday,  9  a.m  ,  March  22,  1909,  to  Friday,  4  pm  ,  June  18,  1909. 

CLASS  DAY. 
Monday,  June  21,  1909. 

GRADUATION. 
Tuesday,  2  p.m.,  June  22,  1909. 

VACATIONS. 

Spring. 
From  Friday,  4  p.m  ,  April  24,  1908,  to  Monday,  May  4,  1908. 

Thanksgiving. 

From  Wednesday,  12  m.,  preceding  Thanksgiving  Day,  to  the  following 
Tuesday,  at  9  a.m. 

Christmas. 
From  Saturday,  12  m.,  Dec.  19,  1908,  to  Monday,  Dec.  28,  1908. 

Winter. 
From  Saturday,  12  m.,  Feb.  20,  1909,  to  Monday,  March  1,  1909. 

Spring. 
From  Saturday,  12  m.,  April  24,  1909,  to  Monday,  May  3,  1909. 

i  Those  seniors  who  are  assigned  to  tire  training  school  for  the  fall  term  will  begin 
1 1 1 •  ■  i  r  school  year  Tuesday,  Sept.  8,  1!)08. 


Westfield  Normal  School. 


HISTORICAL  SKETCH. 
With  the  single  exception  of  the  Framingham  Normal 
School,  which  was  first  opened  at  Lexington  July  3,  1839, 
the  Westfield  Normal  School  is  the  oldest  in  America.  It 
was  established  at  Barre,  Sept.  4,  1839,  and  was  transferred 
to  Westfield  in  1844.  The  total  number  of  pupils  admitted 
to  this  school  is  4,909,  of  whom  500  have  been  men.  Since 
1855,  the  date  of  the  first  formal  graduation,  2,048  students 
have  received  diplomas  on  the  completion  of  the  prescribed 
course  of  study. 

LOCATION. 

Westfield,  a  beautiful  town  of  more  than  13,600  inhabit- 
ants, is  located  on  the  main  line  of  the  Boston  &  Albany 
Railroad,  and  on  the  Northampton  division  of  the  New  York, 
New  Haven  &  Hartford  Railroad.  Springfield  is  distant  but 
nine  miles,  Holyoke  ten,  Chicopee  twelve,  and  Northampton 
sixteen.  Electrics  run  from  the  railroad  stations  past  the 
school  and  connect  Westfield  with  Springfield  and  Holyoke. 
The  service  is  excellent,  and  the  program  of  recitations  is 
so  arranged  that  most  pupils  residing  in  adjoining  cities  and 
towns  can  live  at  home. 

Westfield  is  noted  for  its  fine  streets,  overarched  by  stately 
elms,  and  for  the  beauty  of  the  surrounding  country.  Facili- 
ties for  healthful  exercise,  as  well  as  for  the  out-door  study 
of  geography  and  natural  science,  are  abundant. 

BUILDINGS  AND  GROUNDS. 
The  normal  school  building  was  occupied  for  the  first  time 
April  Ts5  1892.     It  is  a  beautiful  and  commodious  structure 
of  red  brick,  with  trimmings  of  brown  stone  and  Roman- 


10  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,   WESTFIELJt. 

esque  portals,  is  140  feet  long  and  118  feet  deep,  and  con- 
tains accommodations  for  175  normal  students,  as  well  as  for 
120  pupils  of  the  training  schools. 

The  entire  building  is  finished  in  the  best  selected  quar- 
tered oak.  The  chemical,  physical,  geological  and  mineral- 
ogical,  and  biological  laboratories  are  liberally  supplied  with 
the  best  of  modern  apparatus  and  appliances  and  with  an 
abundance  of  specimens  for  study. 

The  art  room  affords  excellent  opportunities  for  training 
in  drawing.  In  addition,  several  well-lighted  studios,  plen- 
tifully supplied  with  casts,,  models,  and  copies,  are  available 
for  individual  work. 

Adjoining  the  main  assembly  hall  is  a  convenient  library 
of  well-selected  books  for  use  in  all  departments  of  the  work 
of  the  school. 

The  manual  training  room  is  equipped  with  nineteen 
benches,  and  with  all  tools  and  material  necessary  for  in- 
structing normal  students  in  a  most  comprehensive  course 
of  manual  training  for  elementary  schools. 

The  gymnasium  is  large  and  well  lighted,  and  is  provided 
with  all  apparatus  for  class  work  as  well  as  for  individual 
exercise. 

In  a  word,  no  school  building  in  the  State  has  a  more 
complete  equipment  for  preparing  teachers  to  fill  positions 
in  the  best  of  modern  schools. 

The  ample  grounds  adjoining  the  school  afford  opportunity 
for  lawn  tennis,  basket-ball,  and  for  general  exercise. 

Dickinson  Hall  is  a  pleasant  and  comfortable  dormitory 
and  boarding  hall,  located  adjacent  to  the  school  building, 
and  containing  accommodations  for  75  students.  A  fuller 
description  may  be  found  on  page  42,  under  the  caption 
"Dickinson  Hall." 


STATE    NORMAL   SCHOOL,  WESTFIELD.  11 


TRAINING  SCHOOLS. 

In  the  normal  school  building  are  four  rooms,  accommo- 
dating 120  pupils  of  the  kindergarten  and  primary  grades 
of  the  public  schools. 

The  State  has  erected  a  new  training  school  building  at  a 
cost  of  $45,000,  on  the  site  of  the  old  normal  school  on 
Washington  Street,  within  a  stone's  throw  of  Dickinson  Hall. 
This  building  contains  ten  class-rooms,  with  ample  accom- 
modations for  -120  children  from  grades  four  to  nine  inclusive, 
a  large  library,  principal's  office,  teacher's  room,  an  assembly 
hall  with  seats  for  500,  play-rooms,  and  is  furnished  with 
an  electric  time  service  and  a  liberal  equipment  for  the  teach- 
ing of  all  school  subjects. 

There  are  available  for  training  purposes  in  both  buildings 
fourteen  rooms,  containing  more  than  550  pupils. 

The  pupils  of  the  senior  class  of  the  normal  school  are 
divided  into  three  sections,  each  section  devoting  the  entire 
time  of  one  term  of  thirteen  weeks  to  observation  and  teach- 
ing in  the  training  schools  under  expert  supervision.  Thus 
ample  provision  has  been  made  for  training  teachers  for  the 
actual  work  of  their  profession. 

GENERAL  AIM  OF  THE  SCHOOL. 
The  Board  of  Education,  by  a  vote  passed  May  6,  1880, 
stated  the  design  of  the  school  and  the  course  of  studies  for 
the  State  normal  schools,  as  follows  :  — 

The  design  of  the  normal  school  is  strictly  professional ;  that  is, 
to  prepare  in  the  best  possible  manner  the  pupils  for  the  work  of 
organizing,  governing,  and  teaching  the  public  schools  of  the  Com- 
monwealth. 

To  this  end  there  must  be  the  most  thorough  knowledge,  first, 
of  the  branches  of  learning  required  to  be  taught  in  the  schools  ; 
second,  of  the  best  methods  of  teaching  these  branches  ;  and  third, 
of  right  mental  training. 


12  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,  WESTFIELD. 


REQUIREMENTS  FOR  ADMISSION. 
Candidates  for  admission  to  any  one  of  the  normal  schools 
must,  if  young  women,  have  attained  the  age  of  sixteen 
years,  and  if  young  men,  the  age  of  seventeen  years,  and 
be  graduates  of  an  approved  high  school  (or  must  have 
received  the  equivalent  of  a  good  high  school  education). 
Their  fitness  for  admission  will  be  determined  by  :  — 

1.  Their  standing  in  a  physical  examination. 

2.  Their  moral  character. 

3.  Their  high  school  record. 

4.  A  written  examination. 

5.  An  oral  examination. 

PHYSICIANS'  CERTIFICATES  AND  PHYSICAL 
EXAMINATIONS. 

Every  candidate  is  required  to  present  a  certificate  from  a 
reliable  physician,  stating  that  he  or  she  is  physically  fitted 
to  undertake  the  contemplated  course  of  stud}^,  and  giving 
information  as  to  any  physical  Aveakness  the  candidate  may 
have.  Blank  certificates  may  be  found  at  the  back  part  of 
this  catalogue. 

The  State  Board  of  Education  adopted  the  following  vote 
March  7,  1901  :  — 

That  the  visitors  of  the  several  normal  schools  be  authorized 
and  directed  to  provide  for  a  physical  examination  of  candidates 
for  admission  to  the  normal  schools,  in  order  to  determine  whether 
they  are  free  from  any  disease  or  infirmity  which  would  unfit  them 
for  the  office  of  teacher,  and  also  to  examine  any  student  at  any 
time  in  the  course,  to  determine  whether  his  physical  condition  is 
such  as  to  warrant  his  continuance  in  the  school. 


STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD.  13 


MORAL  CHARACTER. 
Candidates  must  present  certificates  of  good  moral  char- 
acter. In  deciding  whether  they  shall  prepare  themselves 
to  become  teachers,  candidates  should  note  that  the  vocation 
requires  more  than  mere  freedom  from  disqualifying  defects  ; 
ir  demands  virtues  of  a  positive  sort,  that  shall  make  their 
impress  for  good  upon  those  who  are  taught. 

HIGH  SCHOOL  RECORD. 

It  may  be  said,  in  general,  that  if  the  ordinary  work  of  a 
good  statutory  high  school  is  well  done,  candidates  should 
have  no  difficulty  in  meeting  the  academic  tests  to  which  they 
may  be  subjected.  They  cannot  be  too  earnestly  urged, 
however,  to  avail  themselves  of  the  best  high  school  facilities 
attainable  in  a  four  years'  course,  even  though  they  should 
pursue  studies  to  an  extent  not  insisted  on,  or  take  studies 
not  prescribed  in  the  admission  requirements. 

The  importance  of  a  good  record  in  the  high  school  cannot 
he  overestimated.  Principals  are  requested  to  furnish  the 
normal  schools  with  records  of  the  high  school  standing  of 
candidates.  The  stronger  the  evidence  of  character,  scholar- 
ship and  promise,  of  whatever  kind,  candidates  bring,  espe- 
cially from  schools  of  high  reputation  and  from  teachers  of 
good  judgment  and  fearless  expression,  the  greater  con- 
fidence they  may  have  in  guarding  themselves  against  the 
contingencies  of  an  examination  and  of  satisfying  the  exam- 
iners as  to  their  fitness. 

WRITTEN  EXAMINATIONS. 
All  candidates  for  the  regular  and  kindergarten  courses 
must  pass  satisfactory  examinations,  as  indicated  below  (see 
also   caption   following   "Admission    on   certification   from 
high  schools"). 


14  STATE  NORMAL   SCHOOL,   WESTFIELh. 

I.  Language.  —  (a  )  English,  with  its  grammar  and  litera- 
ture, and  (b)  either  Latin  or  French. 

II.  Mathematics. —  (a)  The  elements  of  algebra  and 
(b)   the  elements  of  plane  geometry. 

III.  United  States  History.  —  The  history  and  civil  gov- 
ernment of  Massachusetts  and  the  United  States,  with  related 
geography  and  so  much  of  English  history  as  is  directly 
contributory  to  a  knowledge  of  United  States  history. 

IV.  Science.  —  (a)  Physiology  and  hygiene  and  (bandc) 
any  two  of  the  following  :  physics,  chemistry,  physical  geog- 
raphy, and  botany,  provided  one  of  the  two  selected  is  either 
physics  or  chemist^. 

V.  Drawing  and  Music. —  (a)  Elementary  mechanical 
and  freehand  drawing,  with  any  one  of  the  topics,  —  form, 
color,  and  arrangement,  and  (b)  music. 

ORAL  EXAMINATION, 
Each  candidate  may  be  required  to  read  aloud  in  the  pres- 
ence of  the  examiners.  He  may  also  be  questioned  orally 
either  upon  some  of  the  foregoing  subjects  or  upon  other 
matter  within  his  experience,  in  order  that  the  examiners 
may  gain  some  impression  about  his  personal  characteristics 
and  his  use  of  language,  as  well  as  give  him  an  opportunity 
to  furnish  any  evidences  of  qualification  that  might  not  other- 
wise become  known  to  them. 

GENERAL  REQUIREMENT  IN  ENGLISH  FOR  ALL 
EXAMINATIONS. 
No  candidate  will  be  accepted  whose  written  English  is 
notably  deficient  in  clear  and  accurate  expression,  spelling, 
punctuation,  idiom,  or  division  of  paragraphs,  or  whose 
spoken  English  exhibits  faults  so  serious  as  to  make  it  inex- 
pedient for  the  normal  school  to  attempt  their  correction. 
The  candidate's  English,  therefore,  in  all  oral  and  written 
examinations  will  be  subject  to  the  requirements  implied  in 
the  statement  here  made,  and  marked  accordingly. 


STATE  NORMAL   SCHOOL,  WESTFIELD.  15 


ADMISSION  ON  CERTIFICATION  FROM  HIGH  SCHOOLS. 

Candidates  from  high  schools  which  are  on  the  certificate 
list  of  the  New  England  College  Entrance  Examination 
Board  may  be  admitted  to  an}r  of  the  State  normal  schools 
without  examination  in  any  subject  required  for  admission 
in  which  they  have  attained  a  standing  of  B,  or  80  per  cent., 
as  certified  by  the  principal  of  the  school. 

Beginning  with  1908,  candidates  from  high  schools  not 
in  the  college  certificate  list  may  be  admitted  on  similar 
conditions,  if  the  high  schools  are  approved  for  the  purpose 
by  the  Board  of  Education. 

High  schools  desiring  this  approval  should  correspond 
with  the  secretary  of  the  Board. 

Graduates  of  colleges  are  admitted  without  examination. 

SPECIAL  DIRECTIONS  FOR  THE  WRITTEN 

EXAMINATIONS. 

I.     LANGUAGE. 

(a)  English.  —  The  subjects  for  the  examination  in  Eng- 
lish will  be  the  same  as  those  agreed  upon  by  the  colleges 
and  high  technical  schools  of  New  England  and  now  quite 
generally  adopted  throughout  the  United  States. 

1.  Reading  and  Practice.  —  A  limited  number  of  books 
will  be  set  for  reading.  The  candidate  will  be  required  to 
present  evidence  of  a  general  knowledge  of  the  subject- 
matter  and  spirit  of  the  books,  and  to  answer  simple  ques- 
tions on  the  lives  of  the  authors.  The  form  of  examination 
will  usually  be  the  writing  of  a  paragraph  or  two  on  each  of 
a  few  topics  to  be  chosen  by  the  candidate  from  a  consider- 
able number  set  before  him  in  the  examination  paper.  In 
place  of  a  part  or  the  whole  of  this  test,  the  candidate  may 
present  an  exercise  book  properly  certified  by  his  instructor, 
containing  compositions  or  other  written  work  done  in  con- 
nection with  the  reading  of  the  books. 


16  STATE   NORMAL  SCHOOL,  WESTFIELJ). 

The  books  set  for  this  part  of  the  examination  are  :  — 

1907-08.  —  Shakespeare's  Julius  Caesar;  Milton's  L'Al- 
legro,  II  Penseroso,  Comus  and  Lycidas  ;  Burke's  Speech  on 
Conciliation  with  America ;  Macaulay's  Essay  on  Addison 
and  Life  of  Johnson. 

The  books  for  study  in  1909  are  :  Shakespeare's  Macbeth; 
Milton's  L'Allegro;  Burke's  Speech  on  Conciliation  with 
America,  or  Washington's  Farewell  Address;  Webster's 
First  Bunker  Hill  Oration ;  Macaulay's  Life  of  Johnson,  or 
Carlyle's  Essay  on  Burns. 

The  purpose  of  the  examination  is  to  discover,  (1) 
whether  the  student  has  acquired  a  good  habit  of  study  ; 
(2)  whether  he  has  formed  any  standards  of  literary  judg- 
ment;  (3)  whether  he  has  become  discerning  of  literary 
merit;  and  (4)  what  acquaintance  he  has  with  standard 
English  and  American  writers. 

The  examination  will  take  such  a  form  that  students  who 
have  followed  other  than  the  prescribed  lines  of  reading  may 
be  able  to  satisfy  the  examiners  on  the  above  points. 

(b)  Either  Latin  or  French.  —  The  translation  at  sight 
of  simple  prose  or  verse,  with  questions  on  the  usual  forms 
and  ordinary  constructions,  and  the  writing  of  simple  prose 
based  in  part  or  in  full  on  the  passage  selected. 

II.     MATHEMATICS. 

(a)  The  elements  of  algebra  through  affected  quadratic 
equations. 

(b)  The  elements  of  plane  geometry. 

While  there  is  no  formal  examination  in  arithmetic,  the 
importance  of  a  practical  working  acquaintance  with  its  prin- 
ciples and  processes  cannot  be  too  strongly  emphasized.  The 
candidate's  proficiency  in  this  subject  will  be  incidentally 
tested  in  its  applications  to  other  subjects. 


STATE  NORMAL   SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD.  17 


III.    UNITED   STATES   HISTORY. 

Any  school  text-book  on  United  states  history  will  enable 
candidates  to  meet  this  requirement,  provided  they  study 
enough  of  geographer  to  illumine  the  history  and  make  them- 
selves familiar  with  the  grander  features  of  government  in 
Massachusetts  and  the  United  States.  Collateral  reading  in 
United  States  history  is  strongly  advised,  also  in  English 
history,  so  far  as  this  history  bears  conspicuously  on  that  of 
the  United  States. 

IV.     SCIENCE. 

(a  )  Physiology  and  Hygiene.  —  The  chief  elementary  facts 
of  anatomy,  the  general  functions  of  the  various  organs,  the 
more  obvious  rules  of  health,  and  the  more  striking  effects 
of  acoholic  drinks,  narcotics,  and  stimulants  upon  those 
addicted  to  their  use. 

(b  and  c)  Any  two  of  the  following  sciences, —physics, 
chemistry,  botany,  physical  geography,  provided  one  of  the 
two  is  either  physics  or  chemistry.  —  The  chief  elementary 
facts  of  the  subject  selected,  so  far  as  they  may  be  presented 
in  the  courses  usually  devoted  to  them  in  good  high  schools. 
It  will  be  a  distinct  advantage  to  the  candidate  if  his  prepa- 
ration includes  a  certain  amount  of  individual  laboratory 
work. 

V.     DRAWING   AND    MUSIC. 

(a)  Drawing.  —  Mechanical  and  freehand  drawing, — 
enough  to  enable  the  candidate  to  draw  a  simple  object,  like 
a  box  or  a  pyramid  or  a  cylinder,  with  plan  and  elevation  to 
scale,  and  to  make  a  freehand  sketch  of  the  same  in  perspec- 
tive. Also  any  one  of  the  three  topics,  — form,  color,  and 
arrangement. 

(b)  Music.  —  Such  elementary  facts  as  an  instructor  should 
know  in  teaching  singing  in  the  schools,  including  major  and 
minor  keys,  simple  two,  three,  four  and  six  part  measures, 
the  fractional  divisions  of  the  pulse  or  beat,  the  chromatic 


18  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,  WE8TFIELD. 

scale,  the  right  use  of  the  foregoing  elements  in  practice, 
and  the  translation  into  musical  notation  of  simple  melodies 
or  of  time  phrases  sang  or  played. 

IMPORTANCE  OF  ADEQUATE  PREPARATION. 

Candidates  should  measure  their  duty  of  making  adequate 
preparation  not  wholly  by  the  subjects  selected  .and  the 
papers  set  for  the  admission  examinations,  but  by  the  larger 
demands  their  chosen  vocation  is  sure  to  make  upon  them. 
The  more  generous  and  thorough,  therefore,  the  preparation 
of  the  candidate,  the  greater  the  likelihood  of  profiting  by 
the  normal  school,  of  completing  the  elementary  course  on 
time,  of  securing  employment  after  graduation,  and  of  doing 
creditable  work  as  a  teacher. 

The  candidate  is  advised,  therefore,  to  utilize  all  feasible 
opportunities  offered  by  the  regular  high  school  course  for 
promoting  this  breadth  of  preparation,  and  the  high  school 
should  aim  to  hold  the  candidate  up  to  the  higher  ideals  of 
such  preparation. 

EQUIVALENTS. 
Special  cases  that  raise  questions  of  equivalents  will  be 
considered  on  their  merits. 

DIVISION  OF    THE   EXAMINATIONS. 
Candidates  may  be  admitted  to  preliminary  examinations 
a  year  in  advance  of  their  final  examinations,  provided  they 
offer  themselves  in  one  or  more  of  the  following  groups,  each 
group  to  be  presented  in  full :  — 


I. 

French. 

II. 

Mathematics. 

III. 

United  States  historv. 

IV. 

Science. 

V. 

Drawing  and  music. 

STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,   WESTFLELD.  19 

Preliminary  Examinations  can  be  taken  in  June  only. 

Every  candidate  for  a  preliminary  examination  must  pre- 
sent a  certificate  of  preparation  in  the  group  or  groups 
chosen,  or  in  the  subjects  thereof,  the  form  of  certificate  to 
be  substantially  as  follows  :  — 

has  been  a  pupil  in  tbe 


School  for years,  and  is,  in  my  judg- 
ment, prepared  to  pass  the  normal  school  preliminary  examination 
in  the  following  group  or  groups  of  subjects  and  the  divisions 
thereof :  — 


Signature  of  principal  or  teacher,. 
Address, 


The  group  known  as  I.  Language  (Latin  and  English) 
must  be  reserved  for  the  final  examinations.  It  will  doubt- 
less be  found  generally  advisable  in  practice  that  the  group 
known  as  IV.  Science  should  also  be  so  reserved. 

While  division  of  the  final  or  complete  examinations  be- 
tween June  and  September  is  permissible,  it  is  important 
both  for  the  normal  school  and  for  the  candidate  that  the 
work  laid  out  for  the  September  examinations,  which  so 
closely  precede  the  opening  of  the  normal  schools,  shall  be 
kept  down  to  a  minimum.  Candidates  for  the  final  or  com- 
plete examinations  are  earnestly  advised,  therefore,  to  pre- 
sent themselves  in  June. 

EXAMINATION  DATES. 

The  admission  examinations  are  held  at  the  several  normal 
-■■hool  buildings  in  accordance  with  the  following  schedule  :  — 

1908.  — Thursday  and  Friday,  June  25  and  26  ;  Tuesday 
and  Wednesday,  September  8  and  9. 

1H09.  — Thursday  and  Friday,  June  24  and  25  ;  Tuesday 
and  Wednesday,  September  7  and  8. 


20  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,  WESTFIELD. 


TIMES  OF  ADMISSION. 
New  classes  will  be  admitted  only  at  the  beginning  of 
the  fall  term,  and,  as  the  studies  of  the  course  are  arranged 
progressively  from  that  time,  it  is  important  that  students 
shall  present  themselves  then  for  duty.  In  individual  cases 
and  for  strong  reasons  exceptions  to  this  requirement  are 
permissible,  but  only  after  due  examination,  and  upon  the 
understanding  that  the  admission  shall  be  at  a  time  conven- 
ient to  the  school,  and  to  such  classes  only  as  the  candidate 
is  qualified  to  join. 

COURSES  OF  STUDY. 
This  school  offers  (1)  a  general  two  years'  course,  (2)  a 
three  years'  course,  (3)  a  kindergarten  course,  (4)  a  special 
course  for  teachers,  and  (5)  a  special  course  of  one  year  for 
college  graduates. 

I.     GENERAL   TWO   YEARS'   COURSE. 

The  general  course  of  study  for  two  }^ears  comprises  the 
following  subjects  :  — 

1.  Psychology,  history  of  education,  principles  of  teach- 
ing, methods  of  instruction  and  discipline,  school  organiza- 
tion, school  laws  of  Massachusetts. 

2.  Methods  of  teaching  the  following  subjects  :  — 

(a)  English,  — reading,  language,  composition,  literature, 
history. 

(b)  Mathematics,  —  arithmetic,  bookkeeping,  elementary 
algebra,  and  geometry. 

(c)  Science, — elementary  physics  and  chemistry,  geog- 
raphy, physiology  and  hygiene,  study  of  minerals,  plants, 
and  animals. 

(d)  Drawing,  vocal  music,  physical  training,  manual 
training. 


STATE   NORMAL  SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD.  21 

3,   Observation  and  practice  in  the  training  school,  and 

nation  in  other  public  schools. 
The  amount  of  work  in  this  course  is  so  great  that  only 
those  who  enter  upon  it  most  thoroughly  prepared  can 
hope  to  complete  it,  with  the  required  practice,  in  the  time 
assigned  to  it.  Others  need  not  expect  to  finish  it  in  two 
years. 

For  a  more  detailed  account  of  this  course,  see  pages  22-37. 

II.     THREE   YEARS'   COURSE. 

The  Board  of  Visitors  and  the  principal  of  any  normal 
school  may  arrange  for  a  third  year  of  study  and  practice  in 
teaching  under  supervision  for  its  graduates,  whenever  in 
their  judgment  such  action  is  desirable.  The  object  of  this 
course  shall  be  a  more  complete  mastery  of  the  topics  ar- 
ranged for  the  regular  two  years'  course  and  further  work  in 
the  training  schools  ;  this  work  in  the  training  schools  shall 
be  under  the  direct  supervision  of  a  teacher  of  the  normal 
school  or  of  a  teacher  specially  approved  for  that  purpose. 

III.     KINDERGARTEN   COURSE. 

The  kindergarten  course  requires  two  years  for  its  com- 
pletion. The  first  year's  work  is  the  same  as  that  of  the 
general  two  years'  course,  except  that  child  study  and  his- 
tory are  substituted  for  English  grammar  and  geography. 
During  the  second  year  the  pupil  spends  all  her  mornings  in 
the  practical  work  "of  the  kindergarten,  and  her  afternoons 
in  the  study  of  the  theory  and  the  history  of  the  kindergarten. 

Every  candidate  for  this  course  should  have  not  only  the 
qualifications  required  for  admission  to  the  general  two  year's 
course,  but  should  in  addition  have  some  facility  in  playing 
the  piano  and  in  singing. 

Students  pay  the  cost  of  materials  used  by  them,  but  this 
expense  does  not  exceed  ten  dollars  for  the  course. 


22  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD. 


IV.     SPECIAL    COURSE    FOR   TEACHERS. 

Teachers  of  three  years'  experience  in  teaching,  who  give 
evidence  of  maturity,  good  scholarship,  and  of  aptness  to 
teach,  may,  with  the  consent  of  the  principal  and  of  the 
Board  of  Visitors,  select  a  course  which  may  be  completed 
in  one  year  ;  and  when  such  course  is  successfully  completed, 
they  shall  receive  a  certificate  for  the  same. 

V.     SPECIAL    COURSE   FOR   COLLEGE   GRADUATES. 

College  graduates  may  be  admitted  to  the  State  normal 
schools  without  examination,  and  may  receive  a  diploma 
after  satisfactorily  completing  a  course  of  one  }rear,  requir- 
ing at  least  twenty  recitation  periods  per  week  and  includ- 
ing the  advanced  pedagogy  and  practice  of  the  senior  year. 

Experienced  observers  of  public-school  problems  are 
agreed  that  the  high  schools  can  no  longer  furnish  employ- 
ment for  all  college  graduates  who  wish  to  teach.  An  in- 
creasing  number  of  such  graduates  must  hereafter  find  their 
work  in  the  grammar  schools.  It  is  for  this  class  especially 
that  Course  V.  has  been  planned. 

GENERAL  PLAN  OF  TWO  YEARS'  COURSE. 

In  connection  with  all  subjects  that  the  graduate  is  ex- 
pected to  teach,  tentative  courses  of  study  for  lower  schools 
and  lists  of  helpful  text-books  and  of  collateral  reading  are 
furnished  to  each  pupil. 

No  mere  outline  can  accurately  represent  the  spirit  and 
method  of  a  school.  The  following  topical  arrangement 
should  be  understood  as  only  suggestive  :  — 

PSYCHOLOGY. 

(a)  Elementary  Psychology.  —  The  course  in  elementary 
psychology  includes  (1)  a  study  of  the  physiology  of  the 
brain  and  central  nervous   system,  and  the  relation  of  the 


STATE    NORMAL  SCHOOL,  WESTFIELI).  23 

same  to  mental  development;  special  attention  is  given  to 
the  nature  and  training  of  the  senses  of  sight,  hearing,  and 
touch;  (2)  study  of  the  less  complex  phases  of  perception, 
memory,  imagination,  thought,  the  emotions  and  move- 
ments, and  their  development  during  the  elementary  school 
period  :  (3)  study  of  the  personal  reminiscences  of  the 
childhood  of  the  students,  to  give  them  practice  in  the  study 
of  subjective  mental  phenomena,  and  to  deepen  and  broaden 
their  concepts  of  the  subjective  states  of  childhood  ;  (4)  care- 
ful reading  and  review  of  a  standard  reminiscent  study  of 
childhood,  such  as  Pierre  Loti's  Story  of  a  Child,  Tolstoi's 
Childhood,  Boyhood,  and  Youth,  John  Stuart  Mill's  Auto- 
biography, etc.  ;  (5)  study  of  an  individual  child.  Angell's 
Psychology,  Hal  leek's  Psychology  and  Psychic  Culture, 
James's  Psychology  (briefer  course),  Kirkpatrick's  Induc- 
tive Psychology,  and  Rooper's  Study  in  Apperception  are 
used  as  texts  (junior  year :  first  and  second  terms,  two 
hours  a  week). 

(b)  Physiological  Psychology.  —  More  detailed  study  of 
the  growth  and  functions  of  the  brain  and  central  nervous 
system  ;  relation  of  the  same  to  education ;  sense  defects 
and  school  work  ;  factors  conditioning  growth  of  children  ; 
relation  of  exercise,  sleep,  and  nutrition  to  growth  and 
mental  development.  Donaldson's  Growth  of  the  Brain, 
Carpenter's  Mental  Physiology,  Ziehen's  Physiological  Psy- 
chology, M'Kendrick  and  Snodgrass's  Physiology  of  the 
Senses,  James's  Principles  of  Psychology,  Titcheners  Out- 
lines of  Psychology,  as  well  as  the  works  of  Kiilpe,  Wundt, 
Sully,  Thorndike,  Baldwin,  Ladd,  Calkins,  Bain,  Spencer, 
Eibot,  and  Sanford,  are  used  as  reference  guides  (junior 
year;  third  term,  two  hours  a  week). 

(c)  Genetic  Psychology.  —  Studies  in  the  physical,  intel- 
lectual, and  moral  development  of  young  children  ;  factors 
conditioning  mental  development,  as  heredity  and  environ- 
ment ;  mental  fatigue  and  its  relation  to  mental  work ;   de- 


24  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,  WESTFIELD. 

velopment  of  motor  ability ;  comparative  studies  of  the 
minds  of  the  lower  animals  and  of  savages  with  those  of 
defective  and  delinquent  children  ;  observations  and  tests 
of  senses,  memory,  attention,  motor  power,  fatigue,  etc.,  of 
individual  children,  and  the  collation  and  discussion  of  such 
data.  The  course  in  genetic  psychology  is  designed  to  pre- 
sent the  facts,  so  far  as  they  have  been  scientifically  deter- 
mined, concerning  the  nature  and  development  of  the  mind 
during  childhood  and  adolescence,  and  to  provide  the  pro- 
spective teacher  with  sound  criteria  for  estimating  theories 
about  the  child's  mind,  as  well  as  to  give  adequate  training 
in  the  concrete  study  of  child  life.  The  texts  used  are 
Preyer's  Development  of  the  Intellect  and  Senses  and  Will, 
Hall's  Youth,  Tracy's  Psychology  of  Childhood,  Kirkpatrick's 
Fundamentals  of  Child  Study,  Barnes's  Studies  in  Education, 
Rowe's  Physical  Nature  of  the  Child,  Sully's  Studies  of  Child- 
hood, Hall's  Adolescence,  together  with  the  writings  of 
Warner,  Chamberlain,  Oppenheim,  Miss  Shinn,  Mrs.  Moore, 
Russell,  Compayre,  Perez,  and  Baldwin  (senior  year:  two 
terms,  two  hours  a  week) . 

HISTORY   OF   EDUCATION. 

(a)  History  of  European  Education.  —  Study  of  the  de- 
velopment of  educational  theories  in  the  educational  systems 
of  Europe,  including  Greek  Education,  origin  of  the  univer- 
sities and  rise  of  higher  education,  humanism  and  the  renais- 
sance, realism  and  scientific  education,  naturalism  and  the 
activity  of  the  child.  Provision  is  made  for  the  critical 
study  of  portions  of  such  educational  classics  as  Plato's 
Republic,  Montaigne's  Education  of  Children,  Mulcaster's 
Positions,  Comenius's  School  of  Infancy  and  Great  Didactic, 
Locke's  Thoughts  Concerning  Education,  Rousseau's  Emile, 
Pestalozzi's  Leonard  and  Gertrude,  Eroebel's  Education  of 
Man,  Ilcrbart's  Science  of  Education,  and  Herbert  Spencer's 
Education.     The  course  is  <>iven  in  lectures,  discussions,  and 


STAT!-:    NORMA!   school,   WESTFIELD.  25 


readings.  Compayre's  History  of  Pedagogy  is  in  the  hands 
of  the  students,  but  outside  study  is  based  chiefly  on  the 
books  by  Quick,  Williams,  J.  P.  Munroe,  Davidson,  Paul 
Monroe,  Laurie,  Woodward,  W.  S.  Monroe,  Barnard,  Rash- 
dall,  De  (Jarmo,  Hughes,  Krtisi  and  Bowen  (junior  year: 
first  and  second  terms,  one  hour  a  week). 

(b)  History  of  American  Education.  —  The  course  traces 
the  successive  ideals  of  the  different  streams  of  early  Ameri- 
can civilization,  as  the  English  Puritans  in  New  England, 
the  English  Quakers  in  Pennsylvania,  the  English  cava- 
liers in  Virginia,  the  Dutch  in  New  York,  the  Swedes 
in  Delaware,  the  French  Hugenots  and  the  Scotch-Irish. 
Special  attention  is  given  to  the  growth  of  the  Massachu- 
setts school  system,  the  origin  of  American  normal  schools, 
and  the  history  of  educational  associations  in  the  United 
States.  Brief  study  is  made  of  some  of  the  earlier  Ameri- 
can contributions  to  the  literature  of  education,  including 
the  writings  of  Joseph  Neef,  Samuel  R.  Hall,  David  P. 
Page,  Horace  Mann,  Henry  Barnard,  and  William  T.  Harris. 
Boone's  History  of  Education  in  the  United  States  and  Mar- 
tin- Evolution  of  the  Massachusetts  School  System  are  used 
as  texts,  with  required  readings  from  the  works  by  Barnard, 
Wickersham,  Adams,  Winship,  Hinsdale,  Dexter,  and 
Monroe  (junior  year  :  third  term,  one  hour  a  week). 

PEDAGOGY,    SCHOOL  LAW,   AND    SCHOOL   MANAGEMENT. 

The  application  to  teaching  of  the  principles  developed  in 
the  course  in  psychology  and  the  history  of  education  out- 
lined above ;  a  study  of  methodology  ;  a  systematic  and 
critical  examination  of  the  opinions  of  leading  educators  on 
school  organization  and  economy  ;  a  study  of  the  principles 
and  art  of  school  government,  both  from  the  stand-point  of 
the  adult  and  of  child  study,  with  special  reference  also  to 
the  use  of  school  discipline  as  an  agency  in  the  moral  culture 
of  the  child  ;  a  discussion  of  the  curriculum  of  elementary 


26  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,  WESTFIELD. 

schools;  the  preparation  on  pedagogical  and  hygienic  prin- 
ciples of  programs  for  graded  and  ungraded  schools  ;  lectun 
on  such  portions  of  the  school  laws  of  Massachusetts  as  are 
needed  to  enable  the  teacher  to  know  the  rights  and  the 
duties  of  her  profession ;  the  theory  of  the  proper  heating, 
ventilating,  and  lighting  of  school  rooms,  with  practical 
suggestions  for  the  same  ;  frequent  conferences  with  pupils 
teaching  in  the  training  schools. 

NATURAL    SCIENCE. 

In  all  science  teaching  of  this  school  a  constant  effort  is 
made  along  three  essential  lines  :  — 

First,  a  clear  presentation  of  the  truths  and  principles 
underlying  the  science.  These  are  learned  as  far  as  possible 
at  first  hand  in  the  field  or  the  laboratory,  and  care  is  taken 
that  they  are  rightly  comprehended. 

Second,  individual  instruction  and  practice  in  the  inter- 
pretation of  these  truths  and  in  logical  modes  of  reasoning 
based  upon  them. 

Lastly  and  chiefly,  a  thorough  drill  in  the  best  pedagog- 
ical methods  of  presenting  such  truths  and  interpretations  in 
elementary  instruction.  The  first  two  are  always  subordi- 
nate, being  used  as  a  necessary  means  to  secure  success  in 
the  third. 

As  a  further  help  toward  the  same  end,  large  additions 
have  been  made  to  the  apparatus  and  the  reference  libraries, 
until  it  may  be  fairly  said  that  the  school  is  unsurpassed  in 
point  of  equipment  by  any  other  of  like  rank. 

The  geological  and  mineralogical  laboratory  is  equipped 
with  a  complete  working  collection  of  minerals,  rocks,  and 
fossils,  and  the  necessary  apparatus  for  studying  them.  A 
valuable  cabinet  collection  is  in"  constant  use  for  reference 
and  comparison.  It  is  believed  that  an  actual  acquaintance 
with  rocks,  minerals,  and  organic  forms  is  of  greater  value 
than  much  abstract  knowledge. 


STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD.  27 

The  biological  and  physiological  laboratory  is  furnished 
with  excellent  cabinets  of  preserved  material,  to  which  con- 
stant additions  are  being  made,  and  which  are  amply  suffi- 
cient for  individual  use.  It  possesses,  in  addition,  a  series 
of  charts,  casts  and  models  illustrating  human  anatomy  ;  a 
full  set  of  histological  preparations,  showing  the  structure 
and  tissues  of  the  human  body  ;  and  a  fine  herbarium  of 
local  plants. 

Zoology.  —  General  characteristics  of  animals  ;  a  study  of 
typical  animals,  considerable  attention  being  paid  to  their 
habits,  modes  of  life,  and  their  uses  ;  these  types  are  selected 
from  the  fauna  of  the  vicinity,  and  as  far  as  possible  the 
home  of  the  animal  is  reproduced  in  the  laboratorj7,  and  the 
pupil  is  required  to  become  acquainted  with  its  habits  and 
daily  life,  as  well  as  its  structure,  from  actual  observation  ; 
B  special  study  of  insects  and  birds,  with  reference  to  their 
economic  relations;  the  principles  of  classification.  The 
more  common  species  are  chosen,  in  consequence  of  their 
adaptation  to  elementary  instruction,  and  the  pupils  practise 
the  best  methods  of  presenting  such  nature  work. 

Physiology.  —  A  general  outline  of  the  subject,  including 
the  anatomy,  physiology  and  hygiene  of  the  different  organs 
and  parts  of  the  body.  So  far  as  necessary  the  anatomy  is 
illustrated  by  models  of  the  human  body,  while  microscopi- 
cal structure  is  demonstrated  by  a  large  collection  of  sections  ; 
but  special  attention  is  given  to  hygiene  and  to  many  prac- 
tical questions  concerning  bodily  health  about  which  every 
teacher  should  be  Avell  informed.  The  germ  theory  of  vac- 
cination, the  treatment  of  contagious  diseases  in  the  school 
room,  public  sanitation,  the  value  of •  hospitals  and  pest 
houses,  good  drinking  water,  hygienic  cooking,  sanitary 
clothing,  a  rational  and  orderly  presentation  of  the  effects 
produced  by  alcohol  upon  the  body  and  mind,  the  hygienic 
influence  of  the  mind  upon  the  body,  and  many  other  im- 
portant phases  of  hygiene  are  carefully  and  thoroughly  dis- 
cussed.     Lectures  are  given  by  competent  authorities  upon 


28  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,   WESTFIELh. 

the  recognition  and  treatment  of  the  various  diseases  likely 
to  occur  among  school  children.  As  thus  presented,  the 
course  furnishes  to  the  careful  student  a  fund  of  information, 
which  will  be  of  the  greatest  practical  value  in  her  own  life 
and  in  her  work  as  a  teacher. 

Geology.  —  The  properties,  varieties  and  uses  of  the  more 
important  minerals,  ores  and  rocks,  together  with  a  study  of 
the  more  useful  industries  connected  with  certain  minerals, 
i.e.,  the  mining  of  coal,  the  manufacture  of  coal  gas,  and 
the  various  by-products  produced  during  the  process,  the 
mining  and  smelting  of  the  different  ores,  the  manufacture 
of  quick  lime,  plaster  of  Paris,  salt,  glass,  bricks  and  pottery, 
etc.  The  geologic  histor}^  of  New  England,  with  special 
reference  to  Massachusetts.  In  this  historical  portion,  as 
the  mesozoic  strata  are  well  represented  in  the  vicinity, 
special  attention  is  given  to  that  period.  The  field  work 
consists  of  excursions  to  available  points  of  geologic  interest, 
a  visit  and  a  study  of  such  of  the  local  industries  as  are  con- 
cerned with  minerals  or  ores,  a  visit  to  some  public  museum, 
an  explanation  of  its  educational  value  in  connection  with  the 
work  of  our  common  schools,  and  a  discussion  of  the  methods 
to  be  pursued  by  the  teacher  in  availing  herself  of  its  privi- 
leges. Special  effort  is  made  to  correlate  this  work  with 
physical  geography  and  history.  In  pursuance  of  this  effort, 
particular  attention  is  given  to  the  geographical  changes 
produced  by  the  great  glacier  which  formerly  covered  this 
part  of  the  continent,  to  its  effect  upon  the  climate,  soil  and 
contour  of  New  England.  The  principal  facts  with  reference 
to  the  various  prehistoric  races  of  human  beings  who  in- 
habited this  continent  prior  to  its  discovery  by  the  Spaniards 
are  presented  clearly  and  briefly,  to  serve  as  a  foundation 
for  work  in  history. 

Botany.  —  The  seed  and  germination  ;  the  organs  of  the 
plant,  — root,  stem,  buds,  leaves,  the  tissues;  the  plant  cell ; 
protoplasm    and    its   properties;    inflorescence;    a   study  of 


jtg| 

?1|E 

1              1 

■H'  ^~%r  -I-    1"  t               J 

3*J 

1?*"'^'- 

^  ■-* 

ffl;  ait 

-   :j 

i    V            j  \ 

1  __ .:. 
1 

mm 

{4      f 

n 

1..    ' A 

1           1 

I                                           I 

1 

3ft 

?•    %  .-jV 

»       m      >  • 

• 

I           i  t 

1 

STATE   NORMAL  SCHOOL,  WESTFIELD.  29 

typical  flowers,  with  reference  to  their  plan  and  structure ; 
fertilization  and  conditions  of  growth ;  fruit;  a  study  of 
some  of  our  common  fiowerless  plants.  Special  attention  is 
given  to  economic  plant  products,  such  as  fruits,  spices, 
India  rubber,  vegetable  oils,  drugs  and  medicines,  dye 
stuffs,  etc.  The  value  of  our  forests  and  the  uses  of  the 
various  kinds  of  lumber  are  closely  correlated  with  the  work 
in  manual  training.  In  the  field  work,  the  pupils  are  taught 
to  utilize  their  immediate  surroundings  ;  by  this  method  they 
are  certain  of  obtaining  an  abundance  of  material  wherever 
they  may  chance  to  teach.  A  course  of  nature  study  for 
elementary  schools  is  outlined,  and  instruction  is  given  in 
obtaining  and  using  suitable  materials  for  class-room  pres- 
entation. 

OTHER   SCIENCES.      " 

Physics.  — Physics  is  presented  with  a  two-fold  aim.  Its 
culture  value  is  beyond  question ;  its  practicability  appears 
on  every  hand.  From  the  culture  side  the  student  becomes 
familiar  through  actual  experience  with  the  leading  physical 
discoveries  of  the  day.  The  laboratory  is  well  supplied  with 
a  large  amount  of  apparatus  for  demonstrating  theories  of 
sound,  light,  and  many  applications  of  electricity,  among 
which  may  be  mentioned  the  X-rays  and  wireless  telegraphy 
according  to  the  Marconi  system. 

Through  much  laboratory  Avork,  the  student  becomes  famil- 
iar with  the  construction,  manipulation  and  use  of  physical 
apparatus.  Exercises  which  have  a  direct  bearing  upon 
every  day  life  are  given.  The  practical  idea  is  made  clear. 
The  pupil  discovers  for  herself  the  principles  and  facts  relat- 
ing to  the  special  phase  of  the  subject  under  consideration. 
Opportunity  to  make  original  investigations  is  given  to 
students  especially  interested  in  science. 

In  addition  to  the  benefit  to  the  teacher  herself,  she  learns 
to  present  clearly  to  her  pupils  such  parts  of  the  subject  as 
ii  desirable. 


30  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,   WESTFIKLD. 


Chemistry.  —  The  work  in  this  department  is  treated  under 
three  general  divisions, — historical,  academic,  and  applied 
chemistry.  Of  these,  the  last-mentioned  receives  by  far  the 
greatest  attention.  No  text-book  is  used,  but  a  large  amount 
of  reference  matter  is  available.  Facts  are  gained  by  actual 
work. 

The  laboratory  is  equipped  with  a  generous  supply  of  the 
latest  apparatus,  and  all  conveniences  are  at  the  students' 
disposal. 

The  academic  work  includes  type  experiments  with  the 
gases,  oxygen,  hydrogen,  nitrogen,  carbon  dioxid,  chlorine, 
and  such  of  the  hydro-carbons  as  time  will  allow,  and  in 
addition  to  these,  analysis  and  synthesis  of  the  acids,  hydro- 
chloric, nitric,  sulphuric,  acetic,  etc.,  together  with  the  ra- 
tional use  of  chemical  symbols  and  formulae. 

The  applied  or  practical  work  includes,  among  other  ex- 
ercises of  an  interesting  character,  the  qualitative  analysis  of 
water,  samples  of  which  pupils  procure  from  different  parts 
of  the  town,  and  a  thorough  analysis  of  which  they  perform  in 
the  laboratory  by  the  most  approved  methods.  Many  bring 
samples  of  water  from  their  homes  and  analyze  them  for  the 
benefit  of  their  parents  and  friends. 

The  removal  of  stains  of  various  kinds,  fruit,  ink,  grease, 
iron  rust,  paint,  etc.,  furnishes  an  excellent  opportunity  for 
applying  principles  of  bleaching  and  action  of  acids  and 
alkalis  upon  different  kinds  of  fabrics.  Before  finishing  the 
course  every  pupil  is  expected  to  be  able  to  remove  stains 
of  the  above-mentioned  types. 

Work  in  dyeing  is  treated  from  an  entirely  original  stand- 
point. Each  pupil  at  first  dyes  different  fabrics  with  colors 
extracted  from  many  common  sources,  such  as  bright-colored 
(lowers,  leaves,  berries,  and  fruits;  later,  work  in  anilin 
dyes  affords  opportunity  for  each  student  to  learn  something 


8TATE    NORMAL  SCHOOL,  WESTFIELD.  31 

of  this  useful  art,  and  at  the  same  time  to  apply  some  of  the 
oft-neglected  principles  of  chemistry. 

Actual  work  in  the  extraction  of  flavors  and  perfumes  is 
performed  by  the  student,  and  samples  of  orange,  lemon, 
vanilla,  etc.,  are  the  criteria  of  her  skill. 

Experiments  are  given  by  which  the  determination  of 
alcohol  in  cider,  patent  medicines,  wines,  and  "  soft  drinks  " 
is  made  simple. 

The  average  teacher  is  little  aware  of  the  terrible  injury 
done  to  young  men  and  women  by  the  indiscriminate  use  of 
headache  powders,  "  cures,"  "antidotes,"  '*  specifics,"  etc. 
Simple  analyses  of  these  substances  throw  much  light  upon 
this  intensely  important  subject. 

The  principal  aim  of  the  course  is  to  create,  if  necessary, 
and  to  foster  a  real  love  for  and  interest  in  the  great  science 
of  chemistry  ;  to  give  the  pupil  a  broader  outlook  and  to  see 
herself  a  factor  in  the  busy,  living  world.  The  course  is  not 
presented  with  the  object  of  making  chemistry  teachers  of 
the  pupils,  but  rather  to  furnish  the  thoughtful,  painstaking 
student  with  information  gained  by  experience,  by  which 
she  can  keep  both  body  and  mind  in  an  alert,  healthy 
condition. 

GEOGRAPHY. 

The  study  of  geography  covers  two  terms,  and  includes  :  — 
1 .  A  study  of  the  structures  of  the  world  ridge,  and  a  de- 
tailed stud}'  of  the  structure  of  each  of  the  continents, 
including  the  mountain  ranges  and  peaks,  river  systems,  and 
hikes.  These  are  drawn  in  outline  and  modeled  in  relief  as 
studied. 

'2.  A  study  of  geographic  forces,  including  the  movements 
of  the  earth,  seasons,  temperature,  winds,  and  rainfall,  with 
special  reference  to  the  climate  of  the  United  States. 

3.  The  geographic  distribution  and  economic  uses  of  min- 
erals, plants,  and  animals. 

4.  The    study    of  peoples  —  their   mental   and    physical 


32  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,  WESTFIELD 

characteristics,  languages,  religions,  governments,  indus- 
tries, and  habitations. 

5.  The  study  of  commerce,  its  origin,  mediums  of  ex- 
change, means  of  transport,  commercial  routes,  aids  to 
commerce,  and  the  leading  commercial  nations,  —  their  com- 
mercial advantages,  commodities,  and  commercial  centres. 

In  addition  the  classes  are  given  problems  touching  the 
adaptation  of  the  subject-matter  of  geography  to  the  capacity 
of  children  in  the  different  school  years,  the  correlation  of 
geographic  readings,  the  use  of  geographic  pictures,  maps, 
globes,  and  other  teaching  aids. 

THE   LANGUAGE   ARTS. 

Reading.  —  Study  of  the  dictionary  ;  diacritical  marks  and 
pronunciation  ;  study  of  phonetics  for  teaching  purposes ; 
methods  of  teaching  reading  in  elementary  schools,  and 
frequent  practice  with  classes  of  children  from  the  model 
schools.     Preparation  of  reading  material  for  school  use. 

Grammar.  —  Classification  of  the  parts  of  speech,  phrases, 
clauses,  and  sentences  by  the  laboratory  method  ;  analysis  of 
sentences  in  a  simple  way.  The  natural  method  of  teaching 
language  in  elementary  schools  is  used,  and  the  pupils  them- 
selves are  required  to  give  lessons. 

English  Composition.  —  It  is  chiefly  as  a  practical  art  that 
the  subject  is  presented  in  this  school.  Description,  narra- 
tion, exposition,  and  argument  are  taught  from  daily  practice 
in  writing,  followed  by  the  teacher's  criticism.  Much  atten- 
tion is  paid  to  the  external  form  of  the  paragraph.  A  com- 
position is  regarded  as  a  living  product  of  an  active  mind  ; 
therefore,  there  is  constant  and  careful  study  of  the  way  in 
which  paragraphs  grow,  of  the  order  in  which  to  say  things, 
and  of  what  not  to  say.  Pupils  are.  trained  to  intelligent 
criticism  of  language  work. 

English  and  American  Literature.  —  A  study  of  some  of 
the  literature  of  the  eighteenth  and  nineteenth  centuries,  the 


STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,  WESTFIELD.  33 

purpose  being  to  help  the  pupil  to  appreciate  the  best.  The 
history  of  literature  is  taught  in  a  subordinate  way  only, 
to  enable  the  pupil  to  understand  the  setting  of  an  author's 
work ;  correlation  of  myths  with  nature  study ;  courses  of 
literature  for  elementary  schools  are  developed.  There  are 
some  variations  from  term  to  term. 

HISTORY. 

United  States  History  and  Civics.  —  A  rapid  review  by 
the  laboratory  method  of  the  history  of  our  country  from 
the  early  discoveries  to  the  present,  and  of  the  framework  of 
national,  State,  and  municipal  government.  Instruction  in 
the  proper  use  of  pictures  and  maps  as  aids  in  teaching  his- 
tory, correlation  with  literature,  a  thorough  drill  in  a  good 
pedagogical  method  of  presenting  the  subject.  Stories  of  the 
explorers  and  the  biographies  of  eminent  Americans  are  re- 
cast in  the  vocabulary  of  childhood  for  use  in  primary  grades. 

General  History.  —  Ancient  Nations.  —  Peoples  and  migra- 
tions ;  geographical  position  and  consequences  ;  inheritances  ; 
social,  political,  intellectual,  aesthetic,  moral,  religious,  and 
industrial  development ;  characteristic  institutions  ;  legacies. 

Mediaeval  and  Modern  History.  — Instruction  and  training 
are  given  in  the  inductive  method  as  applied  to  history, 
with  a  view  to  the  development  of  the  "historical  spirit." 
The  method  is  illustrated  by  a  careful  study  of  a  few  coun- 
tries, with  special  attention  to  the  main  forces  at  work,  the 
growth  of  nationality  and  constitutional  government,  and 
the  relation  of  Europe  to  America. 

MATHEMATICS. 

Arithmetic.  —  Failure  on  the  part  of  the  teacher  to  recog- 
nize and  to  apply  the  fundamental  principles  of  number 
according  to  well-established  psychic  laws  invariably  results 
in  failure  on  the  part  of  the  pupil  to  understand  and  to  use 
intelligently  the  simple  processes  of  arithmetic. 


34  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,  WESTFIELJ*. 

No  text-book  is  placed  in  the  hands  of  the  student;  all 
processes  and  methods  are  developed.  The  importance  of 
the  reason  for  performing  the  various  arithmetical  operations 
is  duly  emphasized. 

The  modern  teacher  should  fully  appreciate  the  fact  that 
the  day  of  set  rules  and  inflexible  formulae  is  past.  The 
child  is  no  longer  told  to  "  invert  the  divisor  and  proceed  as 
in  multiplication."  By  far  the  greatest  value  of  any  mathe- 
matical rule  lies  in  its  discovery.  Students  are  trained  to 
discover;  having  discovered,  to  apply. 

Kecognizing  in  the  Grube  method  a  line  of  thought  in- 
compatible with  true  mathematical  concepts,  the  pupil  is 
thoroughly  drilled  in  the  movable  or  flexible  unit  system, 
which  is  so  ably  treated  in  Dewey  and  McLellan's  Psy- 
chology of  Number. 

The  student  becomes  familiar  with  our  leading  arithmetics, 
from  which  many  characteristic  problems  are  selected.  She 
is  required  to  solve  a  problem  intelligently,  whether  she 
supplies  the  essential  data  or  takes  it  as  presented  by  some 
second  person. 

The  course  continues  throughout  the  junior  year  and  com- 
prises one  hundred  fourteen  recitation  periods.  The  work 
is  taken  by  grades,  and  includes  exercises  in  sense  training 
and  in  relative  magnitude,  discovery  of  the  primary  prin- 
ciples of  number,  the  history  of  its  decimal  system,  and  the 
applications  of  number  as  a  means  of  measurement. 

The  aim  of  the  course  is  to  give  the  teachers  a  logical 
method  of  presenting  arithmetic,  free  from  fads  and  reason- 
destroying  practices  ;  to  teach  them  to  be  self-reliant,  effi- 
cient, accurate,  quick  to  appreciate  and  to  apply.  All  of 
this  tends  strongly  towards  the  betterment  of  our  public 
schools. 

Algebra.  — The  relation  of  algebra  and  arithmetic  is  always 
kept  before  the  pupil.  Methods  of  developing  the  algebraic 
processes  are  carefully  examined.     Students  are  encouraged 


STATE   tfORMAL  SCHOOL,  WESTFIELD.  35 

to  find  methods  of  their  own  for  presenting  special  phases 
of  the  subject. 

Objects  and  diagrams  are  used  whenever  clearness  can  be 
gained  thereby.  The  equation  is  treated  from  an  original 
stand-point  and  is  shown  in  its  true  character.  All  opera- 
tions and  many  of  the  problems  given  in  Milne's  grammar 
school  algebra  are  fully  treated. 

In  order  to  get  the  greatest  good  from  this  course,  the 
pupil  should  be  well  prepared  in  algebra  through  quadratic 
aquations. 

Geometry.  —  The  history  of  the  subject,  both  ancient  and 
modern,  is  presented.  The  student  becomes  familiar  with 
some  of  the  world's  greatest  mathematicians  and  the  influ- 
ence of  their  work.  She  has  at  her  disposal  a  large  amount 
of  unusual  but  extremely  valuable  material,  in  the  form  of 
ancient  theorems  and  their  uses,  calculated  to  interest  the 
most  indifferent  pupil. 

The  subject  is  treated  in  its  two-fold  aspect,  —  first,  as 
applied  to  the  measurement  of  lines,  surfaces,  and  solids,  in 
which  the  use  of  simple  measuring  instruments  is  taught, 
and  secondly  as  related  to  reason  and  logic.  The  student 
should  become  a  clear,  fearless,  original  thinker,  who  dares 
attempt  the  solution  of  a  theorem  by  other  than  set  text- 
book methods. 

OTHER   SUBJECTS. 

Art  and  Drawing.  —  This  course  takes  into  consideration 
the  two  methods  of  art  education  to-day  :  — 

The  analytic  view  aims  to  give  to  the  pupil  a  knowledge 
of  the  principles  of  representation  in  outline,  light  and 
shade,  and  painting  in  color. 

Historic  art  in  architecture,  sculpture  and  painting  is 
studied  with  reference  to  its  bearing  upon  our  present  social 
problems,  and  as  a  source  of  "  motifs"  for  applied  work  in 
Efn. 

The   principles   of  beauty   in  line  and  color   are    taught 


36  STATE  NORMA L  S CHO OL ,  'WES TFIELD. . 

as  a  basis  for  the  synthetic  method   in  picture  study  and 
design. 

The  synthetic  or  creative  side  is  emphasized,  in  the  belief 
that  in  the  field  of  design  lies  the  greatest  number  of  human 
interests.  Applications  of  the  principles  of  beauty  are  made 
in  all  phases  of  school  work  and  social  life,  and  to  different 
branches  of  the  local  trades. 

The  subject-matter  is  analyzed  and  arranged  for  the  grades 
of  elementary  and  high  schools,  and  outlines,  lesson  plans, 
and  practice  teaching  are  required  of  all  students  in  this 
department. 

Vocal  Music,  —  Musical  History.  —  A  rapid  review  of 
ancient  history,  including  the  music  of  the  Chinese,  the 
Egyptians,  and  the  Hindoos ;  the  influence  of  the  Israelites 
and  the  Grecians  ;  the  Koman  Empire  ;  the  part  taken  by  the 
early  church  in  fostering  the  "Divine  Art,"  the  advent  of 
the  Paris  school  of  music  (the  first  national  school  of  music), 
the  Gallo-Belgic  and  the  Netherland  schools  ;  the  rise  and 
decline  of  Italy's  musical  prestige,  and  the  birth  of  our 
modern  music ;  the  classical  school  and  its  masters ;  the 
influence  of  the  Germans ;  the  romantic  school ;  and  the 
growth  of  musical  interests  in  America. 

Harmony,  the  Grammar  of  Music. —  Intervals,  scales, 
triads,  inversion  of  triads,  chords,  inversion  of  chords,  har- 
monizing basses,  chords  of  the  dominant  seventh,  preparation 
and  resolution,  cadences  and  suspensions. 

Musical  Notation.  —  No  effort  will  be  made  to  follow  any 
published  system  of  school  music,  but  the  rudiments  will  be 
studied  with  especial  regard  to  the  needs  of  public  school 
music,  and  the  pupils  will  have  practical  drill  in  doing 
(singing)  throughout  the  course.  Special  attention  will  he 
given  to  individual  drill,  and  those  who  think  they  cannot 
sing  will  be  given  the  most  careful  training,  by  which  they 
will  be  convinced  that  they  can  learn  to  sing,  and  their 
value  in  the  public  school  room  will  thus  be  enhanced. 


STAT/-:   NORMAL  SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD.  37 

Chorus  Classes.  —  In  chorus  classes  pains  will  be  taken 
to  acquaint  the  pupils  with  the  best  that  the  musical  world 
offers. 

Manual  Training.  —  This  course  will  include  paper  fold- 
ing, paper  cutting,  basketry,  compressing  raffia  and  reed, 
and  woodwork,  including  whittling  and  bench  work.  The 
raffia  used  is  dyed  by  the  students  as  a  part  of  the  course  in 
chemistry  ;  the  models  used  in  the  bench  work  are  designed 
by  the  students  as  an  application  of  the  work  in  drawing. 

Physical  Training.  —  Physical  training  on  the  basis  of  the 
Ling  system  of  gymnastics. 

Study  of  the  principles  of  educational  gymnastics,  and 
their  application  in  the  Ling  system. 

Practical  work  in  the  gymnasium,  gymnastic  games,  squad 
and  class  drills  conducted  by  the  students. 


38 


STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,  WESTFIELD. 


O 

u 
In 

< 

> 

^    pq 
K    « 

C/3     O 


(M      **      eo 


<N        rH        <N        O*    I   <M 


O         bC 

oj     .9 

O       £ 


-«H    ca    Q    o    O    W    S 


I    1 

Ph    p< 


bC      o 
?,        O 


5    * 


A    ^    o 


Dh     &-      P. 


rH        05        ■* 


br 

93 

be 

"© 

•- 

br 

be 
0 

09 

sg 

e 

r- 
g 

S3 

p 
§ 

o3 

o 
be 

93 

T5 

0 

- 

w 

o 

w 

3 

S 

Ph 

Pi 

II 

-    be 

©    r« 


T3     ° 


«  2 


H  Ha 


ST  ATI-:   WORMAL   SCHOOL,  WESTFIELD. 


39 


n 

e» 

eo 

' 

<N 

eo 

CO 

■«*< 

<N 

- 

<M 

< 

Ol 

' 

- 

<N 

« 

co 

■*< 

©* 

- 

C-l 

o 
o 

6" 

X 

£ 

BQ 

© 

<: 

Z 

c 

< 

« 

be 

B 

6" 

$ 

Z 

T3 

n 

0 

s 

? 

ai" 

a 
3 

Oj 

ca" 

a 

9fl 

z 

^ 

OQ 

jjj 

«! 

o 

QQ 

o 

R 

2 

z. 

a) 

- 

s 

- 

- 

*-> 

.Si 

0 

o 

5 

o 

s 

0 

3 

3 

93 

- 

3 

~ 

o 

CO 

o^ 

CO 

■* 

rn 

. 

OA 

1       < 

, 

<n 

DO 

CO 

■ 

- 

<M 

■^ 

• 

' 

■ 

<M 

- 

>(0 

>4 

i     8 

o 

X 

02 

od" 

ca 

a 

B 

<1 

2 

B 

z 

aj 

a 

< 

■d 

o 

H 

z 

1     « 

£ 

>. 
T3 

© 

s 

OB 

e 

3 
'3 

o 
>» 
3 

oT 

be 
a 

3 

i 

5" 

ca'" 

be 

ci 

z 

o 

to 

aa 

o 

= 

12 

>> 

81 

QQ 

H 

"oS 

- 

S 

09 

"o 
o 

u 

s 

OQ 

0) 

a 

■1. 

OS 

Si 

— 

(H 

0) 

o 

►» 

.12 

71 

33 

- 

02 

O 

o 

O 

a 

3 

a 

o 

A 

- 

§ 

s 

S 

© 

~ 

•"*< 

<n 

eo 

rH 

<N 

<M 

c5 

M 

o 

^ 

H 

o 

QQ 

oq 

O 

z 

DQ 
Q3 

4 

55 

8 

■< 

CO 

■^ 

- 

"1 

0) 

EH 

- 

^ 

Z 

a 

u 

if) 

Z 

© 

a 

pq 

ca 

35 

be 

bC 

O 

3 

05 

m 

a 

o 
5 

ca 
«f 

o 
'5 

= 

o 
o 

- 

w 

>, 

"-J 

O 

— 

0 

es 

— 

S 

y} 

40  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,  WESTFIELTJ. 


LECTURES  AND  CONCERTS. 
An  effort  is  made  every  year  to  bring  students  into  contact 
with  people  of  reputation  in  lecture  and  concert  fields. 
During  the  present  year  those  in  authority  have  sought  to 
quicken  the  school  spirit,  and  bring  more  closely  together 
students  and  faculties  by  a  more  informal  kind  of  entertain- 
ment, preceded  or  followed  by  a  period  of  social  converse. 
The  program  for  1907-08  has  been  as  follows  :  — 

Indian  musicale,  arranged  by  Messrs.  Will  S.  Monroe  and  Frederic 
Goodwin ;  illustrative  selections  by  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Frederic 
Goodwin,  Miss  Louise  Arnold ;  violin  solos  by  Miss  Laura 
Jones,  with  Miss  Mary  Steele,  accompanist. 

The  Parthenon, — an  illustrated  lecture  by  Prof.  Alfred  Vance 
Churchill,  Smith  College. 

Diseases  of  the  Schoolroom,  —  a  lecture  by  Dr.  A.  T.  Schoorf- 
maker,  chairman  board  of  health,  Westfield. 

Sanitary  Science  in  the  Schoolroom,  —  a  lecture  by  Dr.  Fred.  P. 
Lowenstein,  Westfield. 

Scotch  poetry  and  prose,  — a  series  of  readings  in  the  Scotch  dia- 
lect by  Miss  Mary  F.  W.  Anderson  and  Mr.  John  R.  Ander- 
son of  Cambridge. 

The  Ring  and  the  Book,  —  a  lecture  by  Prof.  Edward  Howard 
Griggs  of  Montclair,  N.  J. 

A  Plan  for  Moral  Training  for  the  Public  Schools,  —  a  lecture  by 
Miss  Jane  Brownlee,  Toledo,  O. 

Graduation  address,1  by  Rev.  W.  C.  Gordon. 

GRADUATION,  DIPLOMAS,  AND  CERTIFICATES. 
The  satisfactory  completion  of  any  one  of  the  five  courses 
previously  described  entitles  the  pupil  to  receive  a  diploma 
or  certificate  of  graduation.  Those  who  for  any  reason  are 
unable  to  do  all  the  work  of  a  course  will,  on  application, 
receive  a  certificate  stating  the  exact  amount  of  work  done. 


To  be  given. 


STATE    NORMAL  SCHOOL,  WESTFIELD.  41 

Those  who  complete  Course  IV.  receive  certificates,  not 
diplomas.  The  course  taken  by  college  graduates  deter- 
mines whether  they  receive  certificates  or  diplomas. 

DISCIPLINE. 

Whoever  aspires  to  the  responsible  office  of  teacher  should 
habitually  practise  self-control.  This  doctrine  furnishes  the 
key  to  the  disciplinary  policy  of  this  school.  Pupils  are 
treated  with  confidence,  and  to  a  large  extent  the  govern- 
ment of  the  school  is  left  in  their  hands.  Almost  no  rules 
arc  made,  but  it  is  the  constant  effort  to  create  such  an 
atmosphere  that  to  follow  the  best  ideals  shall  be  easy  and 
natural. 

Regular  attendance,  good  behavior,  and  loyalty  to  the  best 
interests  of  the  school,  are  necessary  to  successful  work  and 
are  expected  of  all. 

The  power  of  suspension  for  misconduct  and  of  removal 
from  school  for  failure  to  do  properly  the  work  of  the  school 
is  lodged  in  the  principal,  with  an  appeal  to  the  Board  of 
Visitors. 

TUITION  AND  EXPENSES. 

Tuition  and  text-books  are  free  to  residents  of  Massachu- 
setts 

Pupils  from  other  States  than  Massachusetts,  attending 
normal  schools  supported  by  this  State,  are  required  to  pay 
at  the  beginning  of  each  half-year  session  the  sum  of  $25  to 
the  principal  of  the  school  attended  for  tuition,  except  that 
in  the  Normal  Art  School  the  sum  paid  to  the  principal  at 
the  beginning  of  the  session  by  each  pupil  from  another 
State  will  be  $50  for  each  half-year. 

For  cost  of  board,  see  "  Dickinson  Hall,"  below. 


42  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,  WESTFIELD. 


STATE  AID. 

To  assist  those  students  who  find  it  difficult  to  meet  the 
expense  of  the  course,  pecuniary  aid  is  furnished  by  the  State 
in  varying  sums,  though  never  exceeding  $1.50  per  week. 

Aid  is  not  furnished  during  the  first  half-year  of  attend- 
ance, nor  to  students  whose  scholarship  is  unsatisfactory. 
Applications  for  this  aid  are  to  be  made  to  the  principal 
in  writing,  and  must  be  accompanied  by  a  certificate  from  a 
person  competent  to  testify,  stating  that  the  applicant  needs 
the  aid. 

DICKINSON  HALL. 

MRS.    CHARLES   B.   WILSON,  MATRON. 

Dickinson  Hall  is  the  name  given  the.  new  normal  dormi- 
tory, which  was  used  for  the  first  time  in  September,  1903. 
It  is  in  charge  of  the  principal,  and  is  a  commodious,  well- 
lighted  school  home,  with  accommodations  for  75  students. 
Floor  plans  of  this  building  are  given  in  the  cuts  facing  this 
page.  Rooms  will  be  assigned  once  each  year,  two  students 
occupying  a  suite  of  three  rooms.  Whenever  possible, 
students  should  indicate  their  choice  of  room-mate.  In  all 
cases  those  desiring  rooms  should  notify  the  matron  as  soon 
as  possible  after  their  admission  to  the  school. 

The  price  of  board  in  the  boarding  halls  connected  with 
the  normal  schools  of  the  State  is  $160  for  the  school  year, 
payable  in  advance  as  follows  :  $40  at  the  beginning  of  the 
school  year  in  September;  $40  on  November  15;  $40  on 
February  1  ;  and  $40  on  April  15. 

This  rate  includes  board,  furnished  room  (except  as  below) , 
steam  heat,  gas,  and  laundry,  for  such  time  as  the  school  is 
in  session  and  for  the  Thanksgiving  recess,  but  for  no  other 
recess  or  vacation.  Pupils  whose  homes  are  at  a  distance 
may,  on  permission  of  the  principal,  remain  at  the  hall  dur- 
ing any  vacation,  except  the  long  one  in  the  summer,  on 
payment  of  the  additional  sum  of  $4  per  week  during  such 
vacation.     The  hall  is  closed  during  the  summer. 


STATE   NORMAL  SCHOOL,  WESTFIELD.  43 

When  pupils  leave  the  school  before  the  expiration  of  a 
term,  money  paid  in  advance  will  be  refunded  pro  rata,  but 
no  deduction  will  be  allowed  for  the  first  week  of  absence. 

Each  boarder  is  required  to  bring  towels,  napkins,  a  nap-- 
kin-rino-,  two  clothes-bags,  and  blankets.  The  school  does 
not  provide  curtains,  bureau  or  commode  covers.  Coverlets 
and  art  squares  are  furnished  by  the  school. 

All  articles  sent  to  the  laundry  must  be  distinctly  marked 
with  the  owner's  name  in  indelible  ink.  Initials  will  not 
answer. 

Visitors  can  have  good  accommodations  at  $1  per  day  or 
>.".  per  week  ;  dinner,  35  cents  ;  supper  or  breakfast,  25 
Cents;  lodging,  50  cents. 

Whenever  more  pupils  apply  for  rooms  than  can  be  cared 
for  in  Dickinson  Hall,  the  principal  will  find  places  for  those 
who  cannot  be  accommodated  ;  but  all  charges  in  excess  of 
the  regular  price  must  be  paid  by  those  who  are  obliged  to 
room  outside  the  dormitory. 

\n  Dickinson  Hall  the  State  has  tried  to  provide  for  the 
comfort  and  convenience  of  its  pupils.  In  the  basement 
space  has  been  set  aside  for  a  laundry,  which  shall  be  exclu- 
sively for  students'  use  ;  set  tubs,  wringers,  ironing  boards, 
etc.,  are  furnished.  On  the  second  floor  a  room  equipped 
with  sewing  machines  gives  an  opportunity  to  economize  in 
the  making  of  the  simpler  articles  of  feminine  apparel  to 
such  as  may  care  to  use  it.  On  the  third  floor  a  gymnasium 
has  been  provided  ;  school  work  in  gymnastics  is  given  in 
this  room  ;  the  gymnasium  is  also  the  general  meeting  place 
of  the  students,  where  evening  entertainments  may  be  held. 
A  commodious  library  and  reading  room,  the  reception  room 
and  parlors,  hospital,  and  dining  room  are  situated  on  the 
fir-t  floor. 

The  building  is  substantially  made  of  buff  brick ;  the  in- 
terior finish  is  of  ash  in  the  natural  wood,  and  the  floors  are 
of  maple.  The  hall  is  heated  by  steam  and  lighted  by  elec- 
tricity, and  every  possible  precaution  is  taken  to  secure  it 


44  STATE  NORMAL   SCHOOL,  WESTFIELD. 

from  danger  by  fire.  A  private  fire  alarm  box  connects  it 
with  the  central  fire  station  of  the  town,  which  is  situated 
near  by ;  extinguishers  and  grenades  are  provided  on  every 
floor  ;  electric  gongs  for  alarming  pupils  have  been  installed ; 
and  a  watchman  patrols  every  part  of  the  building  once  every 
hour  during  the  night. 

Pupils  who  do  not  live  in  Westfleld  and  who  do  not  return 
to  their  homes  daily  are  expected  to  board  at  Dickinson  Hall. 
All  other  students  who  wish  to  board  with  relatives  or  to 
work  for  their  board  in  private  families  must  first  secure 
permission  from  the  principal. 

EMPLOYMENT  OF  GRADUATES. 

The  demand  for  graduates  of  this  school  is  greater  than 
the  supply.  During  the  past  year  the  principal  has  received 
many  requests  for  teachers  to  which  he  has  been  unable  to 
respond. 

In  the  interest  of  graduates  of  this  school  who  desire  to 
secure  better  positions,  and  of  school  committees  and  super- 
intendents who  are  seeking  teachers,  the  principal  requests 
that  former  pupils  will  keep  him  informed  of  their  addresses 
and  of  their  wishes  for  future  work.  He  will  keep  at  his 
office  as  complete  a  directory  of  graduates  as  possible,  and 
hopes  to  be  serviceable  alike  to  employers  and  employed. 
If  alumnse  sending  their  addresses  will  also  forward  testimo- 
nials of  success,  the  principal  can  act  for  them  more  intelli- 
gently. 

It  should  be  distinctly  understood  that  the  principal  guar- 
antees no  positions,  and  declines  to  recommend  any  teacher 
whom  he  does  not  personally  know  to  be  successful.  In 
all  cases,  however,  he  will  gladly  furnish  the  names  and 
addresses  of  all  eligible  teachers  to  inquirers,  leaving  to 
them  the  responsibility  of  investigation  and  action. 

As  complete  a  record  as  possible  of  all  future  graduates 
will  be  kept,  showing  their  scholarship,  training,  experience 


STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,  WESTFIELD.  45 

before  entering  the  normal  school  and  in  the  training  schools, 
and  general  qualifications  for  teachers'  positions,  together 
with  such  testimonials  of  success  in  teaching  as  may  be  filed 
from  time  to  time.  Such  data  will  be  considered  entirely 
confidential,  and  will  be  accessible  only  to  superintendents 
and  school  committees. 

GENERAL  REMARKS. 

The  demand  of  the  hour  is  for  professionally  trained 
teachers,  and,  both  for  the  good  of  the  schools  and  for  their 
own  advantage,  all  intending  teachers  are  urged  to  prepare 
themselves  by  a  special  course  of  training  in  some  school 
established  for  the  purpose. 

Teachers  who  wish  to  profit  by  the  regular  class-room 
instruction  in  any  department  are  invited  to  join  the  school 
temporarily  during  their  vacations  and  at  such  other  times 
as  may  be  convenient.  The  school  aims  to  be  helpful.  No 
charge  will  be  made  for  tuition  or  text-books,  and,  if  rea- 
sonable notice  is  given,  such  students  can  usually  be  accom- 
modated at  Dickinson  Hall  at  $4  per  week. 

This  school  is  always  open  to  the  inspection  of  the  public. 
A  cordial  invitation  is  extended  to  teachers,  school  commit- 
tees, and  superintendents  to  visit  at  their  convenience. 

For  catalogues,  specimen  examination  papers,  or  any  in- 
formation address  the  principal  at  Westfield. 


46 


STATE  NORMAL   SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD. 


Names  of  Pupils. 


GENERAL  TWO  YEARS'  COURSE. 


SENIORS. 

Ahern,  Ellen  M.,  407  Main  Street,      . 

Alden,  Bessie  Mae 

Atkins,  Edith  Mildred,  35  Ashley  Street,   . 
Barrett,  Maty  Margaret,  18  Everett  Street, 
Bartlett,  Marion  Louise,      .... 
Bothum,  Ruby  F.,  7  Dudley  Avenue, 
Bourassa,  Olive,  12  Avery  Street, 
Buckley,  Margaret  T.,  .... 

Carmody,  Anna  Gertrude,  .... 
Chambers,  Elizabeth  Matilda.     . 
Chapman,  Lillian  May,  239  Hampden  Street, 
Clune,  Mary  C,  59  Spring  Street, 
Cote,  Ellen  Elizabeth,  26  Pine  Street, 
Coughlin,  Mary  Elizabeth,  30  Lenox  Avenue 
Coyne,  Mabel  Victoria,  264  Webster  Street, 
Dal  ton,  Elizabeth  Marie.  331  Dwight  Street, 
Dexter,  Jessie,  49  Montrose  Street,     . 
Dillon,  Mary  Julia,  70  Taylor  Street, 

Dolan,  Nellie  Agnes, 

Dowling,  Genevieve  V.,  122  Greenwood  Street 
Driscoll,  Veronica  Rose,  28  Everett  Street, 

Dyer,  Constance, 

Eckart,  Marie  Helene,  13  Grant  Street, 
Farrell,  Marion  Elizabeth,  115  Alden  Street, 
Ferris,  Lulu,  340  Oak  Street,      . 
Ferris,  Mae,  340  Oak  Street, 
Fitzgerald,  Lucy  Cecelia,  High  Street, 
Flynn,  Helen  Cecelia,  Pleasant  Street, 
Gibbs,  Ella  Louise,      ..... 
(.nun,  Parthenia  Elsie,  1 78  Hancock  Street, 
Haubrick,  Kate;  Elizabeth,  111  Broad  Street, 
Ilea  ley,  Agatha,  928  Liberty  Street,   . 
Higgins,  Anna  M.,  7  Maple  Street, 


Hoi  yoke. 

Ludlow. 

Springfield. 

Springfield. 

Worthington. 

Westfield. 

Westfield. 

Ware. 

Bondsville 

Feeding  Hills. 

Holyoke. 

Springfield. 

Mittineague. 

Pittsfield. 

East  Boston. 

Holyoke. 

Springfield. 

Chicopee  Falls. 

Haydenville. 

Springfield. 

Springfield. 

Helchertown. 

Holyoke. 

Springfield. 

Indian  Orchard. 

Indian  Orchard. 

Bondsville. 

Easthampton. 

Bland  ford. 

Springfield. 

Westfield. 

Springfield. 

Pittsfield. 


STATE  NORMAL   SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD. 


47 


Hincs.  Eva  Honora,  South  Street,       ....  Warren. 

Hosley,  Mary  Allen,  10  High  Street,  ...  Warren. 

Howe.  Lenora  Elizabeth,  199  High  Street,  .         .  Springfield. 

Hunt,  Edith  Caroline,  Main  Street,     ....  Chester. 

Hurley,  "Margaret  A.,  60  Greenwood  Street,       .         .  Springfield. 

Johnson,  Sidney  A.,  51  Washington  Street,        .         .  Westfield. 

Keenan,  Katherine  Josephine,  454  Chestnut  Street,  .  Springfield. 

Keough,  Katherine  Sylvia,  11  Brooks  Avenue,  .         .  Holyoke. 

Leahy,  Ellen  Theresa,  29  Peck's  Road,       .         .         .  Pittsfield. 

Lovett,  Gertrude  L.,  16  Whitney  Street,     .         .         .  Amherst. 

Lunan,  Wilhelmina  Milroy,  18  Central  Avenue,        .  Indian  Orchard. 

Mahoney,  Helen  Pauline,  24  Adams  Street,        .         .  Easthampton. 

Maloney,  Mary  A.,  Lenox. 

McCormick,  1'lorence  Irene,  142  Elm  Street,     .         .  Westfield. 

Meeker,  Ada  M.,  50  Hampden  Street,         .         .         .  Indian  Orchard. 

Menton,  Anna  Veronica,  18  Clifford  Street,       .         .  Easthampton. 

Merrell,  Cornelia,  River  Road, Agawam. 

Mulcahy,  Agnes  Patricia,  164  Center  Street,      .         .  Chicopee. 

Neugoal,  Mary  Elizabeth,  145  State  Street,       .         .  Springfield. 

O'Girr,  Charlotte,  434  Springfield  Street,  .         .         .  Chicopee. 

O'Neil,  Cecelia  Genevieve,  61  Taylor  Street,     .         .  Chicopee  Falls. 

Patterson,  Bertha  Margaret,  20  Sewall  Street,  .         .  Ludlow. 

Prouty,  Ella  G.,  83  Sycamore  Street, .  .        .  Holyoke. 

Rourke.  Elena  Veronica,  110  Whipple  Street,   .         .  Fall  River. 

Ryan,  Margaret  Eulalia,  58  Beacon  Avenue,      .         .  Holyoke. 

Searle,  Anna  I,  22  Atwater  Street,  ...  Westfield. 

Slattery,  Anna  Elizabeth,  66  Nonotuck  Street,  .         .  Holyoke. 

Stowe,  Avis  M.,  26  Hancock  Street,  .         .         .  Westfield. 

Tagan,  Helen  Cecelia,  20  Chapel  Street,    .        .         .  West  Warren. 

Thompson,  Ruth  I.,  679  West  Third  Street,        .         .  Plainfield,  N  J. 

Tuttle,  Persis  Gibbs,  16  Keyes  Street,         .         .         .  Warren. 

Van  Wert,  Grace  Maybelle, Chester. 

Waldron,  Cecilia  Frances,  ......  Great  Barrington. 

Walsh,  Anna  Magdalen,  890  Front  Street,  .         .  Chicopee  Falls. 

White,  Emily  Angeline, Ludlow. 


KINDERGARTEN  COURSE 
SENIORS. 
Dickinson,  Ethel.  6  Park  Street, 
Dunham,  Bessie  E  ,  606  Madison  Avenue, 
Gaugh,  Julie  Charlotte,  Main  Street, 
Gaugh,  Lizette  Parsons,  Main  Street, 
Sauter,  Irene  Margaret,  60  Court  Street,    . 


Northampton 
Plainfield,  N.  J. 
Easthampton. 
Easthampton. 
Westfield. 


48 


STATE  NORMAL   SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD. 


POST-GRADUATES* 

McDonald,  Katherine,  91  Bancroft  Street, 
Young,  Ida  B ,  38  Holland  Avenue,    . 


Springfield. 
Westfield. 


GENERAL  TWO  YEARS'  COURSE. 


JUNIOBS. 

Allaire,  Mary  Rosamond,  59  Chestnut  Street,    , 
Arnold,  Gertrude  Louise,  9  Washington  Street, 
Barry,  Margaret  Theresa,  151  West  Street, 
Bickford,  Tryphena  M.,  8  Summer  Street, 
Bridgman,  Marion  Elizabeth,      .         ... 
Bush,  Louise  Hopkins,  81  E  Silver  Street, 
Carmody,  Marcella  A., 
Charest,  Antoinette,  352  Main  Street, 
Corcoran,  Mary  Teresa,  25  Richelieu  Street, 
Corrie,  Ethel  Moseley,  33  Hampden  Street, 
Cowles,  Mary  Henderson,  .... 
Dairy m pie,  Esther  L.,  67  Eustis  Street, 
Dalton,  Anna  Augusta,  1265  Dwight  Street, 

Davis,  Eva  G., 

Donahue,  Katherine  L., 
Dooley,  Mary  Elizabeth,  163  Elm  Street,  . 
Dowd,  Katherine,  30  Bartlett  Street,  . 
Dowdall,  Agnes  C,  137  Beech  Street, 
Egan,  Frances  H.,  52  Holyoke  Street, 
Forsyth,  Maude  Smith,  Brook  Street, 
Geran,  Alice  Elizabeth,  112  Nonotuck  Street, 
Halfpenny,  Anne,  287  Main  Street,     . 
Harrington,  Clara  Emma,  541  Main  Street, 
Higgins,  Catherine  Claire,  13  Church  Place, 
Ilildreth,  Jessie  Ellen,  17  Bates  Street, 

Holt,  Elaine, 

Horrigan,  Irene  Margaret,  31  Pearl  Street, 
Howard,  Grace  Agnes,  163  Bowles  Street, 
Howard,  Helen  Theresa,  2  'Winter  Street, . 
Johnson,  Abbie  Elizabeth,  41  Orleans  Street, 
Kearney,  Katherine  C, 
Kearney,  Mary  Lynch,        .... 
Leahy,  Margaret  Irene,  2!)  Peck's  Road,    . 
Lewis,  Helen  Rosalind,  139  King  Street,    . 
Ludwig,  Ottilie  Elizabeth,  488  Liberty  Street. 


Chicopee. 

Westfield. 

Ware. 

Westfield. 

Belchertown 

Westfield. 

Belchertown 

Holyoke. 

Springfield. 

Westfield. 

North  Hadley. 

Revere. 

Holyoke. 

Hadley. 

Huntington. 

Holyoke 

Westfield. 

Holyoke. 

Easthampton. 

Northbridge. 

Holyoke. 

Holyoke. 

Springfield. 

Bellows  Falls,  Vt. 

Westfield. 

Norfolk,  Conn. 

Holyoke. 

Springfield. 

Franklin. 

Springfield. 

Glendale. 

Glendale. 

Pittsfield. 

Springfield. 

Springfield. 


STATE  XORMAL   SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD, 


49 


Lynn,  Septa  Frances,  311  Walnut  Street,  .        .        .  Holyoke. 

Mahoney,  Florence  Elizabeth,  10  Columbia  Street,  .  Westfield. 

McGee,  Mary  Ascension,  40  Hamlin  Street,       .         .  Pittsfield. 

Moynihan,  Eva  Catherine,  43  Glen  Street,         .        .  Holyoke. 

Noeke,  Ruth,  (17  Morris  Street Springfield. 

O'Neill,  Claire  Elizabeth,  320  Hampden  Street,         .  Holyoke. 

Parker,  Alda  Lottie,  77  Catherine  Street,   .         .         .  Springfield. 

Pease,  Genevieve  Dickinson, Whately. 

Pfeifter,  Elena  Marguerite,  148  First  Street,      .         .  Pittsfield 

Powers,  Dora  Anna,  Oak  Avenue,      ....  Westfield. 

Powers,  Mary  Louise,  76  Maple  Street,      .         .         .  Easthampton. 

Randall.  Beulah  Jane,  68  Willard  Avenue,        .         .  Springfield. 

Randall,  Ruth  Belle,  68  Willard  Avenue,  .         .         .  Springfield. 

Richardson,  Charlotte  Baxter,  98  Court  Street, .         .  AVesttield 

Riley,  Benjamin  Trask,  86  Bliss  Street,      .         .         .  Springfield. 

Roche,  Esther  Monica,  Brook  Street, ....  Whitinsville. 

Root,  Shirley  Alma,  11  Broad  Street,  .         .        .  Westfield. 

Smith,  Pearl  Rice, Granby. 

squires,  Irene  Elizabeth,  170  Smith  Street,        .        .  Hartford,  Conn. 

Starkweather,  Olive  Amanda,  10  Kellogg  Street,      .  Westfield. 

Stock  well,  Ora  Helen,  West  Farms,   ....  Northampton. 

Taylor,  Ruth  Frances,  51  Day  Avenue,       .         .         .  Westfield. 

Tucker,  Teresa  Veronica,  9  O'Connor  Avenue,  .         .  Holyoke. 

Vitty,  Stella  Amanda, Windsor,  Vt. 

Warner,  Edith  Lillian, Sunderland. 

Wells,  Lena  May,  15  Lenox  Street,    ....  Springfield. 

Whitney,  Alice  M., Montague. 

Williams,  Mabel  E., Holyoke. 

Winn,  Clara  Louise, Ware. 


KINDERGARTEN  COURSE, 

JUNIORS. 

Clark,  Marion  Dalziel, Palmer. 

( 'owing,  Ruby  May,  East  Street,         ....  Hadley. 

Goodyear,  Eleanor, Westfield. 


SPECIAL  STUDENTS. 
Avery.  Mrs.  Frank  R.,  40  Pleasant  Street, 
Beckwith.  Maude  S.,  163  Franklin  Street, 
Corrie,  Emily  Elizabeth,  33  Hampden  Street,   . 
Cronin,  Mary  C,  20)  Center  Street,    . 
Loomis,  Anna  Laura,  12  Spring  Street, 


Westfield. 
Westfield. 
Westfield. 
Chicopee. 
Westfield. 


50 


STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD. 


Mallory,  Pearl  Leslie,  37  Pleasant  Street,  . 

.     Westfield. 

Martin,  Harold  C, 

.     Shelburne  Falls. 

McCorrnick,  Clara,  16  Florence  Street, 

.     Springfield. 

Messenger,  Lala  A., 

.     Becket. 

Parker,  Mrs.  J.  C,  51  Washington  Street, 

.     Westfield. 

Parsons,  Mrs.  J.  C, 

.     Westfield. 

Powers,  Agnes  Bridget,  10  Maple  Terrace, 

.     Mittineague. 

Rey,  Carolyn  Augusta,  Wood's  Hall, 

Springfield. 

Starkweather,  Sarah,  10  Kellogg  Street,    . 

.    Westfield. 

SUMMARY. 

Post-graduates, 

.   '      .         .        2 

Seniors  in  general  course,  .... 

.        .      68 

Seniors  in  kindergarten  course, 

5 

Juniors  in  general  course,  .... 

64 

Juniors  in  kindergarten  course, 

3 

Special  students, 

14 

Total, 

.    156 

f***\ 


TV 


w 


STFIELD^ 


9wr 


I 


MJNOpCEMENT 

•RSTABOSHE,b 


4H 


UNIVERSITY  OF  ♦UlNOIb 

SEP  2  n  1915_  _ 

"'p^ilDeNT^  OFFICE 


CATALOGUE  AND  CIRCULAR  OF  INFORMATION. 

MASSACHUSETTS 
STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL, 

WEST  FIELD. 


Vith  Compliments  of 


CLARENCE  A.   BRODEUR, 

PRINCIPAL. 


908- 1909 


BOSTON   .  ■  .  WRIGHT    AND    POTTER    PRINTING   COMPANY  .  '  .   STATE    PRINTERS 
EIGHTEEN    POST   OFFICE  SQUARE NINETEEN    HUNDRED  NINE 


CATALOGUE  AND  CIRCULAR  OF  INFORMATION. 

MASSACHUSETTS 
STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL, 

WESTFIELD. 


ESTABLISHED     1  839. 


908-1909 


BOSTON   .      .  WRIGHT    AND    POTTER    PRINTING    COMPANY  .  '  .   STATE    PRINTERS 
EIGHTEEN    FOST   OFFICE  SQUARE NINETEEN    HUNDRED  NINE 


Approved  by 
The  State  Board  of  Publication. 


STATE  BOARD  OF  EDUCATION, 


Established,  1837. 


His  Excellency  EBEN  S.  DRAPER. 
His  Honor  LOUIS  A.  FROTHINGHAM. 


Thomas  B.  Fitzpatkick, 
Frederick  P   Fish, 
Joel  D.  Miller,  A.M  . 
Mrs.  Kate  Gannett  Wells, 
Clinton  Q.  Richmond,  A.B., 
George  I.  Aldrich,  A.M.,   . 
Mrs.  Ella  Lyman  Cabot,    . 
Albert  E.  Winship,  Litt.D  , 


Boston,    . 
Brookline, 
Leominster,    . 
Boston,    . 
North  Adams, 
Brookline, 
Boston,    . 
Somerville,     . 


TERM   EXPIRES 

May  25,  1909. 
May  25,  1910. 
May  25,  1911. 
May  25,  1912. 
May  25,  1913. 
May  25,  1914. 
May  25,  1915. 
May  25,  1916. 


OFFICERS  OF  THE  BOARD  OF  EDUCATION. 


George  H.  Martin,  A.M ,  Secretary,     . 
Caleb  B.  Tillinghast,  A.M.,  Clerk  and  Treasurer, 
Frederic  L.  Burniiam,  Agent,       .... 
James  W.  MacDonald,  A.M.,  Agent,   . 

John  T    Prince,  Agent, 

Julius  E.  Warren,  Agent, Worcester. 


Lynn. 
Boston. 
Cambridge. 
Stoneham. 
West  Newton. 


BOARD  OF  VISITORS. 


Albert  E.  Winship,  Litt.D. 


Clinton  Q.  Richmond,  A.B. 


FACULTY. 


NORMAL  SCHOOL. 
Clarence  A.  Bkodeuk,  Principal. 


Pedagogy, 

Lewis  I).  Allyn, 
Edith  L.  Cummings, 
Frederic  Goodwin,   . 
Mrs.  Adeline  A.  Knight, 
John  ('.  Ilocken  berry, 

Louis  G.  Monte, 
Charles  B.  Wilson,  . 


School  Law,  School  Management. 

.     Mathematics,  Chemistry,  Physics. 

.     Gymnastics,  Manual  Training. 

.     Vocal  Music. 

.     English,  Literature,  History. 

.     Psychology,  History  of  Education, 

Geography,  Sociology. 
.     Drawing. 
.     Natural  Science. 
Florence  B.  Phillips,  Secretary.  y 


TRAINING  SCHOOL. 
George  W,  Wixslow,  Principal. 


A    Annette  Fox. 
Alice  M.  Winslow, 
Anna  M.  Downey, 
Clara  L.  Bush, . 
Lucia  A.  Coleman, 
Ella  J.  Downey, 
If  ay  T.  Grout,  . 
Edith  M.  Hobbins, 
Eliza  Converse, 
Frances  L.  Foster, 
Florence  P.  Axtell 
Eunice  M.  Beebe, 
Emma  L.  Hammond 


Eighth  grade. 
Eighth  grade. 
Seventh  grade. 
Seventh  grade. 
Sixth  grade.  ' 
Sixth  grade. 
Fifth  grade. 
Fifth  grade. 
Fourth  grade. 
Third  grade. 
Second  grade. 
First  grade. 
Kindergarten. 


STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD. 


ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION  OF  THE  WESTFIELD  NORMAL 
SCHOOL. 

PRESIDENT. 

Mr.  Marcus  H.  White,  Principal  of  Normal  School,  New  Britain,  Conn. 

Class  of  1882. 
VICE-PRESIDENT. 

Mrs.  Esther  J.  Morgan,  Springfield,  Mass. 

Class  of  1862. 
SECRETARY  AND   TREASURER. 

Mr.  Thomas  K.  McAllister,  Newtonville,  Mass. 

Class  of  1889.. 
EXECUTIVE   COMMITTEE. 

Principal  Clarence  A.  Brodeur,  Westlield,  Mass. 
Mrs.  Edwin  B.  Hedges,  Westfield,  Mass. 

Class  of  1888. 

Mr.  Arthur  Hinds,  Kichmond  Hill,  L.  I. 

Class  of  1876. 
COMMITTEE   ON  NECROLOGY. 

Miss  Susy  A.  Dickinson,  Brookline,  Mass. 

Class  of  1876. 

Mr.  J.  Silas  Diller,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Class  of  1873. 

Miss  Emma  F.  Lay,  Whitinsville,  Mass. 

Class  of  1872. 

Mrs.  Joseph  G.  Robbins,  Westfield,  Mass. 

Class  of  1868. 

I  be  iK\t  meeting  of  the  Association  will  be  held  at  Westfield,  1910. 


STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD. 


Calendar  for  1909, 


SPRING  TERM. 
Monday,  9  A  M  ,  March  22,  1909,  to  Friday,  4  p.m  ,  June  18,  1909. 

CLASS  DAY. 
Monday,  June  21,  1909. 

GRADUATION. 
Tuesday,  2  p.m.,  June  22,  1909. 


EXAMINATIONS. 

First  Entrance  Examination. 

Thursday  and  Friday,  9  a.m  ,  June  24  and  25,  1909. 

Second  Entrance  Examination. 
Tuesday  and  Wednesday,  9  am.,  Sept.  7  and  8,  1909. 


Entrance  examinations  on  the  dates  given  above  begin  at  9  a.m.,  in 
tin-  assembly  hall.  Candidates  are  to  be  present  at  the  opening  on  the 
Rrsl  day.  They  should  come  prepared  to  stay  in  September.  If  pupils 
pure  obliged  to  stay  over  night  during  the  June  examinations,  accommo- 
dations may  be  had  at  Dickinson  Hall. 

The  school  is  in  session  every  week  day  except  Monday  ;  on  Saturdays, 
Bchool  closes  at  noon. 


STATE   NORMAL   SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD. 


CALENDAR  FOR  SCHOOL  YEAR,    1909-10. 


FALL  TERM.1 
Thursday,  9  a.m.,  Sept.  9,  1909,  to  Saturday,  12  m.,  Dee.  4,  1909. 

WINTER   TERM. 
Monday,  9  a.m  ,  Dec.  6,  1009,  to  Saturday,  12  m  ,  March  19,  1910. 

SPRING  TERM. 
Monday,  9  a  m  ,  March  21,  1910,  to  Friday,  4  p.m.,  June  17,  1910. 

CLASS  DAY. 
Monday,  June  20,  1910. 

GRADUATION. 
Tuesday,  2  r  m.,  June  21,  1910. 

VACATIONS. 

Spring. 
From  Saturday,  12  M  ,  April  24,  1909,  to  Monday,  May  3,  1909. 

Thanksgiving. 
From  Wednesday,  12  m  ,  preceding  Thanksgiving  Day,  to  the  following 

Tuesday. 

Christmas. 

From  Thursday,  Dec  23,  1909,  to  Monday,  Jan.  3,  1910. 

Winter. 

From  Saturday,  Feb  2G,  1910,  to  Monday,  March  7,  1910. 

Spring. 
From  Saturday,  L2  m.,  April  30,  1910,  to  Monday,  May  9,  1910. 

i  'ii,.  who  are  assigned  to  the  training  school  for  the  Pall  term  will  begin 

their  school  ;       day,  8ept.  7,  1909,  at  9  a.m. 


Westfield  Normal  School. 


HISTORICAL  SKETCH. 
With  the  single  exception  of  the  Framingham  Normal 
School,  which  was  first  opened  at  Lexington  July  3,  1839, 
the  Westfield  Normal  School  is  the  oldest  in  America.  It 
was  established  at  Barre,  Sept.  4,  1839«,  and  was  transferred 
to  Westfield  in  1814.  The  total  number  of  pupils  admitted 
to  this  school  is  4,998,  of  whom  500  have  been  men.  Since 
1855,  the  date  of  the  first  formal  graduation,  2,116  students 
have  received  diplomas  on  the  completion  of  the  prescribed 
course  of  study. 

LOCATION. 

Westfield,  a  beautiful  town  of  more  than  13,600  inhabit- 
ants, is  located  on  the  main  line  of  the  Boston  &  Albany 
Railroad,  and  on  the  Northampton  division  of  the  New  York, 
New  Haven  &  Hartford  Railroad.  Springfield  is  distant  but 
nine  miles,  Ilolyoketen,  Chicopee  twelve,  and  Northampton 
sixteen.  Electrics  run  from  the  railroad  stations  past  the 
school  and  connect  Westfield  with  Springfield  and  Holyoke. 
The  service  is  excellent,  and  the  program  of  recitations  is 
so  arranged  that  most  pupils  residing  in  adjoining  cities  and 
towns  can  live  at  home. 

Westfield  is  noted  for  its  fine  streets,  overarched  by  stately 
elms,  and  for  the  beauty  of  the  surrounding  country.  Facili- 
ties for  healthful  exercise,  as  well  as  for  the  out-door  study 
of  geography  and  natural  science,  are  abundant. 

BUILDINGS  AND 'GROUNDS. 
The  normal  school  building  was  occupied  for  the  first  time 
April  18,  1892.     It  is  a  beautiful  and  commodious  structure 
of  red  brick,  with  trimmings  of  brown  stone  and  Roman- 


10  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD. 

esque  portals,  is  140  feet  long  and  118  feet  deep,  and  con- 
tains accommodations  for  175  normal  students,  as  well  as  for 
120  pupils  of  the  training  schools. 

The  entire  building  is  finished  in  the  best  selected  quar- 
tered oak.  The  chemical,  physical,  geological  and  mineral- 
ogical,  and  biological  laboratories  are  liberally  supplied  with 
the  best  of  modern  apparatus  and  appliances  and  with  an 
abundance  of  specimens  for  study. 

The  art  room  affords  excellent  opportunities  for  training 
in  drawing.     In  addition,  several  well-lighted  studios,  plen-. 
tifully  supplied  with  casts,  models,  and  copies,  are  available 
for  individual  work. 

Adjoining  the  main  assembly  hall  is  a  convenient  library 
of  well-selected  books  for  use  in  all  departments  of  the  work 
of  the  school. 

The  manual  training  room  is  equipped  with  nineteen 
benches,  and  with  all  tools  and  material  necessary  for  in- 
structing normal  students  in  a  most  comprehensive  course 
of  manual  training  for  elementary  schools. 

The  gymnasium  is  large  and  well  lighted,  and  is  provided 
with  all  apparatus  for  class  work  as  well  as  for  individual 
exercise. 

In  a  word,  no  school  building  in  the  State  has  a  more 
complete  equipment  for  preparing  teachers  to  fill  positions 
in  the  best  of  modern  schools. 

The  ample  grounds  adjoining  the  school  afford  opportunity 
for  lawn  tennis,  basket-ball,  and  for  general  exercise. 

Dickinson  Hall  is  a  pleasant  and  comfortable  dormitory 
and  boarding  hall,  located  adjacent  to  the  school  building, 
and  containing  accommodations  for  75  students.  A  fuller 
description  may  be  found  on  page  41,  under  the  caption 
"  Dickinson  Hall." 


STATE   NORMAL  SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD.  11 


TRAINING  SCHOOLS. 

In  the  normal  school  building  are  four  rooms,  accommo- 
dating 1 20  pupils  of  the  kindergarten  and  primary  grades 
of  the  public  schools. 

The  State  has  erected  a  new  training  school  building  at  a 
cost  of  84"), 000,  on  the  site  of  the  old  normal  school  on 
Washington  Street,  within  a  stone's  throw  of  Dickinson  Hall. 
This  building  contains  ten  class-rooms,  with  ample  accom- 
modations for  420  children  from  grades  four  to  nine  inclusive, 
a  large  library,  principal's  office,  teachers'  room,  an  assembly 
hall  with  seats  for  500,  play-rooms,  and'  is  furnished  with 
an  electric  time  service  and  a  liberal  equipment  for  the  teach- 
ing of  all  school  subjects. 

There  are  available  for  training  purposes  in  both  buildings 
fourteen  rooms,  containing  more  than  550  pupils. 

The  pupils  of  the  senior  class  of  the  normal  school  are 
divided  into  three  sections,  each  section  devoting  the  entire 
time  of  one  term  of  thirteen  weeks  to  observation  and  teach- 
ing in  the  training  schools  under  expert  supervision.  Thus 
ample  provision  has  been  made  for  training  teachers  for  the 
actual  work  of  their  profession. 

GENERAL  AIM  OF  THE  SCHOOL.      . 
The  Board  of  Education,  by  a  vote  passed  May  6,  1880, 
stated  the  design  of  the  school  and  the  course  of  studies  for 
the  State  normal  schools,  as  follows  :  — 

Tht'  design  of  the  normal  school  is  strictly  professional;  that  is,  to 
prepare  in  the  best  possible  manner  the  pnpils  i'or  the  work  of  organ- 
izing, governing,  and  teaching  the  public  schools  of  the  Common- 
wealth. 

To  this  end  there  must  be  the  most  thorough  knowledge,  first,  of  the 
branches  of  learning  required  to  be  taught  in  the  schools ;  second,  of 
the  best  methods  of  teaching  these  branches  ;  and  third,  of  right  mental 
tniininsr. 


12  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD. 


REQUIREMENTS  FOR  ADMISSION. 
Candidates  for  admission  to  any  one  of  the  normal  schools 
must,  if  young  women,  have  attained  the  age  of  sixteen 
years,  and  if  young  men,  the  age  of  seventeen  years,  and 
be  graduates  of  an  approved  high  school  (or  must  have 
received  the  equivalent  of  a  good  high  school  education). 
Their  fitness  for  admission  will  be  determined  by  :  — 

1.  Their  standing  in  a  physical  examination. 

2.  Their  moral  character. 

3.  Their  high  school  record. 

4.  A  written  examination. 

5.  An  oral  examination. 

PHYSICIANS'  CERTIFICATES  AND  PHYSICAL 
EXAMINATIONS. 

Every  candidate  is  required  to  present  a  certificate  from  a 
reliable  physician,  stating  that  he  or  she  is  physically  fitted 
to  undertake  the  contemplated  course  of  study,  and  giving 
information  as  to  any  physical  weakness  the  candidate  may 
have.  Blank  certificates  may  be  found  at  the  back  part  of 
this  catalogue. 

The  State  Board  of  Education  adopted  the  following  vote 
March  7,  1901  :  — 

That  the  visitors  of  the  several  normal  schools  be  authorized  and 
directed  to  provide  for  a  physical  examination  of  candidates  for  admis- 
sion to  the  normal  schools,  in  order  to  determine  whether  they  are  free 
from  any  disease  or  infirmity  which  would  unfit  them  for  the  office  of 
teacher,  and  also  to  examine  any  student  at  anytime  in  the  course,  to 
determine  whether  his  physical  condition  is  such  as  to  warrant  his  con- 
tinuance in  the  school. 

MORAL  CHARACTER. 
Candidates  must   present  certificates  of  good  moral  char- 
acter.     In  deciding  whether  they  shall  prepare  themselves 
to  become  teachers,  candidates  should  note  that  the  vocation 


STAT!-:   NORMAL  SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD.  13 

requires  more  than  mere  freedom  from  disqualifying  defects  ; 
it  demands  virtues  of  a  positive  sort,  that  shall  make  their 
impress  for  good  upon  those  who  are  taught. 

HIGH  SCHOOL  RECORD. 

It  may  be  said,  in  general,  that  if  the  ordinary  work  of  a 
jrood  statutory  high  school  is  well  done,  candidates  should 
have  no  difficulty  in  meeting  the  academic  tests  to  which  they 
may  be  subjected.  They  cannot  be  too  earnestly  urged, 
however,  to  avail  themselves  of  the  best  high  school  facilities 
attainable  in  a  four  years'  course,  even  though  they  should 
pursue  studies  to  an  extent  not  insisted  on,  or  take  studies 
not  prescribed  in  the  admission  requirements. 

The  importance  of  a  good  record  in  the  high  school  cannot 
be  overestimated.  Principals  are  requested  to  furnish  the 
normal  schools  with  records  of  the  high  school  standing  of 
candidates.  The  stronger  the  evidence  of  character,  scholar- 
ship and  promise,  of  whatever  kind,  candidates  bring,  espe- 
cially from  schools  of  high  reputation  and  from  teachers  of 
good  judgment  and  fearless  expression,  the  greater  confi- 
dence they  may  have  in  guarding  themselves  against  the  con- 
tingencies of  an  examination  and  of  satisfying  the  examiners 
as  to  their  fitness. 

WRITTEN  EXAMINATIONS. 
All  candidates  for  the  regular  and  kindergarten  courses 
must  pass  satisfactorjr  examinations,  as  indicated  below  (see 
also  caption  following  "Admission  on  certification  from  high 
schools*'). 

I.  Language. —  (a)  English,  with  its  grammar  and  lit- 
erature, and  (b)  either  Latin  or  French. 

II.  Mathematics. —  (a)  The  elements  of  algebra  and 
(b)   the  elements  of  plain  geometry. 

III.  United  States  History.  — The  history  and  civil  gov- 
ernment of  Massachusetts  and  the  United  States,  with  related 


14  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD. 

geography  and  so   much  of  English  history  as  is  directly 
contributory  to  a  knowledge  of  United  States  history. 

IV.  Science. —  (a)  Physiology  and  hygiene  and  (band  c) 
any  two  of  the  following  :  physics,  chemistry,  physical  geog- 
raphy and  botany,  provided  one  of  the  two  selected  is  either 
physics  or  chemistry. 

V.  Drawing  and  Music. —  (a)  Elementary  mechanical 
and  freehand  drawing,  with  any  one  of  the  topics,  — form, 
color  and  arrangement,  and  (b)  music. 

ORAL  EXAMINATIONS. 
Each  candidate  may  be  required  to  read  aloud  in  the  pres- 
ence of  the  examiners.  He  may  also  be  questioned  orally 
either  upon  some  of  the  foregoing  subjects. or  upon  other 
matter  within  his  experience,  in  order  that  the  examiners 
may  gain  some  impression  about  his  personal  characteristics 
and  his  use  of  language,  as  well  as  give  him  an  opportunity 
to  furnish  any  evidences  of  qualification  that  might  not 
otherwise  become  known  to  them. 

GENERAL  REQUIREMENT  IN  ENGLISH  FOR  ALL 
EXAMINATIONS. 
No  candidate  will  be  accepted  whose  written  English  is 
notably  deficient  in  clear  and  accurate  expression,  spelling, 
punctuation,  idiom,  or  division  of  paragraphs,  or  whose 
spoken  English  exhibits  faults  so  serious  as  to  make  it  inex- 
pedient for  the  normal  school  to  attempt  their  correction. 
The  candidate's  English,  therefore,  in  all  oral  and  written 
examinations  will  be  subject  to  the  requirements  implied  in 
the  statement  here  made,  and  marked  accordingly. 

ADMISSION  ON  CERTIFICATION  FROM  HIGH  SCHOOLS. 

Candidates  from  high  schools  which  are  on  the  certificate 
list  of  the  New  England  College  Entrance  Examination 
Hoard  may  be  admitted  to  any  of  the  State  normal  schools 
without  examination  in  any  subject  required  for  admission 


STATE    NORMAL  SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD.  15 

in  which  they  have  attained  a  standing  of  B,  or  80  percent., 
as  certified  by  the  principal  of  the  school.  Candidates  from 
high  schools  not  in  the  college  certificate  list  may  be  admitted 
on  similar  conditions,  if  the  high  schools  are  approved  for 
the  purpose  by  the  Board  of  Education. 

High  schools  desiring  this  approval  should  correspond 
with  the  secretary  of  the  Board. 

Graduates  of  colleges  are  admitted  without  examination. 

SPECIAL  DIRECTIONS  FOR  THE  WRITTEN 
EXAMINATIONS. 

I.    LANGUAGE. 

(a)  English.  —  The  subjects  for  the  examination  in  Eng- 
lish will  be  the  same  as  those  agreed  upon  by  the  colleges 
and  high  technical  schools  of  New  England  and  now  (mite 
generally  adopted  throughout  the  United  States. 

1.  Re'ading  and  Practice.  —  A  limited  number  of  books 
will  be  set  for  reading.  The  candidate  will  be  required  to 
present  evidence  of  a  general  knowledge  *of  the  subject- 
matter  and  spirit  of  the  books,  and  to  answer  simple  ques- 
tions on  the  lives  of  the  authors.  The  form  of  examination 
will  usually  be  the  writing  of  a  paragraph  or  two  on  each  of 
a  few  topics  to  be  chosen  by  the  candidate  from  a  consider- 
able number  set  before  him  in  the  examination  paper.  In 
place  of  a  part  or  the  whole  of  this  test,  the  candidate  may 
present  an  exercise  book  properly  certified  by  his  instructor, 
containing  compositions  or  other  written  work  done  in  con- 
nection with  the  reading  of  the  books. 

The  books  for  study  in  1909-1911  are:  Shakespeare's 
Macbeth ;  Milton's  L' Allegro ;  Burke's  Speech  on  Conciliation 
with  America,  or  Washington's  Farewell  Address ;  Webster's 
First  Bunker  Hill  Oration ;  Macaulay's  Life  of  Johnson,  or 
Carlyle's  Essay  on  Burns. 

The  purpose  of  the  examination  is  to  discover,  (1) 
whether  the  student  has  acquired  a  good  habit  of  study  ; 


lb'  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD. 

(2)  whether  he  has  formed  an y  standards  of  literary  judg- 
ment;  (3)  whether  he  has  become  discerning  of  literary 
merit;  and  (4)  what  acquaintance  he  has  with  standard 
English  and  American  writers. 

The  examination  will  take  such  a  form  that  students  who 
have  followed  other  than  the  prescribed  lines  of  reading  may 
be  able  to  satisfy  the  examiners  on  the  above  points. 

(b)  Either  Latin  or  French.  —  The  translation  at  sight 
of  simple  prose  or  verse,  with  questions  on  the  usual  forms 
and  ordinary  constructions,  and  the  writing  of  simple  prose 
based  in  part  or  in  full  on  the  passage  selected. 

II.    MATHEMATICS. 

(a)  The  elements  of  algebra  through  affected  quadratic 
equations. 

(b)  The  elements  of  plane  geometry. 

While  there  is  no  formal  examination  in  arithmetic,  the 
importance  of  a  practical  working  acquaintance  with  its  prin- 
ciples and  processes  cannot  be  too  strongly  emphasized.  The 
candidate's  proficiency  in  this  subject  will  be  incidentally 
tested  in  its  applications  to  other  subjects. 

III.    UNITED   STATES  HISTORY. 

Any  school  text-book  on  United  States  history  will  enable 
candidates  to  meet  this  requirement,  provided  they  study 
enough  of  geography  to  illumine  the  history  and  make  them- 
selves familiar  with  the  grander  features  of  government  in 
Massachusetts  and  the  United  States.  Collateral  reading  in 
United  States  history  is  strongly  advised,  also  in  English 
history,  .so  far  as  this  history  bears  conspicuously  on  that  of 
the  I  rnited  States. 

IV.    SCIENCE. 

(a)  Physiology  and  Hygiene.  —  The  chief  elementary  facts 
of  anatomy,  the  general  functions  of  the  various  organs,  the 
more  obvious  rules  of  health,  and    the  more  striking  ell'eets 


STATE   NORMAL  SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD.  17 

of  alcoholic  drinks,   narcotics,   and   stimulants   upon   those 
addicted  to  their  use. 

(b  and  c)  Any  two  of  the  following  sciences, —physics, 
chemistry,  botany,  physical  geography,  provided  one  of  the 
two  is  either  physics  or  chemistry.  —  The  chief  elementary 
facts  of  the  subject  selected,  so  far  as  they  may  be  presented 
in  the  courses  usually  devoted  to  them  in  good  high  schools. 
It  will  be  a  distinct  advantage  to  the  candidate  if  his  prepa- 
ration includes  a  certain  amount  of  individual  laboratory 
work. 

V.    DRAWING  AND  MUSIC. 

(a)  Drawing.  —  Mechanical  and  freehand  drawing, — 
enough  to  enable  the  candidate  to  draw  a  simple  object,  like 
a  box  or  a  pyramid  or  a  cylinder,  with  plan  and  elevation  to 
scale,  and  to  make  a  freehand  sketch  of  the  same  in  perspec- 
tive. Also  any  one  of  the  three  topics,  — form,  color,  and 
arrangement. 

( b)  Music.  —  Such  elementary  facts  as  an  instructor  should 
know  in  teaching  singing  in  the  schools,  including  major  and 
minor  keys,  simple  two,  three,  four  and  six  part  measures, 
the  fractional  divisions  of  the  pulse  or  beat,  the  chromatic 
scale,  the  right  use  of  the  foregoing  elements  in  practice, 
and  the  translation  into  musical  notation  of  simple  melodies 
or  of  time  phrases  sung  or  played. 

IMPORTANCE  OF  ADEQUATE  PREPARATION. 
(  andidates  should  measure  their  duty  of  making  adequate 
preparation  not  wholly  by  the  subjects  selected  and  the 
papers  set  for  the  admission  examinations,  but  by  the  larger 
demands  their  chosen  vocation  is  sure  to  make  upon  them. 
The  more  generous  and  thorough,  therefore,  the  preparation 
of  the  candidate,  the  greater  the  likelihood  of  profiting  by 
the  normal  school,  of  completing  the  elementary  course  on 
time,  of  securing  employment  after  graduation,  and  of  doing 
creditable  work  as  a  teacher. 


18  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD. 

The  candidate  is  advised,  therefore,  to  utilize  all  feasible 
opportunities  offered  by  the  regular  high  school  course  for 
promoting  this  breadth  of  preparation,  and  the  high  school 
should  aim  to  hold  the  candidate  up  to  the  higher  ideals  of 
such  preparation. 

EQUIVALENTS. 
Special  cases   that  raise  questions  of  equivalents  will  be 
considered  on  their  merits. 

DIVISION  OF  THE  EXAMINATIONS. 
Candidates  may  be  admitted  to  preliminary  examinations 
a  year  in  advance  of  their  final  examinations,  provided  they 
offer  themselves  in  one  or  more  of  the  following  groups,  each 
group  to  be  presented  in  full :  — 

I.  French. 

II.  Mathematics. 

III.  United  States  history. 

IV.  Science. 

V.     Drawing  and    music. 


■C3 


Preliminary  Examinations  can  be  taken  in  June  only. 

Every  candidate  for  a  preliminary  examination  must  pre- 
sent a  certificate  of  preparation  in  the  group  or  groups 
chosen,  or  in  the  subjects  thereof,  the  form  of  certificate  to 
be  substantially  as  follows  :  — 

has  been  a  pupil  in  the 


School  for  years,  and  is,  in  my  judg- 
ment, prepared  to  pass  the  normal  school  preliminary  examination  in 
the  following  group  or  groups  of  subjects  and  the  divisions  thereof:  — 


Signature  of  principal  or  teacher, 
Address, 


STATE   NORMAL   SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD.  19 

The  group  known  as  I.  Language  (Latin  and  English) 
must  be  reserved  for  the  final  examinations.  It  will  doubt- 
be  found  generally  advisable  in  practice  that  the  group 
known  as  IV.   Science  should  also  be  so  reserved. 

While  division  of  the  final  or  complete  examinations  be- 
n  June  and  September  is  permissible,  it  is  important 
both  for  the  normal  school  and  for  the  candidate  that  the 
work  laid  out  for  the  September  examinations,  which  so 
closely  precede  the  opening  of  the  normal  schools,  shall  be 
kept  down  to  a  minimum.  Candidates  for  the  final  or  com- 
plete examinations  are  earnestly  advised,  therefore,  to  pre- 
sent themselves  in  June. 

EXAMINATION  DATES. 
The  admission  examinations  are  held  at  the  several  normal 
school  buildings  in  accordance  with  the  following  schedule  :  — 

1909.  — Thursday  and  Friday,  June  24  and  25  ;  Tuesday 
and  Wednesday,  September  7  and  8. 

1910.  — Thursday  and  Friday  v  June  23  and  24  ;  Tuesday 
and  Wednesday,  September  6  and  7. 

TIMES  OF  ADMISSION. 
New  classes  will  be  admitted  only  at  the  beginning  of 
the  fall  term,  and,  as  the  studies  of  the  course  are  arranged 
progressively  from  that  time,  it  is  important  that  students 
>hall  present  themselves  then  for  duty.  In  individual  cases 
and  for  strong  reasons  exceptions  to  this  requirement  are 
permissible,  but  only  after  due  examination,  and  upon  the 
understanding  that  the  admission  shall  be  at  a  time  conven- 
ient to  the  school,  and  to  such  classes  only  as  the  candidate 
is  qualified  to  join. 


20  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD. 


COURSES  OF  STUDY. 
This  school  offers  (1)  a  general  two  years'  course,  (2)  a 
three  years'  course,  (3)  a  kindergarten  course,  (4)  a  special 
course  for  teachers,  and  (5)  a  special  course  of  one  year  for 
college  graduates. 

I.  GENERAL  TWO  YEARS'  COURSE. 

The  general  course  of  study  for  two  years  comprises  the 
following  subjects  :  — 

1.  Psychology,  history  of  education,  principles  of  teach- 
ing, methods  of  instruction  and  discipline,  school  organiza- 
tion, school  laws  of  Massachusetts. 

2.  Methods  of  teaching  the  following  subjects  :  — 

(a)  English,  —  reading,  language,  composition,  literature, 
history. 

(b)  Mathematics,  —  arithmetic,  bookkeeping,  elementary 
algebra,  and  geometry. 

(c)  Science,  —  elementary  physics  and  chemistry,  geog- 
raphy, physiology  and  hygiene,  study  of  minerals,  plants, 
and  animals. 

(d)  Drawing,  vocal  music,  physical  training,  manual 
training. 

3.  Observation  and  practice  in  the  training  school,  and 
observation  in  other  public  schools. 

The  amount  of  work  in  this  course  is  so  great  that  only 
those  who  enter  upon  it  most  thoroughly  prepared  can 
hope  to  complete  it,  with  the  required  practice,  in  the  time 
assigned  to  it.  Others  need  not  expect  to  finish  it  in  two 
years. 

For  a  more  detailed  account  of  this  course,  sec  pages 
22-3H. 

II.    THREE   YEARS'  COURSE. 

The  Board  of  Visitors  and  the  principal  of  any  normal 
school  may  arrange  for  a  third  year  of  study  and  practice  in 
teaching  under  supervision  for  its  graduates,  whenever  in 


STATE   JfORMAL  SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD.  21 

their  judgment  such  action  is  desirable.  The  object  of  this 
course1  shall  be  a  more  complete  mastery  of  the  topics  ar- 
ranged  for  the  regular  two  years'  course  and  further  work  in 
the  training  schools  ;  this  work  in  the  training  schools  shall 
be  under  the  direct  supervision  of  a  teacher  of  the  normal 
school  or  of  a  teacher  specially  approved  for  that  purpose. 

III.     KINDERGARTEN    COURSE. 

The  kindergarten  course  requires  two  years  for  its  com- 
pletion. The  first  year's  work  is  the  same  as  that  of  the 
general  two  years'  course,  except  that  child  study  and  his- 
tory are  substituted  for  English  grammar  and  geography. 
During  the  second  year  the  pupil  spends  all  her  mornings  in 
the  practical  work  of  the  kindergarten,  and  her  afternoons 
in  the  study  of  the  theory  and  the  history  of  the  kindergarten. 

Every  candidate  for  this  course  should  have  not  only  the 
qualifications  required  for  admission  to  the  general  two  year's 
course,  but  should  in  addition  have  some  facility  in  playing 
the  piano  and  in  singing. 

Students  pay  the  cost  of  materials  used  by  them,  but  this 
expense  does  not  exceed  ten  dollars  for  the  course. 

IV.     SPECIAL    COURSE   FOR  TEACHERS. 

Teachers  of  three  years'  experience  in  teaching,  who  give 
evidence  of  maturity,  good  scholarship,  and  of  aptness  to 
teach,  may,  with  the  consent  of  the  principal  and  of  the 
Board  of  Visitors,  select  a  course  Avhich  may  be  completed 
in  one  year  ;  and  when  such  course  is  successfully  completed, 
they  shall  receive  a  certificate  for  the  same. 

V.    SPECIAL   COURSE   FOR   COLLEGE   GRADUATES. 

(  ollege  graduates  may  be  admitted  to  the  State  normal 
schools  without  examination,  and  may  receive  a  diploma 
after  satisfactorily  completing  a  course  of  one  year,  requir- 
ing at  least  twenty  recitation  periods  per  week  and  includ- 
ing the  advanced  pedagogy  and  practice  of  the  senior  year. 


22  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD. 

Experienced  observers  of  public-school  problems  are 
agreed  that  the  high  schools  can  no  longer  furnish  employ- 
ment for  all  college  graduates  who  wish  to  teach.  An  in- 
creasing number  of  such  graduates  must  hereafter  find  their 
work  in  the  grammar  schools.  It  is  for  this  class  especially 
that  Course  V.  has  been  planned. 

GENERAL  PLAN  OF  TWO  YEARS'  COURSE. 

In  connection  with  all  subjects  that  the  graduate  is  ex- 
pected to  teach,  tentative  courses  of  study  for  lower  schools 
and  lists  of  helpful  text-books  and  of  collateral  reading  are 
furnished  to  each  pupil. 

No  mere  outline  can  accurately  represent  the  spirit  and 
method  of  a  school.  The  following  topical  arrangement 
should  be  understood  as  only  suggestive  :  — 

PSYCHOLOGY. 

There  are  two  courses  in  psychology,  one  for  the  junior 
and  one  for  the  senior  year.  The  work  given  is  in  part  in- 
dicated in  the  following  statement :  — 

1.  Elementary  Psychology.  —  This  course  includes  (a)  the 
grosser  anatomy  and  the  physiology  of  the  central  nervous 
system  in  man,  together  with  a  study  of  the  elements  of 
the  nervous  system  and  their  connections  ;  the  sense  organs, 
their  parts  and  their  hygiene  ;  (b)  the  elementary  and  more 
complex  mental  processes  in  their  development  and  connec- 
tions ;  (c)  the  physical  basis  of  mental  growth  and  develop- 
ment ;  (<l )  several  papers  on  personal  reminiscences  by  each 
member  of  the  class;  (e)  the  study  of  and  report  on  some 
standard  reminiscent  study  or  life  ;  (f)  the  study  of  some 
individual  child.  Angell's  Psychology  is  used  as  the  text, 
with  free  use  of  many  other  standard  elementary  texts  on 
the  reference  shelves.  (This  work  covers  the  entire  junior 
year). 

2.  Gonotic  Psychology.  —  Chiefly  a  study  of  the  mental 
life  of  the  child  from  the  genetic  standpoint;  the  first  mani- 


STATE   NORMAL  SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD.  23 


testations  of  mental  life  in  the  child  and  in  animals;  the 
factors  that  condition  mental  development;  fatigue  and  its 
relation  to  school  work  and  exercise;  development  of  motor 
ability  and  control;  constant  reference  to  the  standard 
studies  on  the  subjects  ;  collection  and  evaluation  of  mate- 
rial ;  how  to  chart  results.  The  masterpieces  of  child  study 
literature  are  available  for  this  work,  and  are  in  constant 
use.  No  text  is  used  exclusively.  (One  term  in  the  senior 
year) . 

HISTORY  OF  EDUCATION. 

1.  History  of  European  Education.  —  Greek,  Hellenistic, 
and  Roman  education  in  theory  and  practice ;  the  aim  in 
each  nation  and  the  adaptability  of  the  means  used  to  the 
attainment  of  the  aim ;  the  value  of  the  aim  in  each  case  ; 
Jewish  education  ;  early  Christianity  and  education  ;  medi- 
awal  education,  culminating  in  the  Renaissance  and  humanism  ; 
these  latter  as  containing  the  germs  of  modern  philosophy, 
modern  education,  and  the  newer  theory  of  life  ;  education 
criticism  and  the  practice  of  the  "innovators;"  the  con- 
structive educators  from  Comenius  to  Herbart  and  Herbert 
Spencer;  the  shifting  emphasis  in  educational  theory  and 
practice  as  seen  in  the  various  standpoints  of  verbalism, 
realism,  naturalism,  and  the  disciplinary,  psychological,  and 
sociological  theories  of  education.  The  work  requires 
assigned  reading  and  reference  work,  reports,  and  extensive 
reading  of  the  educational  classics  of  Comenius,  Rousseau, 
Pestalozzi,  Froebel,  Herbart,  Spencer,  etc.  The  standard 
texts  and  classics  are  available  for  this  work. 

2.  History  of  American  Education.  —  This  course  attempts 
to  give  some  idea  of  the  elements  contributed  by  the  different 
national  elements  of  early  American  civilization  ;  the  devel- 
opment of  State  school  systems,  with  special  emphasis  on 
the  development  of  the  school  system  of  Massachusetts  ;  the 
normal  school  idea  in  America;  the  growth  of  American 
colleges  and  universities ;    the  contribution    of  Pestalozzi, 


24  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,    WE8TFIELD. 

Froebel,  Herbart,  and  Spencer  to  American  education.  The 
standard  texts  are  available  for  this  work,  which  covers  the 
entire  junior  year. 

SOCIOLOGY. 

The  course  in  sociology  covers  the  Work  of  one  term  in 
the  senior  year,  and  will  deal  in  an  elementary  manner  with 
the  following  subjects  :  the  nature  and  aim  of  the  science; 
the  materials  and  the  methods  of  the  science  ;  the  social 
forces  and  the  laws  of  their  inter-connections  ;  the  social 
institutions  and  their  significance  in  the  several  stages  of 
social  evolution  ;  the  social  ideal  and  the  social  spirit ;  social 
pathology  ;  social  therapeutics  and  hygiene  ;  the  sociology  of 
the  teaching  profession. 

The  plan  of  the  course  will  involve  several  kinds  of  work 
and  as  many  methods  of  pursuing  them.  -  (a)  From  five  to 
eight  formal  lectures  by  the  instructor  ;  (b)  class  discussions 
on  the  assigned  readings  from  the  texts;  (c)  an  individual 
study  and  written  report  by  each  student  on  some  one  of  a 
list  of  topics,  to  be  treated  as  exhaustively  and  intensively 
as  the  time  and  materials  available  in  the  department  will 
admit;  (d)  class  work  on  a  single  concrete  problem  which 
will  vary  from  year  to  year,  this  year  being  the  social 
interests  of  children  in  a  typical  Massachusetts  town.  This 
will  require  the  preparation  of  a  short  paper. 

The  texts  used  will  be  :  Blackmar's  Elements  of  Sociology ; 
Ross's  The  Foundation  of  Sociology  ;  Giddings's  Elements  of 
Sociology ;  Dealey  and  Ward's  Text-Book  of  Sociology ;  Hen- 
derson's Social  Elements.  For  reference  there  are  in  the 
department  the  standard  works  of  Spencer,  Ward,  Giddings, 
Small;  Ross,  Carver,  Cooley,  Wright,  Ferri,  Lombroso, 
Bryce,  Joly,  MacDonald,  Nordau,  Snider,  Stuckenbcrg,  and 
other  writers  on  sociology  and  allied  subjects.  The  American 
Journal  of  Sociology  is  found  in  the  department. 


STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD.  25 


PEDAGOGY,    SCHOOL   LAW,  AND   SCHOOL   MANAGEMENT. 

The  application  to  teaching  of  the  principles  developed  in 
the  course  in  psychology  and  the  history  of  education  out- 
lined above ;  a  study  of  methodology  ;  a  systematic  and 
critical  examination  of  the  opinions  of  leading  educators  on 
school  organization  and  economy  ;  a  study  of  the  principles 
and  art  of  school  government,  both  from  the  stand-point  of 
the  adult  and  of  child  study,  with  special  reference  also  to 
the  use  of  school  discipline  as  an  agency  in  the  moral  culture 
of  the  child ;  a  discussion  of  the  curriculum  of  elementary 
schools  ;  the  preparation  on  pedagogical  and  hygienic  prin- 
ciples of  programs  for  graded  and  ungraded  schools  ;  lectures 
on  such  portions  of  the  school  laws  of  Massachusetts  as  are 
needed  to  enable  the  teacher  to  know  the  rights  and  the 
duties  of  her  profession  ;  the  theory  of  the  proper  heating, 
ventilating,  and  lighting  of  school  rooms,  with 'practical 
suggestions  for  the  same ;  frequent  conferences  with  pupils 
teaching1  in  the  training  schools. 

NATURAL  SCIENCE. 

In  all  science  teaching  of  this  school  a  constant  effort  is 
made  along  three  essential  lines  :  — 

First,  a  clear  presentation  of  the  truths  and  principles 
underlying  the  science.  These  are  learned  as  far  as  possible 
at  first  hand  in  the  field  or  the  laboratory,  and  care  is  taken 
that  they  are  rightly  comprehended. 

Second,  individual  instruction  and  practice  in  the  inter- 
pretation of  these  truths  and  in  logical  modes  of  reasoning- 
based  upon  them. 

Lastly  and  chiefly,  a  thorough  drill  in  the  best  pedagog- 
ical methods  of  presenting  such  truths  and  interpretations  in 
elementary  instruction.  The  first  two  are  always  subordi- 
nate, being  used  as  a  necessary  means  to  secure  success  in 
the  third. 


26  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD. 

As  a  further  help  toward  the  same  end,  large  additions 
have  been  made  to  the  apparatus  and  the  reference  libraries, 
until  it  may  be  fairly  said  that  the  school  is  unsurpassed  in 
point  of  equipment  by  any  other  of  like  rank. 

The  geological  and  mineralogical  laboratory  is  equipped 
with  a  complete  working  collection  of  minerals,  rocks,  and 
fossils,  and  the  necessary  apparatus  for  studying  them.  A 
valuable  cabinet  collection  is  in  constant  use  for  reference 
and  comparison.  It  is  believed  that  an  actual  acquaintance 
with  rocks,  minerals,  and  organic  forms  is  of  greater  value 
than  much  abstract  knowledge. 

The  biological  and  physiological  laboratory  is  furnished 
with  excellent  cabinets  of  preserved  material,  to  which  con- 
stant additions  are  being  made,  and  which  are  amply  suffi- 
cient for  individual  use.  It  possesses,  in  addition,  a  series 
of  charts,  casts  and  models  illustrating  human  anatomy;  a 
full  set  of  histological  preparations,  showing,  the  structure 
and  tissues  of  the  human  body ;  and  a  fine  herbarium  of 
local  plants. 

Zoology.  —  General  characteristics  of  animals  :  a  study  of 
typical  animals,  considerable  attention  being  paid  to  their 
habits,  modes  of  life,  and  their  uses  ;  these  types  are  selected 
from  the  fauna  of  the  vicinity,  and  as  far  as  possible  the 
home  of  the  animal  is  reproduced  in  the  laboratory,  and  the 
pupil  is  required  to  become  acquainted  with  its  habits  and 
daily  life,  as  well  as  its  structure,  from  actual  observation ; 
a  special  study  of  insects  and  birds,  with  reference  to  their 
economic  relations;  the  principles  of  classification.  The 
more  common  species  are  chosen,  in  consequence  of  their 
adaptation  to  elementary  instruction,  and  the  pupils  practise 
the  best  methods  of  presenting  such  nature  work. 

Physiology.  —  A  general  outline  of  the  subject,  including 
the  anatomy,  physiology  and  hygiene  of  the  different  organs 
and  parts  of  the  body.  So  far  as  necessary  the  anatomy  is 
illustrated  by  models  of  the  human  body,  while  microscopi- 
cal structure  is  demonstrated  by  a  large  collection  of  sections  ; 


STATE   NORMAL   school,    WESTFIELD.  27 

but  special  attention  is  given  to  hygiene  and  to  many  prac- 
tical questions  concerning  bodily  health  about  which  every 
toucher  should  be  well  informed.  The  germ  theory  of  vac- 
cination, the  treatment  of  contagious  diseases  in  the  school 
room,  public  sanitation,  the  value  of  hospitals  and  pest 
houses,  good  drinking  water,  hygienic  cooking,  sanitary 
clothing,  a  rational  and  orderly  presentation  of  the  effects 
produced  by  alcohol  upon  the  body  and  mind,  the  hygienic 
influence  of  the  mind  upon  the  body,  and  many  other  im- 
portant phases  of  hygiene  are  carefully  and  thoroughly  dis- 
cussed. Lectures  are  given  by  competent  authorities  upon 
the  recognition  and  treatment  of  the  various  diseases  likely 
to  occur  among  school  children.  As  thus  presented,  the 
course  furnishes  to  the  careful  student  a  fund  of  information, 
which  will  be  of  the  greatest  practical  value  in  her  own  life 
and  in  her  work  as  a  teacher. 

Geology.  —  The  properties,  varieties  and  uses  of  the  more 
important  minerals,  ores  and  rocks,  together  with  a  study  of 
the  more  useful  industries  connected  with  certain  minerals, 
t.e.,  the  mining  of  coal,  the  manufacture  of  coal  gas,  and 
the  various  by-products  produced  during  the  process,  the 
mining  and  smelting  of  the  different  ores,  the  manufacture 
of  quick  lime,  plaster  of  Paris,  salt,  glass,  bricks  and  pottery, 
etc.  The  geologic  history  of  New  England,  with  special 
reference  to  Massachusetts .  In  this  historical  portion,  as 
the  mesozoic  strata  are  well  represented  in  the  vicinity, 
special  attention  is  given  to  that  period.  The  field  work 
consists  of  excursions  to  available  points  of  geologic  interest, 
a  visit  and  a  study  of  such  of  the  local  industries  as  are  con- 
cerned with  minerals  or  ores,  a  visit  to  some  public  museum, 
an  explanation  of  its  educational  value  in  connection  with  the 
work  of  our  common  schools,  and  a  discussion  of  the  methods 
to  he  pursued  by  the  teacher  in  availing  herself  of  its  privi- 
Special  effort  is  made  to  correlate  this  work  with 
physical  geography  and  history.  In  pursuance  of  this  effort, 
particular  attention   is  given   to  the   geographical  changes 


28  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD.      . 

produced  by  the  great  glacier  which  formerly  covered  this 
part  of  the  continent,  to  its  effect  upon  the  climate,  soil  and 
contour  of  New  England.  The  principal  facts  with  reference 
to  the  various  prehistoric  races  of  human  beings  who  in- 
habited this  continent  prior  to  its  discovery  by  the  Spaniards 
are  presented  clearly  and  briefly,  to  serve  as  a  foundation 
for  work  in  history. 

Botany.  —  The  seed  and  germination;  the  organs  of  the 
plant,  —  root,  stem,  buds,  leaves,  the  tissues  ;  the  plant  cell ; 
protoplasm  and  its  properties ;  inflorescence ;  a  study  of 
typical  flowers,  with  reference  to  their  plan  and  structure  ; 
fertilization  and  conditions  of  growth;  fruit;  a  study  of 
some  of  our  common  flowerless  plants.  Special  attention  is 
given  to  economic  plant  products,  such  as  fruits,  spices, 
India  rubber,  vegetable  oils,  drugs  and  medicines,  dye 
stuffs,  etc.  The  value  of  our  forests  and  the  uses  of  the 
various  kinds  of  lumber  are  closely  correlated  with  the  work 
in  manual  training.  In  the  field  work,  the  pupils  are  taught 
to  utilize  their  immediate  surroundings ;  by  this  method  they 
are  certain  of  obtaining  an  abundance  of  material  wherever 
they  may  chance  to  teach.  A  course  of  nature  study  for 
elementary  schools  is  outlined,  and  instruction  is  given  in 
obtaining  and  using  suitable  materials  for  class-room  pres- 
entation. 

OTHER  SCIENCES. 

Physics.  —  Physics  is  presented  with  a  two-fold  aim.  Its 
culture  value  i^bej^ond  question  ;  its  practicability  appears 
on  every  hand.  From  the  culture  side  the  student  becomes 
familiar  through  actual  experience  with  the  leading  physical 
discoveries  of  the  day.  The  laboratory  is  well  supplied  with 
a  large  amount  of  apparatus  for  demonstrating  theories  of 
sound,  light,  and  many  applications  of  electricity,  among 
which  may  be  mentioned  the  X-rays  and  wireless  telegraphy 
according  to  the  Marconi  system. 

Through  much  laboratory  work,  the  student  becomes  famil- 


STAT!-:    NORMAL   school,    W EST 'FIELD.  29 

[ar  with  the  construction,  manipulation  and  use  of  physical 
apparatus.  Exercises  which  have  a  direct  bearing  upon 
every  day  life  arc  given.  The  practical  idea  is  made  clear. 
The  pupil  discovers  for  herself  the  principles  and' facts  relat- 
ing to  the  special  phase  of  the  subject  under  consideration. 
Opportunity  to  make  original  investigations  is  given  to 
students  especially  interested  in  science. 

In  addition  to  the  benefit  to  the  teacher  herself,  she  learns 
to  present  clearly  to  her  pupils  such  parts  of  the  subject  as 
Beem  desirable. 

Chemistry .  —  The  work  in  this  department  is  treated  under 
three  general  divisions,  — historical,  academic,  and  applied 
chemistry.  Of  these,  the  last-mentioned  receives  by  far  the 
greatest  attention.  Xo  text-book  is  used,  but  a  large  amount 
of  reference  matter  is  available.  Facts  are  gained  by  actual 
work. 

The  laboratory  is  equipped  with  a  generous  supply  of  the 
latest  apparatus,  and  all  conveniences  are  at  the  students' 
disposal. 

The  academic  work  includes  type  experiments  with  the 
gases,  oxygen,  hydrogen,  nitrogen,  carbon  dioxid,  chlorine, 
and  such  of  the  hydro-carbons  as  time  will  allow,  and  in 
addition  to  these,  analysis  and  synthesis  of  the  acids,  hydro- 
chloric, nitric,  sulphuric,  acetic,  etc.,  together  with  the  ra- 
tional use  of  chemical  symbols  and  formulae. 

The  applied  or  practical  work  includes,  among  other  ex- 
ercises of  an  interesting  character,  the  qualitative  analysis  of 
water,  samples  of  which  pupils  procure  from  different  parts 
of  the  town,  and  a  thorough  analysis  of  which  they  perform 
in  the  laboratory  by  the  most  approved  methods.  Many 
bring  samples  of  water  from  their  homes  and  analyze  them 
for  the  benefit  of  their  parents  and  friends. 

The  removal  of  stains  of  various  kinds,  fruit,  ink,  grease, 
iron  rust,  paint,  etc.,  furnishes  an  excellent  opportunity  for 
applying  principles  of  bleaching  and  action    of  acids  and 


30  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,   WE8TFIELD. 

alkalis  upon  different  kinds  of  fabrics.  Before  finishing  the 
coarse  every  pupil  is  expected  to  be  able  to  remove  stains 
of  the  above  mentioned  types. 

Work  in  dyeing  is  treated  from  an  entirely  original  stand- 
point. Each  pupil  at  first  dyes  different  fabrics  with  colors 
extracted  from  many  common  sources,  such  as  bright-colored 
flowers,  leaves,  berries  and  fruits;  later,  work  in  anilin 
dyes  affords  opportunity  for  each  student  to  learn  something 
of  this  useful  art,  and  at  the  same  time  to  apply  some  of  the 
oft-neglected  principles  of  chemistry. 

Actual  work  in  the  extraction  of  flavors  and  perfumes  is 
performed  by  the  student,  and  samples  of  orange,  lemon, 
vanilla,  etc.,  are  the  criteria  of  her  skill. 

Experiments  are  given  by  which  the  determination  of 
alcohol  in  cider,  patent  medicines,  wines,  and  "  soft  drinks  " 
is  made  simple. 

The  average  teacher  is  little  aware  of  the  terrible  injury 
done  to  young  men  and  women  by  the  indiscriminate  use 
of  headache  powders,  "  cures,"  "  antidotes,"  "  specifics,"  etc. 
Simple  analyses  of  these  substances  throw  much  light  upon 
this  intensely  important  subject. 

The  principal  aim  of  the  course  is  to  create,  if  necessary, 
and  to  foster  a  real  love  for  and  interest  in  the  great  science 
of  chemistry  ;  to  give  the  pupil  a  broader  outlook  and  to  see 
herself  a  factor  in  the  busy,  living  world.  The  course  is  not 
presented  with  the  object  of  making  chemistry  teachers  of 
the  pupils,  but  rather  to  furnish  the  thoughtful,  painstaking 
student  with  information  gained  by  experience,  by  which 
she  can  keep  both  body  and  mind  in  an  alert,  healthy  con- 
dition. 

GEOGRAPHY. 

The  work  in  geography  covers  two  terms  in  the  junior 
year.  The  following  outline  is  suggestive  of  the  work  that 
is  attempted  :  — 

1.    I  Ionic  geography  :   what  subjects  are  appropriate,  how 


STATE   NORMAL   SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD.  31 


to  work  them  out  and   teach  them  to  the  children  of  the 
proper  grade. 

2.  Larger  type  studies  as  a  basis  of  unification  in  geogra- 
phy. These  types  are  chosen  from  the  United  States  an  i 
Europe. 

3.  Geographic  forces,  especially  as  seen  in  the  United 
States  and  Europe. 

4.  The  physiographic  structure  of  North  America  and 
Europe,  with  brief  comparative  study  of  the  other  conti- 
nents. 

5.  The  economic  and  commercial  geography  of  the  United 
States  and  Europe  in  brief  outline. 

(5.  The  earth  and  man  in  their  more  significant  inter- 
relations. 

THE   LANGUAGE  ARTS. 

Reading.  —  Study  of  the  dictionary  ;  diacritical  marks  and 
pronunciation  ;  study  of  phonetics  for  teaching  purposes  ; 
methods  of  teaching  reading  in  elementary  schools,  and 
frequent  practice  with  classes  of  children  from  the  model 
schools.     Preparation  of  reading  material  for  school  use. 

Grammar.  —  Classification  of  the  parts  of  speech,  phrases, 
clauses,  and  sentences  by  the  laboratory  method  ;  analysis  of 
sentences  in  a  simple  way.  The  natural  method  of  teaching 
language  in  elementary  schools  is  used,  and  the  pupils  them- 
selves are  required  to  give  lessons. 

English  Composition.  —  It  is  chiefly  as  a  practical  art  that 
the  subject  is  presented  in  this  school.  Description,  narra- 
tion, exposition,  and  argument  are  taught  from  daily  practice 
in  writing,  followed  by  the  teacher's  criticism.  Much  atten- 
tion is  paid  to  the  external  form  of  the  paragraph.  A  com- 
position is  regarded  as  a  living  product  of  an  active  mind ; 
therefore,  there  is  constant  and  careful  study  of  the  way  in 
which  paragraphs  grow,  of  the  order  in  which  to  say  things, 
and  of  what  not  to  say.  Pupils  are  trained  to  intelligent 
criticism  of  language  wTork. 


32  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD. 

English  and  American  Literature.  —  A  study  of  some  of 
the  literature  of  the  eighteenth  and  nineteenth  centuries,  the 
purpose  being  to  help  the  pupil  to  appreciate  the  best.  The 
history  of  literature  is  taught  in  a  subordinate  way  only, 
to  enable  the  pupil  to  understand  the  setting  of  an  author's 
work ;  correlation  of  myths  with  nature  study  ;  courses  of 
literature  for  elementary  schools  are  developed.  There  are 
some  variations  from  term  to  term. 

HISTORY. 

United  States  History  and  Civics. — A  rapid  review  by 
the  laboratory  method  of  the  history  of  our  country  from 
the  early  discoveries  to  the  present,  and  of  the  framework  of 
national,  state,  and  municipal  government.  Instruction  in 
the  proper  use  of  pictures  and  maps  as  aids  in  teaching  his- 
tory, correlation  with  literature,  a  thorough  drill  in  a  good 
pedagogical  method  of  presenting  the  subject.  Stories  of  the 
explorers  and  the  biographies  of  eminent  Americans  are  re- 
cast in  the  vocabulary  of  childhood  for  use  in  primary  grades. 

General  History.  — Ancient  Nations.  —  Peoples  and  migra- 
tions ;  geographical  position  and  consequences  ;  inheritances; 
social,  political,  intellectual,  aesthetic,  moral,  religious,  and 
industrial  development;  characteristic  institutions;  legacies. 

Mediaeval  and  Modern  History.  —  Instruction  and  training 
are  given  in  the  inductive  method  as  applied  to  history, 
with  a  view  to  the  development  of  the  "  historical  spirit." 
The  method  is  illustrated  by  a  careful  study  of  a  few  coun- 
tries, with  special  attention  to  the  main  forces  at  work,  the 
growth  of  nationality  and  constitutional  government,  and 
the  relation  of  Europe  to  America. 

MATHEMATICS. 

Arithmetic.  —  Failure  on  the  part  of  the  teacher  to  recog- 
nize and  to  apply  the  fundamental  principles  of  number 
according  to  well-established  psychic  laws  invariably  results 


STATE   NORMAL   SCHOOL,   WESTFIELB.  33 


in  failure  on  the  part  of  the  pupil  to  understand  and  to  use 
intelligently  the  simple  processes  of  arithmetic. 

No  text-book  is  placed  in  the  hands  of  the  student;  all 
processes  and  methods  are  developed.  The  importance  of 
the  reason,  for  performing  the  various  arithmetical  operations 
is  duly  emphasized. 

The  modern  teacher  should  fully  appreciate  the  fact  that 
the  day  of  .set  rules  and  inflexible  formulae  is  past.  The 
child  is  no  longer  told  to  "  invert  the  divisor  and  proceed  as 
in  multiplication."  By  far  the  greatest  value  of  any  mathe- 
matical rule  lies  in  its  discovery.  Students  are  trained  to 
discover;  having  discovered,  to  apply. 

Recognizing  in  the  Grube  method  a  line  of  thought  in- 
compatible with  true  mathematical  concepts,  the  pupil  is 
thoroughly  drilled  in  the  movable  or  flexible  unit  system, 
which  is  so  ably  treated  in  Dewey  and  McLellan's  Psy- 
chology of  Number. 

The  student  becomes  familiar  with  our  leading  arithmetics, 
from  which  many  characteristic  problems  are  selected.  She 
is  required  to  solve  a  problem  intelligently,  whether  she 
supplies  the  essential  data  or  takes  it  as  presented  by  some 
second  person. 

The  course  continues  throughout  the  junior  year  and  com- 
prises one  hundred  fourteen  recitation  periods.  The  Avork 
is  taken  by  grades,  and  includes  exercises  in  sense  training 
and  in  relative  magnitude,  discovery  of  the  primary  prin- 
ciples of  number,  the  history  of  its  decimal  system,  and  the 
applications  of  number  as  a  means  of  measurement. 

The  aim  of  the  course  is  to  give  the  teachers  a  logical 
method  of  presenting  arithmetic,  free  from  fads  and  reason- 
destroying  practices;  to  teach  them  to  be  self-reliant,  effi- 
cient, accurate,  quick  to  appreciate  and  to  apply.  All  of 
this  tends  strongly  towards  the  betterment  of  our  public 
schools. 

Algebra.  —  The  relation  of  algebra  and  arithmetic;  is  always 


34  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD. 

kept  before  the  pupil.  Methods  of  developing  the  algebraic 
processes  are  carefully  examined.  Students  are  encouraged 
to  find  methods  of  their  own  for  presenting  special  phases 
of  the  subject. 

Objects  and  diagrams  are  used  whenever  clearness  can  be 
gained  thereby.  The  equation  is  treated  from  an  original 
stand-point  and  is  shown  in  its  true  character.  All  opera- 
tions and  many  of  the  problems  given  in  Milne's  grammar 
school  algebra  are  fully  treated. 

In  order  to  get  the  greatest  good  from  this  course,  the 
pupil  should  be  well  prepared  in  algebra  through  quadratic 
equations. 

Geometry.  —  The  history  of  the  subject,  both  ancient  and 
modern,  is  presented.  The  student  becomes  familiar  with 
some  of  the  world's  greatest  mathematicians  and  the  influ- 
ence of  their  work.  She  has  at  her  disposal  a  large  amount 
of  unusual  but  extremely  valuable  material,  in  the  form  of 
ancient  theorems  and  their  uses,  calculated  to  interest  the 
most  indifferent  pupil. 

The  subject  is  treated  in  its  two-fold  aspect,  —  first,  as 
applied  to  the  measurement  of  lines,  surfaces,  and  solids,  in 
which  the  use  of  simple  measuring  instruments  is  taught, 
and  secondly  as  related  to  reason  and  logic.  The  student 
should  become  a  clear,  fearless,  original  thinker,  who  dares 
attempt  the  solution  of  a  theorem  by  other  than  set  text- 
book methods. 

OTHER  SUBJECTS. 

Art  and  Drawing.  —  This  course  takes  into  consideration 
the  two  methods  of  art  education  to-day  :  — 

The  analytic  view  aims  to  give  to  the  pupil  a  knowledge 
of  the  principles  of  representation  in  outline,  light  and 
shade,  and  painting  in  color. 

Historic;  art  in  architecture,  sculpture  and  painting  is 
studied  with  reference  to  its  bearing  upon  our  present  social 
problems,  and  as  a  source  of  "motifs"  for  applied  work  in 
design. 


STATE  NORMAL   SCHOOL,    WE8TFIELD.  35 

The  principles  of  beauty  in  line  and  color  are  taught 
IS  a  basis  for  the  synthetic  method  in  picture  study  and 
design. 

The  synthetic  or  creative  side  is  emphasized,  in  the  belief 
that  in  the  field  of  design  lies  the  greatest  number  of  human 
interests.  Applications  of  the  principles  of  beauty  are  made 
in  all  phases  of  school  work  and  social  life  and  to  different 
brunches  of  the  local  trades. 

The  subject-matter  is  analyzed  and  arranged  for  the  grades 
of  elementary  and  high  schools,  and  outlines,  lesson  plans, 
and  practice  teaching  are  required  of  all  students  in  this 
department. 

Vocal  Music,  —  Musical  History.  —  A  rapid  review  of 
ancient  history,  including  the  music  of  the  Chinese,  the 
Egyptians,  and  the  Hindoos;  the  influence  of  the  Israelites 
and  the  Grecians  ;  the  Eoman  Empire  ;  the  part  taken  by  the 
early  church  in  fostering  the  "  Divine  Art,"  the  advent  of 
the  Paris  school  of  music  (the  first  national  school  of  music) , 
the  Gallo-Belgic  and  the  Netherland  schools  ;  the  rise  and 
decline  of  Italy's  musical  prestige,  and  the  birth  of  our 
modern  music  :  the  classical  school  and  its  masters ;  the 
influence  of  the  Germans ;  the  romantic  school ;  and  the 
growth  of  musical  interests  in  America. 

Harmony,  the  Grammar  of  Music.  —  Intervals,  scales, 
triads,  inversion  of  triads,  chords,  inversion  of  chords,  har- 
monizing basses,  chords  of  the  dominant  seventh,  preparation 
and  resolution,  cadences  and  suspensions. 

Musical  Notation.  —  No  effort  will  be  made  to  follow  any 
published  system  of  school  music,  but  the  rudiments  will  be 
studied  with  especial  regard  to  the  needs  of  public  school 
music,  and  the  pupils  will  have  practical  drill  in  doing 
(singing)  throughout  the  course.  Special  attention  will  be 
given  to  individual  drill,  and  those  who  think  they  cannot 
sing  will  be  given  the  most  careful  training,  by  which  they 
will  be  convinced  that  they  can  learn  to  sing,  and  their 
value  in  the  public  school  room  will  thus  be  enhanced. 


36  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,   WESTFIELB. 

Chorus  Classes.  —  In  chorus  classes  pains  will  be  taken 
to  acquaint  the  pupils  with  the  best  that  the  musical  world 
offers. 

Manual  Training.  —  This  course  will  include  paper  fold- 
ing, paper  cutting,  basketry,  compressing  raffia  and  reed, 
and  woodwork,  including  whittling  and  bench  work.  The 
raffia  used  is  dyed  by  the  students  as  a  part  of  the  course  in 
chemistry ;  the  models  used  in  the  bench  work  are  designed 
by  the  students  as  an  application  of  the  work  in  drawing. 

Physical  Training.  —  Physical  training  on  the  basis  of  the 
Ling  system  of  gymnastics. 

Study  of  the  principles  of  educational  gymnastics,  and 
their  application  in  the  Ling  system. 

Practical  work  in  the  gymnasium,  gymnastic  games,  squad 
and  class  drills  conducted  by  the  students. 


STATE  NORMAL   SCHOOL,    WESTFIELD. 


37 


w 

CO 

2 

I 

CO 

2 

< 
w 

o   -. 
z  » 

oo    o 

G  s 

I 
& 

s 

p2 


bC       p, 


n    o    o 


•■£ 

0 

bn 

93 

>, 

o 

3 

br 

a 
>> 

% 

0 

cS 

o 

w 

a 

P^ 

<j    Q    O 


OJ        <N        ■>* 


s  *   z, 

lis. 
|   a  -s   «   | 

a   5'  £   S   £ 


q^ 

- 

0 

S 

00 

^ 

-, 

Fh 

o 

a 

Ol 

^ 

0J 

r« 

"3 

Ml 

0 

o 

H 

3 

o.2 

QU       O 

©   "p     cc 

H  £  .2 


38 


.STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD. 


n 

- 

' 

- 

- 

6N 

eo 

eo 

' 

<M 

- 

1 

co 
c« 

-si 

1 

cn 

•* 

1 

CM 

eo 

eo 

- 

CI 

- 

« 

co 

CI 

►i 

o 

o 

U 

o 

co 

cs 

a 

a 

< 

H 

o 

bo 
S3 

g 
3 

O 

£ 

X? 

'/. 

O 

93* 

as 

q 

.. 

o 

H 
O 

a 

CO 

GO 

s 
5 

00 

= 
o 

be 

o 
C3 

3 

0 
>> 

OS 

S3 

3 

= 
os 

|2| 

5 
as 

3 

O 
CO 

d 

© 

o 

OD 

bo 
o 
© 

o 

d 

i 

CO 

* 

' 

CM 

i 

eo 

co 

' 

CM 

ri     en 

CN 

■^ 

, 

Ci 

1 

CN 

(6 

< 

o 

H 

W 

tH 

to 

co 

0 

g 

s 

co 

^~ 

>> 

03 

bB 

© 

BQ 

o 

H 

W 

CO 

CO 

s 
5 

o 
'oo 

s 

s 

- 

s 

b£ 

S 

3 

-J 

,2 

aS 

Pi 

a 

>. 
3 

c 

DO 

S3 

H 

p) 

33 

3 

05 
OS 

OO 

os" 

33 

ol 

'co 

be 

03 

a   be 

§  3 

»£      o 
©      o 

CO       CO 

d 

■* 

<N 

' 

-<* 

CI 

, 

co 

' 

CN 

- 

1 

CN 
CN 

ri 

' 

<M 

CO 

i 

CN 

-* 

co 

■>* 

CI 

- 

<M 

co 

hi 

o 

o 

X 

to 

ci 

* 

% 

< 

m 

*2 

H 

^ 

% 

j!! 

bo 

a 

a 

to 

< 
g 

•-■ 

| 

= 

O 

>, 

CO 

O 

/ 

o 

.2 

03 

03 

a 
o« 

£ 

bC 

f- 

CO 

O 

£2 
CO 

3 

5 

o 

33 

a 

Q 
S3 

a 

S 

S 

'■/ 

o 
© 

.2 

STATE    NORMAL  SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD,  39 


LECTURES,  CONCERTS,  AND  RECEPTIONS, 
An  effort  is  made  every  year  to  quicken  a  school  spirit 
and  interest,  to  educate  through  the  social  instinct,  and  to 
bring  students  into  contact  with  people  of  reputation  in 
lecture  and  concert  fields.  The  program  for  1908-09  has 
been  as  follows  :  — 

Complimentary  reception  to  Mr.  Will  S    Monroe,  retiring-  teacher  of 

psychology  and  geography. 
Rip  Van  Winkle,  —  a  recital.     Mr.  George  Kiernan,  elocutionist. 
Lecture,  —  an  interpretation  of  the  pictures  on  the  walls  of  the  assembly 

hall.    Mr.  Walter  Pach,  New  York. 
Lecture  recital, —  Tennyson.    Principal  Clarence  A.  Brodeur,  assisted 

by  Miss  lima  Schadee,   soprano,   Miss  Hazel  Huntley,  contralto, 

Mrs.  Frederic  Goodwin,  pianist,  Mr.  Charles  L.  Hoyt,  tenor,  Mr. 

Frederic  Goodwin,  bass. 
Lecture  recital, — Longfellow.     Principal  Clarence  A  Brodeur,  assisted 

by  musicians  named  above. 
Trio  concert  of  chamber  music.     Miss  Lena  J.  Bartlett,  pianist,  Mr. 

Victor  L.  F.  Rebmann,  violinist,  Mr.  Edwin  B.  Hedges,  cellist. 
Moral  leaders,  —  a  course  of  seven  lectures  by  Prof.  Edward  Howard 

Griggs,  Montclair,  N  J. :  .Socrates,  St.  Francis  of  Assisi,  Savonarola, 

Victor  Hugo,  Thomas  Carlyle, Ralph  Waldo  Emerson,  Count  Tolstoy. 
Lecture,  —  National  Dangers  and  National  Defence     Mrs    Lucia  Ames 

Mead. 
Organ    recital,    complimentary  to   class    of   1909.      Mr.   Fred  Clark, 

Northampton,  assisted  by  Mr.  Frederic  Goodwin,  bass. 
Graduation  address,  —  Mr.  Charles  H.  Keyes,  Hartford,  Conn. 

GRADUATION,  DIPLOMAS,  AND  CERTIFICATES. 
The  satisfactory  completion  of  any  one  of  the  five  courses 
previously  described  entitles  the  pupil  to  receive  a  diploma 
or  certificate  of  graduation .  Those  who  for  any  reason  are 
unable  to  do  all  the  work  of  a  course  will,  on  application, 
receive  a  certificate  stating  the  exact  amount  of  work  done. 
Those  who  complete  Course  IV.  receive  certificates,  not 
diplomas.  The  course  taken  by  college  graduates  deter- 
mines whether  they  receive  certificates  or  diplomas. 


40  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD. 


DISCIPLINE. 

Whoever  aspires  to  the  responsible  office  of  teacher  should 
habitually  practice  self-control.  This  doctrine  furnishes  the 
key  to  the  disciplinary  polic}'  of  this  school.  Pupils  are 
treated  with  confidence,  and  to  ,a  large  extent  the  govern- 
ment  of  the  school  is  left  in  their  hands.  Almost  no  rules 
are  made,  but  it  is  the  constant  effort  to  create  such  an 
atmosphere  that  to  follow  the  best  ideals  shall  be  easy  and 
natural. 

Eegular  attendance,  good  behavior,  and  loyalty  to  the  best 
interests  of  the  school,  are  necessary  to  successful  work  and 
are  expected  of  all. 

The  power  of  suspension  for  misconduct  and  of  removal 
from  school  for  failure  to  do  properly  the  work  of  the  school 
is  lodged  in  the  principal,  with  an  appeal  to  the  Board  of 
Visitors. 

TUITION  AND  EXPENSES. 

Tuition  and  text-books  are  free  to  residents  of  Massachu- 
setts. 

Pupils  from  other  States  than  Massachusetts,  attending 
normal  schools  supported  by  this  State,  are  required  to  pay 
at  the  beginning  of  each  half-year  session  the  sum  of  $25  to 
the  principal  of  the  school  attended  for  tuition,  except  that 
in  the  Normal  Art  School  the  sum  paid  to  the  principal  at 
the  beginning  of  the  session  by  each  pupil  from  another 
State  will  be  $50  for  each  half-year. 

For  cost  of  board,  see  "  Dickinson  Hall,"  below. 

STATE  AID. 

To  assist  those  students  who  find  it  difficult  to  meet  the 
expense  of  the  course,  a  small  pecuniary  aid  is  furnished  by 
the  State  in  varying  sums. 

Aid  is  not  furnished  during  the  first  half-year  of  attend- 
ance, nor  to  students  whose  scholarship  is  unsatisfactory. 
Applications  for  this  aid   are  to  be  made  to  the  principal 


STATE    NORMAL  SCHOOL,   WESTF1ELD.  41 

in  writing,  and  must  be  accompanied,  by  a  certificate  from 
a  person  competent  to  testify,  stating  that  the  applicant  needs 
the  aid. 

DICKINSON  HALL. 

MRS.   CHARLES  B.  WILSON,  MATRON. 

Dickinson  Hall  is  the  name  given  the  new  normal  dormi- 
tory, which  was  used  for  the  first  time  in  September,  1903. 
It  is  in  charge  of  the  principal,  and  is  a  commodious, 
well-lighted  school  home,  with  accommodations  for  75  stu- 
dents. Rooms  will  be  assigned  once  each  year,  two  students 
occupying  a  suite  of  three  rooms.  Whenever  possible, 
students  should  indicate  their  choice  of  room-mate.  In  all 
cases  those  desiring  rooms  should  notify  the  matron  as  soon 
as  possible  after  their  admission  to  the  school. 

The  price  of  board  in  the  boarding  halls  connected  with 
the  normal  schools  of  the  State  is  $160  for  the  school  year, 
payable  in  advance  as  follows  :  $40  at  the  beginning  of  the 
school  year  in  September ;  $40  on  November  15  ;  $40  on 
February  1  ;  and  $40  on  April  15. 

This  rate  includes  board,  furnished  room  (except  as  below) , 
steam  heat,  gas,  and  laundry,  for  such  time  as  the  school  is 
in  session  and  for  the  Thanksgiving  recess,  but  for  no  other 
recess  or  vacation.  Pupils  whose  homes  are  at  a  distance 
may,  on  permission  "of  the  principal,  remain  at  the  hall  dur- 
ing any  vacation,  except  the  long  one  in  the  summer,  on 
payment  of  the  additional  sum  of  $4  per  week  during  such 
vacation.     The  hall  is  closed  during  the  summer. 

When  pupils  leave  the  school  before  the  expiration  of  a 
term,  money  paid  in  advance  will  be  refunded  pro  rata,  but 
no  deduction  will  be  allowed  for  the  first  week  of  absence. 

Each  boarder  is  required  to  bring  towels,  napkins,  a  nap- 
kin-ring, four  sheets  for  three-quarters  bed  (54  inches  by 
90  inches) ,  two  clothes-bags,  and  blankets.  The  school  does 
not  provide  curtains,  bureau  or  commode  covers.  Coverlets 
and  art  squares  are  furnished  by  the  school. 


42  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD. 

All  articles  sent  to  the  laundry  must  be  distinctly  marked 
with  the  owner's  name  in  indelible  ink.  Initials  will  not 
answer. 

Visitors  can  have  good  accommodations  at  $1  per  day  or 
$5  per  week ;  dinner,  35  cents ;  supper  or  breakfast,  25 
cents;   lodging,  50  cents. 

Whenever  more  pupils  apply  for  rooms  than  can  be  cared 
for  in  Dickinson  Hall,  the  principal  will  find  places  for  those 
who  cannot  be  accommodated  ;  but  all  charges  in  excess  of 
the  regular  price  must  be  paid  by  those  who  are  obliged  to 
room  outside  the  dormitory. 

In  Dickinson  Hall  the  State  has  tried  to  provide  for  the 
comfort  and  convenience  of  its  pupils.  In  the  basement 
space  has  been  set  aside  for  a  laundry,  which  shall  be  exclu- 
sively for  students'  use  ;  set  tubs,  wringers,  ironing  boards, 
etc.,  are  furnished.  On  the  second  floor  a  room  equipped 
with  sewing  machines  gives  an  opportunity  to  economize  in 
the  making  of  the  simpler  articles  of  feminine  apparel  to 
such  as  may  care  to  use  it.  On  the  third  floor  a  gymnasium 
has  been  provided  ;  school  work  in  gymnastics  is  given  in 
this  room  ;  the  gymnasium  is  also  the  general  meeting  place 
of  the  students,  where  evening  entertainments  may  be  held. 
A  commodious  library  and  reading  room,  the  reception  room 
and  parlors,  hospital,  and  dining  room'  are  situated  on  the 
first  floor. 

The  building  is  substantially  made  of  buff  brick ;  the  in- 
terior finish  is  of  ash  in  the  natural  wood,  and  the  floors  are 
of  maple.  The  hall  is  heated  by  steam  and  lighted  by  elec- 
tricity, and  every  possible  precaution  is  taken  to  secure  it 
from  danger  by  fire.  A  private  fire  alarm  box  connects  it 
with  the  central  fire  station  of  the  town,  which  is  situated 
near  by  ;  extinguishers  and  grenades  are  provided  on  every 
floor  :  electric  gongs  for  alarming  pupils  have  been  installed  ; 
and  a  watchman  patrols  every  part  of  the  building  once  every 
hour  during  the  night. 


STATE    VORMAL  SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD.  43 

Pupils  who  do  not  live  in  Westfield  and  who  do  not  return 
to  their  homes  daily  are  expected  to  board  at  Dickinson  Hall. 
All  other  students  who  wish  to  board  with  relatives  or  to 
work  for  their  board  in  private  families  must  first  secure 
permission  from  the  principal. 

EMPLOYMENT  OF  GRADUATES. 

The  demand  for  graduates  of  this  school  is  greater  than 
the  supply.  During  the  past  year  the  principal  has  received 
many  requests  for  teachers  to  which  he  has  been  unable  to 
respond. 

In  the  interest  of  graduated  of  this  school  who  desire  to 
secure  better  positions,  and  of  school  committees  and  super- 
intendents who  are  seeking  teachers,  the  principal  requests 
that  former  pupils  will  keep  him  informed  of  their  addresses 
and  of  their  wishes  for  future  work.  He  will  keep  at  his 
office  as  complete  a  directory  of  graduates  as  possible,  and 
hopes  to  be  serviceable  alike  to  employers  and  employed. 
If  alumnae  sending  their  addresses  Avill  also  forward  testimo- 
nials of  success,  the  principal  can  act  for  them  more  intelli- 
gently. 

It  should  be  distinctly  understood  that  the  principal  guar- 
antees no  positions,  and  declines  to  recommend  any  teacher 
whom  he  does  not  personally  know  to  be  successful.  In 
all  cases,  however,  he  will  gladly  furnish  the  names  and 
addresses  of  all  eligible  teachers  to  inquirers,  leaving  to 
them  the  responsibility  of  investigation  and  action. 

As  complete  a  record  as  possible  of  all  future  graduates 
will  be  kept,  showing  their  scholarship,  training,  experience 
before  entering  the  normal  school  and  in  the  training  schools, 
and  general  qualifications  for  teachers'  positions,  together 
with  such  testimonials  of  success  in  teaching  as  may  be  tiled 
from  time  to  time.  Such  data  will  be  considered  entirely 
confidential,  and  will  be  accessible  only  to  superintendents 
and  school  committees. 


44  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD. 


GENERAL  REMARKS. 

The  demand  of  the  hour  is  for  professionally  trained 
teachers,  and,  both  for  the  good  of  the  schools  and  for  their 
own  advantage,  all  intending  teachers  are  urged  to  prepare 
themselves  by  a  special  course  of  training  in  some  school 
established  for  the  purpose. 

Teachers  who  wish  to  profit  by  the  regular  class-room 
instruction  in  any  department  are  invited  to  join  the  school 
temporarily  during  their  vacations  and  at  such  other  times 
as  may  be  convenient.  The  school  aims  to  be  helpful.  No 
charge  will  be  made  for  tuition  or  text-books,  and,  if  reason- 
able notice  is  given,  such  students  can  usually  be  accommo- 
dated at  Dickinson  Hall  at  $4  per  week. 

This  school  is  always  open  to  the  inspection  of  the  public. 
A  cordial  invitation  is  extended  to  teachers,  school  commit- 
tees, and  superintendents  to  visit  at  their  convenience. 

For  catalogues,  specimen  examination  papers,  or  any  in- 
formation address  the  principal  at  Westfield. 


STATE    NORMAL   SCHOOL,    WESTFIELD. 


45 


Names  of  Pupils. 


GENERAL  TWO  YEARS*  COURSE. 


SENIORS. 

Allaire,  Mary  K..  67  Park  Street,   . 
Arnold.  Gertrude  L.,  18  Woronoco  Avenue, 
Barry,  Margaret  T  ,  151  West  Street, 
fSaxtlett,  Marguerite, 
Bickford,  Tryphena  M  ,  8  Summer  Street, 
Bridgman,  Marion  E., 
Bush,  Louise  H.,81  E.  Silver  Street, 
Carmody,  Marcella  A.,    . 
Charest,  Antoinette.  352  Main  Street, 
done,  Mary  C,  59  Spring  Street,  . 
Corrie,  Ethel  M  ,  47  Jefferson  Street, 
Cronin,  Mary  C,  Cross  Street, 
Dalrymple,  Esther  L.,  67  Eustis  Street, 
Dalton,  Anna  A.,  1265  Dwight  Street, 
Dooley.  May  E.,  163  Elm  Street,     . 
Dowd,  Katherine  T  ,  47  Prescott  Street, 
Dowdall,  Agnes  C,  137  Beech  Street, 
Egan  Frances  H .,  52  Holyoke  Street, 
Forsythe,  Maude  S  ,  Brook  Street, . 
Geran,  Alice  E ,  112  Xonotuck  Street, 
Halfpenny,  Anne.  287  Main  Street, 
Harrington,  Clara  E  ,  541  Main  Street, 
Biggins,  Anna  M  ,  7  Maple  Street, 
Biggins,  Catherine  C,  13  Church  Place, 
Hildreth,  Jessie  E.,  17  Bates  Street, 

Holt.  Elaine, 

Horrigan,  Irene  M.,  31  Pearl  Street, 
Howard.  Grace  A  ,  149  Howies  Street, 
Howard,  Helen  T.,  2  Winter  Street, 
Hunt.  Edith  C,  Main  Street,  . 
Johnson,  Abbie  E  .  573  Union  Street, 
Kearney.  Katherine  C,  Glendale,  . 
Kearney,  Mary  L,,  Glendale,  . 


Chicopee. 

Westfield. 

Ware. 

Worth  in  gton. 

Westfield. 

Belchertown. 

W'estfield 

Belchertown. 

Holyoke. 

Springfield. 

Westfield. 

Chicopee 

Revere. 

Holyoke. 

Holyoke. 

Worcester. 

Holyoke 

Easthampton. 

Whitinsville. 

Holyoke 

Holyoke 

Springfield 

Pittsfield 

Bellows  Falls, 

Westfield. 

Norfolk,  Ct 

Holyoke. 

Springfield. 

Franklin 

Chester. 

Springfield. 

Stockb  ridge. 

Stockbrid^e. 


Vt. 


46 


STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,   WEST  FIELD. 


Keenan,  Katherine  J.,  454  Chestnut  Street, 
Leahy,  Margaret  I.,  29  Pecks  Road, 
Lewis,  Helen  R.,  139  King  Street,  . 
Ludwig,  Ottilie  E.,  11  Columbia  Terrace, 
Lynn,  Septa  F.,  311  Walnut  Street, 
Mahoney,  Florence  E ,  10  Columbia  Street, 
McGee,  Mary  A.,  40  Hamlin  Street, 
Merrell,  Cornelia,  River  Road, 
Moynihan,  Eva  C,  43  Glen  Street, 
Mulcahy,  Agnes  P.,  164  Center  Street,  . 
Nocke,  Ruth,  67  Morris  Street, 
O'Neill,  Claire  E.,  1204  Hampden  Street, 
Parker,  Alda  L.,  77  Catherine  Street,     . 
Patterson,  Bertha  M.,  20  Sewall  Street, 
Pease,  Genevieve  D., 
Pfeiffer,  Elena  M  ,  148  First  Street, 
Powers,  Dora  A.,  Oak  Avenue, 
Powers,  Mary  L.,  76  Maple  Street, 
Randall," Beulah  J ,  68  Willard  Avenue, 
Randall,  Ruth  B.,  68  Willard  Avenue,    . 
Richardson,  Charlotte  B.,  98  Court  Street, 
Riley,  Benjamin  T ,  22  Howard  Place,  . 
Roche,  E.  Monica,  Brook  Street,     . 
Root,  S.  Alma,  70  Court  Street,       .    "    . 
Smith,  Pearl  R  ,       . 
Squires,  Irene  E.,  170  Smith  Street, 
Starkweather,  Olive  A.,  10  Kellogg  Street, 
Stockwell,  Anna  M.,        .... 
Stock  well,  O.  Helen,  78  Chestnut  Street, 
Stowe,  Avis  M.,  26  Hancock  Street, 
Taylor,  Ruth  F.,  51  Day  Avenue,    . 
Tucker,  Teresa  V.,  9  O'Connor  Avenue, 

Vitty,  Stella  A., 

Warner,  Edith  L  , 

Wells,  Lena  M.,  15  Lenox  Street,  . 
Whitney,  Alice  M  , 


Springfield. 

Pittsfield. 

Springfield. 

Springfield. 

Holyoke. 

Westfield. 

Pittsfield. 

Agawam. 

Holyoke. 

Chicopee. 

Springfield 

Holyoke. 

Springfield. 

Ludlow. 

Whately. 

Pittsfield. 

Westfield. 

Easthampton. 

Springfield. 

Springfield. 

Westfield. 

Springfield. 

Whitinsville. 

Westfield. 

Granby. 

Hartford,  Conn. 

Westfield. 

Greenwich  Village.. 

Florence. 

Westfield. 

Westfield. 

Holyoke. 

Windsor,  Vt. 

Sunderland. 

Springfield. 

Montague. 


KINDERGARTEN  COURSE. 
SENIORS. 


(  lark,  Marion  I). 

('owing,  Ruby  M  ,  East  Street, 
Goodyear,  Eleanor,  201  West  81st  Street, 


Palmer. 
Iladley. 
New  York. 


STATE    NORMAL  SCHOOL,  WESTFIELD. 


47 


TEACHERS'  COURSE, 
Duggan,  Hose  Elizabeth,         .... 


Hinsdale,  N.  H. 


GENERAL  TWO  YEARS'  COURSE. 

JUNIORS. 

Abbott,  Jennie  Louise,  6  South  Street,    .         .         .  Westfield. 

Bailey,  Ruby  Elizabeth,  181  West  Street,       .        ;  Ware 

Barron,  Mildred  T,.  182  Garfield  Street,        .        .  Springfield. 

Bartlett,  Ruth  Ann Middlefield. 

Bugbee,  Frances  Marion,  24  Crosby  Street,   .        .  Springfield. 

Burnham,  Marion  Augusta,  221  Broadway,    .        .  Revere. 

Bnschmann,  Louisa  Maude,  20  Union  Avenue,       .  Westfield. 

Caldon,  Alice  Louise,  19  Lowell  Avenue,       .         .  West  Springfield. 

Carl,  Annott  Smith,  73  Main  Street.       .         .         .  Westfield. 

Casey,  Elizabeth  Mary,  19  Dubois  Street,       .         .  Westfield 

Casey,  Mary  Veronica,  67  Nonotuck  Street,  .         .  Holyoke. 

Chapman,  Anna  C,  8  White  Street,        .  .  Westfield. 

Conner,  Elizabeth  Euphenia,  71  Exchange  Street,  Chicopee. 

Counihan,  Anna  Marcella,  3  West  Street,      .         .  Whitinsville. 

Davine,  Alice  Helen,  78  Orange  Street,  .        .  Westfield. 

Dean,  Mrs.  Allan  H  ,  50  Jefferson  Street,       .        .  Westfield. 

Delaney,  Helen  Josephine,  Lynwood  Avenue,        .  Holyoke. 

Deslauriers,  Aline  Noelia,  30  Cottage  Street,         .  Ware. 

Dragon,  Clare  Lillian,  Eagle  Street,       .         .  Lee. 

English,  Agnes  Irene,  24  Sackett  Street,        .        .  Westfield. 

Fanning,  Lulu  M  ,  14  Depot  Street,        .        .         .  Lee. 

Fenn,  Nellie  Jane, Westminster,  Vt. 

Flagg,  Marion  Lucy,  151£  High  Street, .         .         .  Springfield. 

Flagg,  Ruth  Elizabeth,  7  Ashley  Street,        .         .  Mittineague. 

Foley.  Isabel  Agnes, Monson. 

Foster,  Marion  Gladys East  Windsor,  Ct. 

Friel,  Olive  May,  109  Cottage  Street,     .         .        .  Easthampton. 

Garside,  Verona  Willis,  ll£  South  Street,      .        .  Holyoke. 

Glasheen,  Agnes  Elizabeth,  203  N.  Main  Street,    .  Gardner. 

Gold,  Alma  Rosella,  14  Gray  Street,       .         .         .  Amherst. 

Griffin,  Bridget,  2(5  Main  Street,     ....  Bondsville. 

Hamilton,  Fhebe  Io, Chester. 

Hannigan,  Anna  Gertrude Monson. 

Hannum,  Iola  Lillian, Southampton. 

Hajton,  Effie,  297  Chestnut  Street,        .        .        .  Holyoke. 

Hibbard,  Christine  B., North  Hadley. 

Horr,  May  Estella, : Enfield. 


48 


STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD. 


Hurley,  Agnes  Graham,  18  Jefferson  Avenue, 
Hyde,  Ella  Helena,  36  Pleasant  Street,  . 
Hynes,  Mary  Marguerite,  25  Washington  Street, 
Kennedy,  Margaret  O  ,  50  Day  Avenue, 

Kingsley,  Emily, 

Kingsley,  Evelyn, 

Knapp,  Edna  Pauline,  86  Euclid  Avenue, 

Kniffin,  Mariette, 

Lambert,  Agnes  Cecelia,  475  Union  Street, 
MacCann,  H.  Beatrice,  21  South  Street, . 
Macke}^,  Teresa  Cecilia,  56  Pine  Street, 
Merriam,  Ruth  Henrietta,  43  School  Street, 

Nute,  Lillian  May, 

Owen,  Hazel  Chapin,  14  Spring  Street, . 
Perkins,  Enid,  110  Union  Street,     . 
Plumb,  Sarah  Helen,  Chestnut  Street,    . 
Pomeroy,  S  Ethel,  26  Forest  Street, 
Putnam,  Gladys,  Fields  Street, 
Eanney,  Clara  Elsie,        .... 
Reilley,  Genevieve  F.,  101  Maple  Street, 
Reilly,  Katherine  Loretta,  54  Tenth  Street, 
Rice,  Harriette  Ellen,      .... 
Sauer,  Edith  May,  63  Cortland  Street,    . 
Sanders,  Myrtle  A,  15  South  Maple  Street, 
Savery,  Elizabeth,  59  King  Street, . 
Selfors,  Hilda,  148  Monroe  Street,  . 
Shea,  Teresa  Catherine,  79  Prospect  Street, 
Shepard,  Marilla  M  ,  15  Ashley  Street, . 
Sherman,  Dora  Cynthia, .... 
Starkweather,  Sarah,  10  Kellogg  Street, 
Stent,  M.  Lesley,  Rear  275  Maple  Street, 
Sutty,  Helena  Victoria,  19  S.  John  Street, 
Tracy,  Magdalen  Stumpf,  33  Canal  Street, 
Trotter,  Gladys  Irene,      .... 
Twohig,  Ellen  Louise,  68  Oak  Street,     . 
Walsh,  Nora  Clyde,  90  Dartmouth  Street, 
Warner,  Adeline  Idella,  12  Princeton  Street, 


Springfield. 

WTestfield. 

Monson. 

West  field 

Feeding  Hills. 

Feeding  Hills. 

Springfield. 

Westfield. 

Springfield 

Ware. 

Holyoke 

Springfield. 

North  Conway,  N.H. 

Westfield 

Westfield. 

Amherst 

Springfield. 

West  Springfield. 

Saxton's  Hiver,  Vt. 

Ware. 

Springfield. 

Barre. 

Springfield 

Westfield. 

Westfield. 

Springfield 

Holyoke. 

Mittineague 

Brimfield 

Westfield. 

Springfield 

Pittsfield. 

Lee 

Springfield,  Vt. 

Norwich,  Ct 

Springfield. 

Westfield. 


KINDERGARTEN  COURSE. 
JUNIORS. 
Fall,  Barbara,  55  Prospect  Street,  . 
Honsinger,  Leila  Emily,  24  Atwater  Street,  . 
McFaul,  Lula  May,  L255  Dwight  Street, 

Price,  Maud,    .    ' 

Roy,  Hyacinth  Elizabeth,  :!<>  Cleveland  Street, 


Somers worth,  N.  II. 
Westfield. 
Holyoke. 
Westerly,  II  I. 
Springfield. 


STATI-:   NORMAL   SCHOOL,    WESTFIELD. 


49 


SPECIAL  STUDENTS, 

Atchinson.  Ethelbert,  29  Mill  Street,      . 
Cooley,  Tom,  Court  Street, 
Hamilton,  Mrs.  June  H.,  Rogers  Avenue, 
Johnston,  Alice  M.,  53  Court  Street, 
keenan.  Mary  V.,  7  Sackett  Street, 
Parsons,  Mrs  J.  C,         .... 
Powell,  Louise,  20  Amaron  Street, 
Benaud,  Leonia  H.,  12  Franklin  Avenue, 
Richardson,  Hazel,  98  Court  Street, 
Robbins,  Ethel  Mae,  50  King  Street, 

Root,  Fannie  W  , 

Stearns,  Joanna  E  , 

"NVhitcomb,  Hazel  G , 

Winslow,  Elizabeth,  52  Court  Street,     . 


Westfield. 

Westfield. 

West  Springfield. 

Westfield. 

Westfield. 

Westfield. 

Springfield. 

Westfield. 

Westfield. 

Westfield. 

Granville. 

East  Windsor. 

Farmington,  Me. 

Westfield. 


SUMMARY, 

Seniors  in  general  course, 69 

Seniors  in  kindergarten  course, 3 

Teachers'  course, .        .        .        .  1 

Juniors  in  general  course, 74 

Juniors  in  kindergarten  course,      . 5 

Special  students,      ........  14 

Total, 166 


wH 


.;■',"'  i^rafei 


•STATEj  "NORMAL- 
•SCHOOL- 4f!r4fe 

•WESTFELD^fk 


OF  ILLINOIS 


PRESIDENT  S  OFFTCB. 


•ANNOUNCEMENT 

•YEAR   *  OF- 
•1303  §t  ISIO* 

♦ESTABLISHED     ♦    ld^«S 


CATALOGUE  AND  CIRCULAR  OF  INFORMATION 


UNIVERSITY  OP  ILLINOIS 

MASSACHUSETTS 
STATE  NORMAL  SCHQO«T.OFricl 


WESTFIELD. 

COK 


iOMPLIMENTS    OF 


CLARENCE   A.    BRODEUR, 

PRINCIPAL. 


1909-1910. 


BOSTON  .  •  .  WRIGHT   AND   POTTER   PRINTING   COMPANY  .  '  .  STATE   PRINTERS 
EIGHTEEN  POST  OFFICE  SQUARE NINETEEN  HUNDRED  TEN. 


CATALOGUE  AND  CIRCULAR  OF  INFORMATION 


UNIVERSITY  OP  ILLINOIS 

MASSACHUSETTS  * 


STATE  NORMAL  SCHQ£k 


NT'S  OFFICA 


WESTFIELD. 


ESTABLISHED     1839 


1909-1910. 


BOSTON  .  •  .  WRIGHT   AND   POTTER   PRINTING   COMPANY  .  '  .  STATE   PRINTERS 
EIGHTEEN  POST  OFFICE  SQUARE NINETEEN  HUNDRED  TEN. 


Approved  by 
The  State  Board  of  Publication. 


STATE  BOARD  OF  EDUCATION. 

Established,   1839. 
Reorganized,   1910. 


TERM    EXPIRES 

Frederick  P.  Fish,  . 

.     Boston, 

1913. 

Mrs.  Ella  Lyman  Cabot, 

.     Boston, 

1913. 

Frederick  W.  Hamilton, 

.     Tufts  College, 

1913. 

Mis-  Sarah  Louise  Arnold, 

.     Newton  Centre, 

1912. 

Simeon  B.  Chase,    . 

.     Fall  River,     . 

1912. 

Clinton  Q.  Richmond,     . 

.     North  Adams, 

1912. 

Levi  L.  Conant, 

.     Worcester, 

1911. 

Thomas  B.  Fitzpatkick, 

.     Boston, 

1911. 

Paul  11.  Hanus, 

.     Cambridge,    . 

1911. 

OFFICERS  OF  THE  STATE  BOARD  OF 
David  Snedden,  Commissioner  of  Education, 
William  Ork,  Deputy  Commissioner, 
Charles  A.    Prosser,  Deputy  Commissioner, 
George  H.  Martin,  Treasurer, 
George  II.  Martin,  Agent, 
John  T.  Prince,  Agent,    . 
James  W.  MacDonald,  Agent, 
Julius  E.  Warren,  Agent, 
Frederic  Lynden  Burnham,  Agent 
Frank  Waldo,  Agent, 


EDUCATION. 

.  Boston. 

.  Boston. 

.  Boston . 

.  Boston. 

.  Boston. 

.  West  Newton. 

.  Stoneham. 

.  Worcester. 

.  Cambridge. 

.  Boston. 


Faculty. 


NORMAL  SCHOOL. 
Clarence  A.  Brodeub,  Principal. 

Pedagogy,  School  Law,  School  Management. 


Lewi-  B.  Allyn, 
Edith  L.  Cummings, 

Frederic  Goodwin, 
Mrs.  Adeline  A.  Knight, 
J.  Coulter  Hockenberry, 

Louis  G.  Monti's 

( harles  B.  Wilson,     . 


.     Mathematics,  Chemistry,  Physics. 
.     Gymnastics,  Manual  Trailing. 

Vocal  Music. 
.     English,  Literature,  History. 
.     Psychology,   History   of    Education, 

Geography,  Sociology. 
.     Drawing. 
.     Natural  Science. 
Mary  E.  Coughlin,  Secretary. 


TRAINING 
George  W.  Winsi 
A.  Caro  Balcom, 
Alice  M.  Winslow, 
(  lam  L.  Bush, 
Anna  M.  Downey, 
Lucia  A.  Coleman, 
Ella  J.  Downey, 
May  T.  Grout,  . 
Edith  M.  Robbins, 
Eliza  Converse, 
Fiance-  L.  Foster, 
Florence  1*.  Axtell, 
Eunice  .M.  Beebe, 
Emilia  L.  Hammond, 


SCHOOL. 
OW,   Prin 


ipal. 


Eighth  grade. 
Eighth  grade. 
Seventh  grade, 
Seventh  grade. 
Sixth  grade. 
Sixth  grade. 
Fifth  grade. 
Fifth  grade. 
Fourth  grade. 
Third  grade. 
Second  grade. 
First  grade. 
Kindergarten. 


STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,    WESTFIELU. 


ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION  OF  THE  WESTFIELD  NORMAL 
SCHOOL. 

PRESIDENT. 
Mr.  Marcus  H.  White,  Principal  of  Normal  School,  New  Britain,  Conn. 

Class  of  1882. 

VICE-PRESIDENT. 
Mrs.  Esther  J.  Morgan,  Springfield,  Mass. 

Class  of  1862. 

SECRETARY  AND  TREASURER. 

Mr.  Thomas  K.  McAllister,  Newtonville,  Mass. 

Class  of  1889. 

EXECUTIVE  COMMITTEE. 
Principal  Clarence  A.  Brodeur,  Westfield,  Mass. 
Mrs.  Edwin  B.  Hedges,  Westfield,  Mass. 

Class  of  1888. 

Mr.  Arthur  Hinds,  Richmond  Hill,  L.  I. 

Class  of  1876. 

COMMITTEE  ON  NECROLOGY. 

Miss  Susy  A.  Dickinson,  Brookline,  Mass. 
Class  of  1876. 

Mr.  J.  Silas  Diller,  Washington,  D.  C. 
Class  of  1873. 

Miss  Emma  F.  Lay,  Whitinsville,  Mass. 

Class  of  1872. 

i 

Mrs.  Joseph  G.  Robbins,  Westfield,  Mass. 
Class  of  1868. 

The  next  meeting  of  the  Association  will  be  held  at  Westfield,  May  28, 
L910. 


STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,.   WESTFIELD. 


Calendar  for  1910. 


SPRING  TERM. 
Monday,  9  a.m.,  March  21,  1910,  to  Thursday,  4  p.m.,  June  16,  1910. 

GRADUATION. 

Tuesday,  2  p.m.,  June  21,  1910. 


EXAMINATIONS  FOR  ADMISSION. 

First  Entrance  Examination. 

Thursday  and  Friday,  9  a.m.,  June  23  and  24,  1910. 

Second  Entrance  Examination. 
Tuesday  and  Wednesday,  9  a.m.,  September  6  and  7,  1910. 


Entrance  examinations  on  the  dates  given  above  begin  at  9  a.m.,  in 
tin-  assembly  hall.  Candidates  are  to  be  present  at  the  opening  on  the 
first  day.  They  should  come  prepared  to  stay  in  September.  If  pupils 
are  obliged  to  stay  over  night  during  the  June  examinations,  accommo- 
dations may  be  had  at  Dickinson  Hall. 

The  school  is  in  session  every  week  day  except  Monday  ;  on  Saturdays, 
M-hool  closes  at  noon. 


STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,    WESTFIELD. 


Calendar  for  School  Year,  19J0-U. 


FALL  TERM.1 
Thursday,  9  a.m.,  Sept.  8,  1910,  to  Saturday,  12  m.,  Dec.  3,  1910. 

WINTER  TERM. 
Monday,  9  a.m.,  Dec.  5,  1910,  to  Saturday,  12  m.,  March  18,  1911. 

SPRING  TERM. 
Monday,  9  a.m.,  March  20,  1911,  to  Friday,  4  p.m.,  June  16,  1911. 

GRADUATION. 

Tuesday,  2  p.m.,  June  20,  1911. 

VACATIONS. 

Spring  . 

From  Saturday,  12  m.,  April  30,  1910,  to  Monday,  May  9,  1910. 

Thanksgiving. 
From  Wednesday,  12  m.,  preceding  Thanksgiving  Day,  to  the  following 

Tuesday. 

Christmas. 
From  Thursday,  Dec.  22,  1910,  to  Monday,  Jan.  2,  1911. 

Winter. 
From  Saturday,  Feb.  25,  1911,  to  Monday,  March  6,  1911. 

Spring. 
From  Saturday,  12  M.,  April  29,  1911,  to  Monday,  May  8,  1911. 


1  Those  seniors  who  are  assigned  to  the  training  school  for  the  fall  term  will  begin 
theii  i  Tuesday,  Sept.  6, 1910,  a*  9  a.m. 


Westfield  Normal  School. 


HISTORICAL  SKETCH. 
With  the  single  exception  of  the  Framingham  Normal 
School,  which  was  first  opened  at  Lexington  July  3,  1839, 
the  Westfield  Normal  School  is  the  oldest  in  America.  It 
was  established  at  Barre,  Sept.  4,  1839,  and  was  transferred 
to  Westfield  in  1844.  The  total  number  of  pupils  admitted 
to  this  school  is  5,102,  of  whom  about  500  have  been  men. 
Since  1855,  the  date  of  the  first  formal  graduation,  2,176 
students  have  received  diplomas  on  the  completion  of  the 
prescribed  course  of  study. 

LOCATION. 

Westfield,  a  beautiful  town  of  more  than  13,600  inhabit- 
ants, is  located  on  the  main  line  of  the  Boston  &  Albany 
Railroad,  and  on  the  Northampton  division  of  the  New 
York,  New  Haven  &  Hartford  Railroad.  Springfield  is  dis- 
tant but  nine  miles,  Holyoke  ten,  Chicopee  twelve,  and 
Northampton  sixteen.  Electrics  run  from  the  railroad  sta- 
tion past  the  school  and  connect  Westfield  with  Springfield 
and  Holyoke.  The  service  is  excellent,  and  the  program 
of  recitations  is  so  arranged  that  most  pupils  residing  in 
adjoining  cities  and  towns  can  live  at  home. 

Westfield  is  noted  for  its  fine  streets,  overarched  by  stately 
elms,  and  for  the  beauty  of  the  surrounding  country.  Facili- 
ties  for  healthful  exercise,  as  well  as  for  the  out-door  study 
of  geography  and  natural  science,  are  abundant. 

BUILDINGS  AND  grounds. 
The  normal  school  building  was  occupied  for  the  first  time 
April  is,  1892.     It  is  a  beautiful  and  commodious  structure 
of  red  brick,  with  trimmings  of  brown  stone  and  Roman- 


10  STATE  NORMAL   SCHOOL,    WESTFIELD. 

esque  portals,  is  140  feet  long  and  118  feet  deep,  and  con- 
tains accommodations  for  175  normal  students,  as  well  as 
for  120  pupils  of  the  training  schools. 

The  entire  building  is  finished  in  the  best  selected  quar- 
tered oak.  The  chemical,  physical,  geological  and  mineral- 
ogical,  and  biological  laboratories  are  liberally  supplied 
with  the  best  of  modern  apparatus  and  appliances  and  with 
an  abundance  of  specimens  for  study. 

The  art  room  affords  excellent  opportunities  for  training 
in  drawing.  In  addition,  several  well-lighted  studios,  plen- 
tifully supplied  with  casts,  models,  and  copies,  are  available 
for  individual  work. 

Adjoining  the  main  assembly  hall  is  a  convenient  library 
of  well-selected  books  for  use  in  all  departments  of  the  work 
of  the  school. 

The  manual  training  room  is  equipped  with  twenty-three 
benches,  and  with  all  tools  and  material  necessary  for  in- 
structing normal  students  in  a  most  comprehensive  course 
of  manual  training  for  elementary  schools. 

The  gymnasium  is  large  and  well  lighted,  and  is  provided 
with  all  apparatus  for  class  work  as  well  as  for  individual 
exercise. 

In  a  word,  no  school  building  in  the  State  has  a  more 
complete  equipment  for  preparing  teachers  to  fill  positions 
in  the  best  of  modern  schools. 

The  ample  grounds  adjoining  the  school  afford  opportu- 
nity for  lawn  tennis,  basket-ball,  and  for  general  exercise. 

Dickinson  Hall  is  a  pleasant  and  comfortable  dormitory 
and  boarding  hall,  located  adjacent  to  the  school  building, 
and  containing  accommodations  for  75  students.  A  fuller 
description  may  be  found  on  page  41,  under  the  caption 
"  Dickinson  Hall." 


STATE  NORMAL   SCHOOL,    WESTFIELD.  11 


TRAINING  SCHOOLS. 

In  the  normal  school  building  are  four  rooms,  accommo- 
dating 120  pupils  of  the  kindergarten  and  primary  grades 
of  the  public  schools. 

The  State  has  erected  a  new  training  school  building  at  a 
oosl  of  $45,000,  on  the  site  of  the  old  normal  school  on 
Washington  Street,  within  a  stone's  throw  of  Dickinson  Hall. 
This  building  contains  ten  class-rooms,  with  ample  accom- 
modations for  420  children  from  grades  four  to  nine  inclusive, 
a  large  library,  principal's  office,  teachers' room,  an  assembly 
hall  with  seats  for  500,  play-rooms,  and  is  furnished  with 
an  electric  time  service  and  a  liberal  equipment  for  the  teach- 
ing of  all  school  subjects. 

There  are  available  for  training  purposes  in  both  buildings 
fourteen  rooms,  containing  more  than  550  pupils. 

The  pupils  of  the  senior  class  of  the  normal  school  are 
divided  into  three  sections,  each  section  devoting  the  entire 
time  of  one  term  of  thirteen  weeks  to  observation  and  teach- 
ing in  the  training  schools  under  expert  supervision.  Thus 
ample  provision  has  been  made  for  training  teachers  for  the 
actual  work  of  their  profession. 

GENERAL  AIM  OF   THE  SCHOOL. 
The  Board  of  Education,  by  a  vote  passed  May  6,  1880, 
stated  the  design  of  the  school  and  the  course  of  studies  for 
the  State  normal  schools,  as  follows  :  — 

The  design  of  the  normal  school  is  strictly  professional ;  that  is,  to 
prepare  in  the  best  possible  manner  the  pupils  for  the  work  of  organ- 
izing, governing,  and  teaching  the  public  schools  of  the  Common- 
wealth. 

To  this  end  there  must  be  the  most  thorough  knowledge,  first,  of  the 
branches  of  learning  required  to  be  taught  in  the  schools ;  second,  of 
the  best  methods  of  teaching  these  branches  ;  and  third,  of  right  mental 
training:. 


12  STATE  NORMAL   SCHOOL,    WESTFIELD. 


REQUIREMENTS  FOR  ADMISSION. 
Candidates  for  admission  to  any  one  of  the  normal  schools 
must,  if  young  women,  have  attained  the  age  of  sixteen 
years,  and  if  young  men,  the  age  of  seventeen  years,  and 
be  graduates  of  an  approved  high  school  (or  must  have 
received  the  equivalent  of  a  good  high  school  education). 

PHYSICIANS'  CERTIFICATES  AND  PHYSICAL 
EXAMINATIONS. 

Every  candidate  is  required  to  present  a  certificate  from 
a  reliable  physician,  stating  that  he  or  she  is  physically  fitted 
to  undertake  the  contemplated  course  of  study,  and  giving 
information  as  to  any  physical  weakness  the  candidate  may 
have.  Blank  certificates  may  be  found  at  the  back  part  of 
this  catalogue. 

The  State  Board  of  Education  adopted  the  following  vote 
March  7,  1901  :  — 

That  the  visitors  of  the  several  normal  schools  be  authorized  and 
directed  to  provide  for  a  physical  examination  of  candidates  for  admis- 
sion to  the  normal  schools,  in  order  to  determine  whether  they  are  free 
from  any  disease  or  infirmity  which  would  unfit  them  for  the  office  of 
teacher,  and  also  to  examine  any  student  at  any  time  in  the  course,  to 
determine  whether  his  physical  condition  is  such  as  to  warrant  his  con- 
tinuance in  the  school. 

MORAL  CHARACTER. 
Candidates  must  present  certificates  of  good  moral  char- 
acter. In  deciding  whether  they  shall  prepare  themselves 
to  become  teachers,  candidates  should  note  that  the  vocation 
requires  more  than  mere  freedom  from  disqualifying  defects  ; 
it  demands  virtues  of  a  positive  sort,  that  shall  make  their 
impress  for  good  upon  those  who  are  taught. 


STATE    NORMAL  SCHOOL,    WESTF1ELI).  13 


HIGH  SCHOOL  RECORD. 

It  may  be  said,  in  general,  that  if  the  ordinary  work  of  a 
good  statutory  high  school  is  well  done,  candidates  should 
have  no  difficulty  in  meeting  the  academic  tests  to  which  they 
tnay  be  subjected.  They  cannot  be  too  earnestly  urged, 
however,  to  avail  themselves  of  the  best  high  school  facilities 
attainable  in  a  four  years'  course,  even  though  they  should 
pursue  studies  to  an  extent  not  insisted  on,  or  take  studies 
not  prescribed  in  the  admission  requirements. 

The  importance  of  a  good  record  in  the  high  school  cannot 
be  overestimated.  Principals  are  requested  to  furnish  the 
normal  schools  with  records  of  the  high  school  standing  of 
candidates.  The  stronger  the  evidence  of  character,  scholar- 
ship and  promise,  of  whatever  kind,  candidates  bring,  espe- 
cially from  schools  of  high  reputation  and  from  teachers  of 
good  judgment  and  fearless  expression,  the  greater  confi- 
dence they  may  have  in  guarding  themselves  against  the  con- 
tingencies of  an  examination  and  of  satisfying  the  examiners 
as  to  their  fitness. 


WRITTEN  EXAMINATIONS. 
All  candidates  for  the  regular  and  kindergarten  courses 
must  pass  satisfactory  examinations,  as  indicated  below  (see 
also  caption  following  4 '  Admission  on  certification  from  high 
schools  ") . 

I.      Language.  —  (a)   English,  with  its  grammar  and  lit- 
erature, and  (b)  either  Latin  or  French. 

II.      Mathematics. —  (a)   The  elements   of  algebra  and 
(b)  the  elements  of  plane  geometry. 

III.  United  States  History.  —  The  history  and  civil  gov- 
ernment of  Massachusetts  and  the  United  States,  with  related 
geography  and  so  much  of  English  history  as  is  directly 
contributory  to  a  knowledge  of  United  States  history. 


14  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,    WESTFIELD. 

IV.  Science.  —  (a)  Physiology  and  hygiene  and  (band c) 
any  two  of  the  following  :  physics,  chemistry,  physical  geog- 
raphy and  botany,  provided  one  of  the  two  selected  is  either 
physics  or  chemistry. 

V.  Drawing  and  Music. —  (a)  Elementary  mechanical 
and  freehand  drawing,  with  any  one  of  the  topics,  —  form, 
color  and  arrangement,  and  (b)  music. 

ORAL  EXAMINATIONS. 
Each  candidate  may  be  required  to  read  aloud  in  the  pres- 
ence of  the  examiners.  He  may  also  be  questioned  orally 
either  upon  some  of  the  foregoing  subjects  or  upon  other 
matter  within  his  experience,  in  order  that  the  examiners 
may  gain  some  impression  about  his  personal  characteristics 
and  his  use  of  language,  as  well  as  give  him  an  opportunity 
to  furnish  any  evidences  of  qualification  that  might  not  other- 
wise become  known  to  them. 


GENERAL  REQUIREMENT  IN  ENGLISH  FOR  ALL 
EXAMINATIONS. 

No  candidate  will  be  accepted  whose  written  English  is 
notably  deficient  in  clear  and  accurate  expression,  spelling, 
punctuation,  idiom,  or  division  of  paragraphs,  or  whose 
spoken  English  exhibits  faults  so  serious  as  to  make  it  inex- 
pedient for  the  normal  school  to  attempt  their  correction. 
The  candidate's  English,  therefore,  in  all  oral  and  written 
examinations  will  be  subject  to  the  requirements  implied  in 
the  statement  here  made,  and  marked  accordingly. 


ADMISSION  ON  CERTIFICATION  FROM  HIGH  SCHOOLS. 

Candidates  from  high  schools  which  are  on  the  certificate 
list  of  the  New  England  College  Entrance  Examination 
Board  may  be  admitted  to  any  of  the  State  normal  schools 
without  examination  in  any  subject  required  for  admission 
in  which  they  have  attained  a  standing  of  B,  or  80  per  cent., 


STATE  NORMAL   SCHOOL,    WESTFIELD.  15 

as  certified  by  the  principal  of  the  school.  Candidates 
from  high  schools  not  in  the  college  certificate  list  may  be 
admitted  on  similar  conditions,  if  the  high  schools  are  ap- 
proved for  the  purpose  by  the  State  Board  of  Education. 

High  schools  desiring  this  approval  should  correspond 
with  the  Commissioner  of  Education. 

Graduates  of  colleges  are  admitted  without  examination. 

SPECIAL  DIRECTIONS  FOR  THE  WRITTEN 
EXAMINATIONS. 

I.     LANGUAGE. 

(a)  English.  —  The  subjects  for  the  examination  in  Eng- 
lish will  be  the  same  as  those  agreed  upon  by  the  colleges 
and  high  technical  schools  of  New  England  and  now  quite 
generally  adopted  throughout  the  United  States. 

1.    Reading  and  Practice A  limited  number  of  books 

will  be  set  for  reading.  The  candidate  will  be  required  to 
present  evidence  of  a  general  knowledge  of  the  subject- 
matter  and  spirit  of  the  books,  and  to  answer  simple  ques- 
tions on  the  lives  of  the  authors.  The  form  of  examination 
will  usually  be  the  writing  of  a  paragraph  or  two  on  each 
of  a  few  topics  to  be  chosen  by  the  candidate  from  a  con- 
siderable number  set  before  him  in  the  examination  paper 
In  place  of  a  part  or  the  whole  of  this  test,  the  candidate  may 
present  an  exercise  book  properly  certified  by  his  instructor, 
containing  compositions  or  other  written  wTork  done  in  con- 
nection with  the  reading  of  the  books. 

The  books  for  study  in  1909-1911  are:  Shakespeare's 
Macbeth;  Milton's  L' Allegro;  Burke's  Speech  on  Conciliation 
with  America,  or  Washington's  Farewell  Address ;  Webster's 
First  Bunker  Hill  Oration;  Macaulay's  Life  of  Johnson,  or 
(  arlyle's  Essay  on  Burns. 

The  purpose  of  the  examination  is  to  discover,  (1) 
whether  the  student  has  acquired  a  good  habit  of  study  ; 


16  STATE  NORMAL   SCHOOL,    WESTFIELD. 

(2)  whether  he  has  formed  any  standards  of  literary  judg- 
ment;  (3)  whether  he  has  become  discerning  of  literary 
merit;  and  (4)  what  acquaintance  he  has  with  standard 
English  and  American  writers. 

The  examination  will  take  such  a  form  that  students  who 
have  followed  other  than  the  prescribed  lines  of  reading 
may  be  able  to  satisfy  the  examiners  on  the  above  points. 

(b)  Either  Latin  or  French.  —  The  translation  at  sight 
of  simple  prose  or  verse,  with  questions  on  the  usual  forms 
and  ordinary  constructions,  and  the  writing  of  simple  prose 
based  in  part  or  in  full  on  the  passage  selected. 

II.     MATHEMATICS. 

(a)  The  elements  of  algebra  through  affected  quadratic 
equations. 

(b)  The  elements  of  plane  geometry. 

While  there  is  no  formal  examination  in  arithmetic,  the 
importance  of  a  practical  working  acquaintance  with  its 
principles  and  processes  cannot  be  too  strongly  emphasized. 
The  candidate's  proficiency  in  this  subject  will  be  incident- 
ally tested  in  its  applications  to  other  subjects. 

III.    UNITED  STATES  HISTORY. 

Any  school  text-book  on  United  States  history  will  enable 
candidates  to  meet  this  requirement,  provided  they  study 
enough  of  geography  to  illumine  the  history  and  make 
themselves  familiar  with  the  grander  features  of  government 
in  Massachusetts  and  the  United  States.  Collateral  reading 
in  United  States  history  is  strongly  advised,  also  in  English 
history,  so  far  as  this  history  bears  conspicuously  on  that  of 
(he  United  States. 

IV.     SCIENCE. 

(a)  Physiology  and  Hygiene. — The  chief  elementary 
facts  of  anatomy,  the  general  functions  of  the  various  organs, 
the  more  obvious  rules  of  health,  and  the  more  striking  effects 


STATE   NORMAL  SCHOOL,    WESTFIELD.  17 

of  alcoholic   drinks,    narcotics,  and   stimulants  upon   those 
addicted  to  their  use. 

(b  and  c)  Any  two  of  the  following  sciences,  — physics, 
chemistry,  botany,  physical  geography,  provided  one  of  the 
two  is  either  physics  or  chemistry.  —  The  chief  elementary 
facts  of  the  subject  selected,  so  far  as  they  may  be  presented 
in  the  courses  usually  devoted  to  them  in  good  high  schools. 
It  will  be  a  distinct  advantage  to  the  candidate  if  his  prepa- 
ration includes  a  certain  amount  of  individual  laboratory 
work. 

V.     DRAWING   AND    MUSIC. 

(a)  Drawing. — Mechanical  and  freehand  drawing, — 
enough  to  enable  the  candidate  to  draw  a  simple  object,  like 
a  box  or  a  pyramid  or  a  cylinder,  with  plan  and  elevation 
to  -cale,  and  to  make  a  freehand  sketch  of  the  same  in  per- 
spective. Also  any  one  of  the  three  topics,  —  form,  color, 
and  arrangement. 

(b)  Music.  —  Such  elementary  facts  as  an  instructor 
should  know  in  teaching  singing  in  the  schools,  including 
major  and  minor  keys,  simple  two,  three,  four,  and  six  part 
measures,  the  fractional  divisions  of  the  pulse  or  beat,  the 
chromatic  scale,  the  right  use  of  the  foregoing  elements  in 
practice,  and  the  translation  into  musical  notation  of  simple 
melodies  or  of  time  phrases  sung  or  pla}red. 

IMPORTANCE  OF  ADEQUATE  PREPARATION. 
Candidates  should  measure  their  duty  of  making  adequate 
preparation  not  wholly  by  the  subjects  selected  and  the 
papers  set  for  the  admission  examinations,  but  by  the  larger 
demands  their  chosen  vocation  is  sure  to  make  upon  them. 
The  more  generous  and  thorough,  therefore,  the  preparation 
of  the  candidate,  the  greater  the  likelihood  of  profiting  by 
the  normal  school,  of  completing  the  elementary  course  on 
time,  of  securing  employment  after  graduation,  and  of  doing 
creditable  work  as  a  teacher. 


18  STATE   NORMAL  SCHOOL,    WESTF1ELD. 

The  candidate  is  advised,  therefore,  to  utilize  all  feasible 
opportunities  offered  by  the  regular  high  school  course  for 
promoting  this  breadth  of  preparation,  and  the  high  school 
should  aim  to  hold  the  candidate  up  to  the  higher  ideals  of 
such  preparation. 

EQUIVALENTS. 

Special  cases  that  raise  questions  of  equivalents  will  be 
considered  on  their  merits. 

DIVISION  OF  THE  EXAMINATIONS. 
Candidates  may  be  admitted  to  preliminary  examinations 
a  year  in  advance  of  their  final  examinations,  provided  they 
offer  themselves  in  one  or  more  of  the  following  groups,  each 
group  to  be  presented  in  full :  — 


I. 

French. 

II. 

Mathematics . 

III. 

United  States  history 

IV. 

Science. 

V. 

Drawing  and  music. 

Preliminary  Examinations  can  be  taken  in  June  only. 

Every  candidate  for  a  preliminary  examination  must  pre- 
sent a  certificate  of  preparation  in  the  group  or  groups 
chosen,  or  in  the  subjects  thereof,  the  form  of  certificate  to 
be  substantially  as  follows  :  — 

, has  been  a  pupil  in  the 


School  for years,  and  is,  in  my  judg- 
ment, prepared  to  pass  the  normal  school  preliminary  examination  in 
the  following  group  or  groups  of  subjects  and  the  divisions  thereof :  — 


Signature  of  principal  or  teacher,. 
Address, 


STATE   NORMAL  SCHOOL,    WESTFIELD.  19 

The  group  known  as  I.  Language  (Latin  and  English) 
musl  be  reserved  for  the  final  examinations.  It  will  doubt- 
less  be  found  gem  rally  advisable  in  practice  that  the  group 
known  as  IV.  Science  should  also  be  so  reserved. 

While  division  of  the  final  or  complete  examinations  be- 
tween June  and  September  is  permissible,  it  is  important 
both  for  the  normal  school  and  for  the  candidate  that  the 
work  laid  out  for  the  September  examinations,  which  so 
closely  procede  the  opening  of  the  normal  schools,  shall  be 
kept  down  to  a  minimum.  Candidates  for  the  final  or  com- 
plete examinations  are  earnestly  advised,  therefore,  to  pre- 
sent themselves  in  June. 

EXAMINATION  DATES. 
The    admission    examinations  are    held    at    the    several 
normal   school  buildings  in  accordance  with  the  following 
schedule  :  — 

1910.  —  Thursday  and  Friday,  June  23  and  24  ;  Tuesday 
and  Wednesday,  September  6  and  7. 

1911.  — Thursday  and  Friday,  June  22  and  23  ;  Tuesday 
and  Wednesday,  September  5  and  6. 

TIMES  OF  ADMISSION. 
New  classes  will  be  admitted  only  at  the  beginning  of 
the  fall  term,  and,  as  the  studies  of  the  course  are  arranged 
progressively  from  that  time,  it  is  important  that  students 
shall  present  themselves  then  for  duty.  In  individual  cases 
and  for  strong  reasons  exceptions  to  this  requirement  are 
permissible,  but  only  after  due  examination,  and  upon  the 
understanding  that  the  admission  shall  be  at  a  time  conven- 
ient to  the  school,  and  to  such  classes  only  as  the  candidate 
is  qualified  to  join. 


20  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,    WESTFIELD. 


COURSES  OF  STUDY. 
This  school  offers  (1)  a  general  two  years'  course,  (2)  a 
three  years'  course,  (3)  a  kindergarten  course,  (4)  a  special 
course  for  teachers,  and  (5)  a  special  course  of  one  year  for 
college  graduates. 

I.  GENERAL  TWO  YEARS'  COURSE. 

The  general  course  of  study  for  two  years  comprises  the 
following  subjects  :  — 

1.  Psychology,  history  of  education,  principles  of  teach- 
ing, methods  of  instruction  and  discipline,  school  organiza- 
tion, school  laws  of  Massachusetts. 

2.  Methods  of  teaching  the  following  subjects  :  — 

(a)  English,  —  reading,  language,  composition,  litera- 
ture, history. 

(b)  Mathematics,  —  arithmetic,  elementary  algebra,  and 
geometry. 

(c)  Science,  —  elementary  physics  and  chemistry,  geog- 
raphy, physiology  and  hygiene,  study  of  minerals,  plants, 
and  animals. 

(d)  Drawing,  vocal  music,  physical  training,  manual 
training. 

3.  Observation  and  practice  in  the  training  school,  and 
observation  in  other  public  schools. 

The  amount  of  work  in  this  course  is  so  great  that  only 
those  who  enter  upon  it  most  thoroughly  prepared  can  hope 
to  complete  it,  with  the  required  practice,  in  the  time 
assigned  to  it.  Others  need  not  expect  to  finish  it  in  two 
years. 

For  a  more  detailed  account  of  this  course,  see  pages 
22-36. 

II.     THREE  YEARS'    COURSE. 

The  Commissioner  of  Education  and  the  principal  of  any 
norma]  school  may  arrange  for  a  third  year  of  study  and  prao- 
tice  in  teaching  under  supervision  for  its  graduates,  when-' 


STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,    WESTFIELD.  21 

ever  in  their  judgment  such  action  is  desirable.  The  object 
of  this  course  shall  be  a  more  complete  mastery  of  the  topics 
arranged  for  the  regular  two  years'  course  and  further  work  in 
the  training  schools  ;  this  work  in  the  training  schools  shall 
be  under  the  direct  supervision  of  a  teacher  of  the  normal 
school  or  of  a  teacher  specially  approved  for  that  purpose. 

III.     KINDERGARTEN   COURSE. 

The  kindergarten  course  requires  two  years  for  its  comple- 
tion. The  first  year's  work  is  the  same  as  that  of  the  general 
two  years'  course,  except  that  child  study,  sociology  and 
history  are  substituted  for  English  grammar  and  geography. 
During  the  second  year  the  pupil  spends  all  her  mornings  in 
the  practical  work  of  the  kindergarten,  and  her  afternoons 
in  the  study  of  the  theory  and  the  history  of  the  kindergarten. 

Kvery  candidate  for  this  course  should  have  not  only  the 
qualifications  required  for  admission  to  the  general  tAVO  years' 
course,  but  should  in  addition  have  some  facility  in  playing 
the  piano  and  in  singing. 

Students  pay  the  cost  of  materials  used  by  them,  but  this 
expense  does  not  exceed  ten  dollars  for  the  course. 

IV.     SPECIAL   COURSE   FOR  TEACHERS. 

Teachers  of  three  years'  experience  in  teaching,  who  give 
evidence  of  maturity,  good  scholarship,  and  of  aptness  to 
teach,  may,  with  the  consent  of  the  principal  and  of  the 
Commissioner  of  Education,  select  a  course  which  may  be 
completed  in  one  year  ;  and  when  such  course  is  successfully 
completed,  they  shall  receive  a  certificate  for  the  same. 

V.     SPECIAL   COURSE   FOR   COLLEGE   GRADUATES. 

College  graduates  may  be  admitted  to  the  State  normal 
schools  without  examination,  and  may  receive  a  diploma 
after  satisfactorily  completing  a  course  of  one  year,  requir- 
ing at  least  twenty  recitation  periods  per  week  and  includ- 
ing the  advanced  pedagogy  and  practice  of  the  senior  year. 


22  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,    WESTFIELD. 

Experienced  observers  of  public-school  problems  are 
agreed  that  the  high  schools  can  no  longer  furnish  employ- 
ment for  all  college  graduates  who  wish  to  teach.  An  in- 
creasing number  of  such  graduates  must  hereafter  find  their 
work  in  the  grammar  schools.  It  is  for  this  class  especially 
that  course  V  has  been  planned. 

GENERAL  PLAN  OF  TWO  YEARS'  COURSE. 

In  connection  with  all  subjects  that  the  graduate  is  ex- 
pected to  teach,  tentative  courses  of  study  for  lower  schools 
and  lists  of  helpful  text-books  and  of  collateral  reading  are 
furnished  to  each  pupil. 

No  mere  outline  can  accurately  represent  the  spirit  and 
method  of  a  school.  The  following  topical  arrangement 
should  be  understood  as  only  suggestive  :  — 

PSYCHOLOGY. 

There  are  two  courses  in  psychology,  one  for  the  junior 
and  one  for  the  senior  year.  The  work  given  is  in  part  in- 
dicated in  the  following  statement :  — 

1.  Elementary  Psychology.  —  This  course  includes  (a)  the 
grosser  anatomy  and  the  physiology  of  the  central  nervous 
system  in  man,  together  with  a  study  of  the  elements  of 
the  nervous  system  and  their  connections  :  the  sense  organs, 
their  parts  and  their  hygiene  ;  (b)  the  elementary  and  more 
complex  mental  processes  in  their  development  and  connec- 
tions ;  (c)  the  physical  basis  of  mental  growth  and  develop- 
ment ;  (d)  several  papers  on  personal  reminiscences  by  each 
member  of  the  class;  (e)  the  study  of  and  report  on  some 
standard  reminiscent  study  or  life  ;  (/)*  the  study  of  some 
individual  child.  AngelTs  Psychology  is  used  as  the  text, 
with  free  use  of  many  other  standard  elementary  texts  on 
the  reference  shelf.  (This  work  covers  the  entire  junior 
year.) 

2.  Genetic  Psychology.  —  Chiefly  a  study  of  the  mental 
Life  of  the  child  from  the  genetic  standpoint  ;   the  first  niani- 


STATE    NORMAL   SCHOOL,    WESTFIELD.  23 


Gestations  of  mental  life  in  the  child  and  in  animals;  the 
factors  that  condition  mental  development  ;  fatigue  and  its 
relation  to  school  work  and  exercise  ;  development  of  motor 
ability  and  control  ;  constant  reference  to  the  standard 
studies  on  the  subjects;  collection  and  evaluation  of  mute- 
rial  :  how  to  chart  results.  The  masterpieces  of  child  study 
literature  are  available  for  this  work,  and  are  in  constant 
use.  No  text  is  used  exclusively.  (One  term  in  the  senior 
year.) 

HISTORY  OF  EDUCATION. 

1.  History  of  European  Education.  —  Greek,  Hellenistic, 
and  Roman  education  in  theory  and  practice  ;  the  aim  in  each 
nation  and  the  adaptability  of  the  means  used  to  the  attain- 
ment of  the  aim  :  the  value  of  the  aim  in  each  case  ;  Jewish 
education  ;  early  Christianity  and  education ;  mediaeval 
education,  culminating  in  the  Renaissance  and  humanism  ; 
these  latter  as  containing  the  germs  of  modern  philosophy, 
modern  education,  and  the  newer  theory  of  life  ;  education 
criticism  and  the  practice  of  the  "innovators;"  the  con- 
structive educators  from  Comenius  to  Herbart  and  Herbert 
Spencer  ;  the  shifting  emphasis  in  educational  theory  and 
practice  as  seen  in  the  various  standpoints  of  verbalism, 
realism,  naturalism,  and  the  disciplinary,  psychological,  and 
sociological  theories  of  education.  The  work  requires  as- 
signed reading  and  reference  work,  reports,-  and  extensive 
reading  of  the  educational  classics  of  Comenius,  Rousseau, 
Pestalozzi,  Froebel,  Herbart,  Spencer,  etc.  The  standard 
texts  and  classics  are  available  for  this  work. 

2.  History  of  American  Education.  —  This  course  at- 
tempts to  give  some  idea  of  the  elements  contributed  by  the 
different  national  elements  of  early  American  civilization; 
the  development  of  State  school  systems,  with  special  em- 
phasis  on  the  development  of  the  school  system  of  Massa- 
chusetts ;  the  normal  school  idea  in  America;  the  growth 
of  American  colleges  and  universities  ;  the  contribution  of 


24  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,    WESTFIELD. 

Pestalozzi,  Froebel,  Herbart,  and  Spencer  to  American 
education.  The  standard  texts  are  available  for  this  work, 
which  covers  the  entire  junior  year. 

SOCIOLOGY. 

The  course  in  sociology  covers  the  work  of  one  term  in  the 
senior  year,  and  will  deal  in  an  elementary  manner  with 
the  following  subjects  :  the  nature  and  aim  of  the  science ; 
the  materials  and  the  methods  of  the  science  ;  the  social 
forces  and  the  laws  of  their  inter-connections  ;  the  social 
institutions  and  their  significance  in  the  several  stages  of 
social  evolution  ;  the  social  ideal  and  the  social  spirit ; 
social  pathology ;  social  therapeutics  and  hygiene ;  the 
sociology  of  the  teaching  profession. 

The  plan  of  the  course  will  involve  several  kinds  of  work 
and  as  many  methods  of  pursuing  them,  (a)  From  five  to 
eight  formal  lectures  by  the  instructor;  (b)  class  discus- 
sions on  the  assigned  readings  from  the  texts  ;  (c)  an  in- 
dividual study  and  written  report  by  each  student  on  some 
one  of  a  list  of  topics,  to  be  treated  as  exhaustively  and 
intensively  as  the  time  and  materials  available  in  the  depart- 
ment will  admit ;  (d)  class  work  on  a  single  concrete  prob- 
lem which  will  vary  from  year  to  year,  this  year  being  the 
social  interests  of  children  in  a  typical  Massachusetts  town. 
This  will  require  the  preparation  of  a  short  paper. 

The  texts  used  will  be  :  Blackmars  Elements  of  Sociology; 
Ross's  The  Foundation  of  Sociology;  Giddings's  Elements  of 
Sociology;  Dealey  and  Ward's  Text-Book  of  Sociology;  Hen- 
derson's Social  Elements.  For  reference  there  are  in  the 
department  the  standard  works  of  Spencer,  Ward,  Giddings, 
Small,  Ross,  Carver,  Cooley,  Wright,  Ferri,  Lombroso, 
Bryce,  Joly,Macl)onald,  Nordau,  Snider,  Stuckenberg,  and 
other  writers  on  sociology  and  allied  subjects.  The  American 
Journal  of  Sociology  is  found  in  the  department. 


STATE   NORMAL   SCHOOL,    WESTFIELD.  25 


PEDAGOGY,   SCHOOL    LAW,   AND    SCHOOL   MANAGEMENT. 

The  applicatioD  to  teaching  of  the  principles  developed  in 
the  course  in  psychology  and  the  history  of  education  out- 
lined above  ;  a  study  of  methodology  ;  a  systematic  and 
critical  examination  of  the  opinions  of  leading  educators  on 
school  organization  and  economy  ;  a  study  of  the  principles 
and  art  of  school  government,  both  from  the  stand-point  of 
the  adult  and  of  child  study,  with  special  reference  also  to 
the  use  of  school  discipline  as  an  agency  in  the  moral  cul- 
ture of  the  child  ;  the  discussion  of  the  curriculum  of  elemen- 
tal y  schools ;  the  preparation  on  pedagogical  and  hygienic 
principles  of  programs  for  graded  and  ungraded  schools ; 
lectures  on  such  portions  of  the  school  laws  of  Massachusetts 
as  are  needed  to  enable  the  teacher  to  know  the  rights  and 
the  duties  of  her  profession  ;  the  theory  of  the  proper  heat- 
ing, ventilating,  and  lighting  of  school  rooms,  with  practical 
suggestions  for  the  same  ;  frequent  conferences  with  pupils 
teaching  in  the  training  schools. 

NATURAL  SCIENCE. 

In  all  science  teaching  of  this  school  a  constant  effort  is 
made  along  three  essential  lines  :  — 

First,  a  clear  presentation  of  the  truths  and  principles 
underlying  the  science.  These  are  learned  as  far  as  possible 
at  first  hand  in  the  field  or  the  laboratory,  and  care  is  taken 
that  they  are  rightly  comprehended. 

Second,  individual  instruction  and  practice  in  the  inter- 
pretation of  these  truths  and  in  logical  modes  of  reasoning- 
based  upon  them. 

Lastly  and  chiefly,  a  thorough  drill  in  the  best  pedagog- 
ical methods  of  presenting  such  truths  and  interpretations 
in  elementary  instruction.  The  first  two  are  always  subor- 
dinate, being  used  as  a  necessary  means  to  secure  success  in 
the  third. 


26  STATE  NORMAL   SCHOOL,    WESTEJELD. 

As  a  farther  help  toward  the  same  end,  large  additions 
have  been  made  to  the  apparatus  and  the  reference  libraries, 
until  it  may  be  fairly  said  that  the  school  is  unsurpassed  in 
point  of  equipment  by  any  other  of  like  rank. 

The  geological  and.  mineralogical  laboratory  is  equipped 
with  a  complete  working  collection  of  minerals,  rocks,  and 
fossils,  and  the  necessary  apparatus  for  studying  them.  A 
valuable  cabinet  collection  is  in  constant  use  for  reference 
and  comparison.  It  is  believed  that  an  actual  acquaintance 
with  rocks,  minerals,  and  organic  forms  is  of  greater  value 
than  much  abstract  knowledge. 

The  biological  and  physiological  laboratory  is  furnished 
with  excellent  cabinets  of  preserved  material,  to  which  con- 
stant additions  are  being  made,  and  which  are  amply  suffi- 
cient for  individual  use.  It  possesses,  in  addition,  a  series 
of  charts,  casts  and  models  illustrating  human  anatomy  ;  a 
full  set  of  histological  preparations,  showing  the  structure 
and  tissues  of  the  human  body;  and  a  fine  herbarium  of 
local  plants. 

Zoology.  —  General  characteristics  of  animals  ;  a  study  of 
typical  animals,  considerable  attention  being  paid  to  their 
habits,  modes  of  life,  and  their  uses  ;  these  types  are  selected 
from  the  fauna  of  the  vicinity,  and  as  far  as  possible  the 
home  of  the  animal  is  reproduced  in  the  laboratory,  and  the 
pupil  is  required  to  become  acquinted  with  its  habits  and 
daily  life,  as  well  as  its  structure,  from  actual  observation  ; 
a  special  study  of  insects  and  birds,  with  reference  to  their 
economic  relations;  the  principles  of  classification.  The 
more  common  species  are  chosen,  in  consequence  of  their 
adaptation  to  elementary  instruction,  and  the  pupils  practise 
the  best  methods  of  presenting  such  nature  work. 

Physiology.  —  A  general  outline  of  the  subject,  including 
the  anatomy,  physiology  and  hygiene  of  the  different  organs 
and  parts  of  the  body.  So  far  as  necessary  the  anatomy  is 
illustrated  by  models  of  the  human  body,  while  microscopi- 
i  sal  -I  incline  is  demonstrated  by  a  large  collection  of  sections; 


STATE  NORMAL   SCHOOL,    WKSTF1ELD.  27 

but  special  attention  is  given  to  hygiene  and  to  many  prac- 
tical questions  concerning  bodily  health  about  which  every 
teacher  should  be  well  informed.  The  germ  theory  of  vac- 
cination, the  treatment  of  contagious  diseases  in  the  school 
room,  public  sanitation,  the  value  of  hospitals  and  pest 
houses,  good  drinking  water,  hygienic  cooking,  sanitary 
clothing,  a  rational  and  orderly  presentation  of  the  effects 
produced  by  alcohol  upon  the  body  and  mind,  the  hygienic 
influence  of  the  mind  upon  the  body,  and  many  other  impor- 
tant phases  of  hygiene  are  carefully  and  thoroughly  dis- 
cussed. Lectures  are  given  by  competent  authorities  upon 
the  recognition  and  treatment  of  the  various  diseases  likely 
to  occur  among  school  children.  As  thus  presented,  the 
course  furnishes  to  the  careful  student  a  fund  of  information, 
which  will  be  of  the  greatest  practical  value  in  her  own  life 
and  in  her  work  as  a  teacher. 

Geology. — The  properties,  varieties  and  uses  of  the  more 
important  minerals,  ores  and  rocks,  together  with  a  study  of 
the  more  useful  industries  connected  with  certain  minerals, 
i.e.,  the  mining  of  coal,  the  manufacture  of  coal  gas,  and 
the  various  by-products  produced  during  the  process,  the 
mining  and  smelting  of  the  different  ores,  the  manufacture 
of  quick  lime,  plaster  of  Paris,  salt,  glass,  bricks  and  pottery, 
etc.  The  geologic  history  of  New  England,  with  special 
reference  to  Massachusetts.  In  this  historical  portion,  as 
the  mesozoic  strata  are  well  represented  in  the  vicinity, 
special  attention  is  given  to  that  period.  The  held  work 
consists  of  excursions  to  available  points  of  geologic  interest, 
a  visit  and  a  study  of  such  of  the  local  industries  as  are  con- 
cerned with  minerals  or  ores,  a  visit  to  some  public  museum, 
an  explanation  of  its  educational  value  in  connection  with  the 
work  of  our  common  schools,  and  a  discussion  of  the  methods 
to  be  pursued  by  the  teacher  in  availing  herself  of  its  privi- 
leges. Special  effort  is  made  to  correlate  this  work  with 
physical  geography  and  history.  In  pursuance  of  this  effort, 
particular  attention    is   given  to  the   geographical  changes 


28  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,    WESTFIELD. 

produced  by  the  great  glacier  which  formerly  covered  this 
part  of  the  continent,  to  its  effect  upon  the  climate,  soil  and 
contour  of  New  England.  The  principal  facts  with  reference 
to  the  various  prehistoric  races  of  human  beings  who  in- 
habited this  continent  prior  to  its  discovery  by  the  Spaniards 
are  presented  clearly  and  briefly,  to  serve  as  a  foundation 
for  work  in  history. 

Botany.  —  The  seed  and  germination  ;  the  organs  of  the 
plant,  — root,  stem,  buds,  leaves,  the  tissues  ;  the  plant  cell ; 
protoplasm  and  its  properties ;  inflorescence  ;  a  study  of 
typical  flowers,  with  reference  to  their  plan  and  structure  ; 
fertilization  and  conditions  of  growth  ;  fruit ;  a  study  of 
some  of  our  common  flowerless  plants.  Special  attention  is 
given  to  economic  plant  products,  such  as  fruits,  spices, 
India  rubber,  vegetable  oils,  drugs  and  medicines,  dye 
stuffs,  etc.  The  value  of  our  forests  and  the  uses  of  the 
various  kinds  of  lumber  are  closely  correlated  with  the  work 
in  manual  training.  In  the  field*  work,  the  pupils  are  taught 
to  utilize  their  immediate  surroundings  ;  by  this  method  they 
are  certain  of  obtaining  an  abundance  of  material  wherever 
they  may  chance  to  teach.  A  course  of  nature  study  for 
elementary  schools  is  outlined,  and  instruction  is  given  in 
obtaining  and  using  suitable  materials  for  class-room  pres- 
entation. 

OTHER   SCIENCES. 

Physics.  —  Physics  is  presented  with  a  two-fold  aim.  Its 
culture  value  is  beyond  question  ;  its  practicability  appears 
on  every  hand.  From  the  culture  side  the  student  becomes 
familiar  through  actual  experience  with  the  leading  physical 
discoveries  of  the  day.  The  laboratory  is  well  supplied  with 
a  large  amount  of  apparatus  for  demonstrating  theories  of 
sound,  light,  and  many  applications  of  electricity,  among 
which  may  be  mentioned  the  X-rays  and  wireless  telegraphy 
according  to  the  Marconi  system. 

Through  much  laboratory  work,  the  student  becomes  famil- 


STATE  NORMAL   SCHOOL,    WESTFIELD.  29 

iar  with  the  construction,  manipulation  and  use  of  physical 
apparatus.  Exercises  which  have  a  direct  bearing'  upon 
every  day  life  are  given.  The  practical  idea  is  made  clear. 
The  pupil  discovers  for  herself  the  principles  and  facts  relat- 
ing to  the  special  phase  of  the  subject  under  consideration. 
Opportunity  to  make  original  investigations  is  given  to 
students  especially  interested  in  science. 

In  addition  to  the  benefit  to  the  teacher  herself,  she  learns 
to  present  clearly  to  her  pupils  such  parts  of  the  subject  as 
seem  desirable. 

Chemistry.  —  The  work  in  this  department  is  treated  un- 
der three  general  divisions,  —  historical,  academic,  and  ap- 
plied chemistry.  Of  these,  the  last-mentioned  receives  by 
far  the  greatest  attention.  Xo  text-book  is  used,  but  a  large 
amount  of  reference  matter  is  available.  Facts  are  gained 
by  actual  work. 

The  laboratory  is  equipped  with  a  generous  supply  of  the 
latest  apparatus,  and  all  conveniences  are  at  the  students' 
disposal. 

The  academic  work  includes  type  experiments  with  the 
gases,  oxygen,  hydrogen,  nitrogen,  carbon  dioxid,  chlorine, 
and  such  of  the  hydro-carbons  as  time  will  allow,  and  in 
addition  to  these,  analysis  and  synthesis  of  the  acids,  hydro- 
chloric, nitric,  sulphuric,  acetic,  etc.,  together  with  the  ra- 
tional use  of  chemical  symbols  and  formulae. 

The  applied  or  practical  work  includes,  among  other  ex- 
ercises of  an  interesting  character,  the  qualitative  analysis  of 
water,  samples  of  which  pupils  procure  from  different  parts 
of  the  town,  and  a  thorough  analysis  of  which  they  perform 
in  the  laboratory  by  the  most  approved  methods.  Many 
bring  samples  of  water  from  their  homes  and  analyze  them 
for  the  benefit  of  their  parents  and  friends. 

The  removal  of  stains  of  various  kinds,  fruit,  ink,  grease, 
iron  rust,  paint,  etc.,  furnishes  an  excellent  opportunity  for 
applying  principles  of  bleaching  and  action    of  acids  and 


30  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,    WESTFIELI). 

alkalis  upon  different  kinds  of  fabrics.  Before  finishing  the 
course  every  pupil  is  expected  to  be  able  to  remove  stains 
of  the  above  mentioned  types. 

Work  in  dyeing  is  treated  from  an  entirely  original  stand- 
point. Each  pupil  at  first  dyes  different  fabrics  with  colors 
extracted  from  many  common  sources,  such  as  bright-colored 
flowers,  leaves,  berries,  and  fruits  ;  later,  work  in  anilin 
dyes  affords  opportunity  for  each  student  to  learn  something 
of  this  useful  art,  and  at  the  same  time  to  apply  some  of  the 
oft-neglected  principles  of  chemistry. 

Actual  work  in  the  extraction  of  flavors  and  perfumes  is 
performed  by  the  student,  and  samples  of  orange,  lemon, 
vanilla,  etc.,  are  the  criteria  of  her  skill. 

Experiments  are  given  by  which  the  determination  of 
alcohol  in  cider,  patent  medicines,  wines,  and  "  soft  drinks  " 
is  made  simple. 

The  average  teacher  is  little  aware  of  the  terrible  injury 
done  to  young  men  and  women  by  the  indiscriminate  use 
of  headache  powders,  "  cures,"  "antidotes,"  "specifics," 
etc.  Simple  analyses  of  these  substances  throw  much  light 
upon  this  intensely  important  subject. 

The  principal  aim  of  the  course  is  to  create,  if  necessary, 
and  to  foster  a  real  love  for  an  interest  in  the  great  science 
of  chemistry  ;  to  give  the  pupil  a  broader  outlook  and  to  see 
herself  a  factor  in  the  busy,  living  world.  The  course  is  not 
presented  with  the  object  of  making  chemistry  teachers  of 
the  pupils,  but  rather  to  furnish  the  thoughtful,  painstaking 
student  with  information  gained  by  experience,  by  which 
she  can  keep  both  body  and  mind  in  an  alert,  healthy  con- 
dition. 

GEOGRAPHY. 

The  work  in  geography  covers  two  terms  in  the  junior 
year.  The  following  outline  is  suggestive  of  the  work  that 
is  attempted  :  — 

1.    Home  geography  :  what  subjects  are  appropriate,  how 


s 


STATE   NORMAL  SCHOOL,    WESTFIELD.  31 

to  work  them  out   and   teach   them  to  the   children   of  the 
proper  grade. 

•2.  Larger  type  studies  as  a  basis  of  unification  in  geogra- 
phy. These  types  are  chosen  from  the  United  States  and 
Europe. 

3.  Geographic  forces,  especially  as  seen  in  the  United 
States  and  Kurope. 

4.  The  physiographic  structure  of  North  America  and 
Kurope,  with  brief  comparative  study  of  the  other  conti- 
nents. 

').  The  economic  and  commercial  geography  of  the  United 
States  and  Europe  in  brief  outline. 

6.  The  earth  and  man  in  their  more  significant  interrela- 
tions. 

THE  LANGUAGE  ARTS. 

Reading.  —  Study  of  the  dictionary  ;  diacritical  marks  and 
pronunciation  ;  study  of  phonetics  for  teaching  purposes  ; 
methods  of  teaching  reading  in  elementary  schools,  and 
frequent  practice  with  classes  of  children  from  the  model 
schools.     Preparation  of  reading  material  for  school  use. 

Grammar.  —  Classification  of  the  parts  of  speech,  phrases, 
clauses,  and  sentences  by  the  laboratory  method;  analysis 
of  sentences  in  a  simple  way.  The  natural  method  of  teach- 
ing language  in  elementary  schools  is  used,  and  the  pupils 
themselves  are  required  to  give  lessons. 

English  Composition.  —  It  is  chiefly  as  a  practical  art  that 
the  subject  is  presented  in  this  school.  Description,  narra- 
tion, exposition,  and  argument  are  taught  from  daily  practice 
in  writing,  followed  by  the  teachers  criticism.  Much  atten- 
tion is  paid  to  the  external  form  of  the  paragraph.  A  com- 
position is  regarded  as  a  living  product  of  an  active  mind  ; 
therefore  there  is  constant  and  careful  study  of  the  way  in 
which  paragraphs  grow,  of  the  order  in  which  to  say  things, 
and  of  Avhat  not  to  say.  Pupils  are  trained  to  intelligent 
criticism  of  language  work. 


32  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,    WESTVIELD. 

English  and  American  Literature.  —  A  study  of  some  of 
the  literature  of  the  eighteenth  and  nineteenth  centuries,  the 
purpose  being  to  help  the  pupil  to  appreciate  the  best.  The 
history  of  literature  is  taught  in  a  subordinate  way  only, 
to  enable  the  pupil  to  understand  the  setting  of  an  authors 
work ;  correlation  of  myths  with  nature  study  ;  courses  of 
literature  for  elementary  schools  are  developed.  There  are 
some  variations  from  term  to  term. 

HISTORY. 

United  States  History  and  Civics.  —  A  rapid  review  by 
the  laboratory  method  of  the  history  of  our  country  from 
the  early  discoveries  to  the  present,  and  of  the  framework  of 
national,  state  and  municipal  government.  Instruction  in 
the  proper  use  of  pictures  and  maps  as  aids  in  teaching  his- 
tory, correlation  with  literature,  a  thorough  drill  in  a  good 
pedagogical  method  of  presenting  the  subject.  Stories  of  the 
explorers  and  the  biographies  of  eminent  Americans  are  re- 
cast in  the  vocabulary  of  childhood  for  use  in  primary  grades. 

General  History.  —  Ancient  Nations.  —  Peoples  and  migra- 
tions ;  geographical  position  and  consequences  ;  inheritances  : 
social,  political,  intellectual,  aesthetic,  moral,  religious,  and 
industrial  development ;  characteristic  institutions  :  legacies. 

Mediaeval  and  Modern  History.  —  Instruction  and  training 
are  given  in  the  inductive  method  as  applied  to  history, 
with  a  view  to  the  development  of  the  li  historical  spirit." 
The  method  is  illustrated  by  a  careful  study  of  a  few  coun- 
tries, with  special  attention  to  the  main  forces  at  work,  the 
growth  of  nationality  and  constitutional  government,  and 
the  relation  of  Europe  to  America. 

MATHEMATICS. 

Arithmetic.  —  Failure  on  the  part  of  the  teacher  to  recog- 
nize  and  to  apply  the  fundamental  principles  of  number 
according  to  well-established  psychic  laws  invariably  results 


STATE  NORMAL   SCHOOL,    WESTFIELD.  33 

in  failure  on  the  part  of  the  pupil  to  understand  and  to  use 
intelligently  the  simple  processes  of  arithmetic. 

No  text-book  is  placed  in  the  hands  of  the  student;  all 
processes  and  methods  are  developed.  The  importance  of 
the  reason  for  performing  the  various  arithmetical  operations 
is  duly  emphasized. 

The  modern  teacher  should  fully  appreciate  the  fact  that 
the  day  of  set  rules  and  inflexible  formulae  is  past.  The 
child  is  no  longer  told  to  "  invert  the  divisor  and  proceed  as 
in  multiplication."  By  far  the  greatest  value  of  any  mathe- 
matical rule  lies  in  its  discovery.  Students  are  trained  to 
discover;  having  discovered,  to  apply. 

Recognizing  in  the  Grube  method  a  line  of  thought  in- 
compatible with  true  mathematical  concepts,  the  pupil  is 
thoroughly  drilled  in  the  movable  or  flexible  unit  system, 
which  is  so  ably  treated  in  Dewey  and  McLellan's  Psy- 
chology of  Number. 

The  student  becomes  familiar  with  our  leading  arithmetics, 
from  which  many  characteristic  problems  are  selected.  She 
is  required  to  solve  a  problem  intelligently,  whether  she 
supplies  the  essential  data  or  takes  it  as  presented  by  some 
second  person. 

The  course  continues  through  two  terms  of  the  junior  year 
and  comprises  one  hundred  and  four  recitation  periods.  The 
work  is  taken  by  grades,  and  includes  exercises  in  sense  train- 
ing and  in  relative  magnitude,  discovery  of  the  primary  prin- 
ciples of  number,  the  history  of  its  decimal  system,  and  the 
applications  of  number  as  a  means  of  measurement. 

The  aim  of  the  course  is  to  give  the  teachers  a  logical 
method  of  presenting  arithmetic,  free  from  fads  and  reason- 
destroying  practices  ;  to  teach  them  to  be  self-reliant,  effi- 
cient, accurate,  quick  to  appreciate  and  to  apply.  All  of 
this  tends  strongly  towards  the  betterment  of  our  public 
schools. 

Algebra.  —  The  relation  of  algebra  and  arithmetic  is  always 


34  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,    WESTFIELD. 

kept  before  the  pupil. .  Methods  of  developing  the  algebraic 
processes  are  carefully  examined.  Students  are  encouraged 
to  find  methods  of  their  own  for  presenting  special  phases 
of  the  subject. 

Objects  and  diagrams  are  used  whenever  clearness  can  be 
gained  thereby.  The  equation  is  treated  from  an  original 
stand-point  and  is  shown  in  its  true  character.  All  opera- 
tions and  many  of  the  problems  given  in  Milne's  grammar 
school  algebra  are  fully  treated. 

In  order  to  get  the  greatest  good  from  this  course,  the 
pupil  should  be  well  prepared  in  algebra  through  quadratic 
equations. 

Geometry.  —  The  history  of  the  subject,  both  ancient  and 
modern,  is  presented.  The  student  becomes  familiar  with 
some  of  the  world's  greatest  mathematicians  and  the  influ- 
ence of  their  work.  She  has  at  her  disposal  a  large  amount 
of  unusual  but  extremely  valuable  material,  in  the  form  of 
ancient  theorems  and  their  uses,  calculated  to  interest  the 
most  indifferent  pupil. 

The  subject  is  treated  in  its  two-fold  aspect,  —  first,  as 
applied  to  the  measurement  of  lines,  surfaces,  and  solids,  in 
which  the  use  of  simple  measuring  instruments  is  taught, 
and  secondly  as  related  to  reason  and  logic.  The  student 
should  become  a  clear,  fearless,  original  thinker,  who  dares 
attempt  the  solution  of  a  theorem  by  other  than  set  text- 
book methods.  ' 

OTHER  SUBJECTS. 

Art  and  Drawing.  —  This  course  takes  into  consideration 
the  two  methods  of  art  education  to-day  :  — 

The  analytic  view  aims  to  give  to  the  pupil  a  knowledge 
of  the  principles  of  representation  in  outline,  light  and  shade, 
and  painting  in  color. 

Historic  art  in  architecture,  sculpture  and  painting  is 
studied  with  reference  to  its  bearing  upon  our  present  social 
problems,  and  as  a  source  of  "  motifs  "  for  applied  work  in 
design. 


STATE  NORMAL   SCHOOL,    WESTFIEL1).  35 

The  principles  of  beauty  in  line  and  color  are  taught 
as  a  has  is  for  the  synthetic  method  in  picture  study  and 
design. 

The  synthetic  or  creatiye  side  is  emphasized,  in  the  belief 
that  in  the  lield  of  design  lies  the  greatest  number  of  human 
interests.  Applications  of  the  principles  of  beauty  are 
made  in  all  phases  of  school  work  and  social  life  and  to 
different  branches  of  the  local  trades. 

The  subject-matter  is  analyzed  and  arranged  for  the 
grades  of  elementary  and  high  schools,  and  outlines,  lesson 
plans,  and  practice  teaching  are  required  of  all  students  in 
this  department. 

Vocal  Music,  —  Musical  History.  —  A  rapid  review  of 
ancient  history,  including  the  music  of  the  Chinese,  the 
Egyptians,  and  the  Hindoos  ;  the  influence  of  the  Israelites 
and  the  Grecians  ;  the  Roman  Empire  ;  the  part  taken  by 
the  early  church  in  fostering  the  "  Divine  Art,"  the  advent 
of  the  Paris  schools  of  music  (the  first  national  school  of 
music),  the  Gallo-Belgic  and  the  Netherland  schools;  the 
rise  and  decline  of  Italy's  musical  prestige,  and  the  birth 
of  our  modern  music  ;  the  classical  school  and  its  masters  ; 
the  influence  of  the  Germans  ;  the  romantic  school ;  and 
the  growth  of  musical  interests  in  America. 

Harmony,  the  Grammar  of  Music.  —  Intervals,  scales, 
triads,  inversion  of  triads,  chords,  inversion  of  chords,  har- 
monizing basses,  chords  of  the  dominant  seventh,  prepara- 
tion and  resolution,  cadences  and  suspensions. 

Musical  Notation.  —  No  effort  will  be  made  to  follow  any 
published  system  of  school  music,  but  the  rudiments  will 
be  studied  with  especial  regard  to  the  needs  of  public  school 
music,  and  the  pupils  will  have  practical  drill  in  doing 
(singing)  throughout  the  course.  Special  attention  will  be 
given  to  individual  drill,  and  those  who  think  they  cannot 
sing  will  be  given  the  most  careful  training,  by  Avhich  they 
will  be  convinced  that  they  can  learn  to  sing,  and  their 
value  in  the  public  school  room  will  thus  be  enhanced. 


36  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,    WESTFIELD. 

Chorus  Classes.  —  In  chorus  classes  pains  will  be  taken 
to  acquaint  the  pupils  with  the  best  that  the  musical  world 
offers . 

Manual  Training.  —  This  course  will  include  paper  fold- 
ing, paper  cutting,  basketry,  compressing  raffia  and  reed, 
and  woodwork,  including  whittling  and  bench  work.  The 
raffia  used  is  dyed  by  the  students  as  a  part  of  the  course  in 
chemistry  ;  the  models  used  in  the  bench  work  are  designed 
by  the  students  as  an  application  of  the  work  in  drawing. 

Physical  Training.  —  Physical  training  on  the  basis  of 
the  Ling  system  of  gymnastics. 

Study  of  the  principles  of  educational  gymnastics,  and 
their  application  in  the  Ling  system. 

Practical  work  in  the  gymnasium,  gymnastic  games,  squad 
and  class  drills  conducted  by  the  students. 


STATE    NORMAL   SCHOOL,    WESTFIELD. 


37 


o 

.. 

< 

H 

z 

P 

ti 

00 

0 

U 

H 

I  ) 

2 

uq 

p 

rrv 

h 

^ 

-4 

* 

OJ 

&, 

QJ 

K 

J5 

bO 

q 

o 

01 

as 

t( 

« 

— 

£ 

H 

e3 

O 

rr 

w 

5 

= 

e 

s 

bt) 

ja 

— 

it. 

o 

B 

a 

w 

38 


STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,    WESTFIELD. 


pi 

-* 

' 

<# 

«# 

<M 

ec 

ec 

' 

<N 

i-H 

' 

gi 

-aj 

' 

oi 

■* 

i 

<M 

cc 

ec 

x* 

<N 

- 

■M 

?I 

►i 

o 

o 

X 

o 

CO 

a 

g 

g 

■^ 

5 
H 

„ 

bC 

© 

g 

C 
o 

a 

SB 

B 
be 

o3 

O 

fr^ 

00 

OD 

© 

I 

O 

„ 

o 

u 

B 

M 

e3 

ao 

a 

13 

it 

ct 

= 

"3 

2 

2 

bo 
o 

w 

B 

4) 

2 

a 

s 

o 

a 
S 
>> 

tx 

to 

5 
* 

© 

33 
93 

© 

1 

o 
o 

EC 

o 

'S 
o 

d 

' 

CO 

■«* 

1 

51 

1 

ec 

ec 

x* 

ff» 

ri        Cl 

55 

-^ 

x# 

ec 

i 

X* 

c« 

x* 

' 

M 

1 

(H 

-   1 

ec 

J 

o 

o 

X 

« 

CG 

BO 

O 

oj 

55 

2 

s 

w 

S3 

PS 

H 

h 

-0 

bo 

.5 

CD 

g 

- 

© 
-/- 

"3 

a 

„ 

§D         ' 

M 

Si 

S3 

.2 

DO 

o 

e 

OS 

03 

a 
S     >3 

55 
O 
H 
W 
S 

is 
CO 

1 

9) 

o 

to 

o 

Ph 

o 
O 

2 

ID 

3 

'J 

bo 

© 

3 
e 
3 

go 

- 

a 

2 

>. 
-J' 

o 

"So 

= 

3 

1 

a 

93 

g 
5 
ft 
3 

& 

8 

X       bo 

-H               O 

§  1 
■g  § 

CO       CO 

d 

">* 

<M 

1 

x* 

in 

T 

ec 

■ 

<N 

i— i 

1 

^ 

ri 

1 

01 

60 

oi 

x* 

bo 

x* 

(M 

- 

<M 

?5 

k4 

© 

o 

K 

« 

cc 

!    o 

oo- 

55 

© 

« 

03 

■< 
PS 

1        55 

co 

H 

T3 

bo 

a 

0) 

£ 

0) 

2 

'5 

be 

"«4 

55 

O 

g 

as 

00 

s 

-a 

en 

© 
oS 

0 

S 
c 
U 

O 

"o 

0) 

CO 

O 

08 

q 

E 

o 
>» 

o 

g 

EH 
98 

o 
08 

a 

03 

a 
5 

*o 
o 

o 
co 

bo 

o 

"o 

o 
o 

CO 

STATE   NORMAL   SCHOOL,    WESTFIELI).  39 


LECTURES,  CONCERTS,  AND  RECEPTIONS. 
An  effort  is  made  every  vear  to  quieken  a  school  spirit 
and  interest,  to  educate  through  the  social  instinct,  and  to 
bring  students  into  contact  with  people  of  reputation  in 
lecture  and  concert  fields.  The  program  for  1909-10  has 
been  as  follows  :  — 

The  Use  of  the  Mind,  —  a  course  of  six  lectures,  by  Prof.  Earl  Barnes, 
Philadelphia,  Pa. 
The  Development  of  Mind. 
Our  Lower  Nerve  Centers. 
Suggestion  and  Hypnotism. 
Mind  and  Medicine. 
Mob  Mind. 
Hygiene  of  the  Mind. 
Lecture,  —  Blandford's  Great  Western  Migration.     Rev.   S.  G.  Wood, 

Blandf  ord . 
Lecture,  — Quebec.     Mr.  Ure  Mitchell,  Quebec. 
Lecture,  —  Immigration.     Prof.  James  W.  Crook,  Amherst  College. 
Lecture-recital,  — The  Drama  of  Paul.     Prof.  S.  J.  Mac  Waters,  Boston 

University. 
Trio  concert  of  chamber  music.     Miss  Lena  J.  Bartlett,  pianist;  Mr. 
Victor  L.  F.  Rebmann,  violinist;  Mr.  Edwin  B.  Hedges,  cellist. 
Lecture-recital,  —  An  Evening  with  Robert  Burns.     Principal  Clarence 
A.  Brodeur,    assisted   by  Miss   lima    Schadee,  soprano ;     Mrs. 
Alexander  Alexander,  contralto  ;  Miss  Lena  J.  Bartlett,  pianist ; 
Mrs.  Frederic  Goodwin,   pianist;  Mr.   Charles  L.  Hoyt,  tenor; 
Mr.  Frederic  Goodwin,  bass. 
Graduation  address, — David  Snedden,  Ph.D.,  Commissioner  of  Edu- 
cation. 

GRADUATION,  DIPLOMAS,  AND  CERTIFICATES. 
The  satisfactory  completion  of  any  one  of  the  five  courses 
previously  described  entities  the  pupil  to  receive  a  diploma 
or  certificate  of  graduation .  Those  who  for  any  reason  are 
unable  to  do  all  the  work  of  a  course  will,  on  application, 
receive  a  certificate  stating  the  exact  amount  of  work  done. 
Those  who  complete  Course    IV.    receive    certificates,    not 


40  STATE   NORMAL  SCHOOL,    WEBTFIELD. 


diplomas.     The   course  taken  by  college  graduates  deter- 
mines whether  they  receive  certificates  or  diplomas. 

DISCIPLINE. 

Whoever  aspires  to  the  responsible  office  of  teacher  should 
habitually  practice  self-control.  This  doctrine  furnishes  the 
key  to  the  disciplinary  policy  of  the  school.  Pupils  are 
treated  with  confidence,  and  to  a  larofe  extent  the  ofovern- 
ment  of  the  school  is  left  in  their  hands.  Almost  no  rules 
are  made,  but  it  is  the  constant  effort  to  create  such  an 
atmosphere  that  to  follow  the  best  ideals  shall  be  easy  and 
natural. 

Regular  attendance,  good  behavior,  and  loyalty  to  the 
best  interests  of  the  school,  are  necessary  to  successful  work 
and  are  expected  of  all. 

The  power  of  suspension  for  misconduct  and  of  removal 
from  school  for  failure  to  do  properly  the  work  of  the  school 
is  lodged  in  the  principal,  with  an  appeal  to  the  Commis- 
sioner of  Education. 

TUITION  AND  EXPENSES. 

Tuition  and  text-books  are  free  to  residents  of  Massachu- 
setts. 

Pupils  from  other  States  than  Massachusetts,  attending 
normal  schools  supported  by  this  State,  are  required  to  pay 
at  the  beginning  of  each  half-year  session  the  sum  of  $25  to 
the  principal  of  the  school  attended  for  tuition,  except  that 
in  the  Normal  Art  School  the  sum  paid  to  the  principal  at 
the  beginning  of  the  session  by  each  pupil  from  another 
State  will  be  $50  for  each  half-year. 

For  cost  of  board,  see  "  Dickinson  Hall,"  below. 

STATE  AID. 
To  assist  those  students  who  find  it  difficult  to  meet  the 
expense  of  the  course,  a  small  pecuniary  aid  is  furnished  by 
the  State  in  varying  sums. 


PP     NWHr 


-%- 


■  ^.  .—Slip 


8TATE   NORMAL  SCHOOL,    WESTFIELB.  41 


Aid  is  not  furnished  during  the  first  half-year  of  attend- 
ance, nor  to  students  whose  scholarship  is  unsatisfactory. 
Applications  for  this  aid  are  to  be  made  to  the  principal 
in  writing,  and  must  be  accompanied  by  a  certificate  from 
a  person  competent  to  testify,  stating  that  the  applicant 
needs  the  aid.  ^ 

DICKINSON  HALL. 

MRS.    CHARLES   B.   WILSON,  MATRON. 

Dickinson  Hall  is  the  name  given  the  new  normal  dormi- 
tory, which  was  used  for  the  first  time  in  September,  1903. 
It  is  in  charge  of  the  principal,  and  is  a  commodious,  well- 
lighted  school  home,  with  accommodations  for  75  students. 
Rooms  will  be  assigned  once  each  year,  two  students  occu- 
pying a  suite  of  three  rooms.  Whenever  possible,  students 
should  indicate  their  choice  of  room-mate.  In  all  cases  those 
desiring  rooms  should  notify  the  matron  as  soon  as  possible 
after  their  admission  to  the  school. 

The  price  of  board  in  the  boarding  halls  connected  with 
the  normal  schools  of  the  State  is  $160  for  the  school  year, 
payable  in  advance  as  follows  ;  $40  at  the  beginning  of  the 
school  year  in  September ;  $40  on  November  1 5  ;  $40  on 
February  1  ;  and  $40  on  April  15. 

This  rate  includes  board,  furnished  room  (except  as  below) , 
steam  heat,  gas,  and  laundry,  for  such  time  as  the  school  is 
in  session  and  for  the  Thanksgiving  recess,  but  for  no  other 
recess  or  vacation.  Pupils  whose  homes  are  at  a  distance 
may,  on  permission  of  the  principal,  remain  at  the  hall,  dur- 
ing any  vacation,  except  the  long  one  in  the  summer,  on 
payment  of  the  additional  sum  of  $4  per  week  during  such 
vacation.     The  hall  is  closed  during  the  summer. 

When  pupils  leave  the  school  before  the  expiration  of  a 
term,  money  paid  in  advance  will  be  refunded  pro  rata,  but 
no  deduction  will  be  allowed  for  the  first  week  of  absence. 

Bach  boarder  is  required  to  bring  tOAvels,  napkins,  a  nap- 
kin-ring, three  pillow  slips,  four  sheets  for  three-quarters 


42  STATE   NORMAL   SCHOOL,    WESTFIELD. 


bed  (54  inches  by  90  inches) ,  two  clothes-bags,  and  blankets. 
The  school  does  not  provide  curtains,  bureau  or  commode 
covers.  Coverlets  and  art  squares  are  furnished  by  the 
school. 

All  articles  sent  to  the  laundry  must  be  distinctly  marked 
with  the  owner's  name  in  indelible  ink.  Initials  will  not 
answer.  • 

Visitors  can  have  good  accommodations  at  $1  per  da}r  or 
$5  per  week;  dinner,  35  cents  ;  supper  or  breakfast,  25 
cents  ;  lodging,  50  cents. 

Whenever  more  pupils  apply  for  rooms  than  can  be  cared 
for  in  Dickinson  Hall,  the  principal  will  find  places  for  those 
who  cannot  be  accommodated  ;  but  all  charges  in  excess  of 
the  regular  price  must  be  paid  by  those  who  are  obliged  to 
room  outside  the  dormitory. 

In  Dickinson  Hall  the  State  has  tried  to  provide  for  the 
comfort  and  convenience  of  its  pupils.  In  the  basement 
space  has  been  set  aside  for  a  laundry,  which  shall  be  exclu- 
sively for  students'  use  ;  set  tubs,  wringers,  ironing  boards, 
etc.,  are  furnished.  On  the  second  floor  a  room  equipped 
with  sewing  machines  gives  an  opportunity  to  economize  in 
the  making  of  the  simpler  articles  of  feminine  apparel  to 
such  as  may  care  to  use  it.  On  the  third  floor  a  gymnasium 
has  been  provided  ;  school  work  in  gj^mnastics  is  given  in 
this  room  ;  the  gymnasium  is  also  the  general  meeting  place 
of  the  students,  where  evening  entertainments  may  be  held. 
A  commodious  library  and  reading  room,  the  reception  room 
and  parlors,  hospital,  and  dining  room  are  situated  on  the 
(iist  floor. 

The  building  is  substantially  made  of  buff  brick ;  the  in- 
terior finish  is  of  ash  in  the  natural  wood,  and  the  floors  are 
of  maple.  The  hall  is  heated  by  steam  and  lighted  by  elec- 
tricity, and  every  possible  precaution  is  taken  to  secure  it 
from  danger  by  fire.  A  private  fire  alarm  box  connects  it 
with  the  centra]  lire  station  of  the  town,  which  is  situated 


STATE    FORMAL   SCHOOL,    WESTFIELD.  43 


near  by  :  extinguishers  and  grenades  are  provided  on  every 
floor  :  electric  gongs  for  alarming  pupils  have  been  installed  ; 
and  a  watchman  patrols  every  part  of  the  building  once  every 
hour  daring  the  night. 

Pupils  who  do  not  live  in  Westfield  and  who  do  not  re- 
turn to  their  homes  daily  are  expected  to  board  at  Dickinson 
Hall.  All  other  students  who  wish  to  board  with  relatives  or 
to  work  for  their  board  in  private  families  must  first  secure 
permission  from  the  principal. 

EMPLOYMENT  OF  GRADUATES. 

The  demand  for  graduates  of  this  school  is  greater  than 
the  supply.  During  the  past  year  the  principal  has  received 
many  requests  for  teachers  to  which  he  has  been  unable  to 
respond. 

In  the  interest  of  graduates  of  this  school  who  desire  to 
secure  better  positions,  and  of  school  committees  and  super- 
intendents who  are  seeking  teachers,  the  principal  requests 
that  former  pupils  will  keep  him  informed  of  their  addresses 
and  of  their  wishes  for  future  work.  He  will  keep  at  his 
office  as  complete  a  directory  of  graduates  as  possible,  and 
hopes  to  be  serviceable  alike  to  employers  and  employed. 
If  alumnre  sending  their  addresses  will  also  forward  testi- 
monials of  success,  the  principal  can  act  for  them  more 
intelligently. 

It  should  be  distinctly  understood  that  the  principal  guar- 
antees no  positions,  and  declines  to  recommend  any  teacher 
whom  he  does  not  personally  know  to  be  successful.  In 
all  cases,  however,  he  will  gladly  furnish  the  names  and 
addresses  of  all  eligible  teachers  to  inquirers,  leaving  to 
them  the  responsibility  of  investigation  and  action. 

As  complete  a  record  as  possible  of  all  future  graduates 
will  be  kept,  showing  their  scholarship,  training,  experi- 
ence before  entering  the  normal  school  and  in.  the  training 
schools,  and  general  qualifications  for  teachers'  positions, 
together  with  such  testimonials  of  success  in  teaching  as 


44  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,    WESTFIELD. 

may  be  filed  from  time  to  time.  Such  data  will  be  consid- 
ered entirely  confidential,  and  will  be  accessible  only  to 
superintendents  and  school  committees. 

GENERAL  REMARKS. 

The  demand  of  the  hour  is  for  professionally  trained 
teachers,  and,  both  for  the  good  of  the  schools  and  for  their 
own  advantage,  all  intending  teachers  are  urged  to  prepare 
themselves  by  a  special  course  of  training  in  some  school 
established  for  the  purpose. 

Teachers  who  wish  to  profit  by  the  regular  class-room 
instruction  in  any  department  are  invited  to  join  the  school 
temporarily  during  their  vacations  and  at  such  other  times 
as  may  be  convenient.  The  school  aims  to  be  helpful.  No 
charge  will  be  made  for  tuition  or  text-books,  and,  if  reason- 
able notice  is  given,  such  students  can  usually  be  accommo- 
dated at  Dickinson  Hall  at  $4  per  week. 

This  school  is  always  open  to  the  inspection  of  the  public. 
A  cordial  invitation  is  extended  to  teachers,  sdhool  commit- 
tees, and  superintendents  to  visit  at  their  convenience. 

For  catalogues,  specimen  examination  papers,  or  any  in- 
formation address  the  principal  at  Westfield. 


STATE    FORMAL   SCHOOL,    WEST  FIELD. 


45 


Names  of  Pupils. 


GENERAL  TWO  YEARS'  COURSE. 


SENIORS. 

Abbott,  Jennie   Louise,  6  South  Street, 
Bailey,  Ruby  Elizabeth,  131  West  Street,    . 
Barron,  Mildred  T.,  132  Garfield  Street, 
Bartlett,  Ruth  Ann,     ..... 
Bugbee,  Frances  Marion,  24  Crosby  Street, 
Burnham,  Marion  Augusta,  221  Broadway, 
Buschmann,  Louisa  Maud,  20  Union  Avenue, 
Caldon,  Alice,  19  Lowell  Avenue, 
Carl,  Annott  Smith,  To  Main  Street,     . 
Casey,  Mary  Veronica,  67  Nonotuek  Street, 
( Ihapnian,  Anna  Clare,  8  White  Street, 
Counihan,  Anna,  3  West  Street, 
Cronin,  Mary  Cecelia,  Cross  Street,     . 
Davine,  Alice  Helen,  78  Orange  Street, 
Delaney,  Helen,  Lynwood  Avenue, 
Des  Lauriers,  Aline  Xoelia,  30  Cottage  Street, 
Dowdall,  Agnes  C,  137  Beech  Street, 
English,  Agnes  I.,  24  Sackett  Street,  . 
Fanning,  Lulu  M.,       ....._ 
Fenn,  Nellie  Jane,       ..... 
Flagg,  Ruth  Elizabeth,  7  Ashley  Street, 
Foley,  Isabel  Agnes,   ..... 
Foster,  Marion  Gladys,        .... 
Friel,  Olive  May,  109  Cottage  Street, 
Garside,  Verona  W.,  118  South  Street, 
Glasheen,  Agnes  Elizabeth,  93  Cherry  Street, 
Gold,  Alma  Rosella,  14  Gray  Street,   . 
(.iay.  Myrtle  Sanders,  Lo  South  Maple  Street, 
Griffin,  Bridget,  Griffin  Street,    . 
Hamilton,  Phebe  lo,    . 
Hay  ton,  Effie,  297  Chestnut  Street, 
Hi  board,  ( Ihristine  !>.,         .... 


Westfield. 

Ware. 

Springfield. 

Middlefield. 

Springfield. 

Revere. 

Westfield. 

West  Springfield. 

Westfield. 

Holyoke. 

Westfield. 

Whitinsville. 

Chicopee. 

Westfield. 

Holyoke . 

Ware. 

Holyoke. 

W'estfield. 

South  Lee. 

Westminster,  Vt. 

Mittineague. 

Monson. 

Burnside,  Conn. 

Easthampton. 

Holyoke. 

Gardner. 

Amherst. 

Westfield. 

Bondsville. 

( 'ln\ster. 

Holyoke. 

North  Hadley. 


46 


STATE  NORMAL   SCHOOL,    WESTFIELD. 


Hurley,  Agnes  Graham,  18  Jefferson  Avenue, 
Kennedy,  Margaret  Williams,  50  Day  Avenue, 
Kingsley,  Emily,  ..... 

Kingsley,  Evelyn,       .  . 

Knapp,  Edna  Pauline,  86  Euclid  Avenue,     . 
Lambert,  Agnes  C,  54  Orleans  Street, 
MacCann,  H.  Beatrice,  21  South  Court, 
Mackey,  Teresa  C,  56  Pine  Street, 
Merriam,  Ruth  Henrietta,  43  School  Street, 
Nute,  Lillian  M.,  8  Mill  Street,  . 
Owen,  Hazel  Chapin,  14  Spring  Street, 
Perkins,  Enid,  110  Union  Street, 
Plumb,  Sarah  Helen,  Chestnut  Street, 
Pomeroy,  S.  Ethel,  26  Forest  Street,  . 
Ranney,  Clara  E.,       . 

Reilley,  Genevieve  Frances,  101  Maple  Street, 
Reilly,  Katherine  Loretta,  79  North  Street,  . 
Rice,  Harriette  Ellen,  .... 

Riley,  Benjamin  T.,  22  Howard  Place, 
Roche,  E.  Monica,  Brook  Street, 
Sauer,  Edith,  63  Cortland  Street, 
Savery,  Elizabeth,  59  King  Street, 
Selfors,  Hilda,1  148  Munroe  Street,      . 
Shepard,  Marilla  Mary,  15  Ashley  Street,     . 
Sherman,  Dora  Cynthia,      .... 
Stent,  Mary  Lesley,  275  Maple  Street, 

Stockwell,  Anna  M., 

Sutty,  Helena  Victoria,  19  South  John  Street, 
Tracy,  Magdalen  S.,  33  Canal  Street, 
Trotter,  Gladys  Irene,  .... 

Tucker,  Teresa  V.,  9  O'Connor  Avenue, 
Tvvohig,  E.  Louise,  68  Oak  Street, 
Walsh,  Nora  Clyde,  90  Dartmouth  Street,    . 
Warner,  Adeline  Idella,  6  Columbia  Street, 


Springfield. 

Westfield. 

Feeding  Hills. 

Feeding  Hills. 

Springfield. 

Springfield. 

Ware. 

Holyoke. 

Springfield. 

Westfield. 

Westfield. 

W^estfield. 

Amherst. 

Springfield. 

Westfield. 

Ware. 

Springfield. 

Barre. 

Springfield. 

Whitinsville. 

Springfield. 

Westfield. 

Springfield. 

Mittineague. 

Brimfield. 

Springfield. 

Greenwich  Village 

Pittsfield. 

Lee. 

Springfield,  Vt. 

Holyoke. 

Norwich,  Ct. 

Springfield. 

Westfield. 


KINDERGARTEN  COURSE. 
SENIORS. 

Arnold,  Gertrude  Louise,   11  Woronoco  Avenue, 
Fall,  Barbara,  55  Prospect  Street, 
Honsinger,  Leila  Emily,  24  Atwater  Street, 


Westfield. 

Seiners  worth,  X.  II. 

Westfield. 


1   Deceased. 


STATE    NORMAL  SCHOOL,    WESTF1ELD. 


47 


Price,  Maud,       .......     Westerly,  R.  I. 

Roy,  Hyacinth  Elizabeth,  574  Carew  Street,         .     Spring-field. 
Starkweather,  Sarah,  in  Kellog  Street,         .  .     Westfield. 


Cottrell,  Sara  E., 
Hitchcock,  Julia  E. 
Maloney,  -Mae  Ella, 


TEACHERS  COURSE. 


Chester. 

Brimlield. 

Fiskdale. 


GENERAL  TWO  YEARS'  COURSE. 

JUNIORS. 

Ballon,  Atidna  Mildred,  98  Pleasant  Street,  .  Holyoke. 

Barrett,  Marguerite,  160  Walnut  Street,       .  .  Holyoke. 

Bradley,  Marguerite  Marie,  46  Allyn  Street,         .  Holyoke. 

Callahan,  M.  Grace  G.,  291  High  Street,      .  .  Holyoke. 

Clancey,  Anna  Cecilia,  41  High  Street,         .         .  Milford. 

Cochrane,  Margaret,  58  Windsor  Street,      .         .  Ludlow. 

Colburn,  Hazel  Hawthorne,  43  Acushnet  Avenue,  Springfield. 

Colvin,  Gertrude  Ida,  22  Pasadena  Avenue,  .  Springfield. 

Connelly,  Kathrvn  Clare,  286  Tyler  Street,  .  Springfield. 

Craig,  Myrta  Agnes,  90  Calhoun  Street,       .      •    .  Springfield. 

Crean,  Mary  Virginia,  14  Carew  Street,       .  .  S.  Hadley  Falls. 

Curran,  Catherine  C,  89  Pleasant  Street,     .         .  Holyoke. 

Curran,  Mary  Eleanor,        .....  Wheelwright. 

Custer,  Theresa  Louise,  543  Westfield  Street,      .  Mittineague. 

Daly,  Mary  C,  53  Chestnut  Street,     .         .         .  Holyoke. 

Dillon,  Beatrice  Lucy,  80  Central  Street,      .  .  Palmer. 

Donahue,  Elizabeth  Beatrice,  7  Chestnut  Street,  .  Holyoke. 

Downs,  Ada,  54  High  Street,        .  .  .  .  S.  Hadley  Falls. 

Duffy,  Rose,  South  Main  Street,  .  .  .  Palmer. 

Eaton,  Harriet  Frances,        .....  Brimfield. 

Fitzgerald,  Mae  Claire,  High  Street,   .         .         .  Bonds ville. 

Giblin,  Anna  Marion,  76  Cambridge  Street,  .  Springfield. 

Gorham,  Eva  Ruth, Huntington. 

Gove,  Eva  Lillian,  72  Winsor  Street,  .  .  .  Ludlow. 

Guinasso,  Theresa  X.,  7  Bush  Street,  .  .  .  Westfield. 

Haggerty,  Margaret  Mary.  120  South  Street,        .  Chicopee. 

Harvey,  Ruth  Marion,  99  St.  James  Avenue,        .  Springfield. 

Heinritz,  Grace  Louise,  624  East  Street,       .  .  Holyoke. 

Horr,  May  Estella,     . Enfield. 

Howes,  Mabel  Bessie,  6  Thorpe  Avenue,     .         .  Holyoke. 


48 


STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL,    WESTFIELD. 


Hyde,  Leila  E.,  . 

James,  Lillian  A.,  661  White  Street,  . 

James,  Maybelle  Clayton,  155  Florence  Street,    . 

Keenan,  Julia  F.,  454  Chestnut  Street, 

Keife,  Florence,  39  Day  Avenue, 

Kelso,  Edith  Belle,      ...... 

Kervick,  Anna  Marion,  96  Ashley  Street,     . 
Lally,  Catherine  Rita,  72  High  Street, 
Long,  Anna  Louise,  36  Morgan  Street, 
Lynch,  Mary  Frances,  41  Hayward  Street,  . 
Martin,  Edith  C,  27  Lemuel  Avenue, 
McCarthy,  Sara  Elizabeth,  24  Arbor  Street, 
McGrath,  Alice  Katherine,  273  Main  Street. 
Miller,  Eva  P.,  8  Walnut  Street, 
Moriarty,  Ella  Jennie,  . 

Nye,  Mabel  Elsie, 

O'Connell,  Frances  MacMahon,  271  Front  Street, 

CVDonnell,  Teresa  Bernice,  126  Brownell  Street, 

Ody,  Ruth  N.,  731  Worthington  Street, 

O'Neill,  Rosemary,  29  W7endell  Avenue, 

Payne,  Ella  Madelene,  28  Cabot  Street, 

Pease,  Elizabeth  Cleland,    . 

Porter,  Florence  May,  46  Vinton  Street, 

Putnam,  Gladys,  Field  Street, 

Quirk,  Mary  E.,  18  Main  Street, 

Ripley,  Philena  B.,     . 

Sampson,  Florence  Isabel, 

Sanford,  Lucretia  Frances,  City  View, 

Searle,  Olive  May,  Springdale  Avenue, 

Scott,  Marjorie  WTorthington,  24  Pearl  Street, 

Shea,  Agnes  Katherine,  51  Green  Street, 

Shipman,  Linda  Margaretta,  205  St.  James  Ai 

Spaulding,  Olive  Mary,  9  Clark  Street, 

Stedman,  Caroline  Ruth,  307  Locust  Street 

Sweeney,  Alice  IL,  29  Brookline  Avenue, 

Tagan,  Hose.  Irene,  20  Chapel  Street,  . 

Taylor,  Mabel  Angelia, 

Timson,  Hazel  Hosmer, 

Troy,  Alice  Marie,      .... 

Wallis,   Kthel  Lillian,  Western  Avenue, 

Warner,  Ruth  Ellen,  162  Quincy  Street, 


Williamsburg. 

Springtield. 

Springfield. 

Springfield. 

Westfield. 

Montgomery. 

Springfield. 

Milford. 

South  Hadley. 

Milford. 

Chicopee. 

Springfield. 

Easthampton. 

S.  Hadley  Falls> 

Belchertown. 

Blandford. 

Chicopee. 

Fall  River. 

Springfield. 

Springfield. 

Holyoke. 

Wilbraham. 

Springfield. 

West  Springfield. 

Bondsville. 

Chester. 

Thorndike . 

Westfield. 

Westfield. 

Westfield. 

Bellows  Falls,  Vt, 

Springfield. 

Westfield. 

Holyoke. 

Springfield . 

West  Warren. 

Williamsburg. 

Claremont,  N.  H. 

West  Stockbridge. 

Westfield. 

Springfield. 


STATE   NORMAL    SCHOOL,    WESTFIELD. 


49 


Webb,  Maude  Collet,  33  Churchill  Street, 
Webster,  Ruth  Elizabeth,  1  Canal  street, 

Welch,  Man  Agnes 

Wright,  Evelyn  Justina,  t5  Baj  Street, 


Springfield. 

S.  Hadley  Falls. 

West  Granville. 

Springfield. 


KINDERGARTEN  COURSE. 

JUNIORS. 

Brisrgs,  Eflie  Wilda,    .         .  .         .         .  Great  Barrington . 

Guinasso,  Ida  Katryne,  7  Bush  Street,  .         .  Westfield. 

Ilallbourg,  Elaine  W.,  60  Day  Avenue,        .  .  Westfield. 

Hillabrandt,  Beulah  Evelyn,        ....  Chester. 

Hotehkiss,  Dorothy,  26  Pleasant  Street,        .  .  Westfield. 

Hudson,  Florence  Raraona,  18  Woronoco  Avenue,  Westfield. 

Kenyon,  Irene,  14  Lafayette  Street,      .  .  .  Springfield. 

Kibbe,  11.  Corinne,  28  Sheldon  Street,  .  .  Springfield. 

Lombard,  Edna  Beatrice,  20  Johnson  Street,         .  Springfield. 

Seymour,  Mildred,  21  Murray  Avenue,         .         .  Westfield. 

Stiles,  Mildred  A.,  78  Sandford  Avenue,       .         .  Plainfield,  N.  J. 


SPECIAL  STUDENTS. 

Atchinson,  Ethelberta,  29  Mill  Street,           .          .  Westfield. 

Ayres,  Edith,       .......  Westfield. 

Beaudry,  Maude  A.,  o  Jefferson  Street,        .         .  Westfield. 

Bennett,  Florence  A.,  13  Chapel  Street,        .          .  Westfield. 

Brodeur,  Harold  II.,  8  Mill  Street,       .          .          .  Westfield. 

Chaffin,  Florence,  41  Franklin  Street,           .          .  Westfield. 

Clark.  Anna  G.,  21  Day  Avenue,          .         .         .  Westfield. 

Dean,  Mrs.  A.  II.,  50  Jefferson  Street,         .         .  Westfield. 

Dean,  Jennetta  Elizabeth,  50  Jefferson  Street,      .  Westfield. 

Dexter,  Lucy  Pearl,  141  West  Street,            .          .  Ware. 

Dickey,  Mrs.  Ida  M.,  Park  Square,       .          .          .  Westfield. 

Hart,  Herbert,  30  Court  Street,   ....  Westfield. 

Messenger,  Lala  A.,   ...         .         .         .         .  Becket. 

Potter.  Vivian,    .......  Westfield. 

Pratt,  Gladys, Westfield. 

Provin.  Mabel,   .......  Westfield. 

Sweatland,  Efceta,         ......  Westfield. 

Richardson,  Frederica,         .....  Westfield. 

Tiffany,  Susan  E.,  41  West  School  Street,    .         .  Westfield. 


50 


STATE  NORMAL   SCHOOL,    WESTFIELD. 


SUMMARY. 
Seniors  in  general  course,  . 
Seniors  in  kindergarten  course, 
Teachers1  course, 
Juniors  in  general  course,  . 
Juniors  in  kindergarten  course, 
Special  students, 


66 
6 

3 
76 
11 
19 


181 


4  vie. 


v\ 


01  tit 

mitmti  op  hlmws 


•MASSACHUSETTS 
••STATE;  NORMAL 
"SCHOOL-iRrjrfc 
'WLSTFILLDM 


°o°o° 


? 


? 


•ANNOUNCEMENT 

•TEAR    •  OF- 
ISIO   gg  1911- 

•ESTABLISHED     •    l&^o 


ANNUAL   ANNOUNCEMENT    OF    THE 

MASSACHUSETTS 
STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL, 

WESTFIELD. 


ith  Compliments  of 


CLARENCE   A.    BRODEUR, 

PRINCIPAL. 


1910-1911 


BOSTON  .  '  .  WRIGHT   AND   POTTER    PRINTING   COMPANY  .  '  .  STATE  PRINTERS 
FJGHTEEN  POST  OFFICE  SQUARE NINETEEN  HUNDRED  ELEVEN. 


ANNUAL   ANNOUNCEMENT    OF    THE 

MASSACHUSETTS 
STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL, 

WESTFIELD. 


ESTABLISHED     1839 


1910-1911 


BOSTON  .  •  .  WRIGHT   AND   POTTER    PRINTING   COMPANY  .  '  .  STATE  PRINTERS 
EIGHTEEN  POST  OFFICE  SQUARE NINETEEN  HUNDRED  ELEVEN. 


Approved  by 
The  State  Board  of  Publication. 


STATE  BOARD  OF  EDUCATION, 

Established,  1839. 
ee  organized,   1910. 


TERM    EXPIRE 

Frederick  P.  Fish,  Chairman, 

.     Boston, 

1913. 

Mrs.  Ella  Lyman  Cabot, 

.     Boston, 

1913. 

Frederick  W.  Hamilton, 

.     Tufts  College, 

1913. 

Miss  Sarah  Louise  Arnold, 

.     Newton  Centre, 

1912. 

Simeon  B.  Chase,    . 

.     Fall  River,     . 

1912. 

Clinton  Q.  Richmond,     . 

.     North  Adams, 

1912. 

Levi  L.  Conant, 

.     Worcester, 

1911. 

Thomas  B.  Fitzpatrick, 

.     Boston, 

1911. 

Paul  H.  Hanus, 

.     Cambridge,    . 

1911. 

OFFICERS  OF  THE  STATE  BOARD  OF  EDUCATION. 


David  Snedden,  Commissioner  of  Education, 
William  Orr,  Deputy  Commissioner, 
Charles  A.    Prosser,  Deputy  Commissioner, 
George  H.  Martin,  Treasurer, 
George  H.  Martin,  Agent, 
John  T.  Prince,  Agent,    . 
James  W.  MacDonald,  Agent, 
Julius  E.  Warren,  Agent, 
Frederic  Lynden  Burnham,  Agent, 
Rufus  W.  Stimson,  .... 


Boston. 

Boston. 

Boston . 

Boston. 

Boston. 

West  Newton 

Stoneham. 

Worcester. 

Cambridge. 

Boston. 


Faculty. 


NORMAL  SCHOOL. 

Clarence  A.  Brodeuk,  Principal. 

Pedagogy,  School  Law,  School  Management. 


Lewis  B.  Allyn, 
Edith  L.  Cnmmings, 
Frederic  Goodwin,     . 
Mrs.  Adeline  A.  Knight, 
J.  Coulter  Hockenberry, 

Louis  G.  Monte, 
Charles  B.  Wilson,  Ph.D. 


Mathematics,  Chemistry,  Physics. 

Manual  Arts,  Gymnastics. 

Vocal  Music. 

English,  Literature,  History. 

Psychology,   History   of    Education, 

Geography,  Sociology. 
Manual  Arts. 
Natural  Science. 


Mary  E.  Coughlin,  Secretary. 


TRAINING 
George  W.  Winsi 
A.  Caro  Balcom, 
Alice  M.  Winslow, 
Nettye  L.  Bobbins, 
Anna  M.  Downey, 
Lucia  A.  Coleman, 
Ella  J.  Downey, 
May  T.  Grout,  . 
Edith  M.  Bobbins, 
Eliza  Converse, 
Bertha  A.  Kuralt, 
Florence  P.  Axtell, 
Eunice  M.  Beebe, 
Emma  L.  Hammond, 


SCHOOL. 

ow,  Principal. 


Eighth  grade. 
Eighth  grade. 
Seventh  grade. 
Seventh  grade. 
Sixth  grade. 
Sixth  grade. 
Fifth  grade. 
Fifth  grade. 
Fourth  grade. 
Third  grade. 
Second  grade. 
First  grade. 
Kindergarten.  ' 


STATE  NORMAL   SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD. 


ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION  OF  THE  WESTFIELD  NORMAL 
SCHOOL. 

PRESIDENT. 
Principal  Marcus  H.  White,  Ph.D.,  Normal  School,  New  Britain,  Conn. 

Class  of  1882. 

VICE-PRESIDENT. 

Mrs.  Luella  Fay  Maynard,  Hyannis,  Mass. 

Class  of  1874. 

SECRETARY  AND  TREASURER. 
Mr.  Thomas  K.  McAllister,  Springfield,  Mass. 

Class  of  1889. 

EXECUTIVE  COMMITTEE. 
Principal  Clarence  A.  Brodeur,  Westfield,  Mass. 
Mrs.  Edwin  B.  Hedges,  Westfield,  Mass. 
Class  of  1888. 

Mrs.  Florence  Herri ck  Spencer,  Warren,  Mass. 
Class  of  1881. 

COMMITTEE  ON  NECROLOGY. 

Mrs.  Joseph  G.  Robbins,  Westfield,  Mass. 

Class  of  1868. 

Miss  Jane  A.  Holt,  Springfield,  Mass. 

Class  of  1868. 

Miss  Harriet  F.  Brooks,  North  Adams,  Mass. 

Class  of  1884. 

Mrs.  Ida  Sprague  Strong,  Southampton,  Mass. 

Class  of  1898. 

Miss  Lora  S.  Phinney,  Haydenville,  Mass. 

Class  of  1903. 

The  next  meeting  of  the  Association  will  be  held  at  Westfield  in  1913. 


STATE  NORMAL   SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD. 


CALENDAR  FOR   19  U. 


SPRING  TERM. 
Monday,  9  a.m.,  March  20,  1911,  to  Friday,  4  p.m.,  June  16,  1911. 

GRADUATION. 
Wednesday,  2  p.m.,  June  21,  1911. 


EXAMINATIONS  FOR  ADMISSION. 

First  Entrance  Examination. 

Thursday  and  Friday,  9  a.m.,  June  22  and  23,  1911. 

Second  Entrance  Examination. 
Tuesday  and  Wednesday,  9  a.m.,  September  5  and  6,  1911. 


Entrance  examinations  on  the  dates  given  above  begin  at  9  a.m.,  in 
the  assembly  hall.  Candidates  are  to  be  present  at  the  opening  on  the 
first  day.  They  should  come  prepared  to  stay  in  September.  If  students 
are  obliged  to  stay  over  night  during  the  June  examinations,  accommo- 
dations may  be  had  at  Dickinson  Hall. 

The  school  is  in  session  every  week  day  except  Monday  ;  on  Saturdays, 
school  closes  at  noon. 


STATE   NORMAL   SCHOOL,   WE  ST  FIELD. 


CALENDAR  FOR  SCHOOL  YEAR,   19JM2. 


FALL  TERM/ 
Thursday,  9  a.m.,  Sept.  7,  1911,  to  Saturday,  12  m.,  Dec.  2,  1911. 

WINTER  TERM. 
Monday,  9  a.m.,  Dec.  4,  1911,  to  Saturday,  12  m.,  March  16,  1912. 

SPRING  TERM. 
Monday,  9  a.m.,  March  18,  1912,  to  Friday,  4  p.m.,  June  14,  1912. 

GRADUATION. 
Tuesday,  2  p.m.,  June  18,  1912. 

VACATIONS. 

Spring. 
From  Saturday,  12  m.,  April  29,  1911,  to  Monday,  May  8,  1911. 

Thanksgiving. 
From  Wednesday,  12  m.,  preceding  Thanksgiving  Day,  to  the  following 

Monday. 

Christmas. 
From  Friday,  4  p.m.,  Dec.  22,  1911,  to  Monday,  Jan.  1,  1912. 

Winter. 
From  Saturday,  12  M.,  Feb.  24,  1912,  to  Monday,  March  4,  1912. 

Spring. 
From  Saturday,  12  M.,  April  27,  1912,  to  Monday,  May  6,  1912. 

i  Those  seniors  who  are  assigned  to  the  training  school  for  the  fall  term  will  begin 
their  school  year  Tuesday,  Sept.  5,  1911,  at  9  A.M. 


Westfield  Normal  School. 


HISTORICAL  SKETCH, 
With  the  single  exception  of  the  Framingham  Normal 
School,  which  was  first  opened  at  Lexington  July  3,  1839, 
the  Westfield  Normal  School  is  the  oldest  in  America.  It 
was  established  at  Barre,  Sept.  4,  1839,  and  was  transferred 
to  TTestfield  in  1844.  The  total  number  of  pupils  admitted 
to  this  school  is  5,210.  Since  1855,  the  date  of  the  first 
formal  graduation,  2,245  students  have  received  diplomas 
on  the  completion  of  the  prescribed  course  of  study. 

LOCATION. 

Westfield,  a  beautiful  town  of  about  16,000  inhabitants, 
is  located  on  the  main  line  of  the  Boston  &  Albany  Rail- 
road, and  on  the  Northampton  division  of  the  New  York, 
New  Haven  &  Hartford  Railroad.  Springfield  is  distant  but 
nine  miles,  Holyoke  ten,  Chicopee  twelve,  and  Northampton 
sixteen.  Electrics  run  from  the  railroad  station  past  the 
school  and  connect  Westfield  with  Huntington,  Springfield, 
and  Holyoke.  The  service  is  excellent,  and  the  program 
of  recitations  is  so  arranged  that  most  pupils  residing  in 
adjoining  cities  and  towns  can  live  at  home. 

Westfield  is  noted  for  its  fine  streets,  overarched  by  stately 
elms,  and  for  the  beauty  of  the  surrounding  country.  Facili- 
ties for  healthful  exercise,  as  well  as  for  the  out-door  study 
of  geography  and  natural  science,  are  abundant. 

BUILDINGS  AND  GROUNDS. 
The  normal  school  building  was  occupied  for  the  first  time 
April  18,1892.     It  is  an  imposing  and  commodious  structure 
of  red  brick,  with  trimmings  of  brown  stone  and  Roman- 


10  STATE  NORMAL   SCHOOL,   WE  ST  FIELD. 

esque  portals,  is  140  feet  long  and  118  feet  deep,  and  con- 
tains accommodations  for  175  normal  students,  as  well  as 
for  100  pupils  of  the  training  schools.  The  entire  building 
is  finished  in  the  best  selected  quartered  oak  ;  the  labora- 
tories are  liberally  supplied  with  the  best  of  modern  appa- 
ratus and  an  abundance  of  specimens ;  and  the  studios, 
class  rooms,  and  workshop  are  equipped  with  all  necessary 
materials  for  students  of  the  manual  arts.  The  assembly 
hall  is  a  beautiful  room,  60  feet  square,  with  movable  desks 
and  chairs  ;  on  the  walls  hang  architectural  representations 
of  classical  structures  and  reproductions  of  some  of  the 
masterpieces  of  painting  by  Rembrandt,  Velasques,  Michael 
Angelo,  Corot,  and  Frans  Hals.  The  library  contains  about 
4,000  volumes,  and  is  an  effective  working  collection  of  well- 
selected  books.  Probably  no  school  building  in  the  State 
has  a  more  complete  equipment  for  preparing  teachers  to  fill 
positions  in  the  best  of  modern  schools. 

Dickinson  Hall  is  a  pleasant  and  comfortable  dormitory 
and  boarding  hall,  located  adjacent  to  the  school  building, 
and  furnishing  accommodations  for  about  70  students.  The 
gymnasium  of  the  school  is  located  in  this  building.  A 
fuller  description  may  be  found  on  page  37,  under  the 
caption  "  Dickinson  Hall." 

TRAINING  SCHOOLS. 

In  the  normal  school  building  are  three  rooms,  accommo- 
dating 100  pupils  of  the  kindergarten  and  primary  grades 
of  the  public  schools. 

The  State  has  erected  a  new  training  school  building  at  a 
cost  of  $45,000,  on  the  site  of  the  old  normal  school  on 
Washington  Street,  within  a  stone's  throw  of  Dickinson  Hall. 
This  building  contains  ten  class  rooms,  with  ample  accom- 
modations for  420  children  from  grades  four  to  nine  inclu- 
sive, a  library,  principal's  office,  teachers' room,  an  assembly 
hall  with  seats  for  500,  play  rooms,  and  is  furnished  with 


STATE   NORMAL   SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD.  11 

an  electric  time  service  and  a  liberal  equipment  for  the  teach- 
ing of  all  school  subjects. 

There  are  available  for  training  purposes  in  both  buildings 
thirteen  rooms,  containing  more  than  500  pupils. 

The  pupils  of  the  senior  class  of  the  normal  school  are 
divided  into  three  sections,  each  section  devoting  the  entire 
time  of  one  term  of  thirteen  weeks  to  observation  and  teach- 
ing in  the  training  schools  under  expert  supervision.  Thus 
ample  provision  has  been  made  for  training  teachers  for  the 
actual  work  of  their  profession. 

GENERAL  AIM  OF  THE  SCHOOL, 
The  Board  of  Education,  by  a  vote  passed  May  6,  1880, 
stated  the  design  of  the  school  and  the  course  of  studies  for 
the  State  normal  schools,  as  follows  :  — 

The  design  of  the  normal  school  is  strictly  professional ;  that  is,  to 
prepare  in  the  best  possible  manner  the  pupils  for  the  work  of  organ- 
izing, governing,  and  teaching  the  public  schools  of  the  Common- 
wealth. 

To  this  end  there  must  be  the  most  thorough  knowledge,  first,  of  the 
branches  of  learning  required  to  be  taught  in  the  schools ;  second,  of 
the  best  methods  of  teaching  these  branches  ;  and  third,  of  rio-ht  mental 
training. 

REQUIREMENTS  FOR  ADMISSION. 
Candidates  for  admission  to  any  one  of  the  normal  schools 
must,  if  young  women,  have  attained  the  age  of  sixteen 
years,  and  if  young  men,  the  age  of  seventeen  years,  and 
be  graduates  of  an  approved  high  school  (or  must  have 
received  the  equivalent  of  a  good  high  school  education). 

PHYSICIANS'  CERTIFICATES  AND  PHYSICAL 
EXAMINATIONS. 

Every  candidate  is  required  to  present  a  certificate  from 
a  reliable  physician,  stating  that  he  or  she  is  physically  fitted 
to  undertake  the  contemplated  course  of  study,  and  giving 


12         STATE   NORMAL   SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD. 

7 

information  as  to  any  physical  weakness  the  candidate  may 
have.  Blank  certificates  may  be  found  at  the  back  part  of 
this  catalogue. 

MORAL  CHARACTER. 

Candidates  must  present  certificates  of  good  moral  char- 
acter. In  deciding  whether  they  shall  prepare  themselves 
to  become  teachers,  candidates  should  note  that  the  vocation 
requires  more  than  mere  freedom  from  disqualifying  defects  ; 
it  demands  virtues  of  a  positive  sort  that  shall  make  their 
impress  for  good  upon  those  who  are  taught. 

HIGH  SCHOOL  RECORD. 

It  may  be  said,  in  general,  that  if  the  ordinary  work  of  a 
good  statutory  high  school  is  well  done,  candidates  should 
have  no  difficulty  in  meeting  the  academic  tests  to  which  they 
may  be  subjected.  They  cannot  be  too  earnestly  urged, 
however,  to  avail  themselves  of  the  best  high  school  facilities 
attainable  in  a  four  years'  course,  even  though  they  should 
pursue  studies  to  an  extent  not  insisted  on  or  take  studies 
not  prescribed  in  the  admission  requirements. 

The  importance  of  a  good  record  in  the  high  school  cannot 
be  overestimated.  Principals  are  requested  to  furnish  the 
normal  schools  with  records  of  the  high  school  standing  of 
candidates.  While  examination  or  certification  is  required 
of  all  candidates  for  admission,  the  main  purpose  of  these 
is  to  satisfy  the  examiners  as  to  the  fitness  of  the  applicant 
to  undertake  the  work  of  the  school.  It  is  entirely  unlikely 
that  any  one  will  be  rejected  who  can  furnish  the  endorse- 
ment of  the  principal  of  a  reputable  high  school. 

WRITTEN  EXAMINATIONS. 
All  candidates  for  the  regular  and  kindergarten  courses 
must  pass  satisfactory  examinations,  as  indicated  below  (see 
also  caption  following  ' '  Admission  on  certification  from  high 
schools  "). 


STATE   NORMAL   SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD.  13 

I .      Language.  —  (a)   English,  with  its  grammar  and  lit- 
erature, and  (b)  either  Latin  or  French. 

II.  Mathematics. —  (a)  The  elements  of  algebra  and 
(b)  the  elements  of  plane  geometry. 

III.  United  States  History.  —  The  history  and  civil  gov- 
ernment of  Massachusetts  and  the  United  States,  with  related 
geography  and  so  much  of  English  history  as  is  directly 
contributory  to  a  knowledge  of  United  States  history. 

IV.  Science.  —  (a)  Physiology  and  hygiene  and  (b  and  c) 
any  two  of  the  following  :  physics,  chemistry,  physical  geog- 
raphy and  botany,  provided  one  of  the  two  selected  is  either 
physics  or  chemistry. 

V.  Drawing  and  Music.  —  (a)  Elementary  mechanical 
and  freehand  drawing,  with  any  one  of  the  topics,  — form, 
color  and  arrangement,  and  (b)  music. 

GENERAL  REQUIREMENT  IN  ENGLISH  FOR  ALL 
EXAMINATIONS. 

No  candidate  will  be  accepted  whose  written  English  is 
notably  deficient  in  clear  and  accurate  expression,  spelling, 
punctuation,  idiom,  or  division  of  paragraphs,  or  whose 
spoken  English  exhibits  faults  so  serious  as  to  make  it  inex- 
pedient for  the  normal  school  to  attempt  their  correction. 
The  candidate's  English,  therefore,  in  all  oral  and  written 
examinations  will  be  subject  to  the  requirements  implied  in 
the  statement  here  made  and  marked  accordingly. 

ADMISSION  ON  CERTIFICATION  FROM  HIGH  SCHOOLS. 

Candidates  from  high  schools  which  are  on  the  certificate 
list  of  the  New  England  College  Entrance  Examination 
Board  may  be  admitted  to  any  of  the  State  normal  schools 
without  examination  in  any  subject  required  for  admission 
in  which  they  have  attained  a  standing  of  B,  or  80  per  cent., 
as  certified  by  the  principal  of  the  school.  Candidates 
from  high  schools  not  in  the  college  certificate  list  may  be 
admitted  on  similar  conditions,  if  the  high  schools  are  ap- 
proved for  the  purpose  by  the  State  Board  of  Education. 


14  STATE  NORMAL   SCHOOL,  WESTFIELD. 

High  schools  desiring  this  approval  should  correspond 
with  the  Commissioner  of  Education,  Dr.  David  Snedden, 
Boston,  Mass. 

Graduates  of  colleges  are  admitted  without  examination. 

SPECIAL  DIRECTIONS  FOR  THE  WRITTEN 

EXAMINATIONS, 

I.     LANGUAGE. 

(a)  English.  —  The  subjects  for  the  examination  in  Eng- 
lish will  be  the  same  as  those  agreed  upon  by  the  colleges 
and  high  technical  schools  of  New  England  and  now  quite 
generally  adopted  throughout  the  United  States. 

Reading  and  Practice A    limited    number    of  books 

will  be  set  for  reading.  The  candidate  will  be  required  to 
present  evidence  of  a  general  knowledge  of  the  subject- 
matter  and  spirit  of  the  books,  and  to  answer  simple  ques- 
tions on  the  lives  of  the  authors.  The  form  of  examination 
will  usually  be  the  writing  of  a  paragraph  or  two  on  each 
of  a  few  topics  to  be  chosen  by  the  candidate  from  a  con- 
siderable number  set  before  him  in  the  examination  paper. 

The  books  for  study  in  1909-1912  are:  Shakespeare's 
Macbeth;  Milton's  L'Allegro;  Burke's  Speech  on  Conciliation 
with  America,  or  Washington's  Farewell  Address ;  Webster's 
First  Bunker  Hill  Oration;  Macaulay's  Life  of  Johnson,  or 
Carlyle's  Essay  on  Burns. 

(b)  Either  Latin  or  French.  —  The  translation  at  sight 
of  simple  prose  or  verse,  with  questions  on  the  usual  forms 
and  ordinary  constructions,  and  the  writing  of  simple  prose 
based  in  part  or  in  full  on  the  passage  selected. 

II.     MATHEMATICS. 

(a)  The  elements  of  algebra  through  affected  quadratic 
equations. 

(b)  The  elements  of  plane  geometry. 

While  there  is  no  formal  examination  in  arithmetic,  the 


STATE   NORMAL   SCHOOL,   WE  ST  FIELD.  15 

importance  of  a  practical  working  acquaintance  with  its 
principles  and  processes  cannot  be  too  strongly  emphasized. 
The  candidate's  proficiency  in  this  subject  will  be  incident- 
ally tested  in  its  applications  to  other  subjects. 

III.     UNITED  STATES  HISTORY. 

Any  school  text  book  on  United  States  history  will  enable 
candidates  to  meet  this  requirement,  provided  they  study 
enough  of  geography  to  illumine  the  history  and  make 
themselves  familiar  with  the  grander  features  of  government 
in  Massachusetts  and  the  United  States.  Collateral  reading 
in  United  States  history  is  strongly  advised,  also  in  English 
history,  so  far  as  this  history  bears  conspicuously  on  that  of 
the  United  States. 

IV.     SCIENCE. 

(a)  Physiology  and  Hygiene.  —  The  chief  elementary 
facts  of  anatomy,  the  general  functions  of  the  various  organs, 
the  more  obvious  rules  of  health,  and  the  more  striking  effects 
of  alcoholic  drinks,  narcotics,  and  stimulants  upon  those 
addicted  to  their  use. 

(b  and  c)  Any  two  of  the  following  sciences,  — physics, 
chemistry,  botany,  physical  geography,  provided  one  of  the 
two  is  either  physics  or  chemistry.  —  The  chief  elementary 
facts  of  the  subject  selected,  so  far  as  they  may  be  presented 
in  the  courses  usually  devoted  to  them  in  good  high  schools. 
It  will  be  a  distinct  advantage  to  the  candidate  if  his  prepa- 
ration includes  a  certain  amount  of  individual  laboratory 
work. 

V.     DRAWING   AND   MUSIC. 

(a)  Drawing.  —  Mechanical  and  freehand  drawing, — 
enough  to  enable  the  candidate  to  draw  a  simple  object,  like 
a  box  or  a  pyramid  or  a  cylinder,  with  plan  and  elevation 
to  scale,  and  to  make  a  freehand  sketch  of  the  same  in  per- 
spective. Also  any  one  of  the  three  topics,  —  form,  color, 
and  arrangement. 


16  STATE   NORMAL   SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD. 

(b)  Music.  —  Such  elementary  facts  as  an  instructor 
should  know  in  teaching  singing  in  the  schools,  including 
major  and  minor  keys,  simple  two,  three,  four,  and  six  part 
measures,  the  fractional  divisions  of  the  pulse  or  beat,  the 
chromatic  scale,  the  right  use  of  the  foregoing  elements  in 
practice,  and  the  translation  into  musical  notation  of  simple 
melodies  or  of  time  phrases  sung  or  played. 

IMPORTANCE  OF  ADEQUATE  PREPARATION. 
Candidates  should  measure  their  duty  of  making  adequate 
preparation  not  wholly  by  the  subjects  selected  and  the 
papers  set  for  the  admission  examinations,  but  by  the  larger 
demands  their  chosen  vocation  is  sure  to  make  upon  them. 
The  more  generous  and  thorough,  therefore,  the  preparation 
of  the  candidate,  the  greater  the  likelihood  of  profiting  by 
the  normal  school,  of  completing  the  elementary  course  on 
time,  of  securing  employment  after  graduation,  and  of  doing 
creditable  work  as  a  teacher. 

EQUIVALENTS. 
Special  cases  that  raise  questions  of  equivalents  will  be 
considered  on  their  merits. 

DIVISION  OF  THE  EXAMINATIONS. 
Candidates  may  be  admitted  to  preliminary  examinations 
a  year  in  advance  of  their  final  examinations,  provided  they 
offer  themselves  in  one  or  more  of  the  following  groups,  each 
group  to  be  presented  in  full :  — 


I. 

French. 

II. 

Mathematics. 

III. 

United  States  history. 

IV. 

Science. 

V. 

Drawing  and  music. 

STATE   NORMAL   SCHOOL,   WEST  FIELD.  17 

Preliminary  Examinations  can  be  taken  in  June  only. 

Every  candidate  for  a  preliminary  examination  must  pre- 
sent a  certificate  of  preparation  in  the  group  or  groups 
chosen,  or  in  the  subjects  thereof,  the  form  of  certificate  to 
be  substantially  as  follows  :  — 

lias  been  a  pupil  in  the 

School  for  years,   and  is,   in  my  judg- 


ment, prepared  to  pass  the  normal  school  preliminary  examination  in 
the  following  group  or  groups  of  subjects  and  the  divisions  thereof :  — 


Signature  of  principal  or  teacher,. 
Address , 


The  group  known  as  I.  Language  (Latin  and  English) 
must  be  reserved  for  the  final  examinations.  It  will  doubt- 
less be  found  generally  advisable  in  practice  that  the  group 
known  as  IV.  Science  should  also  be  so  reserved. 

While  division  of  the  final  or  complete  examinations  be- 
tween June  and  September  is  permissible,  it  is  important 
both  for  the  normal  school  and  for  the  candidate  that  the 
work  laid  out  for  the  September  examinations,  which  so 
closely  precede  the  opening  of  the  normal  schools,  shall  be 
kept  down  to  a  minimum.  Candidates  for  the  final  or  com- 
plete examinations  are  earnestly  advised,  therefore,  to  pre- 
sent themselves  in  June. 

EXAMINATION  DATES. 
The    admission    examinations  are    held    at    the    several 
normal  school  buildings  in  accordance  with  the  following 
schedule  :  — 

1911.  — Thursday  and  Friday,  June  22  and  23  ;  Tuesday 
and  Wednesday,  September  5  and  6. 

1912.  —  Thursday  and  Friday,  June  22  and  23  ;  Tuesday 
and  Wednesday,  September  5  and  6. 


18  STATE   NORMAL   SCHOOL,  WESTFIELD. 


TIMES  OF  ADMISSION. 

New  classes  will  be  admitted  only  at  the  beginning  of 
the  fall  term,  and,  as  the  studies  of  the  course  are  arranged 
progressively  from  that  time,  it  is  important  that  students 
shall  present  themselves  for  duty  at  that  time.  In  individual 
cases  exceptions  to  this  requirement  are  permissible,  but 
only  after  due  examination,  and  upon  the  understanding 
that  the  admission  shall  be  at  a  time  convenient  to  the 
school  and  to  such  classes  only  as  the  candidate  is  qualified 
to  join. 

TUITION  AND  EXPENSES. 

Tuition  and  text  books  are  free  to  residents  of  Massachu- 
setts. 

Pupils  from  other  States  than  Massachusetts,  attending 
normal  schools  supported  by  this  State,  are  required  to  pay 
at  the  beginning  of  each  half-year  session  the  sum  of  $25  to 
the  principal  of  the  school  attended  for  tuition,  except  that 
in  the  Normal  Art  School  the  sum  paid  to  the  principal  at 
the  beginning  of  the  session  by  each  pupil  from  another 
State  will  be  $50  for  each  half-year. 

For  cost  of  board,  see  "  Dickinson  Hall,"  below. 

STATE  AID. 

To  assist  those  students  who  find  it  difficult  to  meet  the 
expense  of  the  course,  a  small  pecuniary  aid  is  furnished  by 
the  State  in  varying  sums. 

Aid  is  not  furnished  during  the  first  half-year  of  attend- 
ance, nor  to  students  whose  scholarship  is  unsatisfactory. 
Applications  for  this  aid  are  to  be  made  to  the  principal 
in  writing,  and  must  be  accompanied  by  a  certificate  from 
a  person  competent  to  testify,  stating  that  the  applicant 
needs  the  aid. 


STATE  NORMAL   SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD.  19 


COURSES  OF  INSTRUCTION. 
This  school  oilers  (1)  a  general  two  years'  course,  (2)  a 
three  years'  course,  (3)  a  kindergarten  course,  (4)  a  special 
course  for  teachers,  and  (5)  a  special  course  of  one  year  for 
college  graduates. 

I.  GENERAL  TWO  YEARS'  COURSE. 

The  general  course  of  study  for  two  years  comprises  the 
following  subjects  :  — 

1.  Psychology,  history  of  education,  principles  of  teach- 
ing, methods  of  instruction  and  discipline,  school  organiza- 
tion, school  laws  of  Massachusetts. 

2.  Methods  of  teaching  the  following  subjects  :  — 

(a)  English,  —  reading,  language,  composition,  litera- 
ture, history. 

(b)  Mathematics,  —  arithmetic,  elementary  algebra,  and 
geometry. 

(c)  Science,  —  elementary  physics  and  chemistry,  geog- 
raphy, physiology  and  hygiene,  study  of  minerals,  plants, 
and  animals. 

(d)  Drawing,  vocal  music,  physical  training,  manual 
training. 

3.  Observation  and  practice  in  the  training  school,  and 
observation  in  other  public  schools. 

The  amount  of  work  in  this  course  is  so  great  that  only 
those  who  enter  upon  it  most  thoroughly  prepared  can  hope 
to  complete  it,  with  the  required  practice,  in  the  time 
assigned  to  it.  Others  need  not  expect  to  finish  it  in  two 
years. 

For  a  more  detailed  account  of  this  course,  see  pages 
21-33. 

II.     THREE  YEARS'   COURSE. 

The  Commissioner  of  Education  and  the  principal  of  any 
normal  school  may  arrange  for  a  third  year  of  study  and  prac- 
tice in  teaching  under  supervision  for  its  graduates,  when- 


20         STATE  NORMAL   SCHOOL,  WESTFIELD. 

ever  in  their  judgment  such  action  is  desirable.  The  object 
of  this  course  shall  be  a  more  complete  mastery  of  the  topics 
arranged  for  the  regular  two  years'  course  and  further  work  in 
the  training  schools  ;  this  work  in  the  training  schools  shall 
be  under  the  direct  supervision  of  a  teacher  of  the  normal 
school  or  of  a  teacher  specially  approved  for  that  purpose. 

III.     KINDERGARTEN    COURSE. 

The  kindergarten  course  requires  two  years  for  its  comple- 
tion. The  first  year's  work  is  the  same  as  that  of  the  general 
two  years'  course,  except  that  child  study,  sociology  and 
history  are  substituted  for  English  grammar  and  geography. 
During  the  second  year  the  pupil  spends  all  her  mornings  in 
the  practical  work  of  the  kindergarten,  and  her  afternoons 
in  the  study  of  the  theory  and  the  history  of  the  kindergarten. 

Every  candidate  for  this  course  should  have  not  only  the 
qualifications  required  for  admission  to  the  general  two  years' 
course,  but  should  in  addition  have  some  facility  in  playing 
the  piano  and  in  singing. 

Students  pay  the  cost  of  materials  used  by  them,  but  this 
expense  does  not  exceed  ten  dollars  for  the  course. 

IV.     SPECIAL   COURSE   FOR   TEACHERS. 

Teachers  of  three  years'  experience  in  teaching,  who  give 
evidence  of  maturity,  good  scholarship,  and  of  aptness  to 
teach,  may,  with  the  consent  of  the  principal  and  of  the 
Commissioner  of  Education,  select  a  course  which  may  be 
completed  in  one  year  ;  and  when  such  course  is  successfully 
completed,  they  shall  receive  a  certificate  for  the  same. 

V.  SPECIAL  COURSE  FOR  COLLEGE  GRADUATES. 

College  graduates  may  be  admitted  to  the  State  normal 
schools  without  examination,  and  may  receive  a  diploma 
after  satisfactorily  completing  a  course  of  one  year,  requir- 


STATE   NORMAL   SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD.  21 

ing  at  least  twenty  recitation  periods  per  week  and  includ- 
ing the  advanced  pedagogy  and  practice  of  the  senior  year. 
Experienced  observers  of  public-school  problems  are 
agreed  that  the  high  schools  can  no  longer  furnish  employ- 
ment for  all  college  graduates  who  wish  to  teach.  An  in- 
creasing number  of  such  graduates  must  hereafter  find  their 
work  in  the  grammar  schools.  It  is  for  this  class  especially 
that  course  V  has  been  planned. 

GENERAL  PLAN  OF  TWO  YEARS'  COURSE. 
Xo  outline  can  accurately  represent  the  spirit  and  method 
of  a  school.     The  following  topical  arrangement  should  be 
understood  as  merely  suggestive  :  — 

PSYCHOLOGY. 

There  are  two  courses  in  psychology,  one  for  the  junior 
and  one  for  the  senior  year.  The  work  given  is  in  part  in- 
dicated in  the  following  statement :  — 

1.  Elementary  Psychology.  —  This  course  includes  (a)  the 
grosser  anatomy  and  the  physiology  of  the  central  nervous 
system;  the  sense  organs  and  their  hygiene;  (b)  the  ele- 
mentary and  more  complex  mental  processes  in  their  de- 
velopment and  connections  ;  (c)  the  physical  basis  of  mental 
growth  and  development;  (d)  several  papers  on  personal 
reminiscences  by  each  member  of  the  class ;  (e)  the  study 
of  and  report  on  some  standard  reminiscent  study  or  life. 
AngelTs  Psychology  is  used  as  the  text,  with  free  use  of 
other  standard  elementary  texts.  ^ 

2.  Child  Study  or  Genetic  Psychology.  —  A  study  of  some 
of  the  chief  features  in  the  physical  and  mental  life  of  the 
child  from  the  genetic  standpoint ;  the  beginnings  of  mental 
life  in  the  child  and  in  animals  ;  the  conditions  of  mental 
development ;  the  development  of  motor  control  and  ability  ; 
perception  and  apperception  in  their  development  and  edu- 


22  STATE  NORMAL   SCHOOL,   WE  ST  FIELD. 

cational  bearings ;  attention  and  will  in  development  and  in 
education ;  and  other  types  of  mental  activity  in  the  same 
method  of  treatment  as  time  may  make  possible.  Most  of 
the  classic  studies  in  this  subject  are  available  for  this  work, 
and  many  of  the  striking  results  of  the  great  studies  have 
been  charted  and  are  used  in  the  department. 

HISTORY  OF  EDUCATION. 

1.  American  Education.  —  (About  fifteen  lessons,  the 
first  two  or  three  being  inductive  and  without  any  assigned 
reading.) — The  Massachusetts  public  school  system,  his- 
torically and  descriptive  ;  the  beginnings  of  public  education 
in  New  York,  Pennsylvania,  Virginia ;  in  the  west,  in  the 
south,  in  the  northwest;  higher  education  of  women  in 
America ;  the  origin  and  development  of  normal  schools  in 
the  United  States ;  the  influence  of  European  thought  and 
practice  ;  educational  extension  ;  American  educational  biog- 
raphy, (a)  one  man  and  (b)  one  woman  ;  the  movement 
for  industrial  education. 

The  standard  texts  are  available  for  this  work  in  the  history 
of  education  which  consists  of  about  thirty-seven  lessons 
spread  over  the  entire  junior  year.  Paul  Monroe's  Text- 
book and  Briefer  Course  are  used  as  general  guides. 

2.  European  Education.  —  Greek,  Hellenistic,  and  Roman 
education  in  theory  and  practice  ;  the  aim  in  each  nation  and 
the  adaptability  of  the  means  used  to  the  attainment  of  the 
aim  ;  the  value  of  the  aim  in  each  case  ;  Jewish  education  ; 
early  Christianity  and  education  ;  mediaeval  education,  cul- 
minating in  the  Renaissance  and  humanism  ;  these  latter  as 
containing  the  germs  of  modern  philosophy,  modern  educa- 
tion, and  the  newer  theory  of  life  ;  educational  criticism  and 
the  practice  of  the  "  innovators  ;  "  the  constructive  educators 
from  Comenius  to  Herbart  and  Herbert  Spencer  ;  the  shifting 
emphasis  in  educational  theory  and  practice  as  seen  in  the 
various  standpoints  of  verbalism,  realism,  naturalism,  and 


STATE  NORMAL   SCHOOL,  WESTFIELD.  23 

the  disciplinary,  psychological,  and  sociological  theories  of 
education.  The  work  requires  assigned  reading  and  refer- 
ence work,  reports,  and  extensive  reading  of  the  educational 
classics  of  Comenius,  Rousseau,  Pestalozzi,  Froebel,  Her- 
bart,  Spencer,  Horace  Mann,  etc. 

The  standard  texts  and  classics  are  available  for  this  work. 
Paul  Monroe's  Text-book  and  Briefer  Course  are  followed 
in  the  main  and  freely  consulted  as  texts.  The  course  con- 
sists of  about  thirty-seven  lessons. 

PEDAGOGY,   SCHOOL   LAW,   AND    SCHOOL   MANAGEMENT. 

The  application  to  teaching  of  the  principles  developed  in 
the  course  in  psychology  and  the  history  of  education  out- 
lined above  ;  a  study  of  methodology  ;  a  systematic  and 
critical  examination  of  the  opinions  of  leading  educators  on 
school  organization  and  economy  ;  a  study  of  the  principles 
and  art  of  school  government,  both  from  the  standpoint  of 
the  adult  and  of  child  study,  with  special  reference  also  to 
the  use  of  school  discipline  as  an  agency  in  the  moral  cul- 
ture of  the  child ;  the  discussion  of  the  curriculum  of  elemen- 
tary schools ;  the  preparation  on  pedagogical  and  hygienic 
principles  of  programs  for  graded  and  ungraded  schools ; 
lectures  on  such  portions  of  the  school  laws  of  Massachusetts 
as  are  needed  to  enable  the  teacher  to  know  the  rights  and 
the  duties  of  her  profession  ;  the  theory  of  the  proper  heat- 
ing, ventilating,  and  lighting  of  schoolrooms,  with  practical 
suggestions  for  the  same  ;  frequent  conferences  with  pupils 
'teaching  in  the  training  schools. 

METHODS. 

The  schoolroom  application  of  the  work  in  arithmetic, 
literature,  history,  etc.;  phonetics;  primary  reading ;  story 
telling ;  board  work ;  the  art  of  adult  reading,  silent  and 
oral ;  preparation  of  bibliographies  in  the  subject-matter 
of  the  first  six  grades  of  school  life,  etc. 


24  STATE  NORMAL   SCHOOL,   WE  ST  FIELD. 


SOCIOLOGY. 

The  course  covers  one  term  in  the  senior  year  and  in- 
volves several  kinds  of  work  and  as  many  ways  of  doing 
it :   (a)  from  fixe  to  eight  formal  lectures  by  the  instructor; 

(b)  class  discussions  on  assigned  readings  from  the  texts  ; 

(c)  an  individual  study  of  and  a  written  report  by  each 
student  on  some  one  of  the  list  of  topics,  which  is  expected 
to  treat  the  subject  as  exhaustively  and  intensively  as  the 
time  and  the  materials  will  allow. 

Some  of  the  subjects  treated  in  an  elementary  manner  in 
(a)  and  (b)  are  these:  the  causes  that  have  contributed  to 
the  rise  of  the  science  of  sociology  ;  the  nature,  aim,  mate- 
rials, and  method  of  the  science  ;  the  rise  and  function  of 
the  leading  social  institutions  ;  the  social  ideal  and  the  social 
spirit;  social  pathology,  therapeutics,  and  hygiene;  the 
sociology  of  the  teaching  profession. 

Some  of  the  topics  from  which  selections  are  made  for 
the  work  under  (c)  are  these:  retardation  in  the  schools; 
child  labor  in  America ;  the  criminal  and  his  treatment ; 
poverty  and  its  causes ;  Dickens  and  his  services  for  child- 
hood ;  the  professional  institutions  (after  Spencer  and 
Bryce)  ;  juvenile  reform  schools;  social  and  university 
settlements ;  Chad  wick  and  public  hygiene  in  England, 
together  with  the  rise  of  State  boards  of  health  in  America ; 
the  social  teaching  of  Joseph  Mazzini ;  some  phases  of  the 
race  problem  in  America ;  some  social  Utopias ;  the  rural 
school  problem ;  industrial  education  ;  the  wage-earning 
woman;  home  economics;  co-operation  amongst  laborers; 
prisoners  and  prison  reform. 

BIOLOGICAL  SCIENCE. 

Preparation.  —  Field  and  laboratory  work  arc  combined 
with  a  thorough  classroom  drill  in  the  best  pedagogical 
methods    for   the 'presentation    of   biology   in   the   graded 


STATE   NORMAL   SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD.  25 

schools.  The  out-of-door  study  is  supplemented  Ivy  the 
use  of  aquaria,  vivaria,  a  practical  school  garden,  and  sim- 
ilar helps.  As  an  aid  for  preparation  the  school  possesses 
an  excellent  reference  library  in  science,  an  abundance  of 
working  material  in  both  plants  and  animals,  and  a  valuable 
cabinet  collection,  all  of  which  it  may  be  fairly  said  are 
unsurpassed  by  other  schools  of  like  rank. 

Equipment.  —  Among  the  cabinet  and  working  material 
especial  mention  should  be  made  of  the  Scott  collection  of 
local  birds  and  their  eggs,  prepared  and  presented  by  a 
former  principal  of  the  school,  and  including  all  the  com- 
mon New  England  species  ;  the  stuffed  fishes,  both  salt  and 
fresh- water  forms ;  the  insects,  which  are  particularly  rich 
in  dragonflies  and  the  various  species  injurious  to  vegeta- 
tion ;  the  fresh-water  mussels,  presented  by  the  United 
States  Bureau  of  Fisheries,  and  one  of  the  finest  collections 
in  America;  the  tropical  fruits,  including  blossoms,  buds, 
and  perfected  fruits  of  nearly  all  the  kinds  that  possess  com- 
mercial value ;  a  very  full  and  choice  set  of  mounted  native 
seaweeds  and  an  equally  fine  herbarium  of  local  plants ;  a 
series  of  charts,  casts,  and  models  illustrating  human  anat- 
omy, and  a  full  set  of  histological  preparations,  showing 
the  structure  and  tissues  of  the  human  body;  and,  finally, 
a  particularly  extensive  working  collection  of  ores,  min- 
erals, rocks,  and  fossils. 

Course  of  Study.  Autumn.  —  The  topics  making  up  the 
course  are  arranged  according  to  the  season.  At  the  open- 
ing of  school  in  September  work  is  begun  on  the  general 
characteristics  of  plants  and  animals,  special  attention  being 
paid  to  habits,  modes  of  life,  and  economic  relations.  Tvpes 
are  selected  from  the  local  fauna  and  flora,  with  Avhich  the 
pupils  are  required  to  become  acquainted  from  actual  obser- 
vation. The  economic  value  of  the  facts  thus  secured  are 
then  discussed  in  the  class  room,  together  with  the  best 
methods  of  presenting  such  work  in  the  graded  schools. 


26  STATE  NORMAL   SCHOOL,   WEST  FIELD. 

Later  in  the  fall  especial  attention  is  given  to  the  prepara- 
tion made  by  plants  and  animals  for  passing  the  winter,  and 
practical  demonstrations  are  worked  out  by  the  pupils  in  the 
school  garden  and  in  the  fields. 

Winter. — Life  itself  is  next  considered,  together  with 
its  principal  manifestations,  and  the  laws  of  heredity  and 
transmission.  This  introduces  the  physiology  and  hygiene 
of  the  human  body. 

So  far  as  is  necessary  anatomy  is  illustrated  by  models 
and  casts,  while  microscopic  structure  is  demonstrated  by 
a  large  collection  of  finely  stained  sections.  But  only  so 
much  of  such  work  is  given  as  is  necessary  for  a  rational 
understanding  of  hygiene  and  the  many  practical  questions 
concerning  bodily  health  about  which  every  teacher  should 
be  well  informed.  With  this  latter  purpose  in  view,  the 
germ  theory  of  disease ;  the  treatment  of  contagious  dis- 
eases in  the  school-room  ;  the  problems  of  vaccination,  dis- 
infection, quarantine,  and  school  sanitation  ;  the  transmission 
of  various  diseases  by  animal  and  insect  agencies ;  the  value 
of  hospitals,  sanitariums,  and  pest-houses ;  the  necessity  for 
good  drinking  water,  hygienic  cooking,  and  sanitary  cloth- 
ing ;  a  rational  and  orderly  presentation  of  the  effects  pro- 
duced by  alcohol  upon  the  body  and  mind  ;  the  physiological 
influence  of  the  mind  upon  the  body,  and  many  other  im- 
portant phases  of  hygiene  are  carefully  and  thoroughly  dis- 
cussed. As  thus  presented,  the  faithful  student  is  furnished 
with  a  fund  of  information  which  will  be  of  the  greatest 
practical  value  in  her  own  life  and  in  her  work  as  a  teacher. 

Spring.  —  As  spring  opens,  attention  is  naturally  directed 
to  the  awakening  life  everywhere  manifest,  the  opening  buds 
and  sprouting  seeds,  the  returning  birds,  and  the  emergence 
of  various  animals  and  plants  from  their  winter  hibernation. 
The  latest  and  most  improved  methods  of  bird  study  are 
presented,  and  the  frogs'  eggs  are  used  as  types  of  animal 
development. 


STATE   NORMAL   SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD.  27 

Among  the  plants,  typical  flowers  are  taken  as  they 
appear,  and  are  studied  with  reference  to  their  plan  and 
structure,  their  parts  and  the  functions  of  each,  inflorescence, 
tcrt  Uization  and  growth,  and  finally  the  fruit.  Special  atten- 
tion is  given  to  economic  plant  products,  such  as  tropical 
fruits,  spices,  india  rubber,  vegetable  oils,  drugs,  medicines, 
dye-stuffs,  etc. 

Enough  work  is  also  accomplished  with  the  common 
flowerless  plants,  mosses,  lichens,  fungi,  and  the  like,  to 
enable  the  student  to  recognize  their  great  value  in  the 
economy  of  nature,  and  to  deal  intelligently  with  them  in 
the  graded  schools. 

The  value  of  our  forests  and  the  uses  of  the  various  kinds 
of  lumber  are  closely  related  with  the  work  in  manual 
training. 

In  the  field  work  the  students  are  taught  to  utilize  their 
immediate  surroundings ;  by  this  method  they  are  certain 
of  obtaining  an  abundance  of  material  wherever  they  may 
chance  to  teach. 

A  course  in  natural  science  for  elementary  schools  is  out- 
lined, and  instruction  is  given  in  obtaining,  preparing,  and 
using  suitable  materials  for  class-room  presentation. 

PHYSICS. 

Physics  is  presented  with  a  two-fold  aim.  Its  culture 
value  is  beyond  question  ;  its  practicability  appears  on 
every  hand.  From  the  culture  side  the  student  becomes 
familiar  through  actual  experience  with  the  leading  physical 
discoveries  of  the  day.  The  laboratory  is  well  supplied  with 
a  large  amount  of  apparatus  for  demonstrating  theories  of 
sound,  light,  and  many  applications  of  electricity,  among 
which  may  be  mentioned  the  X-rays  and  wireless  telegraphy 
according  to  the  Marconi  system. 

The  course  consists  of  twenty-six  recitation  periods,  with 
an  equal  amount  of  time  given  to  laboratorjT  work.     Laws 


28         STATE  NORMAL   SCHOOL,  WESTFIELD. 

governing  some  of  the  utilities  of  life  are  derived  from  the 
investigation  of  various  appliances,  for  example,  the  sewing 
machine  ;  water  motor,  electric  motor,  gas  engine ;  efficiency 
of  the  tireless  cooker  used  both  as  a  cooker  and  as  a  refrig- 
erator ;  efficiency  of  the  various  types  of  vacuum  bottles ; 
relative  efficiency  of  gas,  kerosene,  electric,  and  alcohol 
stoves  ;  cost  of  illuminating  by  various  types  of  gas  burners, 
electric  lights,  kerosene,  and  alcohol.  Much  opportunity  is 
given  for  applied  mathematics,  and  the  rational  interpreta- 
tion of  formulae.  After  the  course  has  been  satisfactorily 
finished,  the  student  should  be  able  to  present  clearly  to  her 
pupils  such  parts  of  the  subject  as  seems  desirable. 

The  aim  of  the  course  is  to  give  the  student  that  intelli- 
gent information  which  is  the  valuable  asset  of  the  success- 
ful teacher. 

CHEMISTRY. 

To  the  prospective  teacher  health  is  of  the  greatest  im- 
portance ;  under  ordinary  circumstances  a  sound  body  means 
a  vigorous  mind,  industrious  habits,  and  a  cheerful  disposi- 
tion. The  systematic  study  of  few  sciences  has  so  direct  a 
bearing  as  has  chemistry  in  teaching  students  to  appreciate 
properly  their  own  bodies  and  to  guard  themselves  against 
the  quack  nostrums  and  questionable  remedies  of  daily  life. 
Foods,  beverages,  drugs,  and  medicines  are  analysed,  and 
helpful  as  well  as  harmful  properties  determined.  A  knowl- 
edge of  the  dangerous  effects  of  acetanilid  preparations  has 
well-nigh  driven  out  the  use  of  grippe  and  headache  powders 
among  the  students  of  this  school ;  while  the  fact  that  the 
local  board  of  health  depends  in  some  measure  upon  analyses 
made  by  students  in  this  course  gives  importance  to  the 
tasks  undertaken,  fosters  care  in  the  working  habits  of 
students,  and  inspires  them  with  the  sense  of  responsibility 
which  every  good  citizen  should  have.  The  analysis  of 
water  and  milk;  the  determination  of  the  amount  of  alcohol 
in   patenl   medicines,   "soft  drinks,"  and  other  beverages; 


STATE   NORMAL   SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD.  29 

the  search  for  coal-tar  products,  etc.,  —  these  are  other  ap- 
plication^ of  the  efforts  made  to  provide  for  the  physical 
well-being  of  students  through  a  knowledge  of  chemical 
laws;  while  the  removal  of  stains,  the  preparation  of 
essences,  perfumes,  etc.,  and  correlation  with  the  depart- 
ment of  manual  arts  whereby  materials  to  be  used  in  that 
department  are  dyed  or  otherwise  prepared,  are  illustrations 
of  the  "practical"  turn  given  this  science,  whereby  a  con- 
siderable saving  of  money  to  the  student  is  made  possible. 
It  is  believed  that  the  knowledge  thus  gained,  through  the 
missionary  work  of  students  who  become  teachers,  will 
reach  thousands  of  pupils,  to  their  permanent  advantage. 
In  a  word,  the  aim  of  this  course  is  to  create,  if  necessary, 
and  to  foster  a  real  interest  in  the  great  science  of  chemis- 
try ;  to  give  a  broader  outlook  on  life,  and  to  create  a  belief 
that  every  teacher  is  a  real  factor  in  the  busy,  living  world ; 
and  to  furnish  the  thoughtful,  painstaking  student  with  in- 
formation by  which  she  can  keep  both  body  and  mind  in 
an  alert,  healthy  condition. 

GEOGRAPHY. 

The  work  in  geography  covers  two  terms  in  the  junior 
year.  The  following  outline  is  suggestive  of  the  work  that 
is  attempted  :  — 

1.  Home  geography  :  what  subjects  are  appropriate,  how 
to  work  them  out  and  teach  them  to  the  children  of  the 
proper  grade. 

2.  Larger  type  studies  as  a  basis  of  unification  in  geogra- 
phy. These  types  are  chosen  from  the  United  States  and 
Europe. 

3.  Geographic  forces,  especially  as  seen  in  the  United 
States  and  Europe. 

4.  The  physiographic  structure  of  North  America  and 
Europe,  with  brief  comparative  study  of  the  other  conti- 
nents. 


30  STATE  NORMAL   SCHOOL,   WE  ST  FIELD. 

5.  The  economic  and  commercial  geography  of  the  United 
States  and  Europe  in  brief  outline. 

6.  The  earth  and  man  in  their  more  significant  interrela- 
tions. 

THE  LANGUAGE  ARTS. 

Reading.  —  A  study  of  the  principles  underlying  the  art 
of  good  reading,  both  silent  and  oral. 

English  Grammar  and  Composition.  —  A  review  of  the 
principles  of  English  grammar  as  an  aid  to  correct  speaking 
and  writing ;  an  examination  of  the  common  mistakes  in 
oral  and  written  speech,  with  constant  practice  in  the  spell- 
ing of  words  persistently  misspelled ;  a  study  of  correct 
usage  in  social  forms  ;  with  an  effort  to  develop,  by  practice 
and  comparison  with  the  works  of  the  best  writers  of  Eng- 
lish, an  ability  to  frame  paragraphs  and  compositions. 

English  and  American  Literature.  —  A  study  of  the 
world's  classics  from  the  standpoint  of  the  child,  and  an 
effort  to  make  prospective  teachers  familiar  with  the  litera- 
ture of  childhood,  —  that  literature  which  is  finding  a  place 
in  the  best  elementary  schools  of  America.  Such  time  as 
may  be  left  will  be  devoted  to  an  appreciative  consideration 
of  the  literary  productions  an  acquaintance  with  which  is 
held  to  be  the  characteristic  of  a  well-informed,  cultured 
woman  and  teacher. 

HISTORY. 

United  States  History  and  Civics.  —  No  teacher  is  worthy 
a  place  in  the  public  schools  who  is  not  reasonably  familiar 
with  the  history  and  government  of  the  United  States. 
Technicalities  will  be  avoided  ;  effort  will  be  made  con- 
stantly to  awaken  an  interest  in  the  life  of  the  people,  not 
only  by  paying  attention  to  the  industrial  and  social  devel- 
opment of  the  nation,  but  also  by  comparing  life  to-day  — 
travel,  education,  amusements,  etc.,  —  with  the  correspond- 
ing feat urei s  of   American  life   in    the    past.     This    subject 


STATE  NORMAL   SCHOOL,  WE  ST  FIELD.  31 

should   give  a   peculiarly   valuable   training  in   the  use   of 
books  and  the  preparation  of  special  topics. 

General  History.  —  A  study  of  the  way  history  has  grown, 
the  myths  and  legends  of  the  past  and  their  relation  to  the 
history  and  literature  of  to-day ;  the  acquisition  of  a  skele- 
ton of  history,  ancient,  mediaeval,  and  modern  ;  and  a  special 
study  of  the  great  characters  and  events  in  the  history  of 
all  nations,  with  the  purpose  of  adapting  it  to  the  needs  of 
school  children,  particularly  those  in  grades  III.  to  VI. 
An  effort  will  be  made  to  make  students  familiar  with  those 
publications  which  are  used  by  children  in  the  best  schools. 

MATHEMATICS. 

Arithmetic.  —  The  aim  of  this  course  is  to  give  students 
a  thorough  familiarity  with  arithmetical  processes  and  a  log- 
ical method  of  presenting  the  subject,  as  well  as  to  teach 
them  to  be  self-reliant,  efficient,  accurate,  and  quick  to  ap- 
preciate and  apply.  The  importance  of  the  reason  for  proc- 
esses and  methods,  and  the  way  in  which  a  child  may  be  led 
to  discover  and  apply  them ;  a  criticism  of  text  books  in 
arithmetic ;  a  study  of  diagrams  as  an  aid  in  developing 
mathematical  concepts  ;  the  use  and  abuse  of  short  cuts,  — 
these  are  some  of  the  topics  presented  in  this  subject. 

Algebra.  —  The  course  in  algebra  aims  to  develop  a  facility 
in  the  use  of  algebraic  processes  and  a  thorough  understand- 
ing of  the  reasons  underlying  every  operation. 

Geometry.  —  A  study  of  lines,  angles,  and  surfaces  with 
I  reference  to  their  applications  in  every-day  experience,  with 
considerable  practice  in  the  use  of  simple  instruments. 

MUSIC. 

The  aim  in  the  presentation  of  music  is  to  make  students 
proficient  in  singing  and  teaching  such  musical  selections  as 
are  taught  in  the  first  six  grades  of  the  public  schools.     This 


32  STATE  NORMAL   SCHOOL,  WE  ST  FIELD. 

is  done  through  actual  individual  singing  of  the  slips  of  the 
Weaver  Music  System,  supplemented  by  such  information 
and  practice  as  is  required  by  the  series  under  considera- 
tion, such  attention  to  musical  notation  as  may  be  necessary, 
and  practice  in  teaching  the  same  to  normal  school  students. 
Much  attention  throughout  the  course  is  paid  to  the  mechanics 
of  music,  to  voice  culture,  ear  training,  and  musical  appre- 
ciation. 

PHYSICAL  TRAINING. 

The  work  in  physical  training  affords  an  opportunity  for 
regular  and  systematic  exercise  in  the  gymnasium  and  on 
the  campus.  It  includes  the  Swedish  drill  of  free  standing 
exercises,  marching,  running,  jumping,  carefully  selected 
movements  upon  stationary  apparatus,  games,  folk,  and 
aesthetic  dancing.  The  campus  affords  an  opportunity  for 
out-of-door  recreation  in  tennis,  basket  ball,  etc. 

MANUAL  ARTS. 

These  courses  include  various  projects  or  problems  which 
have  in  view  the  unification  of  the  studio  and  the  shop,  and 
their  relation  to  the  public.  The  work  aims  to  develop  in 
the  student  analytic  and  synthetic  views  of  the  subject. 
The  former  gives  a  knowledge  of  the  principles  of  repre- 
sentation in  the  outline,  light  and  dark,  and  the  use  of 
color. 

The  history  of  architecture,  sculpture,  and  painting,  and 
the  study  of  the  mediums  used  in  the  hand  work,  are  noted 
with  reference  to  their  bearing  upon  our  present  social  prob- 
lems. The  principles  of  beauty  in  line  and  color  and  form 
are  taught  as  a  basis  for  the  synthetic  method  in  picture 
study  and  design. 

The  creative  side  is  emphasized  in  the  belief  that  in  the 
field  of  design  lies  the  greatest  number  of  human  interests. 
Applications  of  the  principles  of  beauty  are  made   in  all 


STATE   NORMAL   SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD.  33 

phases  of  school  work  and  social  life,  and  to  different 
branches  of  the  local  trades.  The  subject-matter  is  analyzed 
and  arranged  for  the  grades  of  the  elementary  schools,  and 
outlines,  lesson  plans,  models,  and  practice  teaching  are 
required  of  all  students  in  this  department. 


34 


STATE   NORMAL   SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD. 


W 

GO 

1 

00 

< 

1 3 

£  6 

D 

00 

O 

8 


<N 

ci 

oi 

<M 

(M     I   O 

g 

tf 

H 

H 

C 

g 

S3 

03 

o 

m 

s: 

!>, 

bo 

ft 
SB 

p 

OS 

o 

bC 

O 

OB 

O 

>1 

bO 

O 

© 

0 
si 

- 

i- 
bC 

C 

o 

o 

§ 

60 
as" 

,a 

O 

o 

>> 

pq 

- 

3 

o 

w 

r~. 

Ph 

Ph 

ft 

*# 

CO 

CI 

<N 

<N 

•<*   1  so 

1    <N 

S 

H 

H 

« 

H 

!5 

o 

£ 

u" 

bE 

ft 

e 

05 

O 

bfl 

be 

0 

be 

o 

S 

'> 

03 

So 

- 

0 

0 

.2 

O 

GO 

o 

.2 

art 

3 

fl 

^3 

f*l 

J-c 

in 

a> 

i>» 

,c 

<* 

fi 

O 

a 

W 

§ 

Ph 

Ph 

ft 

-* 

CI 

<M 

©* 

©^ 

-* 

IS 

M 

OS 

w 

H 

-J 

3 

< 

a 

w 

0 

pi 

CU 

be 

S3 

£ 

0 

bo 
O 

c 

as 

3 

E 

o 

6 

o 
A 
o 

be 

o 

-1 

Q 

0 

3 

EH 

S 

ft 

S 

as 

*   & 

1—1 

S3    2 

0) 
C 

S   9 

S  be 

"E  -d 

bo 

9  § 

•- 

<W      Sh 

0> 


5  s 

•3    O 


bo 
J* 

o  .E 


w    O 


STATE    NORMAL   SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD. 


35 


pa 

V 

i 

■*> 

■* 

(M 

CO 

so 

' 

-M 

- 

' 

co 

(M 

< 

1 

<*» 

- 

1 

(M 

CO 

so 

-* 

<M 

- 

0< 

co 

• 

- 

- 

00 

a 

/; 

fc 

4j 

< 

o 

be 
H 

. 

1 

C3 

>. 

_>» 

GO 

a 

©~ 

^ 

© 

5 

- 

z 
o 

>, 

r. 

br 

(C 

- 

hf) 

o 

g 

F, 

•a 

- 

0 

~ 

i; 

P 

.- 

D 
o 

«2 

0 

03 

5 

5 

s 

C5 

o 

C 
>> 

& 
3 

eg 

© 
o 

6 

. 

co 

-* 

- 

o» 

i 

co 

cc 

- 

<N 

I— 1 

Ol 

r, 

< 

' 

co 

' 

rji 

CI 

« 

' 

CO 

1 

CM 

- 

' 

CO 

o 

o 

= 

cc 

CO 

z 

*i 

z 

r/j 

-w 

^ 

© 

60 

© 
1) 

z 

: 
i. 

- 

br. 

pq 

>> 

_§ 

o 

kl 

GO 

© 

fc^ 

g 

on 

0Q 

0 

-z 

>> 

5 

„ 

0 

b 
3 

5 

r" 

03 

_2 

a 

c 

s 

2 

^ 

'go 

0 
0 

O 

cc 

— 

o 

-J 

© 

'J 

s 

3 

3 

S 

2 

o 

© 

d 

-* 

o< 

' 

•«* 

ffl 

"* 

co 

' 

CN 

- 

1 

PQ 

i 

es 

co 

i 

(M 

*# 

CO 

-* 

01 

~ 

<N 

§3 

o 

s 

02 

O 

z 

z 

<: 

rf) 

H 

r 

bC 

i 

z 

£ 

- 

a 

bn 

< 

z 

0 

o 

w 

CD 

0 

'3 

c 

5 

if. 
O 
O 

00 

■~ 

go 

r: 

O 
>. 

u 
o 

p 

0 

o 
o 

© 
<Z3 

bo 
o 
o 
© 
o 
/. 

36  STATE   NORMAL   SCHOOL,   WE  ST  FIELD. 


DISCIPLINE, 

Whoever  aspires  to  the  responsible  office  of  teacher  should 
habitually  practice  self-control.  This  doctrine  furnishes  the 
key  to  the  disciplinary  policy  of  the  school.  Pupils  are 
treated  with  confidence,  and  to  a  large  extent  the  govern- 
ment of  the  school  is  left  in  their  hands.  Almost  no  rules 
are  made,  but  it  is  the  constant  effort  to  create  such  an 
atmosphere  that  to  follow  the  best  ideals  shall  be  easy  and 
natural. 

Regular  attendance,  good  behavior,  and  loyalty  to  the 
best  interests  of  the  school,  are  necessary  to  successful  work 
and  are  expected  of  all. 

The  power  of  suspension  for  misconduct  and  of  removal 
from  school  for  failure  to  do  properly  the  work  of  the  school 
is  lodged  in  the  principal,  with  an  appeal  to  the  Commis- 
sioner of  Education . 

LECTURES  AND  CONCERTS. 
An  effort  is  made  every  year  to  quicken  a  school  spirit 
and  interest,  to  educate  through  the  social  instinct,  and  to 
bring  students  into  contact  with  people  of  reputation  in 
lecture  and  concert  fields.  The  program  for  1911  has 
been  as  follows  :  — 

Musical  course,  —  a  series  of  six  lectures,  by  Prof .  Thomas  Whitney 
Surette,  New  York  City. 
How  to  listen  to  Music. 
Folk  Songs. 
Beethoven. 
Beethoven. 
Shubert. 

Die  Meistersinger. 
Lecture,  —  Alaska,  by  George  W.  Miner,  Westfiehl. 
Lecture,  —  Impressions  of  European  Schools,  by  Mr.  Will  S.  Monroe, 

State  Normal  School,  Montclair,  N.  J. 
Lecture,  —  How  Woman  Suffrage  works  in   Colorado,  by  Mrs.  Helen 
Loring  Grenfel,  Denver,  Col. 


Plan  or  Szcohd  Floor. 


DICKINSON    HALL. 


Plan  of  Rr.st  Floor,. 


DICKINSON    HALL. 


STATE   NORMAL   SCHOOL,   WE  ST  FIELD.  37 

Leoiure-recital, — Children's  Songs,  by  Miss  Victoria  Sordoni,  New 
England  Conservatory  of  Music,  Boston. 

Lecture,  —  Pompeii,  by  Prof.  George  Sawyer  Kellogg,  New  York  City. 

Lecture,  —  Stories  of  Irish  Fairy  and  Folk  Lore,  by  Mr.  Seumas 
MacManus,  New  York  City. 

Lecture,  —  The  Panama  Canal,  by  Mr.  Farnham  Bishop,  Cambridge. 

Graduation  address.  —  Loyalty,  by  M.  L.  Burton,  Ph.D.,  D.D.,  Presi- 
dent of  Smith  College. 


GRADUATION,  DIPLOMAS,  AND  CERTIFICATES. 
The  satisfactory  completion  of  any  one  of  the  five  courses 
previously  described  entities  the  pupil  to  receive  a  diploma 
or  certificate  of  graduation.  Those  who  for  any  reason  are 
unable  to  do  all  the  work  of  a  course  will,  on  application, 
receive  a  certificate  stating  the  exact  amount  of  work  done. 
Those  who  complete  Course  IV.  receive  certificates,  not 
diplomas.  The  course  taken  by  college  graduates  deter- 
mines whether  they  receive  certificates  or  diplomas. 

DICKINSON  HALL. 

MES.    CHARLES   B.    WILSON,  MATRON". 

Dickinson  Hall  is  the  name  given  the  new  normal  dormi- 
tory, which  was  used  for  the  first  time  in  September,  1903. 
It  is  in  charge  of  the  principal,  and  is  a  commodious,  well- 
lighted  school  home,  with  accommodations  for  75  students. 
Rooms  will  be  assigned  once  each  year,  two  students  occu- 
pying a  suite  of  three  rooms.  AVhenever  possible,  students 
should  indicate  their  choice  of  room-mate.  In  all  cases  those 
desiring  rooms  should  notify  the  matron  as  soon  as  possible 
after  their  admission  to  the  school. 

The  price  of  board  in  the  boarding  halls  connected  with 
the  normal  schools  of  the  State  is  $1(30  for  the  school  year, 
payable  in  advance  as  follows  ;  $40  at  the  beginning  of  the 
school  year  in  September;  $40  on  November  15;  $40  on 
February  1  ;  and  $40  on  April  15. 


38  STATE   NORMAL   SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD. 

This  rate  includes  board ,  furnished  room  (except  as  below) , 
steam  heat,  gas,  and  laundry,  for  such  time  as  the  school  is 
in  session  and  for  the  Thanksgiving  recess,  but  for  no  other 
recess  or  vacation.  Pupils  whose  homes  are  at  a  distance 
may,  on  permission  of  the  principal,  remain  at  the  hall,  dur- 
ing anjr  vacation,  except  the  long  one  in  the  summer,  on 
payment  of  the  additional  sum  of  $4  per  week  during  such 
vacation.     The  hall  is  closed  during  the  summer. 

When  pupils  leave  the  school  before  the  expiration  of  a 
term,  money  paid  in  advance  will  be  refunded  pro  rata,  but 
no  deduction  will  be  allowed  for  the  first  week  of  absence. 

Each  boarder  is  required  to  bring  towels,  napkins,  a  nap- 
kin-ring, three  pillow  slips,  four  sheets  for  three-quarters 
bed  (54  inches  by  90  inches) ,  two  clothes-bags,  and  blankets. 
The  school  does  not  provide  curtains,  bureau  or  commode 
covers.  Coverlets  and  art  squares  are  furnished  by  the 
school. 

All  articles  sent  to  the  laundry  must  be  distinctly  marked 
with  the  owner's  name  in  indelible  ink.  Initials  will  not 
answer. 

Visitors  can  have  good  accommodations  at  $1  per  day  or 
$5  per  week;  dinner,  35  cents  ;  supper  or  breakfast,  25 
cents  ;  lodging,  50  cents. 

Whenever  more  pupils  apply  for  rooms  than  can  be  cared 
for  in  Dickinson  Hall,  the  principal  will  find  places  for  those 
who  cannot  be  accommodated  ;  but  all  charges  in  excess  of 
the  regular  price  must  be  paid  by  those  who  are  obliged  to 
room  outside  the  dormitory. 

In  Dickinson  Hall  the  State  has  tried  to  provide  for  the 
comfort  and  convenience  of  its  pupils.  In  the  basement 
space  has  been  set  aside  for  a  laundry,  which  shall  be  exclu- 
sively for  students'  use  ;  set  tubs,  wringers,  ironing  boards, 
etc.,  are  furnished.  On  the  second  floor  a  room  equipped 
willi  sewing  machines  gives  an  opportunity  to  economize  in 
I  lie   making  of  the  simpler  articles  of  feminine  apparel  to 


STATE   XORMAL   SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD.  39 

Buoh  as  may  care  to  use  it.  On  the  third  floor  a  gymnasium 
has  been  provided  ;  school  work  in  gymnastics  is  given  in 
this  room  ;  the  gymnasium  is  also  the  general  meeting  place 
of  the  students,  where  evening  entertainments  may  be  held. 
A  commodious  library  and  reading  room,  the  reception  room 
and  parlors,  hospital,  and  dining  room  are  situated  on  the 
first  floor. 

The  building  is  substantially  made  of  buff  brick;  the  in- 
terior finish  is  of  ash  in  the  natural  wood,  and  the  floors  are 
of  maple.  The  hall  is  heated  by  steam  and  lighted  by  elec- 
tricity, and  every  possible  precaution  is  taken  to  secure  it 
from  danger  by  fire.  A  private  fire  alarm  box  connects  it 
with  the  central  fire  station  of  the  town,  which  is  situated 
near  by  ;  extinguishers  and  grenades  are  provided  on  every 
floor  ;  electric  gongs  for  alarming  pupils  have  been  installed  ; 
and  a  watchman  patrols  every  part  of  the  building  once  every 
hour  during  the  night. 

Pupils  who  do  not  live  in  Westfleld  and  who  do  not  re- 
turn to  their  homes  daily  are  expected  to  board  at  Dickinson 
Hall.  All  other  students  who  wish  to  board  with  relatives  or 
to  work  for  their  board  in  private  families  must  first  secure 
permission  from  the  principal. 

EMPLOYMENT  OF  GRADUATES. 

The  demand  for  graduates  of  this  school  is  greater  than 
the  supply.  During  the  past  year  the  principal  has  received 
many  requests  for  teachers  to  which  he  has  been  unable  to 
respond. 

In  the  interest  of  graduates  of  this  school  who  desire  to 
secure  better  positions,  and  of  school  committees  and  super- 
intendents who  are  seeking  teachers,  the  principal  requests 
that  former  pupils  will  keep  him  informed  of  their  addresses 
and  of  their  wishes  for  future  work.  He  will  keep  at  his 
office  as  complete  a  directory  of  graduates  as  possible,  and 
hopes  to  be  serviceable  alike  to  employers  and  employed. 


40  STATE  NORMAL   SCHOOL,   WE  ST  FIELD. 

If  alumme  sending  their  addresses  will  also  forward  testi- 
monials of  success,  the  principal  can  act  for  them  more 
intelligently. 

It  should  be  distinctly  understood  that  the  principal  guar- 
antees no  positions,  and  declines  to  recommend  any  teacher 
whom  he  does  not  personally  know  to  be  successful.  In 
all  cases,  however,  he  will  gladly  furnish  the  names  and 
addresses  of  all  eligible  teachers  to  inquirers,  leaving  to 
them  the  responsibility  of  investigation  and  action. 

As  complete  a  record  as  possible  of  all  future  graduates 
will  be  kept,  showing  their  scholarship,  training,  experi- 
ence before  entering  the  normal  school  and  in  the  training 
schools,  and  general  qualifications  for  teachers'  positions, 
together  with  such  testimonials  of  success  in  teaching  as 
may  be  filed  from  time  to  time.  Such  data  will  be  consid- 
ered entirely  confidential,  and  will  be  accessible  only  to 
superintendents  and  school  committees. 

GENERAL  REMARKS. 

The  demand  of  the  hour  is  for  professionally  trained 
teachers,  and,  both  for  the  good  of  the  schools  and  for  their 
own  advantage,  all  intending  teachers  are  urged  to  prepare 
themselves  by  a  special  course  of  training  in  some  school 
established  for  the  purpose. 

Teachers  who  wish  to  profit  by  the  regular  class-room 
instruction  in  any  department  are  invited  to  join  the  school 
temporarily  during  their  vacations  and  at  such  other  times 
as  may  be  convenient.  The  school  aims  to  be  helpful.  No 
charge  will  be  made  for  tuition  or  text  books,  and,  if  reason- 
able notice  is  given,  such  students  can  usualty  be  accommo- 
dated at  Dickinson  Hall  at  $4  per  week. 

This  school  is  always  open  to  the  inspection  of  the  public. 
A  cordial  invitation  is  extended  to  teachers,  school  commit- 
tees, and  superintendents  to  visit  at  their  convenience. 

For  catalogues,  specimen  examination  papers,  or  any  in- 
formation address  the  principal  at  Westfield. 


STATE  NORMAL   SCHOOL,   WEST  FIELD. 


41 


STUDENTS. 


GENERAL  TWO  YEARS'  COURSE, 


SENIORS. 

Ballou,  Audna  M.,  98  Pleasant  Street, 

Bartlett,  Ruth  A., 

Bradley,  Margaret  M.,  46  Allyn  Street, 
Callahan,  M.  Grace  G.,  93  Jackson  Street, 
Casseles,  Anna  E.,  93  Florence  Street, 
Clancey,  Anna  C.,  41  High  Street, 
Cochrane,  Margaret,  58  Winsor  Street, 
Colburn,  Hazel  H.,  43  Acushnet  Avenue, 
Colvin,  Gertrude  I.,  22  Pasadena  Street, 
Connelly,  Kathryn  C,  286  Tyler  Street, 
Craig,  Myrta  A.,  90  Calhoun  Street,    . 
Curran,  Catherine  C,  89  Pleasant  Street, 

Curran,  Mary  E., 

Custer,  Theresa  L.,  543  Westfield  Street, 
Daly,  Mary  C,  53  Chestnut  Street,     . 
Dillon,  Beatrice  L.,  80  Central  Street, 
Donahue,  Elizabeth  B.,  7  Chestnut  Street , 
Downs,  Ada,  54  High  Street, 
Duffy,  Rose  A.,  South  Main  Street,     . 
Fitzgerald,  Mae  C,  3  High  Street, 
Giblin,  Anna  M.,  76  Cambridge  Street, 

Gorham,  Eva  R., 

Gove,  Eva  L.,  72  Winsor  Street,  . 
Guinasso,  Theresa  N.,  7  Bush  Street, 
Harvey,  Ruth  M.,  99  St.  James  Avenue, 
Heinritz,  Grace  L.,  624  East  Street, 

Horr,  May  E., 

Howe,  Helen  A.,  12  Shirley  Street, 
Howes,  Mabel  B.,  6  Thorpe  Avenue, 
Hyde,  Leila  E.,  18  South  Street,  . 
James,  Lillian  A.,  661  White  Street, 


Holyoke. 

Middlefield. 

Holyoke. 

Holyoke. 

Springfield. 

Milford. 

Ludlow. 

Springfield. 

Springfield. 

Springfield. 

Springfield. 

Holyoke. 

Wheelwright. 

Mittineague. 

Holyoke. 

Palmer. 

Holyoke. 

South  Hadley  Falls. 

Palmer. 

Bondsville. 

Springfield. 

Huntington. 

Ludlow. 

Westfield. 

Springfield. 

Holyoke. 

Enfield. 

Worcester. 

Holyoke. 

Williamsburg. 

Springfield. 


42 


STATE  NORMAL   SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD. 


James,  Maybelle  C,  155  Florence  Street 
Keenan,  Julia  F.,  454  Chestnut  Street, 
Keife,  Florence,  39  Day  Avenue, 
Kelso,  Edith  B.,       . 
Kervick,  Anna  M.,  96  Ashley  Street, 
Lally,  Catherine  R.,  72  High  Street, 
Long,  Anna  L.,  Morgan  Street,     . 
Lynch,  Mary  F.,  41  Hay  ward  Street, 
Martin,  Edith  C,  27  Lemuel  Avenue, 
Miller,  Eva  P.,  8  Walnut  Street,  . 
Moriarty,  Ella  J.,  51  Sheldon  Street,  . 

Nute,  Emily  W., 

Nye,  Mabel  E., 

O'Connell,  Frances  M.,  271  Front  Street, 
Ody,  Ruth  N.,  731  Worthington  Street, 
0  ;Neill,  Rosemary,  29  Wendell  Avenue, 
Payne,  Ella  M.,  28  Cabot  Street, 
Pease,  Elizabeth  C, 
Porter,  Florence  M,,  46  Vinton  Street 
Putnam,  Gladys,  Field  Street, 
Quirk,  Mary  E.,  5  Main  Street,    . 
Ripley,  Lena  B., 
Sampson,  Florence  L, 
Sanford,  Lucretia  F.,  City  View,  . 
Searle,  Olive  M.,  Springdale  Avenue, 
Shea,  Agnes  K.,  51  Green  Street, 
Shipman,  Linda  M.,  205  St.  James  Avenue 
Spaulding,  Olive  M.,  9  Clark  Street,    . 
Stedman,  C.  Ruth,  307  Locust  Street, 
Sweeney,  Alice  R.,  29  Brookline  Avenue, 
Tagan,  Rose  I.,  20  Chapel  Street, 
Taylor,  Mabel  A.,  20  Main  Street, 
Timson,  Hazel  H.,  .       .       . 
Wallis,  Ethel  L.,  Western  Avenue, 
Webb,  Maude  C,  33  Churchill  Street, 

Welch,  Mary  A., 

Wright,  Evelyn  J.,  45  Bay  Street, 


Springfield. 

Springfield. 

Westfield. 

Montgomery. 

Springfield. 

Milford. 

South  Hadley. 

Milford. 

Chicopee. 

South  Hadley  Falls. 

Springfield. 

North  Conway. 

Blandford. 

Chicopee. 

Springfield. 

Springfield. 

Holyoke. 

Wilbraham. 

Springfield. 

West  Springfield. 

Bondsville. 

Chester. 

Thorndike. 

Westfield. 

Westfield. 

Bellows  Falls,  Vt. 

Springfield. 

Westfield. 

Holyoke. 

Springfield. 

West  Warren. 

Williamsburg. 

Leominster. 

Westfield. 

Springfield. 

West  Granville. 

Springfield. 


STATE   NORMAL   SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD. 


43 


KINDERGARTEN  COURSE. 

SENIORS. 

Briggs,  E.  Wilda, 

Guinasso,  Ida  K.,  7  Bush  Street, 
Ballbourg,  Blaine  W.,  60  Day  Avenue, 

Hillabrandt,  Beulah  E., 
Hotchkiss,  Dorothy,  26  Pleasant  Street, 
Kenyon,  Irene,  14  Lafayette  Street,     . 
Lombard,  Edna  B.,  20  Johnson  Street, 
Seymour,  Mildred,  9  Green  Avenue,    . 
Stiles,  Mildred  A.,  78  Sandford  Avenue, 


Great  Barrington. 

Westfield. 

Westfield. 

Chester. 

Westfield. 

Springfield. 

Springfield. 

Westfield. 

Plainfield,  N.  J. 


TEACHERS'  COURSE. 
Cranson,  Ethel  M., Williamsburg. 


GENERAL  TWO  YEARS'  COURSE. 


JUNIORS. 

Armstrong,  Dorothy,  234  Main  Street, 
Baker,  Alice  G.,  253  Walnut  Street,     . 
Barry,  Margaret  C.,  8  Columbia  Street, 
Bligh,  Lillian  M.,  54  Howard  Street,    . 
Brearley,  553  Union  Street,    .... 

Burtiss,  Lillian  V., 

Carr,  Ellen  M.,  Springdale,    .... 
Carroll,  Irene  M.,  6  Cottage  Avenue,  . 

Charters,  Marion  L., 

Craig,  Ruth  E.,  15  Mapledell  Street,   . 
Cunningham,  Helen  E.,  62  Tenth  Street,    . 
Daly,  Frances  A.,  31  Lillian  Street,      . 
Dearborn,  Emma,  69  Western  Avenue, 
Dempsey,  Elizabeth,  Western  Avenue, 
Donahue,  Ruby  P.,  15  Washington  Avenue, 
Drake,  Ruth  H.,  59  Pochassic  Street, 
Eger,  Ruth  P.,  Glendale,        .... 
Elvin,  Ruth,  131  Oakland  Street, 
Enright,  Mary  A.,  154  Montgomery  Street, 
Farrell,  Geraldine  M.,  160  Pine  Street, 
Ferguson,  Jennie  S.,  Ill  Maplewood  Terrace, 
Flaherty,  Marguerite  A., 


West  Springfield. 

Holyoke. 

Westfield. 

Pittsfield. 

Springfield. 

Great  Barrington. 

Westfield. 

Holyoke. 

Hatfield. 

Springfield. 

Springfield. 

Springfield. 

Westfield. 

Westfield. 

Holyoke. 

Westfield. 

Easthampton. 

Springfield. 

Chicopee  Falls. 

Holyoke. 

Springfield. 

Hadley. 


44 


STATE  NORMAL   SCHOOL,   WE  ST  FIELD. 


Franklin,  S.  Leola,  14  Belmont  Street, 
Fuller,  Harriet  B.,  121  Chestnut  Street, 
Gallup,  Gladys  A.,  162  Summer  Street, 
Gardner,  Margaret,  101  Eustis  Street, 
George,  Mae  E.,  161  Walnut  Street,    . 
Gladwin,  Myrta  L.,  100  Grenada  Terrace, 

Glazier,  Leta  M., 

Graves,  Mabelle  A.,        .... 

Griffin,  Mildred  P.,  74  Hill  Street, 

Grosvenor,  Ellen  L., 

Haggerty,  Margaret  M.,  120  South  Street 

Hale,  Liza  R.,  South  Street, 

Haley,  Anna  M.,  75  Lincoln  Street,     . 

Hammersley,  Ethel  G.,  86  Orange  Street, 

Hartnett,  Mary  I., 

Harvey,  Beulah  M.,  99  St.  James  Avenue 

Healey,  Deborah,  928  Liberty  Street, 

Hogan,  Mary  E.,  17  Charles  Street, 

Hyde,  Ella  H.,  36  Pleasant  Street, 

Jenney,  Gladys  I.,    . 

Jenney,  Mae  E.,  202  High  Street, 

Johnson,  Bertha  L.,         ... 

Kane,  Anna  G.,  1024  West  Hampden  Street,     . 

Keenan,  Elizabeth  L.,  454  Chestnut  Street, 

Little,  Hellen  A.,  7  Little's  Avenue,     . 

Logan,  Vera  R.,  15  Hilton  Street, 

Ludwig,  Erne  E.,  11  Columbia  Terrace, 

Mahogany,  Charlotte  E.,  16  Lenox  Street, 

Mahoney,  Alice  C,  43  North  Elm  Street,  . 

Mahoney,  Bernice  E.,  1104  West  Hampden  Street 

Mahoney,  Mary  K.,  387  Elm  Street,   . 

McKean,  Georgiana  I.,  18  Princeton  Street, 

McMahon,  Mary  L.,  Pleasant  Street, 

Merrick,  Ernestine,  24  Church  Street, 

Messenger,  Lala  A., 

Moore,  Mildred  J., 

Mueller,  Augusta,  14  Day  Avenue, 
Murphy,  Mary  H.,  122  Center  Street, 
Murray,  Kathryn  L.,  Housatonic  Street,    . 
Murtha,  Mary  A.,  Depot  Street, 
Newell,  Bernice  EL,  259  Dean  Avenue, 


Westfield. 
Holyoke. 
Springfield,  Vt. 
Revere. 
Springfield. 
Springfield. 
Amherst. 
Northampton. 
West  Springfield. 
Worcester. 
Chicopee. 
Bernardston. 
Holyoke. 
Westfield. 
Three  Rivers. 
Springfield. 
Springfield. 
Holyoke. 
Westfield. 
Hatfield. 
Springfield. 
Agawam. 
Holyoke. 
Springfield. 
Westfield. 
Chicopee  Falls. 
Springfield. 
Springfield. 
Westfield. 
,  Holyoke. 
Holyoke. 
Springfield. 
West  Warren. 
West  Springfield. 
Becket. 
Ware. 
Westfield. 
Holyoke. 
Lenox. 
Lenox. 
Franklin. 


STATE   NORMAL   SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD. 


45 


Norris,  Ella  T.,  106  Beech  Street, 
( ) '(  onnell,  Eugenia  M.,  271  Front  Street, 
0'(  'onnor,  Clara  L.,  37  Laurel  Street, 
O'Neil,  Clara  A.,  61  Taylor  Street,      . 
O'Wil,  Mary  C,  Chapel  Street,  . 
Payne,  Anna  C,  28  Cabot  Street, 
Pease,  Leora  M.,  332  White  Street,      . 
Porter,  Ellene  M.,  4  State  Street, 
Powers,  Agnes  B.,  10  Maple  Terrace, 
Ray,  Edith  L.,  190  Rockingham  Road, 
Ruff,  M.  Elizabeth,  91  Orchard  Street, 
Scharr,  Minnie,  5  Cedar  Street,    . 
Schmuck,  Jessie  B.,  367  Main  Street, 
Scully,  Pearl  M.,  168  East  Dwight  Street, 
Shea,  Elizabeth  A., 

Shea,  Katharine  C,  55  Chestnut  Street, 
Sibley,  Rachel  M.,  1104  Westfield  Street, 

Signett,  Rose  B., 

Snyder,  Justine  P.,  302  Chicopee  Street, 
Spellicy,  Margaret  M.,  Smith  Avenue, 
Stephens,  Constance  S.,         ... 
Strong,  Mildred  K.,  19  Housatonic  Street, 
Sturtevant,  Zilpha  L.,  849  South  Main  Street, 
Sullivan,  Helen  V.,  96  Florida  Street, 
Sullivan,  Louise  D.,  201  Durfee  Street, 
Terry,  Esther,  242  Dickinson  Street,    . 
Thayer,  Fannie  E.,  .... 

Thompson,  Myrtle  W.,  248  Walnut  Street, 

Tiffany,  Susan  E., 

Walsh,  Grace  A.,  10  Sackett  Street,     . 
Waters,  Elizabeth  C,  19  East  Silver  Street, 
Whipple,  Abbie,  22  Osceola  Street, 
Witt,  Erne, 


Holyoke. 

Chicopee. 

Holyoke. 

Chicopee  Falls. 

West  Warren. 

Holyoke. 

Springfield. 

Westfield. 

Mittineague. 

Bellows  Falls,  Vt. 

Pittsfield. 

Northampton. 

West  Springfield. 

Holyoke. 

Bonds  ville. 

Holyoke. 

West  Springfield. 

Collinsville,  Conn. 

Chicopee. 

Mittineague. 

Wilbraham. 

Lee. 

Springfield. 

Springfield. 

Fall  River. 

Springfield. 

Belchertown. 

Holyoke. 

Blandford. 

Westfield. 

Westfield. 

Hyde  Park. 

Belchertown. 


KINDERGARTEN  COURSE. 
jtjtstcoks. 


Bagg,  Karen  A.,  278  Riverdale  Street, 

Carter,  Anna  B., 

Everton,  Olive  H.,  1  Fowler  Avenue,  . 
Sanborn,  Gertrude  L.,  142  Main  Street, 


West  Springfield. 
N.  Conway,  N.  H. 
Westfield. 
Spencer. 


46 


STATE  NORMAL   SCHOOL,   WESTFIELD. 


SPECIAL  STUDENTS. 

Balcom,  A.  Caro, 

Westfield. 

Chaffin,  Florence,     . 

Westfield. 

Hickey,  David  J.,    . 

.     Westfield. 

Lee,  Mrs.  Clinton  R., 

Westfield. 

Loomis,  Marion  S., 

West  Springfield. 

Price,  Alberta, 

Westfield. 

Provin,  Mabel, 

Westfield. 

Richardson,  Frederica, 

Westfield. 

Wagner,  Mrs.  Harry  S., 

Westfield. 

Warner,  M.  Hope,   . 

Westfield. 

SUMMARY. 

Seniors  in  general  course,       .... 

68 

Seniors  in  kindergarten  course, 

9 

Teachers'  course,     . 

1 

Juniors  in  general  course, 

96 

Juniors  in  kindergarten  course, 

4 

Special  students, 

10 

188 


UNIVERSITY  OF  ILLINOIS-URBANA 


3  0112  112208480 


